LIEBHERR l576 1169 Wheel Loader PDF Free

en Service manual
Wheel loader
L 576-1169
Document ID
Order number: 11450176
Issued: 09-2015
Version: 12
Author: LBH / Technical Documentation Department
Product ID
Manufacturer: Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH
Valid for: L 576-1169
Conformity:
Contact Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH

Dr. Hans Liebherr-Straße 4
A – 5500 Bischofshofen
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015
2 L576-1169
Preface
Notes for users

This service handbook is designed for trained specialists of the Liebherr organisa-
tion and their dealers.
This service handbook contains special knowledge for repairing Liebherr construc-
tion machines. Basic specialist knowledge on electronics, hydraulics, mechanics
and engine technology is not contained in this service handbook. Therefore speci-
alized training and qualifications are necessary. Liebherr recommends participation
in the Liebherr training program for construction machines.
In this service handbook you will find information on:
– Special tools
– Technical data
– Maintenance intervals and maintenance tasks.
– Testing and adjustment tasks
– Structure and function descriptions
– Removal and installation tasks
– Circuit diagrams, hydraulic plans and technical drawings
You will find information on controls and operation in the operating instructions. In-
formation on spare parts are in the spare parts catalogue. Please observe the local
accident prevention laws.
This document may only be duplicated, even in part, with the permission of Lieb-
herr.
Technical changes are reserved.
Warning symbols
This is the warning symbol. It warns you of poten-

tial injuries. To prevent injury or death, carry out
all the measures identified by this warning sym-
bol.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The warning symbol always appears together with the signal words
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
DANGER Indicates a hazardous situation that will immedi-

ately lead to serious or fatal injury if it is not avoi-
ded.
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation that may lead to
serious or fatal injury if it is not avoided.
L576-1169 3
Preface Service manual
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation that may lead to

minor or moderate injury if it is not avoided.
ATTENTION Indicates a hazardous situation that may lead to

damage if it is not avoided.
Structure of warnings
Warnings in this document are structured as follows:
WARNING
Here you will find information about the type and source of danger.
Here you will be informed about possible consequences of not paying attention to
the warning.
u Here you will be called on to take measures to avoid the dangerous situation.
Other designations
Symbol Meaning
Note useful tips and information.
This symbol means: Carry out a task.
This symbol means: Requirements must be fulfilled.
This symbol means: Results of a task.
- This symbol indicates a list.
Symbols
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
4 L576-1169
Contents
010 Introduction 010-1

010.1 Safety instructions 010-3
010.1.1 General safety instructions 010-3
010.1.2 Instructions on preventing crushing injuries and burns 010-4
010.1.3 Instructions on preventing fires and explosions 010-4
010.1.4 Safety instructions for start-up 010-5
010.1.5 Safety precautions during start-up 010-5
010.1.6 Instructions for safe working 010-6
010.1.7 Safety instructions for driving on slopes 010-7
010.1.8 Parking safely 010-7
010.1.9 Transporting the machine safely 010-7
010.1.10 Towing the machine safely 010-8
010.1.11 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance 010-8
010.1.12 Safety instructions for maintenance work on machines with hydro
accumulators 010-11
010.1.13 Safety instructions for welding work on the machine 010-11
010.1.14 Instructions for working safely on the attachment 010-11
010.1.15 Safety instructions for transporting the machine by crane 010-12
010.1.16 Safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and hose lines 010-12
010.1.17 Roll-over protection structure (ROPS) and falling object protection
structure (FOPS) 010-13
010.1.17.1 Preventing accidents 010-13
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010.1.17.2 Preventing injuries 010-13

010.1.18 Attachments and accessories 010-14
010.1.19 Protection against vibrations 010-14
010.1.20 See and be seen 010-15
010.1.20.1 Field of view and visual aids 010-15
010.1.20.2 Measures during operation. 010-15
010.1.20.3 Modifications to the machine 010-15
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair work 010-16
L576-1169 5
Contents Service manual
010.2.1 Special tools in general 010-16

010.2.2 Special tools for Liebherr diesel engines 010-17
010.2.3 Special tools for steering cylinders 010-18
010.2.4 Special tools for the electrical system 010-18
010.2.5 Special tools for the transmission 010-19
010.2.6 Special tools for front axle MT-L II 010-19
010.2.7 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II 010-19
010.2.8 Special tools for the air conditioning system 010-19
010.2.9 Special tools for cab glazing 010-20
010.2.10 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Liebherr) 010-20
010.2.11 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Groeneveld) 010-21
010.3 Standards and regulations 010-22
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts with metric
standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO 261 010-22
010.3.2 Assembly instructions for the piston and piston nut of the hydraulic
cylinder (WN 4121) 010-27
010.3.2.1 Range of application and purpose 010-27
010.3.2.2 Requirements and description 010-27
010.3.2.3 Amendments 010-32
010.3.2.4 Other applicable documents 010-32
010.3.2.5 Maximum adapter operating pressure 010-36
010.4 Preservation guidelines 010-38
010.4.1 General information 010-38
010.4.2 Out of service for an unknown period of time 010-38
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service 010-39
010.4.3.1 Out of service for up to 2 months 010-39
010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months 010-41
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010.4.4 Putting back into service 010-41

010.4.4.1 After being out of service for 2 months 010-41
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months 010-42
020 Technical data 020-1

020.1 Overall machine 020-5
6 L576-1169
Service manual Contents
020.1.1 Complete machine with bucket (Z lift arms)

L576-1169/23813-; 020-5
020.1.2 Complete machine with bucket (industrial lift arms)
L576-1169/23813-; 020-6
020.2 Drive group 020-9
020.2.1 Diesel engine
L576-1169/23813-; 020-9
020.2.2 Diesel particulate filter temperature sensors
L576-1169/23813-; 020-10
020.2.3 Fuel tank
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
020.2.4 Fuel pre-filter (separator filter)
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
020.2.5 Fuel fine filter
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
020.2.6 Air filter vacuum switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
020.2.7 Clutch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-12
020.2.8 Splitter box
L576-1169/23813-; 020-12
020.3 Cooling system 020-13
020.3.1 Fan gear pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-13
020.3.2 Fan gear motor
L576-1169/23813-; 020-13
020.4 Working hydraulics 020-14
020.4.1 Working hydraulics pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-14
020.4.2 Control valve block
L576-1169/23813-; 020-14
020.4.3 Pilot control unit
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
020.4.4 Pilot control solenoid valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
020.4.5 Pilot control hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
020.4.6 Float position pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
020.4.7 Stabilisation module
L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
020.4.8 Ride control hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
L576-1169 7
020.4.9 Z kinematics and industrial lift arms lift cylinder

L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
020.4.10 Z kinematics tilt cylinder
L576-1169/23813-; 020-17
020.5 Travel hydraulics 020-18
020.5.1 Variable displacement pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-18
020.5.2 Variable displacement motor 1
L576-1169/23813-; 020-18
L576-1169/23813-; 020-19
020.5.4 Variable displacement motor scavenging gear pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-19
020.6 Hydraulic components 020-20
020.6.1 Filter unit
L576-1169/23813-; 020-20
020.6.2 Breather filter
L576-1169/23813-; 020-20
020.7 Steering system 020-21
020.7.1 Steering pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
020.7.2 Servostat
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
020.7.3 Steering cylinder
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
020.7.4 Steering damper hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
020.7.5 Emergency steering pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
020.7.6 Emergency steering pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
020.7.7 Emergency steering check pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
020.8 Brake system 020-23
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020.8.1 Service brake hydro accumulator

L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
020.8.2 Brake light pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
020.8.3 Accumulator charge pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
020.8.4 Parking brake hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
020.8.5 Overspeed protection solenoid valve
L576-1169/23813-; 020-24
8 L576-1169
020.9 Electrical system 020-25

020.9.1 Central control unit (Master 4)
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
020.9.2 Input module
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
020.9.3 Output module
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
020.9.4 Battery
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
020.9.5 Voltage transformer
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
020.9.6 Reversing camera
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
020.10 Transmission 020-28
020.10.1 Transmission
L576-1169/23813-; 020-28
020.10.2 Gear shifting solenoid valves
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
020.10.3 Speed sensors
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
020.10.4 Transmission gear pump
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
020.11 Axles and cardan shafts 020-30
020.11.1 Front axle
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
020.11.2 Rear axle
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
020.11.3 Front cardan shaft
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
020.11.4 Rear cardan shaft
L576-1169/23813-; 020-31
020.12 Steel components of the basic machine 020-32
020.12.1 Ballast weight
L576-1169/23813-; 020-32
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020.13 Working attachment 020-33

020.13.1 Lift arms with Z kinematics
L576-1169/23813-; 020-33
020.14 Cab, heating and air conditioning 020-34
020.14.1 Heating, air conditioning
L576-1169/23813-; 020-34
020.14.2.1 Air conditioning 020-34
020.14.3.1 Air conditioning compressor 020-34
L576-1169 9
020.14.4 Condenser
L576-1169/23813-; 020-34
020.14.5 Dryer
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
020.14.6 Air conditioning pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
020.14.7 Anti-icing temperature sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
020.15 Lubrication system 020-37
020.15.1 Central lubrication system (Liebherr)
L576-1169/23813-; 020-37
020.15.1.1 Central lubrication pump 020-37
020.15.1.2 Progressive distributor 020-37
030 Maintenance 030-1

030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule 030-10
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart 030-15
030.2.1 Recommended lubricants
L576-1169/23813-; 030-15
030.2.2 Recommended operating fluids
L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-16
L576-1169/40349-; 030-16
030.3 Lubricants and fuels 030-17
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels 030-17
030.3.2 Converting the hydraulic system from mineral oils to environmental-
ly harmless hydraulic fluids 030-17
030.3.3 Diesel fuels
L576-1169/23813-; 030-18
030.3.3.1 Specification 030-18
030.3.3.2 Sulphur content of the diesel fuel, lubricity 030-18
030.3.3.3 Diesel fuel at low temperatures (winter operation) 030-18
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.3.3.4 Flow improvers at low temperatures 030-19

030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines
L576-1169/23813-; 030-19
030.3.4.1 Lubricating oil quality 030-19
030.3.4.2 Lubricating oil viscosity 030-19
030.3.4.3 Complicating factors affect the oil change 030-20
030.3.5 Coolants for diesel engines
L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-21
10 L576-1169
030.3.5.1 General recommendations 030-21

030.3.5.2 Water (fresh water) 030-21
030.3.5.3 Coolant mixing ratio 030-21
030.3.5.4 Permissible antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors 030-22
030.3.5.5 Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze 030-22
L576-1169/40349-; 030-23
030.3.6.1 General recommendations 030-23
030.3.6.2 Water (fresh water) 030-23
030.3.6.3 Coolant - Mixing ration 030-24
030.3.6.4 Approved antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors 030-24
030.3.6.5 Permissible premixed antifreeze/corrosion inhibitors 030-24
030.3.6.6 Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze 030-25
030.3.7 Hydraulic oil
L576-1169/23813-; 030-25
030.3.7.1 Liebherr hydraulic oil 030-26
030.3.7.2 Using engine oil as hydraulic oil 030-26
030.3.7.3 Warming up 030-27
030.3.7.4 Biodegradable hydraulic oils 030-27
030.3.7.5 Changing the oil, analysing the oil, changing filters 030-28
030.3.8 Lubricating oils for splitter boxes
L576-1169/23813-; 030-29
030.3.9 Lubricating oils for transmissions
L576-1169/23813-; 030-30
030.3.10 Lubricating oils for axles
L576-1169/23813-; 030-31
030.3.11 Lubrication grease and other lubricants
L576-1169/23813-; 030-31
030.3.11.1 Minimum quality requirements 030-32
030.3.11.2 Liebherr lubrication grease 030-32
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4 Maintenance tasks 030-34

030.4.1 Safety precautions
L576-1169/23813-; 030-34
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance 030-35
030.4.2.1 Maintenance positions
L576-1169/23813-; 030-35
030.4.2.2 Opening the service accesses
L576-1169/23813-; 030-36
L576-1169 11
030.4.2.3 Turning off the battery main switch

L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
030.4.3 Overall machine 030-39
030.4.3.1 Checking the machine for external damage
L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the
machine
L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
030.4.3.3 Cleaning the machine
L576-1169/23813-; 030-40
030.4.3.4 Checking the machine for leaks
L576-1169/23813-; 030-41
030.4.3.5 Making sure the bolted connections are tight
L576-1169/23813-; 030-41
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection on machines that work with salt
and artificial fertilisers and exchanging VCI capsules
L576-1169/23813-; 030-42
030.4.3.7 Oil analyses
L576-1169/23813-; 030-42
030.4.4 Drive group 030-49
030.4.4.1 Checking the engine oil level
L576-1169/23813-; 030-49
030.4.4.2 Changing the engine oil
L576-1169/23813-; 030-50
030.4.4.3 Changing the engine oil filter
L576-1169/23813-; 030-50
030.4.4.4 Checking the V-ribbed belt on the engine
L576-1169/23813-; 030-51
030.4.4.5 Changing the V-ribbed belt on the engine
L576-1169/23813-; 030-52
030.4.4.6 Checking the mounting and sensor cable connec-
tions of the engine control units
L576-1169/23813-; 030-53
030.4.4.7 Checking the engine valve clearance
L576-1169/23813-; 030-54
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4.4.8 Changing the engine oil separator filter insert

L576-1169/23813-; 030-58
030.4.4.9 Checking the engine heating flange
L576-1169/23813-; 030-59
030.4.4.10 Changing the engine heating flange
L576-1169/23813-; 030-59
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel
tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-60
12 L576-1169
030.4.4.12 Draining off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter

L576-1169/23813-; 030-61
030.4.4.13 Changing the Separ fuel pre-filter insert
L576-1169/23813-; 030-62
030.4.4.14 Changing the fuel fine filter
L576-1169/23813-; 030-63
030.4.4.15 Bleeding the fuel system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-64
030.4.4.16 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust dis-
charge valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-66
030.4.4.17 Checking the air suction system for leaks and tight
fitting
L576-1169/23813-; 030-67
030.4.4.18 Cleaning or changing the main filter element
L576-1169/23813-; 030-68
030.4.4.19 Changing the air filter safety element
L576-1169/23813-; 030-71
030.4.4.20 Checking the oil level in the splitter box
L576-1169/23813-; 030-72
030.4.4.21 Changing the splitter box oil
L576-1169/23813-; 030-72
030.4.4.22 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fit-
ting
L576-1169/23813-; 030-73
030.4.4.23 Cleaning or changing the diesel particulate filter
L576-1169/23813-; 030-74
030.4.5 Cooling system 030-83
030.4.5.1 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibi-
tor concentration
L576-1169/23813-; 030-83
030.4.5.2 Cleaning the cooling system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-87
030.4.5.3 Changing the coolant
L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-88
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/40349-; 030-90
030.4.6 Working hydraulics 030-92
030.4.6.1 Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-92
030.4.6.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hy-
draulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-93
030.4.6.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the hy-
draulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-94
L576-1169 13
030.4.6.4 Changing the hydraulic tank return suction filter

L576-1169/23813-; 030-95
030.4.6.5 Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter
L576-1169/23813-; 030-96
030.4.6.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic sys-
tem
L576-1169/23813-; 030-97
030.4.6.7 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tap-
pets on the pilot control unit
L576-1169/23813-; 030-99
030.4.7 Steering system 030-100
030.4.7.1 Testing the steering
L576-1169/23813-; 030-100
030.4.7.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylin-
ders
L576-1169/23813-; 030-101
030.4.8 Brake system 030-101
030.4.8.1 Testing the service brake and parking brake
L576-1169/23813-; 030-101
030.4.8.2 Checking the service brake discs for wear
L576-1169/23813-; 030-102
030.4.8.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake lin-
ings
L576-1169/23813-; 030-104
030.4.9 Electrical system 030-108
030.4.9.1 Checking the lights
L576-1169/23813-; 030-108
030.4.9.2 Checking the batteries, fluid level and terminals
L576-1169/23813-; 030-109
030.4.9.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap
(optional) on the control lever
L576-1169/23813-; 030-110
030.4.10 Transmission 030-112
030.4.10.1 Checking the transmission oil level
L576-1169/23813-; 030-112
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4.10.2 Changing the transmission oil

L576-1169/23813-; 030-113
030.4.10.3 Changing the transmission oil filter
L576-1169/23813-; 030-115
030.4.11 Axles and cardan shafts 030-115
030.4.11.1 Checking the axle oil levels
L576-1169/23813-; 030-115
030.4.11.2 Changing the axle oil
L576-1169/23813-; 030-116
14 L576-1169
030.4.11.3 Checking the cardan shafts

L576-1169/23813-; 030-118
030.4.11.4 Checking the tyre pressure
L576-1169/23813-; 030-118
030.4.11.5 Checking the wheel tightness
L576-1169/23813-35541; 030-119
L576-1169/35542-; 030-119
030.4.12 Steel components of the basic machine 030-120
030.4.12.1 Lubricating the articulated bearing and the rear oscil-
lating bedding
L576-1169/23813-; 030-120
030.4.12.2 Covering - lubricating locks and hinges
L576-1169/23813-; 030-121
030.4.12.3 Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges
L576-1169/23813-; 030-121
030.4.13 Working attachment 030-122
030.4.13.1 Lubricating the lift arms and attachment
L576-1169/23813-; 030-122
030.4.13.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing
bushings on the lift arms
L576-1169/23813-; 030-123
030.4.13.3 Checking the lift arm bucket stops
L576-1169/23813-; 030-125
030.4.13.4 Lubricating and testing the quick-change device
L576-1169/23813-; 030-126
030.4.14 Cab, heating and air conditioning 030-127
030.4.14.1 Lubricating the elongated hole on the accelerator
pedal and checking the bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 030-127
030.4.14.2 Cleaning the fresh and recirculated air filters
L576-1169/23813-; 030-128
030.4.14.3 Changing the fresh and recirculated air filters
L576-1169/23813-; 030-130
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4.14.4 Checking the condition and function of the safety belt

L576-1169/23813-; 030-131
030.4.14.5 Checking and topping up the windscreen washer res-
ervoir
L576-1169/23813-; 030-131
030.4.14.6 Lubricating the cab door hinges
L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
030.4.14.7 Checking the seals on the driver’s cab
L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
030.4.14.8 Testing the heating and air conditioning unit
L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
L576-1169 15
030.4.15 Lubrication system 030-134

030.4.15.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir lev-
el
L576-1169/23813-; 030-134
030.4.15.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of
the lubrication system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-135
030.4.15.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate
at the bearing points (grease collars) of the lubrica-
tion system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-135
030.5 Testing and adjustment checklist
L576-1169/23813-; 030-136
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks 030-141
L576-1169/23813-; 030-141
030.6.2.1 Preparatory tasks for testing and adjustment
L576-1169/23813-; 030-142
030.6.2.2 Bringing the machine up to operating temperature
L576-1169/23813-; 030-143
030.6.3 Drive group 030-144
030.6.3.1 Calibrating the pedals
L576-1169/23813-; 030-144
030.6.3.2 Checking the engine speed
L576-1169/23813-; 030-144
030.6.3.3 Engine: Reading the service files
L576-1169/23813-; 030-145
030.6.3.4 Diesel particulate filter: Performing service regenera-
tion.
L576-1169/23813-; 030-146
030.6.4.1 Fan gear motor proportional pressure relief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-148
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby
pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-150
030.6.5.2 Working hydraulics pump, flow regulator (differential
pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-152
030.6.5.3 Working hydraulics pump, power regulator
L576-1169/23813-; 030-153
16 L576-1169
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure

relief valves
L576-1169/23813-; 030-154
030.6.5.5 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pres-
sure relief valves
L576-1169/23813-; 030-156
030.6.5.6 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure re-
lief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-158
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure re-
lief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-159
030.6.5.8 Z kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off
valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-161
030.6.5.9 Industrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure
cut-off valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-162
030.6.5.10 Stabilisation module cut-off function
L576-1169/23813-; 030-162
030.6.5.11 Nitrogen filling of ride control hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 030-163
030.6.5.12 Testing the control valve block for leakage
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
030.6.5.12 Checking the lift cylinder control valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
030.6.5.12 Checking the tilt cylinder control valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
030.6.6 Travel hydraulics 030-169
030.6.6.1 Travel pump replenishing pressure relief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-169
030.6.6.2 Travel pump high pressure relief valves
L576-1169/23813-; 030-170
030.6.6.3 Travel pump pressure cut-off
L576-1169/23813-; 030-172
030.6.6.4 Travel pump, high pressure sensor
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 030-174
030.6.6.5 Travel pump block curve calibration
L576-1169/23813-; 030-175
030.6.6.6 Travel motors, automatic calibration
L576-1169/23813-; 030-177
030.6.6.7 Hydro accumulator supply, nitrogen filling
L576-1169/23813-; 030-178
030.6.6.8 Engine output
L576-1169/23813-; 030-180
L576-1169 17
030.6.6.9 Service code M2080 - check hydraulic oil contamina-

tion sensor and magnetic rod
L576-1169/23813-; 030-181
030.6.7.1 Steering pump LS pressure cut-off valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-184
030.6.7.2 Steering pump flow regulator (standby pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-185
030.6.7.3 Steering pump flow regulator (differential pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-186
030.6.8 Brake system 030-188
030.6.8.1 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging
function
L576-1169/23813-; 030-188
030.6.8.2 Service brake pressure
L576-1169/23813-; 030-189
030.6.8.3 Service brake hydro accumulator capacity
L576-1169/23813-; 030-190
030.6.8.4 Accumulator charge pressure switch shift pressure
L576-1169/23813-; 030-191
030.6.9.1 Central control unit (Master4) Creating a Servicefile
L576-1169/23813-; 030-192
030.6.9.2 Setting the IP addresses of the central control unit
(Master4)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-195
030.6.9.3 Central control unit (Master4) - Performing a reset
L576-1169/23813-; 030-198
030.6.9.4 Testing the CAN line
L576-1169/23813-; 030-199
030.6.9.5 Addressing the CAN module and checking the sys-
tem information
L576-1169/23813-; 030-203
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.6.10.1 Control valve block shift pressure

L576-1169/23813-; 030-207
030.6.10.2 Nitrogen filling of transmission hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 030-207
030.6.11.1 Checking the pressure and temperature conditions of
the air conditioning unit
L576-1169/23813-; 030-209
030.6.11.2 Calibrating the display
L576-1169/23813-; 030-210
18 L576-1169
030.6.11.3 Formatting the display unit and reinstalling the soft-

ware
L576-1169/23813-; 030-211
030.6.12 Options 030-213
030.6.12.1 LiDAT on the machine - Checking connecting link
L576-1169/23813-; 030-213
040 Drive group 040-1

040.1 Engine 040-2
040.1.1 Diesel engine overview
L576-1169/23813-; 040-2
040.1.2 Electrical components on the engine
L576-1169/23813-; 040-6
040.1.3 Speed sensor for crankshaft
L576-1169/23813-; 040-7
040.1.4 Camshaft speed sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 040-8
040.1.5 Fuel system 040-9
040.1.5.1 Overview of the fuel system
L576-1169/23813-; 040-10
040.1.5.2 Fuel level sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 040-11
040.1.6 Air filter system 040-11
040.1.6.1 Air filter
L576-1169/23813-; 040-12
040.1.6.2 Vacuum switch
L576-1169/23813-; 040-13
040.1.7 Exhaust system 040-13
040.1.7.1 Overview of the diesel particulate filter
L576-1169/23813-; 040-14
040.1.7.2 Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC)
L576-1169/23813-; 040-19
040.1.7.3 Diesel particulate filter module
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 040-20
040.1.7.4 Removing and installing the diesel particulate filter
L576-1169/23813-; 040-20
040.2 Coupling
L576-1169/23813-; 040-27
040.3 Splitter box
L576-1169/23813-; 040-29
L576-1169 19
050 Cooling system 050-1

050.1 Overview of the cooling system
L576-1169/23813-; 050-2
050.2 Hydraulic control unit 050-3
050.2.1 Overview of the hydraulics cooling system
L576-1169/23813-; 050-3
L576-1169/23813-; 050-5
L576-1169/23813-; 050-7
050.3 Electronic control unit 050-11
050.3.1 Electric fan speed control
L576-1169/23813-; 050-11
050.3.2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 050-13
060 Working hydraulics 060-1

060.1 Overview of the working hydraulics
L576-1169/34157-23812; 060-3
060.2 Working hydraulics - Overview
L576-1169/23813-; 060-8
060.3 Working hydraulics pump
L576-1169/23813-; 060-15
060.4 Control valve block
L576-1169/23813-; 060-23
060.5 Pilot control 060-29
060.5.1 Overview of the pilot control unit
L576-1169/23813-; 060-29
L576-1169/23813-; 060-33
L576-1169/23813-; 060-38
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 060-39
L576-1169/23813-; 060-40
060.6 Ride control 060-42
060.6.1 Overview of the ride control system
L576-1169/34157-23812; 060-42
060.6.2 Ride control overview
L576-1169/23813-; 060-45
L576-1169/23813-; 060-51
20 L576-1169
060.6.4 Hydro accumulator unit

L576-1169/23813-; 060-55
060.7 Working hydraulics cylinder 060-57
060.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders for Z kinematics 060-57
060.7.1.1 Z kinematics lift cylinder
L576-1169/23813-; 060-57
060.7.1.2 Z kinematics tilt cylinder
L576-1169/23813-; 060-58
060.7.2 Hydraulic cylinders for industrial lift arms 060-59
060.7.2.1 Lift cylinder for industrial lift arms
L576-1169/23813-; 060-59
060.7.2.2 Industrial lift arms tilt cylinder
L576-1169/23813-; 060-60
070 Travel hydraulics 070-1

070.1 Travel hydraulics overview
L576-1169/23813-35016; 070-2
L576-1169/35017-37527; 070-12
L576-1169/37528-; 070-16
070.4 Variable displacement pump
L576-1169/23813-37527; 070-20
070.5 Travel pump
L576-1169/37528-; 070-31
070.6 Travel motors 070-37
070.6.1 Overview of the variable displacement motors
L576-1169/23813-; 070-37
070.6.2 Variable displacement motor
L576-1169/23813-; 070-40
070.6.3 Discharge cut-off solenoid valve
L576-1169/23813-; 070-45
070.6.4 Supply hydro accumulator
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 070-47
080 Hydraulic components 080-1

080.1 Hydraulic tank 080-2
080.1.1 Overview of the hydraulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 080-2
080.1.2 Filter unit
L576-1169/23813-; 080-5
L576-1169/23813-; 080-10
L576-1169 21
090 Steering system 090-1

090.1 Steering system overview
L576-1169/23813-34445; 090-2
L576-1169/34446-; 090-9
090.3 Steering pump
L576-1169/23813-; 090-13
090.4 Servostat
L576-1169/23813-; 090-20
090.5 Steering cylinder 090-25
090.5.1 Steering cylinder overview
L576-1169/26443-; 090-25
090.5.2 Steering cylinder pressure relief valve
L576-1169/34446-; 090-27
L576-1169/23813-; 090-28
090.6 Emergency steering 090-30
090.6.1 Emergency steering overview
L576-1169/23813-; 090-30
L576-1169/23813-; 090-34
090.6.3 Electronic control unit 090-36
090.6.3.1 Overview of the electronic control system
L576-1169/23813-; 090-36
090.6.3.2 Emergency steering pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 090-38
090.6.3.3 Emergency steering check pressure switch
L576-1169/23813-; 090-39
090.6.4 Valve block
L576-1169/26443-; 090-40
090.7 Joystick steering - overview
L576-1169/34446-; 090-43
100 Brake system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-1
100.1 Overview of the brake system
L576-1169/23813-; 100-2
100.2 Service brake and parking brake 100-9
100.2.1 Compact brake valve
L576-1169/23813-; 100-9
100.3 Service brake 100-13
L576-1169/23813-; 100-13
22 L576-1169

L576-1169/23813-; 100-14
L576-1169/23813-; 100-15
100.4 Parking brake 100-16
100.4.1 Parking brake
L576-1169/23813-; 100-16
100.4.2 Disc brake
L576-1169/23813-; 100-18
L576-1169/23813-; 100-21
100.5 Overspeed protection 100-22
100.5.1 Overview of the overspeed protection system
L576-1169/23813-; 100-22
L576-1169/23813-; 100-26
110 Electrical system 110-1

110.1 Overview of the electrical system
L576-1169/23813-; 110-2
110.2 Lighting
L576-1169/23813-; 110-7
110.3 Circuit diagrams
L576-1169/23813-; 110-9
110.4.1 Central control unit (Master4)
L576-1169/23813-; 110-11
110.4.2 Modules 110-15
110.4.2.1 Input modules
L576-1169/23813-; 110-15
110.4.2.2 Output modules
L576-1169/23813-; 110-18
110.5 Electrical components of the driver’s cab 110-23
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
110.5.1 Overview of electrical components in the cab

L576-1169/23813-; 110-23
110.5.2 Fuse and relay board
L576-1169/23813-; 110-24
110.6 Electrical components in the rear section 110-30
110.6.1 Battery installation
L576-1169/23813-; 110-30
110.7 Rear area monitoring with camera 110-32
110.7.1 Overview of rear area monitoring with camera
L576-1169/23813-; 110-32
L576-1169 23
110.7.2 Camera
L576-1169/23813-; 110-33
120 Transmission 120-1

120.1 Overview of the transmission
L576-1169/23813-; 120-2
120.2 Mechanical transmission
L576-1169/23813-; 120-4
120.3.1 Overview of the electronic control system
L576-1169/23813-; 120-10
L576-1169/23813-; 120-12
L576-1169/23813-; 120-13
120.3.4 Gear oil temperature switch
L576-1169/23813-; 120-14
120.4.1 Overview of the hydraulic control system
L576-1169/23813-; 120-15
L576-1169/23813-; 120-20
L576-1169/23813-; 120-21
120.4.4 Transmission hydro accumulator
L576-1169/23813-; 120-22
130 Axles and cardan shafts 130-1

130.1 Axles 130-2
130.1.1 Axles
L576-1169/23813-; 130-2
130.2 Cardan shafts 130-8
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 130-8
L576-1169/23813-; 130-9
140 Steel components of the basic machine 140-1

140.1 Vehicle frame 140-2
140.1.1 Articulation bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 140-2
140.1.2 Oscillating bearing and oscillating axle frame
L576-1169/23813-; 140-4
24 L576-1169
140.1.3 Articulation lock

L576-1169/23813-; 140-5
140.2 Ballast weight
L576-1169/23813-; 140-7
140.3 Covering 140-8
140.3.1 Covering overview
L576-1169/23813-; 140-8
140.4 Cab access
L576-1169/23813-; 140-11
150 Working attachment 150-1

150.1 Lift arms with Z kinematics 150-2
150.1.1 Overview of z-bar lift arm kinematics
L576-1169/23813-; 150-2
150.1.2 Pin bearing 150-3
150.1.2.1 Standard bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 150-3
150.1.2.2 Bucket bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 150-5
150.1.2.3 Removing and installing the bucket bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 150-6
150.2 Quick-change device (optional)
L576-1169/23813-; 150-12
150.3 Bucket
L576-1169/23813-; 150-13
150.4 Forklift
L576-1169/23813-; 150-14
160 Cab, heating and air conditioning 160-1

160.1 Overview of the cab, heating and air conditioning unit
L576-1169/23813-; 160-3
160.2 Display and control elements 160-6
160.2.1 Electrical components in the control panel 160-6
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
160.2.1.1 Overview of electrical components in the control pan-

el
L576-1169/23813-; 160-6
160.2.1.2 Control unit for main functions
L576-1169/23813-; 160-6
160.2.1.3 Electric control unit
L576-1169/23813-; 160-8
160.2.1.4 Starter switch
L576-1169/23813-; 160-12
L576-1169 25
160.2.2 Touch screen display

L576-1169/23813-; 160-13
160.2.3 Control lever
L576-1169/23813-; 160-15
160.3 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 160-18
160.3.1 Heating and air conditioning unit 160-18
160.3.1.1 Heating and air conditioning unit
L576-1169/23813-; 160-18
160.3.1.2 Blower
L576-1169/23813-; 160-20
160.3.2 Heater/air conditioning control electronics
L576-1169/23813-; 160-21
160.4 Air conditioning 160-23
160.4.1 Air conditioning compressor
L576-1169/23813-; 160-23
160.4.2 Condenser
L576-1169/23813-; 160-24
160.4.3 Dryer
L576-1169/23813-; 160-26
L576-1169/23813-; 160-27
160.4.5 Evaporator
L576-1169/23813-; 160-28
L576-1169/23813-; 160-29
160.4.7 Automatic air conditioning 160-29
160.4.7.1 Overview of the automatic air conditioning
L576-1169/23813-; 160-29
160.4.7.2 Interior temperature sensor and air flow temperature
sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 160-31
160.4.7.3 Outside temperature sensor
L576-1169/23813-; 160-31
160.4.7.4 Sun sensor
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 160-32
170 Lubrication system 170-1

170.1 Liebherr automatic central lubrication system 170-2
170.1.1 Overview of Liebherr automatic central lubrication system
L576-1169/23813-; 170-2
170.1.2 Liebherr central lubrication pump
L576-1169/23813-; 170-6
26 L576-1169
170.1.3 Progressive distributor MX-F

L576-1169/23813-; 170-10
190 Options 190-1

190.1 LiDAT 190-2
190.1.1 LiDat - Overall system
L576-1169/23813-; 190-2
190.1.2 LiDAT on the machine
L576-1169/23813-; 190-4
190.2 Refuelling system
L576-1169/23813-; 190-8
190.3 Weighing device (Liebherr)
L576-1169/23813-; 190-11
200 Service codes, diagnosis 200-1

200.1 Malfunctions 200-2
200.1.1 Service codes in the display unit 200-2
200.1.1.2 Display of service codes 200-2
200.1.1.3 Effects of a fault 200-2
200.1.1.4 Correcting an error 200-3
200.2 Troubleshooting 200-4
200.2.1 Replacing fuses 200-4
200.2.1.1 Fuses in the engine compartment 200-4
200.2.1.2 Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board 200-5
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 27
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
28 L576-1169
010 Introduction
Contents
010.1 Safety instructions 010-3
010.1.1 General safety instructions 010-3
010.1.2 Instructions on preventing crushing injuries and burns 010-4
010.1.3 Instructions on preventing fires and explosions 010-4
010.1.4 Safety instructions for start-up 010-5
010.1.5 Safety precautions during start-up 010-5
010.1.6 Instructions for safe working 010-6
010.1.7 Safety instructions for driving on slopes 010-7
010.1.8 Parking safely 010-7
010.1.9 Transporting the machine safely 010-7
010.1.10 Towing the machine safely 010-8
010.1.11 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance 010-8
010.1.12 Safety instructions for maintenance work on machines with hydro
accumulators 010-11
010.1.13 Safety instructions for welding work on the machine 010-11
010.1.14 Instructions for working safely on the attachment 010-11
010.1.15 Safety instructions for transporting the machine by crane 010-12
010.1.16 Safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and hose lines 010-12
010.1.17 Roll-over protection structure (ROPS) and falling object protection
structure (FOPS) 010-13
010.1.17.1 Preventing accidents
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010-13
010.1.17.2 Preventing injuries 010-13
010.1.18 Attachments and accessories 010-14
010.1.19 Protection against vibrations 010-14
010.1.20 See and be seen 010-15
010.1.20.1 Field of view and visual aids 010-15
010.1.20.2 Measures during operation. 010-15
010.1.20.3 Modifications to the machine 010-15
L576-1169 010-1
Introduction Service manual
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair work 010-16

010.2.1 Special tools in general 010-16
010.2.2 Special tools for Liebherr diesel engines 010-17
010.2.3 Special tools for steering cylinders 010-18
010.2.4 Special tools for the electrical system 010-18
010.2.5 Special tools for the transmission 010-19
010.2.6 Special tools for front axle MT-L II 010-19
010.2.7 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II 010-19
010.2.8 Special tools for the air conditioning system 010-19
010.2.9 Special tools for cab glazing 010-20
010.2.10 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Liebherr) 010-20
010.2.11 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Groeneveld) 010-21
010.3 Standards and regulations 010-22
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts with metric
standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO 261 010-22
010.3.2 Assembly instructions for the piston and piston nut of the hydraulic
cylinder (WN 4121) 010-27
010.3.2.1 Range of application and purpose 010-27
010.3.2.2 Requirements and description 010-27
010.3.2.3 Amendments 010-32
010.3.2.4 Other applicable documents 010-32
010.3.2.5 Maximum adapter operating pressure 010-36
010.4 Preservation guidelines 010-38
010.4.1 General information 010-38
010.4.2 Out of service for an unknown period of time 010-38
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service 010-39
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months 010-41

010.4.4 Putting back into service 010-41
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months 010-42
010-2 L576-1169
Service manual Introduction
Safety instructions
010.1 Safety instructions
010.1.1 General safety instructions

1. Familiarise yourself with the “operating manual” before starting up the ma-
chine.
Make sure that you are in possession of additional instructions for any special
equipment installed on your machine, and that you have read and understood
them.
2. Only expressly authorised personnel may operate, service or repair the ma-
chine.
Observe the legal minimum ages.
3. Only trained or instructed personnel may operate the machine. Clearly assign
responsibility for operation, rigging, maintenance and repair work.
4. Clearly establish the driver’s responsibilities (also with respect to traffic regula-
tions) and authorise him to refuse to carry out unsafe instructions from third
parties.
5. Personnel undergoing training and instruction, or who are not yet fully quali-
fied, may only be allowed to work on the machine under constant supervision
by an experienced person.
6. Now and again, check that your personnel are working safely and are aware of
possible dangers in observance of the “operating manual”.
7. Wear safe working clothes when working on the machine.
Do not wear rings, wristwatches, ties, scarves, unbuttoned jackets, loose cloth-
ing or similar garments, as they can become caught in the machinery and
cause injury.
Certain tasks require safety goggles, safety boots, hard hats, gloves, reflective
vests, ear protection etc.
8. Ask the site manager about any special safety regulations in force on the site.
9. Do not hold onto the steering column, the control panel or the control levers
when getting on or off the machine.
You might inadvertently trigger movements which could lead to accidents.
10. Never jump down from the machine. Use the steps, ladders and platforms pro-
vided for getting on and off.
11. Keep all handles, steps, rails, gangways, platforms and ladders free from oil,
grease, mud snow and ice. This reduces the risk of slipping, tripping up or fall-
ing.
12. Familiarise yourself with the emergency exit through the right cab door and/or
the rear window.
13. Unless there are other instructions, perform maintenance and repair work as
follows:
Procedure:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
• Park the machine on firm, level ground and lower the working attachment
to the ground.
• Move all control levers to neutral.
• Shut down the engine and take out the ignition key.
14. Before starting any work on the hydraulic circuit, you must also press the work-
ing hydraulics lockout button and actuate all pilot control units (joystick and
pedals) in both directions in order to reduce the control pressure and accumu-
lated pressure in the operating circuits. You must then reduce the internal tank
pressure.
15. Lock the working hydraulics to prevent accidental actuation before leaving the
driver’s cab.
Lock the working hydraulics in accordance with the instructions in the “operat-
ing manual”.
L576-1169 010-3
Safety instructions
16. Secure all loose parts of the machine.

17. Never start up a machine without first making a thorough tour of inspection
and checking if any warning signs are missing or illegible.
18. Observe all signs with warnings or safety instructions.
19. Special safety apparatus must be fitted to the machine for certain applications.
If this is the case, only work with this apparatus fitted and in working order.
20. Do not make any modifications, extensions or conversions to the machine with
potential safety implications without the approval of the supplier. This also ap-
plies to installing and adjusting safety apparatus and valves, as well as to
welding load-bearing components.
21. Avoid standing near the engine while it is running. People who have a pace-
maker must not stand next to the diesel engine while it is running (minimum
distance 50 cm).
22. Do not touch live components of the solenoid controlled unit pumps on their
electrical connections.
010.1.2 Instructions on preventing crushing injuries and burns

1. Do not work under the attachment if it is not resting on the ground or suppor-
ted.
2. Do not use any ropes or chains which are damaged or which have insufficient
load bearing capacity.
Wear protective gloves when handling wire ropes.
3. When working with the attachment, never align the boreholes with your fin-
gers, instead, use a suitable mandrel for this purpose.
4. Make sure no objects come into contact with the fan when the engine is run-
ning.
Objects which fall or project into the fan will be thrown back out or destroyed
and could damage the fan.
5. When the machine is near operating temperature, the engine cooler system is
hot and pressurised.
Do not touch parts carrying cooling water.
This can lead to burns.
6. Only check the coolant level once the cap on the expansion tank has cooled
down enough to touch.
Carefully open the cap to let out excess pressure.
7. When running at or near the operating temperature, the engine oil and hy-
draulic oil are hot.
Avoid touching hot oil or parts which carry oil.
8. Wear goggles and safety gloves when working on the battery.
Avoid sparks and naked lights.
9. Never let anyone move the bucket or other working attachments into position
by hand.
10. Any time you open the engine compartment, prevent the compartment doors
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
from falling shut using the struts provided.

11. Before starting up the machine, close and lock the engine compartment doors
and the battery compartment cover.
12. Never lie under the machine when it is raised using the working attachment,
unless the undercarriage is securely supported using wooden beams.
13. Avoid touching hot surfaces and liquids. This can lead to burns.
010.1.3 Instructions on preventing fires and explosions

1. When refuelling, the engine must be turned off. Switch off the auxiliary heater,
if installed.
010-4 L576-1169
Safety instructions
2. Do not smoke. Avoid naked flames when refuelling or where batteries are be-
ing recharged.
3. Always follow the instructions in the “operating manual” when starting the
engine.
4. Check the electrical system.
Immediately eliminate all faults such as loose connections, worn cables or
burnt out fuses and bulbs.
5. Do not carry combustible fluids on the machine outside the tanks provided.
6. Regularly check all lines, hoses and bolted connections for leaks and damage.
7. Repair the leaks immediately and replace the damaged components.
Oil escaping from leaks can easily cause fires.
8. Make sure that all brackets and protective plates are properly installed to pre-
vent vibrations, abrasion and heat build-up.
9. Starting agent (ether) is a particularly dangerous fire hazard.
Never use ether starting agent near head sources, naked lights (such as ciga-
rettes) or in poorly ventilated spaces.
10. Do not use starting agents containing ethers to start diesel engines with pre-
glow or flame glow systems.
There is otherwise a “RISK OF EXPLOSION”.
11. Familiarise yourself with the location and use of fire extinguishers and find out
about fire alarm and firefighting facilities on site.
12. Clean the machine before putting it into operation. Due to the risk of fire, watch
out for combustible deposits around the engine, particularly in fire hazard envi-
ronments such as rubbish dumps or sawmills.
010.1.4 Safety instructions for start-up

1. Each time you start up the machine, make a thorough tour of inspection.
2. Check the machine for loose bolts, cracks, wear, leaks and deliberate dam-
age.
3. Never start up a damaged machine.
4. Make sure the damage is rectified immediately.
5. Ensure that all hoods and covers are closed and locked. Check that all the
warning and instruction signs are in place.
6. Clean the windows and both interior and exterior mirrors, and secure the doors
and windows against inadvertent movement.
7. Make sure no-one is working on or underneath the machine. Warn any by-
standers before you start up the machine.
8. After getting into the operator’s cab, adjust the seat, the inside and outside
mirrors, the control lever and the safety belt so that you can work comfortably.
9. Sound insulation equipment on the machine must be in place during operation.
010.1.5 Safety precautions during start-up

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1. Before starting, check that all control lamps and instruments are working prop-
erly.
2. Move all control levers to neutral.
3. Before starting the engine, briefly sound the horn to warn anyone else in the
vicinity of the machine.
4. Only start the machine when sitting in the driver’s seat.
5. Unless otherwise instructed, start the engine in accordance with the instruc-
tions in the “operating manual”.
6. Start the engine and then check all display and monitoring equipment.
7. Only run the engine in enclosed spaces when there is sufficient ventilation.
If necessary, open the windows and doors to ensure adequate fresh air.
L576-1169 010-5
Safety instructions
8. Run the engine until both it and the hydraulic oil are at operating temperature.
Low oil temperatures lead to sluggish performance.
9. Check that the attachment controls are working properly.
10. Carefully drive the machine to open ground and check the service brake, the
steering, the signals and lighting.
010.1.6 Instructions for safe working

1. Before starting work, familiarise yourself with the features of the site, as well
as any special regulations and warning signals.
The working environment includes obstacles in the working area and on ac-
cess roads, the firmness of the terrain and any protective barriers to prevent
the public from entering the site.
2. Always keep a safe distance from overhangs, drops, slopes and unsafe ter-
rain.
3. Be particularly careful with variable terrain conditions, poor visibility and
changeable weather.
4. Find out where the supply pipes to the site are, and take particular care when
working near them. If necessary, notify the relevant authorities.
5. Keep a safe distance away from overhead power lines.
When working near overhead power lines, keep the attachment well away
from these.
• There is a risk of “FATAL INJURY”.
• Find out about the safety clearances to be observed.
If the machine comes into contact with live power lines:
• Do not get out of the machine.
• If possible, move the machine to a safe distance away from the danger
area.
• Warn any bystanders not to approach or touch the machine.
• Arrange for the power to be switched off.
• Only get out of the machine when you are sure that the power line you
have touched or damaged has been switched off.
6. Before driving or working with the machine, check that the accessories are
safely stowed away.
7. When driving on public roads, paths and spaces, observe the traffic regula-
tions, and make sure the machine is in a fit condition to use public roads if this
is not already the case.
8. Always switch on the lights in darkness and poor visibility.
9. Do not take passengers on the machine.
10. Only work when seated and wearing a safety belt.
11. Report any malfunctions and make sure that any necessary repairs are com-
pleted immediately.
12. Check personally to ensure that no-one is endangered when the machine
starts moving.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
13. Before starting work, check the brake system as instructed in the “operating
manual”.
14. Never get out of the driver’s seat while the machine is still in motion.
15. Never leave the machine unattended with the engine running.
16. When driving the machine, lower the working attachment to the transport posi-
tion and carry the load as close as possible to the ground.
17. Avoid movements which could cause the machine to tip over.
If the machine does start to tip over or slide sideways, put down the attach-
ment immediately and point the machine downhill.
Wherever possible, work up or downhill and not sideways to the slope.
18. Drive carefully on rocky or slippery terrain and on slopes.
19. Only drive downhill within the permitted speed limit, otherwise you could lose
control of the machine.
010-6 L576-1169
Safety instructions
The engine must be running at the rated speed and you should only reduce
the travel speed using the pedals.
Shift down to a lower gear before reaching the slope. Do not wait until you are
actually on it.
20. When loading a truck, insist on the driver getting out of the operator's cab,
even if it is protected against stone impact.
21. When performing work such as demolition work, clearance and crane opera-
tion, always use the protective equipment provided for these specific tasks.
22. Have someone direct you when vision is restricted and whenever else this is
necessary.
Only allow one person give you signals.
23. Only allow experienced personnel to sling loads and direct crane drivers.
The person giving directions must remain in sight of the operator or at least be
in spoken contact with the operator.
010.1.7 Safety instructions for driving on slopes

1. On downward slopes, always drive carefully and never at top speed, as you
could otherwise lose control over the machine.
Travel speeds:
• Never exceed the speed limits specified in the “operating manual”.
• Exceeding the maximum speed causes the permitted limits to be exceeded
for all rotating parts, including the drive motor, the drive shaft, all gears in-
cluding axles and ultimately the engine itself.
2. Therefore, before driving onto a slope, select a travel range (gear) in which
you can safely negotiate the whole slope without endangering yourself, the
machine and other people.
3. Also, take your foot off the accelerator pedal when driving onto a slope.
010.1.8 Parking safely

1. When possible, always park the machine on flat, firm ground.
If you have to park on a slope, use wheel wedges to prevent the machine from
moving.
2. If the machine has articulated steering, engage the articulation lock.
This only applies to wheel loaders with articulated steering.
3. Lower the digging attachment so that it is lightly anchored in the ground.
4. Move all control levers to the neutral position and engage the parking brake.
5. Shut down the engine in accordance with the instructions in the “operating
manual”.
6. Lock the working hydraulics before leaving the operator's cab.
ing manual”.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
7. Lock up the machine, take out all keys and secure it against unauthorised use
and vandalism.
010.1.9 Transporting the machine safely

1. Only use suitable transport equipment and lifting gear with sufficient load ca-
pacity.
2. Park the machine on flat ground and use wedges to secure the tracks or
wheels.
3. If necessary, dismantle the working attachment for the duration of transport.
4. The ramp for driving onto the low-bed truck must not be steeper than 30° and
should be covered with wooden boards to prevent slipping.
L576-1169 010-7
Safety instructions
5. Clean the machine tracks or wheels of snow, ice and mud before driving onto
the ramp.
6. Align the machine precisely with the loading ramp.
7. A signal giver must give the operator the necessary signals.
Drive carefully onto the ramp and then on to the transport vehicle itself.
8. Have wedges ready to prevent the machine from rolling back when driving on.
9. Tilt the attachment in and drive onto the ramp.
Keep the attachment close to the loading area.
10. After driving on, lower the working attachment onto the loading area.
Engage the articulation lock.
11. Before lashing, always check that the attachment points on the machine are
not damaged. If there are cracks, deformation or other irregularities, it is no
longer guaranteed that the machine can be safely attached.
12. Secure the machine and the remaining individual components against slipping
using chains and wedges.
13. Relieve the pressure lines, take out the ignition key, lock the cab door and side
panels, and get out of the machine.
14. Acquaint yourself with the route before transport, especially as regards the
width, height and weight limits you will encounter.
15. Make a special note of any overhead power lines, bridges and tunnels along
the route.
16. Apply the same care when driving off as with driving on.
Procedure:
• Remove all chains and wedges.
• Start the engine in accordance with the instructions in the “operating man-
ual”.
• Carefully drive off the loading area using a ramp.
• Keep the attachment close to the ground.
• Use someone as a signal giver to give you directions.
010.1.10 Towing the machine safely

1. Always observe the correct procedure as described in the “operating man-
ual”.
2. The machine may only be towed in exceptional circumstances, for example to
move it away from a dangerously exposed position for repairs.
3. Before pulling or towing the machine, check that all attachments and towing
equipment are safe and secure.
4. The cable or rod used for towing must be of suitable tensile strength.
Damage or accidents resulting from towing are not covered by the manufactur-
er’s guarantee in any circumstances whatsoever.
Instructions on towing by rope:
• Make sure no-one is near the taut rope when towing.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
• Keep the rope taut and avoid kinks.

• Carefully pull the rope taut.
• Sudden jerks can cause a slack rope to tear.
5. When towing, keep to the prescribed transport position, speed limit and route.
6. When starting the machine up again, follow the instructions in the “operating
manual”.
010.1.11 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance

1. Never attempt maintenance and repair work unless you are qualified to do so.
2. Observe the prescribed periods for regular checks and inspections or those
specified in the “operating manual”.
010-8 L576-1169
Safety instructions
A suitably equipped workshop is absolutely necessary in order to perform re-

pair work.
3. The table at the end of this “operating manual” states exactly who may carry
out each job.
The jobs listed under “daily / weekly” in the maintenance schedule can be
carried out by the driver or by service personnel.
The other jobs may only be carried out by suitably qualified specialist staff.
4. Spare parts must meet the technical requirements specified by the manufac-
turer. This is guaranteed if you use genuine spares. Spare parts which do not
meet the manufacturer's technical specifications can impair the safety and reli-
ability of the machine.
5. Wear safety overalls for maintenance work. Certain jobs not only require a
hard hat and safety boots, but also goggles and safety gloves.
6. Keep unauthorised persons away from the machine during maintenance.
7. Set up an extended cordon around the maintenance area as necessary.
8. Notify the operating personnel before starting repairs or other special jobs.
Nominate a supervisor.
9. Unless otherwise specified in the “operating manual”, carry out all mainte-
nance work on the machine on firm, level ground with the engine off.
10. Afterwards always re-tighten any bolts loosened during maintenance and re-
pair work.
11. If safety equipment has to be dismantled for rigging, maintenance and repair
work, it must be re-installed and checked as soon as the job is finished.
12. When undertaking maintenance jobs, especially under the machine, attach a
warning sign marked “DO NOT SWITCH ON” to the ignition where it is clearly
visible. Take out the ignition key.
13. Before starting maintenance or repairs, clean any oil, fuel or service fluids from
the machine, especially connections and bolted joints. Do not use abrasive
cleaning agents. Use fibre-free cloths.
14. Before welding, burning and sanding, clean any dust from the machine and the
area around it, and ensure adequate ventilation.
There is otherwise a “RISK OF EXPLOSION”.
15. Before cleaning the machine with water, steam jet (high-pressure cleaner) or
other cleaning agents, cover or tape up all openings where water, steam and
cleaning agent may not penetrate for safety reasons.
Electric motors, control cabinets and battery compartments are at particular
risk.
Further procedure:
• Make sure that during cleaning work on the machine housings, the temper-
ature sensors for the fire alarm and extinguisher systems do not come into
contact with hot cleaning agent. Otherwise the fire extinguishing system
could be activated.
• After cleaning, completely remove the covers and tape.
• After cleaning, check all fuel, engine oil and hydraulic oil lines for leaks,
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
loose connections, abrasion and damage.

• Repair any defects immediately.
16. Follow the safety instructions for the product in question when handling oil,
grease and other chemical substances.
17. Dispose of spare parts and consumables in a safe, environmentally sound
manner.
18. Take care when handling hot operating and auxiliary materials (danger of
burns and scalding).
19. Only operate combustion engines and fuel-powered heaters in sufficiently ven-
tilated rooms. Before starting the engine inside a building, make sure the room
is well ventilated. Follow the local regulations in force at the site.
20. Only carry out welding, burning and grinding work when it is expressly allowed.
There may be a risk of fires or explosions, for example.
L576-1169 010-9
Safety instructions
21. Do not try to lift heavy parts. Only use suitable equipment with sufficient load
capacity.
Procedure:
• When replacing individual parts and larger assemblies, carefully fasten and
secure them to the lifting gear so that no danger can arise.
• Only use suitable lifting gear in perfect order, and slinging equipment with
sufficient load capacity.
Keep out from under suspended loads.
22. Do not use ropes which are damaged or of insufficient load bearing capacity.
Wear protective gloves when handling wire ropes.
23. Only allow experienced personnel to sling loads and direct crane drivers. The
person giving directions must remain in sight of the operator or at least be in
spoken contact with the operator.
24. When carrying out fitting work above head height, use the safety climbing aids
and working platforms provided or equivalent. Do not use parts of the machine
for climbing. Wear a safety harness when working at height. Keep all handles,
steps, rails, gangways, platforms and ladders free from dirt, snow and ice.
25. When working on the attachment (for example replacing teeth), make sure it is
properly supported. Avoid direct metal-to-metal contact.
26. Never lie under the machine when it is raised using the working attachment,
unless the undercarriage is securely supported using wooden beams.
27. Always support the machine on blocks so that it cannot become unbalanced
by any shift in weight. Avoid metal-to-metal contact.
28. Only trained specialist staff may perform work on the chassis, brake and steer-
ing systems.
29. If you have to repair the machine on a slope, secure the wheels with wedges.
Move the working attachment to the maintenance position and engage the ar-
ticulation lock.
30. Only personnel with the requisite skills and experience may work on hydraulic
equipment.
31. Wear protective gloves when looking for leaks. Under pressure, a thin jet of liq-
uid can pierce the skin.
32. Never release hydraulic lines or bolts before setting down the working attach-
ment and shutting down the engine.
Before starting any work on the hydraulic circuit, you must also press the work-
pressure.
33. Regularly check all hydraulic oil lines, hoses and bolted connections for leaks
and visible damage. Repair all damage immediately. Oil escaping under pres-
sure can cause injury and fires.
34. Before beginning repair work, depressurise the system sections and pressur-
ised lines (hydraulics, compressed air) which are to be opened, as instructed
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
in the assembly descriptions.

35. Lay and fit hydraulic and compressed air lines in the proper manner. Do not
switch the connections. Fittings, as well as the length and quality of the hose
lines, must match the manufacturer’s requirements.
Only use Liebherr spare parts.
36. Replace hydraulic hose lines at appropriate intervals, even if there are no ap-
parent defects which may impair safety.
37. Work on the machine’s electrical equipment may only be carried out by a
qualified electrician or by instructed persons under the direction and supervi-
sion of a qualified electrician, in accordance with the recognised electrical en-
gineering rules.
38. Only use original fuses with the stated current ratings. If there are malfunctions
in the electrical power supply, switch off the machine immediately.
010-10 L576-1169
Safety instructions
39. Inspect and test the machine’s electrical equipment regularly. Immediately rec-
tify all faults, such as loose connections, scorched or worn cables or burnt out
fuses and bulbs.
40. If you have to carry out work on live components, have a second person assist
you, who can throw the emergency stop or main switch in an emergency. Cor-
don off the working area with a red and white safety chain and a warning sign.
Only use insulated tools.
41. When working on high-voltage assemblies after they have been isolated from
the power supply, short the supply cable and the components, such as capaci-
tors, with an earthing rod.
42. First, check that the isolated parts are not live, connect them to earth and then
short them. Isolate any neighbouring live parts.
010.1.12 Safety instructions for maintenance work on machines

with hydro accumulators
1. Only qualified staff may carry out work on the hydraulic and pneumatic con-
nections of the membrane accumulator.
2. Serious accidents could result from inexpert fitting and operation.
3. The hydraulic system must be depressurised before work can be carried out
on it.
4. Do not carry out any welding or soldering work on the membrane accumulator.
There is a risk of explosions.
5. The accumulator may burst during machining, resulting in the loss of the oper-
ating permit.
6. Hydro accumulators may only be filled with nitrogen, not with oxygen or air -
otherwise there is a “risk of explosion”.
7. The accumulator can heat up, causing burns.
8. Do not use membrane accumulators which have been damaged during trans-
portation.
9. New membrane accumulators must be filled with nitrogen before they are
used. Remove the sealing caps on the fluid side.
10. The minimum and maximum operating data are permanently marked on the
membrane accumulator. The marking must remain visible.
010.1.13 Safety instructions for welding work on the machine

1. Keep to the following procedure during welding work on the machine.
• Switch off the ignition.
• Switch off the battery main switch (if available).
• Bring the ground of the welding machine as close as possible to the weld-
ing point.
• Only specialized personnel may carry out welding.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010.1.14 Instructions for working safely on the attachment

1. Do not work under the attachment if it is not resting on the ground or suppor-
ted.
2. When replacing attachment components (decals, cutting edge, teeth) . . do not
let metal rest on metal.
3. Do not try to lift heavy parts. Only use suitable equipment with sufficient load
capacity.
4. Always wear gloves when working with wire ropes.
5. Never release hydraulic lines or bolts before setting down the working attach-
ment and shutting down the engine.
L576-1169 010-11
Safety instructions
Before starting any work on the hydraulic circuit, you must also press the work-
pressure.
6. Ensure that all lines and threaded couplings are reconnected and re-tightened
on completion of the job.
7. Be especially careful when removing or inserting bolts and pins made of hard-
ened steel, as they can splinter, causing serious injury.
Wear safety gloves and goggles.
Whenever possible use special tools (such as mandrels, extractors, . . etc.)
010.1.15 Safety instructions for transporting the machine by

crane
1. Lower the working attachment and tilt back the loading equipment to its limit.
2. Apply the articulation lock (this only applies to wheel loaders with articulated
steering).
3. Move all control levers to the neutral position and engage the parking brake.
4. Shut down the engine in accordance with the instructions in the “operating
manual”.
5. Lock the working hydraulics before leaving the operator's cab.
ing manual”.
6. Lock all doors, covers and hoods on the machine.
7. Only allow experienced personnel to sling loads and direct crane drivers. The
person giving directions must remain in sight of the operator or at least be in
spoken contact with the operator.
8. Before lifting, always check that the attachment points on the machine are not
damaged. If there are cracks, deformation or other irregularities, it is strictly
forbidden to lift the machine.
9. The slinging gear must be strong enough to carry the weight of the machine.
10. Attach the lifting tackle to the lugs and bore holes provided on the machine.
11. Make sure the lifting tackle is long enough.
12. Carefully lift the machine.
13. There must be no persons on or in the machine while it is being lifted.
14. CAUTION Never stand under the machine when it is suspended.
15. When restarting the machine, proceed strictly according to the “operating
manual”.
010.1.16 Safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and hose lines

1. Never attempt to repair hydraulic lines and hydraulic hoses.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2. All hoses, hose lines and threaded couplings must be checked regularly - at
least once a year - for leaks and visible signs of damage.
Replace damaged parts immediately. Oil escaping under pressure can cause
injury and fires.
3. Even when properly stored and subjected to normal load, hoses and hose
lines are subject to natural ageing. This limits their service life.
4. Improper storage, mechanical damage and excess strain are the main causes
of damage.
5. Hose lines should not be used for longer than six years, including storage of
no longer than two years (note the date of manufacture on the hoses).
6. Using the hoses close to their maximum strain can shorten their service life
(e.g. high temperatures, frequent movement, extremely high impulse frequen-
cies and multiple shift operation).
010-12 L576-1169
Safety instructions
7. Hoses and hose lines must be replaced when inspections reveal the following.
Criteria:
• Damage to the outer layer penetrating to the inner layer (e.g. abrasion, cuts
and cracks)
• Embrittlement of the outer layer (cracks in the hose material)
• Deformation of the natural shape of the hose or the hose line, both when
pressurised and depressurised, or at bends, e.g. layer separation, blistering
• Leaks
• Failure to observe installation requirements
• Damage or deformation of the hose fittings, which reduces the strength of
the fittings or the connection between the fitting and the hose
• Slippage of the hose out of the fitting
• Corrosion of the fitting, impairing its function and strength
• Exceeded storage time or service life
8. Only use genuine spare parts to replace hoses and hose lines.
9. Lay and fit hoses and hose lines in the proper manner. Do not switch the con-
nections.
010.1.17 Roll-over protection structure (ROPS) and falling ob-

ject protection structure (FOPS)
The machine is equipped with a certified operator's cab that is designed to protect
the driver in the event of rolling over (ROPS) and falling objects (FOPS).
010.1.17.1 Preventing accidents

Depending on the job and the way the machine is operated, hazards can arise
even when the protective apparatus is intact. Avoid all unsafe working practices.
The roll-over protection structure cannot guarantee safety if the maximum permit-
ted total machine weight (see type plate) is exceeded.
The following modifications to the machine can lead to the maximum total weight
being exceeded:
– Using attachments that are too heavy
– Changing the working attachment
– Attachments or modifications to the machine
Never use a machine whose operator's cab protection system (ROPS, FOPS) has
been damaged.
Damage to the operator's cab can be caused by the following operations and
events:
– Welding, cutting or drilling holes
– Attaching brackets
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Deformation after an accident

– Falling objects
Structural modifications and any kind of repairs are prohibited.
010.1.17.2 Preventing injuries

The operator's cab roll-over protection system can only protect the driver if he or
she is wearing a safety belt.
Any modifications to the interior of the cab, such as installing accessories, may not
impair the operator's working space.
Objects carried in the cab may not project into the operator's working space. Loose
objects must be stored securely.
L576-1169 010-13
Safety instructions
010.1.18 Attachments and accessories

1. Attachments and accessories produced by third-party manufacturers or those
which have not been generally approved by LIEBHERR for installation or for
external fitting may not be installed or fitted on the machine without prior writ-
ten consent from LIEBHERR.
2. The appropriate technical documentation should be made available to LIEB-
HERR for this purpose.
3. When adding or converting equipment or tyres, the stability of the machine
must be tested and ensured in accordance with EN 474.
(For more information see: 020 Technical data, page 020-1)
010.1.19 Protection against vibrations

1. The vibrations to which mobile construction machines are subjected are mainly
due to the way they are used.
The following parameters in particular have a great effect:
• Terrain conditions: bumps and potholes.
• Operating methods: speed, steering, braking, use of the controls while driv-
ing and while working.
2. The amount of vibration depends to a large extent on the machine operators,
because they determine the speed, gear ratio, working methods and distance
covered.
This results in a wide range of different vibrations for the same type of ma-
chine.
3. The machine operator can reduce overall vibration by following these recom-
mendations:
• Select a suitable machine, equipment and accessories for the job.
• Use a machine equipped with a suitable seat (i.e. for earthworking ma-
chines, a seat which complies with EN ISO 7096).
• Keep the seat in good repair and adjust the position and cushioning ac-
cording to the height and weight of the driver.
• Regularly check the suspension and adjustment mechanisms of the seat
and make sure the seat is kept in the condition specified by the manufac-
turer.
• Check the service condition of the machine, especially the tyre pressure,
brakes, steering, mechanical connections etc.
• Do not steer, brake, accelerate, shift gears or load the working attachment
of the machine suddenly.
• Adjust the speed of the machine to the distance to be driven in order to re-
duce vibrations.
Slow down when driving over difficult terrain.
Drive around obstacles and avoid difficult terrain.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
• Keep the area on which the machine is operated in a tidy condition.

Remove any large rocks and obstacles.
Fill in any trenches or holes.
Have machines available to maintain good terrain and plan sufficient time
to do so.
• Travel over longer distances (e.g. public roads) at a suitable (medium)
speed.
• For machines which are often driven on open roads, use a special addition-
al system (if available) to reduce vibrations during this type of use.
If such systems are not available, control your speed to stop the machine
from “rocking”.
010-14 L576-1169
Safety instructions
010.1.20 See and be seen
010.1.20.1 Field of view and visual aids

Sufficient visibility conditions are required in order to operate and drive the ma-
chine safety.
The driver’s field of view is measured according to ISO 5006 with the standard ma-
chine configuration. Required visual aids such as mirrors and cameras are posi-
tioned accordingly.
– Observe all national regulations for ensuring sufficient vision from the operator's
cab.
– Check that the visual aids function properly, are clean and adjusted correctly.
– Adjust the mirrors to ensure the best possible all-round vision.
– Have faulty visual aids repaired or replaced as soon as possible.
– Clean dirty operator's cab windows.
– Note that visual aids may be obscured by the working attachment.
010.1.20.2 Measures during operation.

• Make sure that persons establish contact with the driver before approaching
the machine.
• Make sure that persons approach the vehicle from the front and in the driv-
er’s field of view.
• Try to maintain direct vision: Set up the working area so that there are no ob-
stacles blocking the view.
• Constantly watch the area around the machine. Use visual aids to monitor
areas around the machine which are not directly in sight.
• Only carry out articulation movements when visibility is sufficient. If nec-
essary, position the working attachment so that sufficient visibility is ensured.
• Avoid reverse travel where at all possible.
• When working with a restricted view, make sure a signal giver is available to
give signals. Agree hand signals. For difficult tasks, maintain radio contact.
• Make sure that the person giving signals is outside the danger area.
• When visibility is poor, use lighting in accordance with the applicable regula-
tions.
• Only use sun visors if they do not restrict the optimum field of view.
010.1.20.3 Modifications to the machine

If modifications to the machine impair the field of view:
– Carry out a risk analysis.
– Perform a test in accordance with ISO 5006 or the regulations applicable at the
site.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Depending on the test result, take appropriate measures.

– Notify the driver of any modifications.
L576-1169 010-15
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair

work
010.2.1 Special tools in general
Designation ID no. Use Remarks

Anti-freeze and battery tester 7408922 All wheel For checking the acid concentration (battery
loaders charge level) and anti-freeze
Vacuum pump 24 volt 7408148 All wheel For preventing oil loss
loaders
Filling and testing device with case 8460226 All wheel For checking the hydro accumulators
loaders
Pressure gauge 0 - 40 bar 7361288 All wheel For checking the hydraulic pressure
loaders
loaders
loaders
Pressure gauge connection 7002436 All wheel Connection for pressure gauge
loaders
High-pressure hose 1500 mm 7002475 All wheel High pressure hose for pressure gauge
loaders
High-pressure hose 4000 mm 7009134 All wheel High pressure hose for pressure gauge
loaders
Screw coupling M 10 x 1 mm 5005180 All wheel For checking the hydraulic pressure
loaders
Drain hose 7005660 All wheel For draining oil via a drain valve
loaders
Drain piece 7402657 All wheel For the drain hose
loaders
USB dongle 10489591 All wheel For Sculi diagnostic software (SERVICE au-
loaders thorisation)
Diagnostic data cable (RS-232) 10035410 All wheel For Sculi diagnostic software (data connection
loaders between central control unit and laptop)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Diagnostic data cable 1.5 m 10225579 L550 - L586 For Sculi diagnostic software (data connection
(ETHERNET) between central control unit and laptop)
Diagnostic data cable 3.0 m 10513200 L550 - L586 For Sculi diagnostic software (data connection
(ETHERNET) between central control unit and laptop)
Adapter cable RS-232<>USB 693190714 All wheel For communicating with the wheel loader elec-
loaders tronics if there is an error with the RS-232 in-
terface on the notebook.
Memory card reader 11000491 L550 - L586 For writing on the compact flash card
010-16 L576-1169

Compact flash card 10223095 L550 - L586 Blank compact flash card as data medium for
application software
Tab. 1: Special tools, general
010.2.2 Special tools for Liebherr diesel engines
Designation ID number Use Remarks

Angle torque device 0524062 Diesel engine For installing and removing the cylinder head
Retaining device 0528464 Diesel engine For testing the cylinder liner projection
Dial gauge holder 10023885 Diesel engine For testing the cylinder liner projection
Compression tester 8008782 Diesel engine For checking the compression pressure
Diagram sheet 10012817 Diesel engine For checking the compression pressure
Engine turning mechanism 0524045 Diesel engine For turning the crankshaft
M8 mounting bolts 0524059 Diesel engine For work on the diesel engine
M10 mounting bolts 0528472 Diesel engine For installing and removing the exhaust pipes
M12 mounting bolts (85 mm) 0524054 Diesel engine For work on the diesel engine
M12 mounting bolts (130 mm) 0528471 Diesel engine For work on the diesel engine
M16 mounting bolts 0528470 Diesel engine For installing and removing the crankshaft at-
tachments
Angle torque device 1/2” 0524062 Diesel engine For installing and removing the piston with
connecting rod
Angle torque device 3/4” 10023839 Diesel engine For measuring angles
Extractor tool 0526855 Diesel engine For installing and removing the cylinder bush-
ings
Extractor tool 0528462 Diesel engine For installing and removing the cylinder bush-
ings
Retaining device 0528464 Diesel engine For installing and removing the piston with
connecting rod
Hook and lever 7019858 Diesel engine For installing and removing the front crank-
shaft seal
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Mounting tool 11341934 Diesel engine For installing and removing the crankshaft
seal
Mandrel 9078119 Diesel engine For turning the crankshaft
Piston ring strap wrench 8000592 Diesel engine For installing and removing the piston with
connecting rod
Piston ring tongs 7009319 Diesel engine For installing and removing the piston rings
Downholder 10354008 Diesel engine For installing and removing valves, valve
springs, valve seals
Mounting sleeve 10023909 Diesel engine For installing and removing valves, valve
springs, valve seals
L576-1169 010-17

Mandrel 9078118 Diesel engine For installing and removing the mass balance
shaft
Mandrel 9078119 Diesel engine For installing and removing the mass balance
shaft
Camshaft guide tool 11342234 Diesel engine For installing and removing the camshaft
Special spanner 17 10020852 Diesel engine For installing and removing the injection line
Punch extractor 0524072 Diesel engine For installing and removing the discharge
ports and injectors
Adapter 0524029 Diesel engine For installing and removing the discharge
ports and injectors
Adapter 11211935 Diesel engine For installing and removing the discharge
ports and injectors
Centring pin 11213358 Diesel engine For installing and removing the discharge
ports and injectors
Oil filter claw spanner 8145274 Diesel engine For removing the oil filter
Tab. 2: Special tools for the diesel engine
010.2.3 Special tools for steering cylinders

Mounting sleeve 90 mm 9227161 Steering cylin- For fitting the seals
der
Expansion sleeve 90 mm 9227162 Steering cylin- For fitting the seals
der
Piston spanner 50 mm 9211967 Steering cylin- For fitting the piston
4002679 der
Piston rod bearing spanner 9239572 Steering cylin- For fitting the piston rod bearing
75/12 mm der
Tab. 3: Special tools for steering cylinders
010.2.4 Special tools for the electrical system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Designation ID no. All wheel Remark

loaders
Digital multimeter 10018500 All wheel For measuring voltage, current, resistance
loaders and frequency
Test probe, red 884191214 All wheel For measurements at plug connections
loaders
Test probe, black 884191114 All wheel For measurements at plug connections
loaders
010-18 L576-1169
Designation ID no. All wheel Remark

loaders
Solenoid tester 10028268 All wheel For testing solenoid valves
loaders
ID numbers for other tools and plug connections of the electrical system can be taken from the wiring harness
repair and diagnostic set.
Wiring harness repair and diagnosis set: Liebherr Service Documentation - General information - wiring harness
repair and diagnostic set
Tab. 4: Special electrical tools
010.2.5 Special tools for the transmission

Fixing spanner 10016179 L550 - L586 For loosening and tightening the slotted nut on
the coupling 1
Special socket 10016180 L550 - L586 For loosening and tightening the slotted nut on
the coupling 1
Positioning tool 10016181 L550 - L586 For installing and removing the snap ring on
the couplings
Tab. 5: Special tools for the transmission
010.2.6 Special tools for front axle MT-L II

Positioning tool 10296879 L550 - L586, For mounting the bevel gear shaft seal ring
L580 LG
Measuring disc 11160201 L550 - L586, For measuring the gap size
L580 LG
Tab. 6: Special tools for front axle MT-L II
010.2.7 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II

Positioning tool 10296879 L550 - L586, For mounting the bevel gear shaft seal ring
L580 LG
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Measuring disc 11160201 L550 - L586, For measuring the gap size
L580 LG
Tab. 7: Special tools for rear axle MT-L II
010.2.8 Special tools for the air conditioning system
Description ID no. Use Remarks

Vacuum pump 7027552 All wheel For evacuating the air conditioning system
loaders
L576-1169 010-19

4-valve test fitting 7027558 All wheel For testing, evacuating and filling the air con-
loaders ditioning system
Filling hose, blue 1500 mm 7027553 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Filling hose, yellow 1500 mm 7027554 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Filling hose, red 1500 mm 7027555 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Car coupling 253a 7027556 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Car coupling 254a 7027557 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Tab. 8: Special tools for the air conditioning system
010.2.9 Special tools for cab glazing

Toolbox complete with suction cups 10021147 All wheel For removing and installing bonded panes
loaders
Tab. 9: Special tools for cab glazing
010.2.10 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Lieb-

herr)

Liebherr filling press 10009239 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr cen-
tral lubrication
system
Filling press 10333342 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr cen-
tral lubrication
system
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Liebherr filling port 7029283 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr cen-
tral lubrication
system
Tab. 10: Special tools for the central lubrication system
010-20 L576-1169
010.2.11 Special tools for the central lubrication system (Groe-

neveld)

Groeneveld filling press 10333342 All wheel For quickly filling the Groeneveld reservoir
loaders
Gröneveld central lubrication system 7624289 All wheel For inspecting the central lubrication system
data cable loaders
Gröneveld central lubrication system 7624290 All wheel For inspecting the central lubrication system
plug adapter loaders
Gröneveld central lubrication system 11346704 All wheel For inspecting and adjusting the central lubri-
adapter cable loaders cation system
Tab. 11: Special tools for the central lubrication system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 010-21
Standards and regulations
010.3 Standards and regulations
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts

with metric standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO
261
Item code: 10409969
Version: 004
The prestressing forces and tightening torques listed in the table are taken from
VDI Standard 2230 of February 2003.
Assembly prestressing forces FM and tightening torques MA at 90% utilisation of the
yield point for shank bolts with metric standard or fine threads as per DIN ISO 262
(and DIN ISO 965-2); head dimensions of hexagonal bolts as per DIN EN ISO
4014 to 4018, bolts with external hex head as per DIN 34800 and cylinder-head
bolts as per DIN EN ISO 4762 and “medium” bore as per DIN EN 20273.
This standard does not apply to mining products
Metric standard threads and fine threads. Metric standard threads and fine threads.
At least one element of the bolted joint (bolts, All elements of the bolted joint (bolts, washers, nuts
washers, nuts etc.) with the following surface: etc.) with the following surface:
flzn = zinc flake coating (LH standard 10021432) Black oxide or phosphated
Zinc-plated
Minimum total coefficient of friction µG= 0.09 Minimum total coefficient of friction µG= 0.11
Thread Streng Assembly Tightening tor- Thread Strengt Assembly Tightening tor-
th prestressing ques MA in Nm h class prestressing ques MA in Nm
class forces FM in forces FM in
kN kN
M4 8.8 4.6 2.5 M4 8.8 4.5 2.9
10.9 6.7 3.7 10.9 6.6 4.3
12.9 7.9 4.4 12.9 7.7 5.0
M5 8.8 7.5 5.0 M5 8.8 7.3 5.7
10.9 11.0 7.3 10.9 10.7 8.4
12.9 12.8 8.5 12.9 12.5 9.8
M6 8.8 10.6 8.6 M6 8.8 10.3 9.9
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10.9 15.5 12.6 10.9 15.2 14.5

12.9 18.2 14.7 12.9 17.7 16.9
M7 8.8 15.3 13.9 M7 8.8 15.0 16.1
10.9 22.5 20.4 10.9 22.0 23.6
12.9 26 23.9 12.9 26 28
M8 8.8 19.3 20.6 M8 8.8 18.9 23.8
10.9 28 30 10.9 28 35
12.9 33 35 12.9 32 41
010-22 L576-1169
Zinc-plated
kN kN
M8x1 8.8 21.0 21.7 M8x1 8.8 20.5 25
10.9 31 32 10.9 30 37
12.9 36 37 12.9 35 43
M9x1 8.8 27 31 M9x1 8.8 27 36
10.9 40 46 10.9 39 53
12.9 47 53 12.9 46 62
M 10 8.8 31 40 M 10 8.8 30 47
10.9 45 59 10.9 44 68
12.9 53 69 12.9 52 80
M 10 x 1 8.8 35 44 M 10 x 1 8.8 34 51
10.9 51 64 10.9 50 75
12.9 60 75 12.9 59 88
M 10 x 1.25 8.8 33 42 M 10 x 1.25 8.8 32 49
10.9 48 62 10.9 47 72
12.9 56 72 12.9 55 84
M 12 8.8 45 69 M 12 8.8 44 80
10.9 66 102 10.9 64 118
12.9 77 119 12.9 75 140
M 12 x 1.25 8.8 50 74 M 12 x 1.25 8.8 49 86
10.9 73 109 10.9 71 125
12.9 85 125 12.9 84 150
M 12 x 1.5 8.8 47 72 M 12 x 1.5 8.8 46 83
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10.9 69 105 10.9 68 122

12.9 81 123 12.9 79 145
M 14 8.8 61 110 M 14 8.8 60 125
10.9 90 160 10.9 88 185
12.9 105 190 12.9 103 220
M 14 x 1.5 8.8 67 117 M 14 x 1.5 8.8 66 135
10.9 99 170 10.9 96 200
12.9 115 200 12.9 113 235
L576-1169 010-23
Zinc-plated
kN kN
M 16 8.8 84 170 M 16 8.8 82 195
10.9 123 250 10.9 120 290
12.9 145 290 12.9 140 340
M 16 x 1.5 8.8 91 175 M 16 x 1.5 8.8 89 205
10.9 135 260 10.9 130 300
12.9 155 300 12.9 150 360
M 18 8.8 102 235 M 18 8.8 100 270
10.9 150 350 10.9 145 400
12.9 175 410 12.9 170 470
M 18 x 1.5 8.8 117 260 M 18 x 1.5 8.8 115 300
10.9 175 380 10.9 170 440
12.9 200 440 12.9 200 520
M 18 x 2 8.8 110 245 M 18 x 2 8.8 107 290
10.9 160 360 10.9 160 420
12.9 190 420 12.9 185 490
M 20 8.8 130 330 M 20 8.8 130 380
10.9 190 490 10.9 190 560
12.9 225 570 12.9 220 660
M 20 x 1.5 8.8 150 350 M 20 x 1.5 8.8 145 420
10.9 215 520 10.9 215 610
12.9 250 610 12.9 250 720
M 22 8.8 165 450 M 22 8.8 160 520
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10.9 240 660 10.9 235 770

12.9 280 770 12.9 270 900
M 22 x 1.5 8.8 180 480 M 22 x 1.5 8.8 180 570
10.9 270 700 10.9 260 830
12.9 310 820 12.9 310 970
M 24 8.8 190 570 M 24 8.8 185 660
10.9 280 840 10.9 270 970
12.9 320 980 12.9 320 1140
010-24 L576-1169
Zinc-plated
kN kN
M 24 x 1.5 8.8 220 620 M 24 x 1.5 8.8 215 730
10.9 320 910 10.9 320 1080
12.9 380 1070 12.9 370 1250
M 24 x 2 8.8 210 60 M 24 x 2 8.8 205 710
10.9 310 890 10.9 300 1040
12.9 360 1040 12.9 350 1220
M 27 8.8 245 830 M 27 8.8 240 970
10.9 360 1230 10.9 360 1450
12.9 420 1450 12.9 420 1650
M 27 x 1.5 8.8 280 900 M 27 x 1.5 8.8 280 1060
10.9 410 1300 10.9 410 1550
12.9 480 1550 12.9 480 1850
M 27 x 2 8.8 270 880 M 27 x 2 8.8 260 1030
10.9 400 1300 10.9 390 1500
12.9 460 1500 12.9 460 1800
M 30 8.8 300 1140 M 30 8.8 290 1300
10.9 440 1650 10.9 430 1950
12.9 520 1950 12.9 510 2250
M 30 x 1.5 8.8 350 1240 M 30 x 1.5 8.8 350 1450
10.9 520 1800 10.9 510 2150
12.9 610 2150 12.9 590 2500
M 30 x 2 8.8 340 1220 M 30 x 2 8.8 330 1450
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10.9 500 1800 10.9 490 2100

12.9 580 2100 12.9 570 2450
M 33 8.8 370 1550 M 33 8.8 370 1800
10.9 550 2250 10.9 540 2600
12.9 640 2600 12.9 630 3100
M 33 x 1.5 8.8 430 1650 M 33 x 1.5 8.8 420 1950
10.9 630 2450 10.9 620 2900
12.9 740 2800 12.9 730 3400
L576-1169 010-25
Zinc-plated
kN kN
M 33 x 2 8.8 420 1600 M 33 x 2 8.8 410 1900
10.9 610 2400 10.9 600 2800
12.9 720 2800 12.9 700 3300
M 36 8.8 440 1950 M 36 8.8 430 2300
10.9 650 2900 10.9 630 3400
12.9 760 3400 12.9 740 3900
M 36 x 1.5 8.8 520 2150 M 36 x 1.5 8.8 510 2600
10.9 760 3200 10.9 750 3800
12.9 890 3700 12.9 870 4400
M 36 x 3 8.8 470 2050 M 36 x 3 8.8 460 2400
10.9 690 3000 10.9 680 3500
12.9 810 3500 12.9 790 4100
M 39 8.8 530 2500 M 39 8.8 520 3000
10.9 770 3700 10.9 760 4400
12.9 910 4400 12.9 890 5100
M 39 x 1.5 8.8 610 2800 M 39 x 1.5 8.8 600 3300
10.9 900 4000 10.9 880 4800
12.9 1050 4700 12.9 1030 5600
M 39 x 3 8.8 560 2600 M 39 x 3 8.8 550 3100
10.9 820 3900 10.9 810 4500
12.9 960 4500 12.9 940 5300
Tab. 12: Bolt prestressing forces and tightening torques

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Remarks:
– Tightening torques given on drawings always take precedence over the works
standards, and must be observed.
– For important bolt connections, angle control tightening may be advantageous.
If so, the required tightening torques (joining torque, rotary angle) must be cal-
culated individually by the technical department.
– When tightening in aluminium with or without using a helicoil, and with weld
nuts, the values in class 8.8 must be used. However, tightening values given on
drawings are binding and must be observed with priority.
010-26 L576-1169
010.3.2 Assembly instructions for the piston and piston nut of

the hydraulic cylinder (WN 4121)
Version 001
Item code 10334184
010.3.2.1 Range of application and purpose

This Liebherr standard only applies in respect of hydraulic cylinders for the assem-
bly of pistons or piston nuts on the piston rod with a thread diameter of M42 and
larger. This standard describes the tightening procedure in terms of the path and
angle of torsion.
The precise tightening torque for thread diameters smaller than M42 are provided
directly in the drawing. The specifications provided in the drawing are binding.
010.3.2.2 Requirements and description

The number of the tightening value must be taken from the drawing and cannot be
inferred from supposedly similar geometry. This number can be used to locate the
angle and path of torsion in the table of tightening values. (For more information
see: Other applicable documents, page 010-32)
The tightening values are based on both empirical testing and calculation, and are
subject to amendment. This standard distinguishes between two tightening proce-
dures, which are identified by 3-digit and 4-digit numbers.
Tightening with assembly wrench

This tightening method applies to 3-digit tightening numbers.
Preparation:
Clean all contact surfaces (thread and contact surfaces between the piston rod, the
piston and the piston nut) and apply a thin coating of Gleitmo high-performance lu-
bricating paste (ID no. 8300 004, 40 g tube) to both sides.
Term definitions:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 1: Figure 1
Preload torque Mv:

Applied to the piston A using the torque wrench B via the square/hex in the assem-
bly wrench C, making sure to observe the position of the torque wrench. (see:
fig. 1, page 010-27)
L576-1169 010-27
Path of torsion 4:
The arc [mm] travelled by the piston or the piston nut after applying the preload
torque by tightening. (see: fig. 2, page 010-28)
Angle of torsion 5:
The angle [°] travelled by the piston or the piston nut after applying the preload tor-
que by tightening. (see: fig. 2, page 010-28)
When applying the preload torque Mv, the torque wrench B should point in the
same direction as the assembly wrench C if possible. The same procedure applies
to the piston nut, using the corresponding assembly wrench.
Fig. 2: Figure 2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Marking on piston and piston rod 5 Angle of torsion

thread after applying the preload
torque
2 Marking on piston rod thread 6 Marking on piston nut and piston
rod thread after applying the pre-
load torque
3 Displaced marking on piston after 7 Displaced marking on piston nut
tightening after tightening
4 Path of torsion
010-28 L576-1169
Tightening with hydraulic assembly unit

This tightening method applies to 4-digit tightening numbers.
Preparation:
Clean all contact surfaces (thread and contact surfaces between the piston rod, the
piston and the piston nut) and apply a thin coating of Gleitmo high-performance lu-
bricating paste (ID no. 8300 004, 40g tube) to both sides.
Term definitions:
Fig. 3: Figure 3
A Torque wrench C Torque multiplier
B Hex
Preload torque:
Applied to the piston or the piston nut using the torque wrench A via the hex B of
the torque multiplier C. (see: fig. 3, page 010-29)
Angle of torsion:
The angle [°] travelled by the piston or the piston nut after applying the preload tor-
que by tightening. (see: fig. 6, page 010-31)
Operating the assembly unit:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 010-29
Fig. 4: Figure 4
A Piston rod E Piston nut
B Piston F Adapter for piston nut
C Adapter for piston G Torque multiplier
D Adapter for piston rod H Assembly unit
See the separate operating manual for the assembly unit H. Appropriate adaptors
for the piston rod, piston and piston nut are contained in the piston parts list.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 5: Maximum operating pressure embossed on the adapter
010-30 L576-1169
NOTICE
If the maximum operating pressure is exceeded, the adapters and the assembly
unit itself can be damaged.
u The maximum operating pressures are embossed on the adapters. If the maxi-
mum operating pressure is not specified on an adapter, it can be found in the
table of tightening values (see item 4) with the aid of the adapter identification
number. This value must then be embossed on the adapter.
u The maximum operating pressure for the adapter must be set on the hydraulic
pump of the assembly unit before tightening (see separate operating manual for
assembly unit). If two adapters with different maximum operating pressures are
used during assembly, then the lowest pressure applies. The ID number of the
assembly unit to be used can be found using the 4-digit tightening value number
from the table of tightening values (see item 4).
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 6: Figure 5
A Indicator C Angle scale
B Adjusting screw
– Before tightening, the indicator A must be set using the adjusting screw B to 0°
on the angle scale C.
– The angle of torsion can be read on the angle scale. If the opening angle of the
assembly unit is not enough to achieve the specified angle of torsion, reposition
the assembly unit for another tightening procedure.
L576-1169 010-31
– The components must be held in the angle already tightened. Before continu-
ing, set the indicator to the last angle value.
Repeat this procedure as often as necessary until the specified torsion value is fi-
nally achieved.
010.3.2.3 Amendments
010.3.2.4 Other applicable documents

– Table of tightening values
– Drawing referring to this Liebherr standard and the tightening number
Table of tightening values (version of 15/12/2011)
For LH standard WN 4121 (ID number - 10334184) - assembly instructions for pis-
ton and piston nut.
The date indicates the latest version of the table. There is no revision.
Tightening with assembly wrench (For more information see: Tightening with
assembly wrench, page 010-27)
Preload tor-
No. Piston Piston nut Thread
que
Path of tor- Angle of tor- Path of tor- Angle of tor-
WN 4121.. [Nm] M [mm]
sion [mm] sion ~[°] sion [mm] sion ~[°]
071 100 11+1 30 21+1 57 42x1.5
072 100 21+1 57 21+1 57 42x1.5
073 100 18 +1
49 19 +1
52 42x1.5
074 100 16+1 44 - - 42x1.5
075 100 19 +1
52 21 +1
57 42x1.5
078 100 20+1 55 14+1 38 42x1.5
079 100 11 +1
30 21 +1
57 42x1.5
080 100 18+1 49 - - 42x1.5
081 100 15 +1
41 - - 42x1.5
091 100 13+1 30 19+1 44 50x2
092 100 25 +1
57 19 +1
44 50x2
093 100 24+1 55 19+1 44 50x2
095 100 13 30 19 44 50x2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
+1 +1
50x2/
096 100 10+1 23 9+1 21
SW65
097 100 17+1 39 19+1 44 50x2
098 100 17+1 39 - - 50x2
099 100 24 +1
55 19 +1
44 50x2
101 100 10+1 23 - - 50x2
103 100 9+1 21 - - 50x2
104 100 12+1 28 - - 50x2
010-32 L576-1169
Preload tor-
que
WN 4121.. [Nm] M [mm]
108 100 16+1 37 - - 50x2
111 100 16+1 33 18+1 37 56x2
112 100 17 +1
35 18 +1
37 56x2
113 100 17+1 35 19+1 39 56x2
114 100 19 +1
39 - - 56x2
115 100 18+1 37 - - 56x2
116 100 19 +1
39 - - 56x2
117 100 17+1 35 - - 56x2
118 100 15 +1
31 - - 56x2
119 100 17+1 35 - - 56x2
121 150 15 +1
29 19 +1
36 60x2
123 150 17+1 32 19+1 36 60x2
125 150 18 +1
34 - - 60x2
126 150 14+1 27 - - 60x2
127 150 22 +1
42 - - 60x2
128 150 20+1 38 - - 60x2
129 150 14+1 27 19+1 36 60x2
131 150 15+1 28 - - 60x2
132 150 17+1 32 - - 60x2
151 150 15+1 27 19+1 34 65x2
152 150 20+1 35 19+1 34 65x2
153 150 20+1 35 - - 65x2
156 150 17+1 30 - - 65x2
157 150 20+1 35 - - 65x2
171 150 12+2 20 18+1 30 68x2
172 150 21+2 35 18+1 30 68x2
173 150 19+2 32 18+1 30 68x2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
174 150 25+2 42 18+1 30 68x2

175 150 25+2 42 18+1 30 68x2
176 150 19 +2
32 18 +1
30 68x2
177 150 19+2 32 18+1 30 68x2
179 150 11 +2
19 18 +1
30 68x2
180 150 20+2 34 18+1 30 68x2
182 150 16+2
27 18 +1
30 68x2
181 150 20+2 34 - - 68x2
L576-1169 010-33
Preload tor-
que
WN 4121.. [Nm] M [mm]
183 200 - - 40+2 67 68x2
184 150 16+2 27 18+1 30 68x2
185 150 23 +2
39 - - 68x2
186 150 11+2 19 - - 68x2
187 150 22 +2
37 - - 68x2
201 200 17+2 26 16+1 24 76x2
202 200 26 +2
39 16 +1
24 76x2
203 200 27+2 41 16+1 24 76x2
204 200 27 +2
41 16 +1
24 76x2
205 200 13+2 20 - - 76x2
206 200 25 +2
38 25 +1
38 76x2
207 200 23+2 35 - - 76x2
208 200 25 +2
38 - - 76x2
209 200 25+2 38 - - 76x2
212 200 23 +2
35 - - 76x2
213 200 16+2 24 - - 76x2
214 200 18+2 27 - - 76x2
215 200 21+2 32 - - 76x2
216 200 25+2 38 - - 76x2
231 200 8+2 11 16+1 22 85x3
232 200 17+2 23 16+1 22 85x3
234 200 22+2 30 - - 85x3
235 200 17+2 23 - - 85x3
236 200 15+2 20 - - 85x3
237 200 19+2 26 - - 85x3
238 200 14+2 19 - - 85x3
239 200 16+2 22 - - 85x3
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
240 200 17+2 23 - - 85x3

241 200 15+2 20 - - 85x3
261 250 20 +2
25 10 +1
12 95x3
264 250 15+2 18 - - 95x3
265 250 24 +2
29 10 +1
12 95x3
267 250 20+2 24 - - 95x3
268 250 20 +2
24 - - 95x3
270 250 6+1 7 - - 95x3
010-34 L576-1169
Preload tor-
que
WN 4121.. [Nm] M [mm]
271 250 13+2 16 - - 95x3
281 250 20+2 23 13+1 15 100x3
282 250 25 +2
29 - - 100x3
283 250 20+2 23 21+1 24 100x3
284 250 10 +2
12 - - 100x3
285 250 18+1 20 - - 100x3
287 250 22 +1
25 - - 100x3
301 300 21+3 22 20+2 21 110x3
302 300 18 +3
19 20 +2
21 110x3
303 300 13+3 14 20+2 21 110x3
304 300 23 +3
24 20 +2
21 110x3
305 300 9+3 9 - - 110x3
306 300 21 +3
22 - - 110x3
307 300 22+3 23 - - 110x3
308 300 25 +3
26 - - 110x3
309 300 25+3 26 - - 110x3
310 300 19+3 20 - - 110x3
331 400 19+3 18 20+2 19 120x3
332 400 11+3 11 - - 120x3
333 400 27+3 26 - - 120x3
334 400 20+3 19 20+2 19 120x3
335 400 30+3 29 - - 120x3
336 400 29+3 28 - - 120x3
337 400 8+1 8 - - 120x3
339 400 9+1 9 - - 120x3
363 500 17+3 15 10+2 9 130x3
402 600 9+3 7 - - 155x3
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
461 600 12+3 9 - - 150x4

501 200 21+2 30 - - 80x2
531 500 34 +3
28 - - 140x3
561 100 10+1 25 - - 45x1.5
Tab. 13
Tightening with hydraulic assembly unit (For more information see: Tightening
with hydraulic assembly unit, page 010-29)
L576-1169 010-35
Preload tor-
No. Piston Piston nut Assembly unit Thread
que
Max. permis-
Angle of tor- Angle of tor- sible operat-
10334184... [Nm] ID No. M [mm]
sion [°] sion [°] ing pressure
[bar]
1000 300 27+1 8+1 94030655 670 240x4
1001 300 18+1 8+1 94030655 340 200x4
1002 300 18 +1
8 +1
94001888 280 150x4
1003 300 23+1 8+1 94002055 310 170x4
1004 300 21 +1
8 +1
94001888 280 140x4
1005 300 18+1 8+1 94030655 340 180x4
1006 300 30 +1
8 +1
94001888 280 150x3
1007 300 27+1 3+1 94002055 310 160x4
1008 300 31 +1
5 +1
94030655 340 180x4
1009 300 20+1 - 94030655 340 200x4
1010 300 27 +1
5 +1
94030655 340 180x4
1011 300 18+1 - 94030655 670 260x4
1012 300 33 +1
- 94030655 270 200x4
1013 3500 24+1 - 94030655 420 290x4
1019 300 16 +1
- 94002055 310 160x4
Tab. 14
010.3.2.5 Maximum adapter operating pressure
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 7: Maximum operating pressure embossed on the adapter
Adapter ID no. Maximum operating

pressure [bar]
9623426 350
9634625 350
010-36 L576-1169
Adapter ID no. Maximum operating

pressure [bar]
9623427 350
9640093 270
9625264 270
9635155 300
9623428 700
Tab. 15
The maximum operating pressures are embossed on the adapters.

If two adapters with different maximum operating pressures are used during
assembly, then the lowest pressure applies.
If the maximum operating pressure is not specified on an adapter, it can be found
in the table with the aid of the adapter identification number. This value must then
be embossed on the adapter.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 010-37
Preservation guidelines
010.4 Preservation guidelines
010.4.1 General information

All parts of a construction machine are exposed to corrosion when out of use. Cor-
rosion can be compared to wear. However, the effects can be much more serious
than mechanical wear and can significantly reduce the service life of the parts. This
means the machines and their components must be preserved according to certain
guidelines when out of use.
Generally these guidelines are based on the following time-scales:
– Out of service for an unknown period of time
– Putting the machine out of service
• Out of service for up to 2 months
• Out of service for up to 12 months
• Out of service for longer than 12 months
– Putting back into service
The required measures are also scaled according to the time periods. The preser-
vation measures are not strictly standardized, and are to be shortened or length-
ened depending on necessity (e.g. because of environmental conditions).
Such conditions are, for example:
– The machine's location (e.g. in unprotected open space, in closed space, with
roof, temperature-controlled environment)
– The type of climate (e.g. extreme temperatures, storage near the sea or the
coast, etc.)
010.4.2 Out of service for an unknown period of time

If the machine is out of use for a lengthy period without preservation, it must be put
back into service at intervals of no more than 14 days in order to prevent in-
creased corrosion and the resulting damage.
– All oil levels must be checked before putting into service and filled up where
necessary.
– Carry out all daily prescribed maintenance work before putting back into service
each time. Carry out all additional temporary maintenance work as per inspec-
tion plan and extra engine operating instructions, at the latest at the intended in-
tervals.
– Put machine back into service according to operating instructions and operate
until the engine and hydraulics system have reached the prescribed operating
temperature in the hydraulic tank and in the coolant circulation.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Activate all functions of the working and travel hydraulics and of the other hy-
draulic components, and alternately operate over a time-span of approx. 20 mi-
nutes. Hydraulic cylinders must each be extended and retracted over their full
stroke length.
– When switching off the machine, retract all the hydraulic cylinders completely if
possible, and fill up the fuel tank. If the surface is soft, put the machine on
wooden blocks or similar, and secure against rolling.
– Check batteries and, if necessary, remove and recharge. Check electronic con-
tact points and grease with terminal grease if needed.
010-38 L576-1169
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service

Preparation activities for putting out of service:
– Put machines on horizontal, dry, solid surface and secure against rolling. Sink
working attachment to a level where the hydraulics are under no remaining
pressure.
– Before putting out of service, clean the machine while strictly following the oper-
ating instructions.
– The machine must be completely dry before preservation begins. Electronic
components and damp areas of the machine must be dried with compressed
air.
– If frost temperatures are expected during the intended out of service period,
then the fuel tank must be filled with winter fuel. Start the engine and run for a
short time so that the winter fuel flows into the fuel circulation. After running the
engine, refill the fuel tank completely.
Note
When moving a machine thus protected for loading or transport, the scraper usual-
ly removes the grease from the piston rods in the cylinders.
u If the machine is being transported, the grease on the piston rods must be re-
checked after loading and renewed if necessary.
Note
Despite preservation measures, the machine must be checked after certain time in-
tervals and if necessary greased again. The operator must judge this.
u In the case of difficult conditions (cold, heat, proximity to coast, etc.), this in-
spection should be carried out regularly (monthly).
010.4.3.1 Out of service for up to 2 months
Designation ID number Description Illustration

Optical den- 7408922 To test the battery
sity tester acid density and
the anti-freeze in
the cooling agent
WAXOYL 8504472 500 ml spray can,

120-4 anti- long-term protec-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
corrosion tion for up to 2

wax years
Ballistol 10025514 Area of application:
Spray anti- Door locks
corrosion
agent
L576-1169 010-39
Designation ID number Description Illustration

VC1-1 cap- 8145869 Fitted in enclosed
sule from spaces: Protective
Zerust effect 30 cm, dura-
tion of protection 12
months
VC22 capsu- 10013313 Fitted in enclosed
le from Zer- spaces: Protective
ust effect 60 cm, dura-
tion of protection 24
months
“VCI capsu- Decal is in- For entering the re-

les” decal cluded placement date of
with the the VCI capsules.
VCI capsu-
les
Tab. 16: Required tools / service fluids
– Inspect the entire machine for damage and repair if necessary.

– Check the machine for paint damage and if necessary repair.
– Perform any maintenance work that would have fallen due during the out of
service period in advance.
– Because of UV radiation, synthetic materials like plastic parts, hoses, rubber
etc. must be covered with suitable equipment.
– Electronic components, contact points and plugs that are not sealed should be
protected with Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax.
– Cover ball joints, hinges, bare metal parts and exposed piston rods with a thick
layer of Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax. (Do not preserve ball bearings with
Waxoyl!)
– Place a dehumidification capsule in the central electrics box.
– Preserve all door and box locks with Ballistol spray.
– Turn the battery main switch (if present) to the “0” position and then remove the
battery. Check acid level and if necessary offset by filling with distilled water. Al-
ways store batteries in a cool and dry room. Check battery current every 6
weeks and recharge is necessary.
– Seal exhaust outlet with air and water proof cover.
– Observe any extra guidelines for special construction equipment or special local
conditions.
010.4.3.2 Out of service for up to 12 months

Carry out all tasks as described in the section on putting the machine out of service
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
for up to 2 months.
Also required is:
– Carry out an external wash of the engine.
– Let out water from the fuel tank or condensation from the engine prefilter (see
operating instructions).
– Completely fill the fuel tank with standard fuel. If the out of service period is dur-
ing winter, fill the fuel tank with winter diesel (which is suitable for temperatures
down to -22 C°). Start the engine and run for a short time so that the winter fuel
flows into the fuel circulation. After running the engine, refill the fuel tank com-
pletely.
– Check that there is sufficient (at least 50%) antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor in
the coolant (see operating instructions for guidelines).
010-40 L576-1169
– Seal the complete machine (engine, hydraulic components, main frame, con-
tainers, running gear, axles, oscillating axle frame, work equipment etc.) with
Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax. (Amount of preservation agent: With a litre of
Waxoyl, a preservation area of approx. 5 m2 can be treated).
The following points must be observed when putting on the corrosion inhibiting
wax:
– Keep to the drying time of 3 hours.
– Ambient temperature is at least 15 °C.
– Use protective equipment (breathing protection, protective goggles, extraction,
etc.).
– The solvents used in the corrosion inhibiting wax are inflammable! (Avoid smok-
ing and open flames).
– Resistance to cold down to a temperature of -40 °C.
– Check the machine every month and apply preservation agents if re-
quired.
010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months

Carry out all tasks as described in the section on putting the machine out of service
for up to 12 months.
Also required is:
– If it is planned to put a machine out of service for longer than 12 months,
then the engine manufacturer's customer service must be contacted.
– Seal air tight all openings like air filters, exhaust pipes, ventilation openings on
units and so on. The fuel tank's ventilation and bleeder filters (if available) must
stay open for safety reasons.
– Rub talcum powder into the sealing rubber of the containers and driver's cab,
and seal the doors. If there is no driver’s cab, cover the operator’s platform in a
suitable manner. Cover the driver seat and control panel using suitable materi-
als.
010.4.4 Putting back into service
010.4.4.1 After being out of service for 2 months

– Remove dehumidification capsule from the electronics box.
– Check fill levels and lubricate machines according to the operating instructions.
– Install batteries and clean and grease battery connections.
– Open exhaust outlet.
– Remove corrosion inhibiting grease.
– Let out water from the fuel tank or condensation from the engine prefilter (see
operating instructions).
– Clean the corrosion inhibiting wax off the ball joints, hinges, bare parts and ex-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
posed piston rods.

– Put the machine back into service according to the operating instructions.
– Before work with the machine, check all functions of the machine and immedi-
ately rectify any defects. Carry out a comprehensive visual inspection on the
machine.
– Activate all functions of the working and travel hydraulics and of the other hy-
draulic components, and alternately operate over a time-span of approx. 20 mi-
nutes. Hydraulic cylinders must each be extended and retracted over their full
stroke length.
Observe any extra guidelines for special construction equipment or local condi-
tions.
L576-1169 010-41
010.4.4.2 After being out of service for 12 months

Put the machine into serve as described in the section on recommissioning after 2
months out of service.
The following measures must also be carried out:
– Extract an oil probe from the hydraulic oil and send it in for analysis.
– Carry out planned maintenance and inspection tasks on the machine before
putting back into service.
– Mechanically activate the external exhaust return on the engine and the engine
brake flap and check for clearance.
– Clean corrosion inhibitor wax from machine and components with steam from a
high-pressure cleaner (min. 120 °C) and with 5% cleaning agent (e.g. petrole-
um). (Careful on walk-on surfaces: there is a danger of slipping on wax re-
mains.)
– Check the engine's V-ripped belt and change if necessary.
– To carry out a test run of the engine: Increase engine speed gradually to up to
¾ of the upper idle speed, until the operating temperature is reached.
– Check oil pressure display immediately after starting the engine.
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months

Put the machine into serve as described in the section on recommissioning after 12
months out of service.
– After a machine has been out of service for longer than 12 months, the en-
gine manufacturer's customer service must be contacted.
– Remove all covers and seals used for the preservation measures.
– Turn the engine several full turns by hand (use flywheel cranking device – see
special tools).
– Start the engine and bring up to operating temperature.
– After the engine has been brought to operating temperature, change all lubrica-
tion and operating fluids as well as the filters.
– Check the whole machine for proper functioning and inspect for leaks.
Carry out any additionally required temporary maintenance work.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
010-42 L576-1169
020 Technical data
Contents
020.1 Overall machine 020-5
L576-1169/23813-; 020-5
L576-1169/23813-; 020-6
020.2 Drive group 020-9
L576-1169/23813-; 020-9
L576-1169/23813-; 020-10
020.2.3 Fuel tank
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
L576-1169/23813-; 020-11
020.2.7 Clutch
L576-1169/23813-; 020-12
L576-1169/23813-; 020-12
020.3 Cooling system 020-13
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 020-13
L576-1169/23813-; 020-13
020.4 Working hydraulics 020-14
L576-1169/23813-; 020-14
L576-1169/23813-; 020-14
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
L576-1169 020-1
Technical data Service manual

L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
L576-1169/23813-; 020-15
L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
L576-1169/23813-; 020-16
L576-1169/23813-; 020-17
020.5 Travel hydraulics 020-18
L576-1169/23813-; 020-18
L576-1169/23813-; 020-18
L576-1169/23813-; 020-19
L576-1169/23813-; 020-19
020.6 Hydraulic components 020-20
020.6.1 Filter unit
L576-1169/23813-; 020-20
L576-1169/23813-; 020-20
020.7 Steering system 020-21
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
020.7.2 Servostat
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 020-21
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
L576-1169/23813-; 020-22
020.8 Brake system 020-23
020-2 L576-1169
Service manual Technical data

L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
L576-1169/23813-; 020-23
L576-1169/23813-; 020-24
020.9 Electrical system 020-25
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
L576-1169/23813-; 020-25
020.9.4 Battery
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
L576-1169/23813-; 020-26
020.10 Transmission 020-28
L576-1169/23813-; 020-28
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
L576-1169/23813-; 020-29
020.11 Axles and cardan shafts 020-30
020.11.1 Front axle
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
020.11.2 Rear axle
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
L576-1169/23813-; 020-30
L576-1169/23813-; 020-31
020.12 Steel components of the basic machine 020-32
L576-1169/23813-; 020-32
L576-1169 020-3
020.13 Working attachment 020-33

L576-1169/23813-; 020-33
020.14 Cab, heating and air conditioning 020-34
L576-1169/23813-; 020-34
020.14.2.1 Air conditioning 020-34
020.14.3.1 Air conditioning compressor 020-34
020.14.4 Condenser
L576-1169/23813-; 020-34
020.14.5 Dryer
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
L576-1169/23813-; 020-35
020.15 Lubrication system 020-37
L576-1169/23813-; 020-37
020.15.1.1 Central lubrication pump 020-37
020.15.1.2 Progressive distributor 020-37
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-4 L576-1169
Overall machine
020.1 Overall machine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The values stated refer to the machine:
– In its standard version
– With 26.5R25 L3 tyres
– Including all lubricants
– With a full tank
– With ROPS/FOPS cab and driver
Note
The tyres and any working attachments affect the operating weight and tipping
load.
u Note the information on the tyres and working attachment.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 8: Complete machine with bucket (Z lift arms)
Designation Unit Value

Hydraulic quick coupler No No No No
Load geometry A) A) A) A)
Bucket type B) B) B) B)
Cutting tool C) C) C) C)
Lift arm length mm 2920 2920 3250 D) 3250 D)
L576-1169 020-5
Overall machine

Bucket capacity as per ISO 7546 E) m3 4.5 5.0 4.0 4.5
Bucket width mm 3000 3000 3000 3000
Specific material weight t/m 3
1.9 1.7 1.8 1.6
Dumping height at maximum lifting height and
A mm 3185 3105 3665 3610
45° tilt-out angle
B Dump height mm 3900 3900 4300 4300
C Maximum bucket base height mm 4050 4050 4470 4470
D Maximum bucket pivot point height mm 4360 4360 4780 4780
E Maximum bucket upper edge height mm 5960 6040 6285 6375
Reach at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out
F mm 1235 1320 1070 1125
angle
G Digging depth mm 100 100 140 140
H Height above cab mm 3590 3590 3590 3590
I Height above exhaust mm 3000 3000 3000 3000
J Ground clearance mm 535 535 535 535
K Wheelbase mm 3780 3780 3780 3780
L Overall length mm 9340 9460 9715 9795
Turning radius over bucket outer edge mm 7600 7630 7765 7790
Breakout force (SAE) kN 190 175 175 160
Tipping load when straight kg 20180 19880 16890 16680
Tipping load when articulated at 37° kg 17850 17590 — —
Tipping load when articulated at 40° (ISO
kg 17500 17230 14900 14715
14397-1)
Operating weight kg 24450 24575 24810 24910
Tab. 17: Complete machine with bucket (Z lift arms)
A) Z kinematics
B) Earth bucket with short, straight base for direct attachment
C) Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
D) High lift
E) In practice, the bucket capacity can be around 10% greater than as calculated using the ISO 7546 standard.
The bucket filling level depends on the type of material.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The values stated refer to the machine:
– In its standard version
– With 26.5R25 L3 tyres
– Including all lubricants
– With a full tank
– With ROPS/FOPS cab and driver
020-6 L576-1169
Overall machine
Note
The tyres and any working attachments affect the operating weight and tipping
load.
u Note the information on the tyres and working attachment.
Fig. 9: Complete machine with bucket (industrial lift arms)

Hydraulic quick coupler Yes
Load geometry A)
Bucket type B)
Cutting tool C)
Lift arm length mm 2900

Bucket capacity as per ISO 7546 D) m3 4.0
Bucket width mm 3000
Specific material weight t/m3 1.8
A Dumping height at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out angle mm 3140
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
B Dump height mm 3900

C Maximum bucket base height mm 4145
D Maximum bucket pivot point height mm 4490
E Maximum bucket upper edge height mm 6165
F Reach at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out angle mm 1340
G Digging depth mm 100
H Height above cab mm 3590
I Height above exhaust mm 3000
L576-1169 020-7
Overall machine

J Ground clearance mm 535
K Wheelbase mm 3780
L Overall length mm 9445
Turning radius over bucket outer edge mm 7600
Breakout force (SAE) kN 190
Tipping load when straight kg 17435
Tipping load when articulated at 37° kg 15250
Tipping load when articulated at 40° (ISO 14397-1) kg 14900
Operating weight kg 25490
Tab. 18: Complete machine with bucket (industrial lift arms)
A) Industrial lift arms with parallel movement including quick coupler

B) Earth bucket with short, straight base for quick coupler
C) Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
D) In practice, the bucket capacity can be around 10% greater than as calculated using the ISO 7546 standard.
The bucket filling level depends on the type of material.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-8 L576-1169
Drive group
020.2 Drive group

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 10: Characteristic output/torque

1 Torque curve 4 Speed in min-1
2 Performance curve 5 Output in kW
3 Torque in Nm
Description Unit Value

Engine model D934 A7
Number of cylinders 6
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Capacity cm3 10521

Cylinder bore mm 122
Stroke mm 150
Rated power as per ISO 9249 kW 205
Maximum torque at 1200 rpm Nm 1400
Rated speed rpm 1800
Lower idling speed rpm 760±10
Upper idling speed rpm 1875±10
L576-1169 020-9
Drive group

Inlet valve clearance (cold) mm 0.3
Outlet valve clearance (cold) mm 0.4
Direction of rotation, looking at flywheel Anticlockwise
Number of teeth on flywheel gear ring 147
Coolant thermostat at start of opening °C 82
Coolant thermostat when fully open °C 92
Longitudinal / traverse inclinability ° 45 / 45
Injection system Common rail
Injection pump CR-HDP R6
Liebherr Common Rail Injector bar 2000
Control system LIDEC 1
Starter operating voltage V 24
Starter power consumption kW 7.8
Alternator voltage output V 28
Alternator current output A 100
Low pressure turbocharger HX 50
High pressure exhaust turbocharger with HX 35 W
waste gate
Exhaust gas recirculation, electronically regu- Yes
lated
Power take-off ratio on the flywheel side 1 : 1.515
Power take-off ratio on the spur wheel side 1 : 1.237
Diesel engine weight dry kg 1315
Emission thresholds comply with EU-97/68/EG Stage
IIIB
Exhaust aftertreatment Diesel particulate fil-
ter
Diesel particulate filter size 12 inches

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Sensor type PT 200
Protection class IP6k9k
Operating temperature °C -40 to +800
Tightening torque Nm 35+5
Resistance at -50 °C Ω 161.73±3.6
020-10 L576-1169
Drive group

Resistance at 0 °C Ω 201.1±3.5
020.2.3 Fuel tank

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Tank capacity, FULL l 400
Tank capacity, RESERVE l 35

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Filtration grade µm 30
Maximum flow rate l/min 10

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Filtration grade µm 2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Activation point of vacuum switch for air filter mbar 50
contamination
L576-1169 020-11
Drive group
020.2.7 Clutch
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type 345/254 NGT
Torsion damper screw adhesive Loctite 241
Torsion damper screw tightening torque Nm 68

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type PVG 351 B 384
Direction of rotation input Clockwise
Direction of rotation output Anticlockwise
Ratio of travel hydraulics pump 0.727
Ratio of working and steering hydraulics pump 0.782
Weight kg 105
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-12 L576-1169
Cooling system
020.3 Cooling system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Capacity cm3 14
Flow rate at rated speed l/min 38.2
Rotary speed at rated engine speed rpm 2727

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Displacement cm3 19
Direction of rotation (looking at shaft) Clockwise
Pressure relief valve bar 220±10
Coil resistance ohms 4.7
Screw tightening torque Nm 124±41
Spanner size mm 41
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-13
Working hydraulics
020.4 Working hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type A11VO 130 LRDS
Maximum displacement cm 130
3
Flow rate at rated speed l/min 290

Rotary speed at rated speed rpm 2304
Maximum angle adjustment ° 15.7
Minimum angle adjustment ° 0
Power kW 87
Flow regulator Δp bar 25±2
Power regulator start of regulation bar 180±10
Weight kg 66

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type M6-22
Spool valve diameter mm 25
Piston stroke on both sides mm 11
Lift arms up control piston flow rate l/min 300
Lift arms down control piston flow rate l/min 170
Tilt-out control piston flow rate l/min 180
Tilt-in control piston flow rate l/min 200
Primary pressure relief valve bar 380±5
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Tilt-in secondary pressure relief valve bar 400±5

Tilt-out secondary pressure relief valve bar 400±5
Lift arms up secondary pressure relief valve bar 420±5
Z kinematics LS pressure cut-off bar 350±5
Industrial lift arm LS pressure cut-off bar 380±5
Pressure relief valve preload pressure bar 8±1
Ride control solenoid valve resistance ohms 30
Pressure compensator tightening torque Nm 200
020-14 L576-1169
Working hydraulics

Weight kg 40

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type 4THF5
Retaining solenoid voltage V 24
Retaining solenoid current consumption A 0.56
Retaining solenoid resistance ohms 42
Weight kg 3.5

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Current consumption A 0.9
Resistance ohms 30

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Hydro accumulator volume cm3 320
Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 15

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Switch type Normally open
Switch point, rising bar 27.5±1
Thread mm M 12 x 1.5
L576-1169 020-15
Working hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type RSM2-16
Control piston diameter mm 16
Cut-off pressure (switched off) bar 120±20
Ride control safety valve bar 330±10
Restrictor check valve diameter mm 2.0 / 0.4
Solenoid valve current consumption A 0.6
Solenoid valve resistance ohms 40
Weight kg 13

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 25±2
Oil filling cm3 350

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Piston diameter mm 150
Rod diameter mm 80
Stroke length mm 790
Minimum installation length mm 1320
Weight kg 165
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Lifting at rated load sec. 5.6

Lowering (empty) sec. 3.5
Piston rod bearing tightening torque (hex Nm 285
screws)
Piston tightening torque WN 4121-151
020-16 L576-1169
Working hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Rod diameter mm 90
Weight kg 188
Tilting out at rated load sec. 2.0
Piston rod bearing tightening torque (hex Nm 970
screws)
Piston tightening torque WN 4121-203
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-17
Travel hydraulics
020.5 Travel hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type A4VG 125 EV
3

Maximum angle adjustment (both sides) ° 20
Power kW 171
Replenishing pump capacity cm3 28.3
Replenishing pump flow rate (at rated speed) l/min 70
Inlet restrictor diameter mm 2.2
Travel direction solenoid voltage V 24
Travel direction solenoid current consumption A 1.1
Travel direction solenoid resistance ohms 22
Control pressure proportional valve resistance ohms 14
Replenishing pressure at upper idling speed bar 34±1
High pressure at 1400 rpm bar 330±5
Pressure relief and replenishing valves bar 470±10
Pressure cut-off bar 430±5
Weight kg 75

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type A6VM 107 EP
Maximum displacement cm3 107
Maximum angle adjustment ° 25
Maximum speed rpm 5292
Torque (Δp 400 bar) Nm 653
020-18 L576-1169
Travel hydraulics

Maximum discharge valve capacity l/min 20
Discharge valve orifice diameter mm 3.0
Proportional valve resistance ohms 22
Weight kg 47

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type A6VM 140 EP
Maximum displacement cm3 140
Maximum angle adjustment ° 25
Maximum speed rpm 4950
Torque (Δp 400 bar) Nm 855
Maximum discharge valve capacity l/min 10
Discharge valve orifice diameter mm 2.0
Proportional valve resistance ohms 22
Weight kg 60

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Capacity cm3 11
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-19
Hydraulic components
020.6 Hydraulic components
020.6.1 Filter unit

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Filtration grade μm 10
Pretension valve bar 0.3
Replenishing valve bar 0.04
Replenishing strainer μm 160
Bypass valve bar 3.0
Return strainer μm 80

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Filter unit μm 10
Inlet opening pressure bar 0.03
Outlet opening pressure bar 0.5
Connecting thread inch 3 / 4
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-20 L576-1169
Steering system
020.7 Steering system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type A10VO 71 DFR
3

Maximum angle adjustment ° 15.6
Power kW 56
Flow regulator Δp bar 22±2
Pressure cut-off bar 210±5
Weight kg 33
020.7.2 Servostat
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Displacement cm3 588
Secondary pressure relief bar 285±10
Flow booster 1 : 1.6
Weight kg 4,4

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Rod diameter mm 40
Piston tightening torque Nm 650
Piston rod bearing tightening torque WN 4122–026
Weight kg 30,7
L576-1169 020-21
Steering system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Number of hydro accumulators 2
Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 30±1
Oil filling (nitrogen side) cm3 180

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Capacity cm3 11
Pressure relief valve bar 55±5
Protection class IP 66
Maximum current consumption A 150
Weight kg 10

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type Electronic pressure
switch
Switching point bar 16±2

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

switch
Switching point bar 16±2
020-22 L576-1169
Brake system
020.8 Brake system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
(ID no. 7619022)

Number of hydro accumulators 4

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
(ID no. 6905 535)

Switch point, rising bar 5±0.5

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

switch
Switching point, falling bar 120±5
Connecting thread mm M 12 x 1.5
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
(ID no. 10288602)

L576-1169 020-23
Brake system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Current consumption A 0.9
Resistance ohms 30
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-24 L576-1169
Electrical system
020.9 Electrical system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Protection class (with plug connected) IP65
Processor speed MHz 266
Power supply (logic unit) VDC 9.0 to 60.0
Rated voltage VDC 24
Operation at ambient air pressure mbar 500 to 1100
Weight kg 3.5

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Protection class (with plug connected) IP6K9K
Weight kg 1.77
Module connector tightening torque Nm 3

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Protection class (with plug connected) IP6K9K
Weight kg 1.77
Module connector tightening torque Nm 3
L576-1169 020-25
Electrical system
020.9.4 Battery
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Battery voltage V 12
Battery capacity Ah 180
Acid density of charged battery kg/l 1.28
Charging current (recommended) A 17 – 18
Charging voltage (recommended) VDC 14.4 – 14.8
Cold start current (EN) A 1000
Self-discharging (at 25 °C) About 3% a month
Electrolyte Diluted sulphuric
acid
Top-up water Distilled or deminer-
alised (DIN 43530)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Maximum input voltage V 22 - 30
Output voltage V 13.5±0.5
Output current (Uin = 27V) A 18±10%
Output power W 240
Current limiter Yes
Temperature protection No
Short circuit characteristics Protected against
shorting

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Rated current at 28 V (without heating) A 0.09
Switch-on threshold V >15
Switch-off threshold V <7
020-26 L576-1169
Electrical system

Resolution pixels 640 x 480
Protection class IP6K9K
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-27
Transmission
020.10 Transmission
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 11: Connections on the control valve block

Number of couplings 3
Number of gears 3
1st gear ratio 6.103
2nd gear ratio 3.033
3rd gear ratio 1.342
Shift pressure test connection (in front of oil fil- bar 20±3
ter) PG
Shift pressure (behind oil filter) A bar 19±2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Pressure in front of oil cooler B bar 3±1.5

Lubricating oil pressure D bar 2±1
Pilot control pressure E bar 9±2
Clutch shift pressure K1 bar 19±2
Gear oil operating temperature °C 60 - 80
Weight without oil kg 285
Cardan shaft flange tightening torque Nm 340 - 400
020-28 L576-1169
Transmission

Control valve block fastening bolt tightening Nm 30 - 35
torque

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Voltage V 24
Current consumption mA 300±50
Resistance ohms 93±6

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type Inductive sensor
Resistance ohms 1050±100
Spacing mm 0.3±0.2
Number of teeth on VM 1 drive shaft 60
Number of teeth on VM 2 drive shaft 60
Number of teeth on output speed sensor 128

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Capacity cm3 16
Flow rate at rated speed l/min 35.6
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-29
Axles and cardan shafts
020.11 Axles and cardan shafts
020.11.1 Front axle

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type MT-L 3105 II
Differential locking value % 45
Track width mm 2230
Differential transmission ratio 4.1
Wheel hub transmission ratio 6.0
Overall transmission 24.66
Weight kg 1174
Differential nut tightening torque Nm 1200
Pressure flange bolt tightening torque Nm 500
Front section fastening bolt tightening torque Nm 1700
020.11.2 Rear axle

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Type MT-L 3105 II
Differential locking value % 45
Track width mm 2230
Differential transmission ratio 4.1
Wheel hub transmission ratio 6.0
Overall transmission 24.66
Weight kg 1174
Differential nut tightening torque Nm 1200
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Pressure flange bolt tightening torque Nm 500

Oscillating axle frame fastening bolt tightening Nm 1700
torque

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Minimum length mm 1500
020-30 L576-1169

Maximum length mm 1610
Weight kg 73
Flange tightening torque Nm 285

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Minimum length mm 765
Maximum length mm 875
Weight kg 24
Flange tightening torque Nm 125
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-31
Steel components of the basic machine
020.12 Steel components of the basic machine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Weight per ballast weight kg 1310
Material EN-GJL-200
Bolt tightening torque Nm 670
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-32 L576-1169
Working attachment
020.13 Working attachment

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 12: Lift arm dimensions

Bucket arm length 1 mm 2920
Linkage length 2 mm 1401
Length 3 connecting link 3 mm 855
Weight of complete lift arms (without cylinder) kg 2200
Bucket arm weight kg 1435
Linkage weight kg 508
Connecting link weight kg 80
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 020-33
Cab, heating and air conditioning
020.14 Cab, heating and air conditioning

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Rated voltage V 24
Heating power kW 11
Number of blower levels 6
Maximum blower current consumption A 15.7
Maximum airflow m3/h 600
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
020.14.2.1 Air conditioning

Refrigerant R134a
Cooling power kW 9.7±10%
Coolant quantity g 1250+50
Temperature sensor activation temperature °C 5.5±10%
Temperature sensor deactivation temperature °C 4.5±10%
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
020.14.3.1 Air conditioning compressor

Type SD7H15
Capacity cm3 154.9
Refrigerant oil (PAG oil) ZXL 100 PG
Refrigerant oil quantity cm3 200±10
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Coupling current consumption A 2.63
020.14.4 Condenser
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Air flow m3/h 3000
Power kW 12
020-34 L576-1169

Test pressure bar 35
Maximum current consumption of condenser A 6
fan M13
Maximum current consumption of condenser A 6
fan M13a
020.14.5 Dryer
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Capacity l 0.70
Filtration grade μm 7
Test pressure bar 28
Dryer water consumption g 13
Pressure relief valve, opening pressure bar 34.5 – 41.3
Burst pressure bar 100

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Low pressure OFF bar 1.5±0.5
Low pressure ON bar 3.5±0.5
High pressure OFF bar 25±2
High pressure ON bar 18±1.5
Fan OFF bar 15±1
Fan ON bar 19±1

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Set-up NTC resistance
Resistance at -15°C ohms 72910
Resistance at -10°C ohms 55310
Resistance at -5 °C ohms 42330
Resistance at 0 °C ohms 32670
L576-1169 020-35

Resistance at 25°C ohms 10000
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-36 L576-1169
Lubrication system
020.15 Lubrication system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
020.15.1.1 Central lubrication pump

Delivery per stroke mm3 120
Pumped medium Grease up to NLGI
class 2
Maximum operating pressure bar 280
Operating temperature °C min. -35
max. +70
Supply voltage V 24
Current consumption at 24V A 0.4
Fuse A 3
Factory-set cycle time 75% minutes 45
020.15.1.2 Progressive distributor
MX-F

Maximum operating pressure at inlet bar 300
Temperature range °C min. -35
max. +100
Pumped medium Grease up to NLGI
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
class 2
MX-F 25

Flow per outlet mm3 25
Flow per element mm3 50
L576-1169 020-37
Lubrication system
MX-F 45

MX-F 75

MX-F105

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
020-38 L576-1169
030 Maintenance
Contents
030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule 030-10
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart 030-15
L576-1169/23813-; 030-15
L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-16
L576-1169/40349-; 030-16
030.3 Lubricants and fuels 030-17
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels 030-17
030.3.2 Converting the hydraulic system from mineral oils to environmental-
ly harmless hydraulic fluids 030-17
L576-1169/23813-; 030-18
L576-1169/23813-; 030-19
L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-21
L576-1169/40349-; 030-23
L576-1169/23813-; 030-25
L576-1169/23813-; 030-29
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 030-30
L576-1169/23813-; 030-31
L576-1169/23813-; 030-31
030.4 Maintenance tasks 030-34
L576-1169/23813-; 030-34
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance 030-35
L576-1169 030-1
Maintenance Service manual

L576-1169/23813-; 030-35
L576-1169/23813-; 030-36
L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the
machine
L576-1169/23813-; 030-39
L576-1169/23813-; 030-40
L576-1169/23813-; 030-41
L576-1169/23813-; 030-41
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection on machines that work with salt
and artificial fertilisers and exchanging VCI capsules
L576-1169/23813-; 030-42
L576-1169/23813-; 030-42
030.4.4 Drive group 030-49
L576-1169/23813-; 030-49
L576-1169/23813-; 030-50
L576-1169/23813-; 030-50
L576-1169/23813-; 030-51
L576-1169/23813-; 030-52
030.4.4.6 Checking the mounting and sensor cable connec-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
tions of the engine control units

L576-1169/23813-; 030-53
L576-1169/23813-; 030-54
L576-1169/23813-; 030-58
L576-1169/23813-; 030-59
L576-1169/23813-; 030-59
030-2 L576-1169
Service manual Maintenance
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel

tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-60
L576-1169/23813-; 030-61
L576-1169/23813-; 030-62
L576-1169/23813-; 030-63
L576-1169/23813-; 030-64
030.4.4.16 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust dis-
charge valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-66
030.4.4.17 Checking the air suction system for leaks and tight
fitting
L576-1169/23813-; 030-67
L576-1169/23813-; 030-68
L576-1169/23813-; 030-71
L576-1169/23813-; 030-72
L576-1169/23813-; 030-72
030.4.4.22 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fit-
ting
L576-1169/23813-; 030-73
L576-1169/23813-; 030-74
030.4.5.1 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibi-
tor concentration
L576-1169/23813-; 030-83
L576-1169/23813-; 030-87
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-40348; 030-88
L576-1169/40349-; 030-90
L576-1169/23813-; 030-92
030.4.6.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hy-
draulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-93
L576-1169 030-3
030.4.6.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the hy-

draulic tank
L576-1169/23813-; 030-94
L576-1169/23813-; 030-95
L576-1169/23813-; 030-96
030.4.6.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic sys-
tem
L576-1169/23813-; 030-97
030.4.6.7 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tap-
pets on the pilot control unit
L576-1169/23813-; 030-99
L576-1169/23813-; 030-100
030.4.7.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylin-
ders
L576-1169/23813-; 030-101
030.4.8 Brake system 030-101
L576-1169/23813-; 030-101
L576-1169/23813-; 030-102
030.4.8.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake lin-
ings
L576-1169/23813-; 030-104
L576-1169/23813-; 030-108
L576-1169/23813-; 030-109
030.4.9.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap
(optional) on the control lever
L576-1169/23813-; 030-110
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 030-112
L576-1169/23813-; 030-113
L576-1169/23813-; 030-115
030.4.11 Axles and cardan shafts 030-115
L576-1169/23813-; 030-115
030-4 L576-1169

L576-1169/23813-; 030-116
L576-1169/23813-; 030-118
L576-1169/23813-; 030-118
L576-1169/23813-35541; 030-119
L576-1169/35542-; 030-119
030.4.12 Steel components of the basic machine 030-120
030.4.12.1 Lubricating the articulated bearing and the rear oscil-
lating bedding
L576-1169/23813-; 030-120
L576-1169/23813-; 030-121
L576-1169/23813-; 030-121
030.4.13 Working attachment 030-122
L576-1169/23813-; 030-122
030.4.13.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing
bushings on the lift arms
L576-1169/23813-; 030-123
L576-1169/23813-; 030-125
L576-1169/23813-; 030-126
030.4.14.1 Lubricating the elongated hole on the accelerator
pedal and checking the bearing
L576-1169/23813-; 030-127
L576-1169/23813-; 030-128
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 030-130
L576-1169/23813-; 030-131
030.4.14.5 Checking and topping up the windscreen washer res-
ervoir
L576-1169/23813-; 030-131
L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
L576-1169 030-5

L576-1169/23813-; 030-132
030.4.15 Lubrication system 030-134
030.4.15.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir lev-
el
L576-1169/23813-; 030-134
030.4.15.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of
the lubrication system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-135
030.4.15.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate
at the bearing points (grease collars) of the lubrica-
tion system
L576-1169/23813-; 030-135
L576-1169/23813-; 030-136
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks 030-141
L576-1169/23813-; 030-141
L576-1169/23813-; 030-142
L576-1169/23813-; 030-143
030.6.3 Drive group 030-144
L576-1169/23813-; 030-144
L576-1169/23813-; 030-144
L576-1169/23813-; 030-145
030.6.3.4 Diesel particulate filter: Performing service regenera-
tion.
L576-1169/23813-; 030-146
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 030-148
030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby
pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-150
030.6.5.2 Working hydraulics pump, flow regulator (differential
pressure)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-152
L576-1169/23813-; 030-153
030-6 L576-1169
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure

relief valves
L576-1169/23813-; 030-154
030.6.5.5 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pres-
sure relief valves
L576-1169/23813-; 030-156
030.6.5.6 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure re-
lief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-158
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure re-
lief valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-159
030.6.5.8 Z kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off
valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-161
030.6.5.9 Industrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure
cut-off valve
L576-1169/23813-; 030-162
L576-1169/23813-; 030-162
L576-1169/23813-; 030-163
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
L576-1169/23813-; 030-166
030.6.6 Travel hydraulics 030-169
L576-1169/23813-; 030-169
L576-1169/23813-; 030-170
L576-1169/23813-; 030-172
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 030-174
L576-1169/23813-; 030-175
L576-1169/23813-; 030-177
L576-1169/23813-; 030-178
L576-1169/23813-; 030-180
L576-1169 030-7
030.6.6.9 Service code M2080 - check hydraulic oil contamina-

tion sensor and magnetic rod
L576-1169/23813-; 030-181
L576-1169/23813-; 030-184
L576-1169/23813-; 030-185
L576-1169/23813-; 030-186
030.6.8 Brake system 030-188
030.6.8.1 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging
function
L576-1169/23813-; 030-188
L576-1169/23813-; 030-189
L576-1169/23813-; 030-190
L576-1169/23813-; 030-191
L576-1169/23813-; 030-192
030.6.9.2 Setting the IP addresses of the central control unit
(Master4)
L576-1169/23813-; 030-195
L576-1169/23813-; 030-198
L576-1169/23813-; 030-199
030.6.9.5 Addressing the CAN module and checking the sys-
tem information
L576-1169/23813-; 030-203
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 030-207
L576-1169/23813-; 030-207
030.6.11.1 Checking the pressure and temperature conditions of
the air conditioning unit
L576-1169/23813-; 030-209
L576-1169/23813-; 030-210
030-8 L576-1169
030.6.11.3 Formatting the display unit and reinstalling the soft-

ware
L576-1169/23813-; 030-211
030.6.12 Options 030-213
L576-1169/23813-; 030-213
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-9
Maintenance and inspection schedule
030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule
The following abbreviations are used in this section:

– h = service hours
Various symbols (solid or empty circles, boxes and stars) are used to indicate the
maintenance tasks, which fall into two main types.
The symbols have the following meanings:
Table with solid circle, box or star
– Responsibility for carrying out the maintenance work lies with the machine oper-
ator or his maintenance personnel.
This affects the maintenance intervals every 10 and 50 service hours (h) and
non-scheduled intervals.
The symbols have the following meanings:
Table with empty circle, box or star, or service hours (h)
– The maintenance and inspection work must be performed or supervised by au-
thorised engineers from Liebherr or its authorised dealers.
This affects the maintenance interval: on delivery and every 500, 1000, 2000,
3000 service hours (h), and at unscheduled times.
A list of the spare parts needed for maintenance and inspection work is contained
in the service package of the spare parts list.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-10 L576-1169
Customer:....................Machine type:........................................... Serial no.:...................Operating hours:.....................Date:.................................
Maintenance / inspection after Tasks to be performed

service hours
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist

n Once-only activity staff
l Repeat interval o Once-only activity
ª If necessary m Repeat interval
Additional labelling
T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h
Have this task carried out exclusively by a

certified electrician
Overall machine
o l l m m m Checking the machine for external damage 030-39
l l m m m Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine 030-39
m m Checking the hydraulic pressure according to the testing and ad-
justment checklist
o ª Checking the machine for leaks 030-41
ª Making sure the bolted connections are tight 030-41
m m ª Perform corrosion protection on machines that are used for salt 030-42
and artificial fertilisers and exchange VCI capsules (at least once a
year)
Drive group
o l l m m m Checking the engine oil level 030-49
m m m Change the engine oil (at least once a year): NOTE the engine oil 030-50
quality and complicating factors (For more information see:
030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines, page 030-19)
m m m Change the engine oil filter (with every oil change) 030-50
m m m Checking the V-ribbed belt on the engine 030-51
m Changing the V-ribbed belt on the engine 030-52
m m m Checking the mounting and sensor cable connections of the en- 030-53
gine control units
m m Checking the engine valve clearance 030-54
m m m Change the engine oil separator filter insert 030-58
T Checking the engine heating flange 030-59
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10000h Changing the engine heating flange 030-59

o l m m m ª Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank 030-60
l m m m ª Drain off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter (or in the event 030-61
of poor performance)
m m m ª Change the Separ fuel pre-filter insert (or in the event of poor per- 030-62
formance)
m m m ª Change the fuel fine filter (or in the event of poor performance) 030-63
ª Bleeding the fuel system 030-64
l m m m ª Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust discharge valve 030-66
m m m Checking the air suction system for leaks and tight fitting 030-67
L576-1169 030-11

service hours

Additional labelling T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

m m ª Changing or changing the air filter main element (when indicated 030-68
by the vacuum switch, or at least once a year)
m ª Changing the air filter safety element (after replacing the main ele- 030-71
ment 3 times or once a year at the latest)
o l m m m Checking the oil level in the splitter box 030-72
o m m Changing the splitter box oil 030-72
m m m Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting 030-73
m4500h Cleaning or changing the diesel particulate filter 030-74
Cooling system
m m m T Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor concentra- 030-83
tion
ª Cleaning the cooling system 030-87
m3000h Changing the coolant (at least every 2 years) 030-88
m6000h Change the coolant (at least every 4 years) 030-90
Working hydraulics
o l l m m m Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank 030-92
o m m m Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank 030-93
m m m Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank 030-94
m m Changing the hydraulic tank return suction filter 030-95
m Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter 030-96
² Changing the oil in the hydraulic system in accordance with oil 030-97
quality and oil analysis (For more information see: Changing the
oil, analysing the oil, changing filters, page 030-28)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
m m Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tappets on the pilot 030-99
control unit
Steering system
o l l m m m Testing the steering 030-100
o l m m m Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders 030-101
Brake system
o l l m m m Testing the service brake and parking brake 030-101
m3000h Checking the service brake discs for wear 030-102
m m Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings 030-104
030-12 L576-1169

service hours

T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

Electrical system
o l l m m m Checking the lights 030-108
m m m Checking the batteries, fluid level and terminals 030-109
m m Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap (optional) on 030-110
the control lever
Transmission
o l m m m Checking the transmission oil level 030-112
o m m Changing the transmission oil 030-113
o m Changing the transmission oil filter 030-115
o m m m Checking the axle oil levels 030-115
o m m Changing the axle oil 030-116
m m m Checking the cardan shafts 030-118
o l m m m Checking the tyre pressure 030-118
o n m m m Checking the wheel tightness (once after 50, 100 and 250 h) 030-119
o n m m m Checking the wheel tightness (once after 50, 100 and 250 h) 030-119
Steel components of the basic machine
o l m m m Lubricating the articulated bearing and the rear oscillating bedding 030-120
m m m ª Covering - lubricating locks and hinges 030-121
ª Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges 030-121
Working attachment
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
o l m m m ª Lubricating the lift arms and attachment 030-122

m m ª Checking the bucket bearing seal and the bearing bushings on the 030-123
lift arms
m m Checking the lift arm bucket stops (Z-bar kinematics) 030-125
o l l m m m Lubricating and testing the quick-change device 030-126
m Lubricating the elongated hole on the accelerator pedal and check- 030-127
ing the bearing
m m m ª Cleaning the fresh and recirculated air filters 030-128
m m ª Changing the fresh and recirculated air filters 030-130
L576-1169 030-13

service hours

Additional labelling T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

m m m ª Checking the condition and function of the safety belt 030-131
m m m Checking the condition and function of the windscreen washer sys-
tem
ª Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir 030-131
ª Lubricating the cab door hinges 030-132
ª Checking the seals on the driver’s cab 030-132
m m m Testing the heating and air conditioning unit 030-132
Lubrication system
o l m m m Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir level 030-134
o l m m m Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of the lubrication 030-135
system
o l m m m Checking whether metered quantities are adequate at the bearing 030-135
points (grease collars) of the lubrication system
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-14 L576-1169
Filling quantities and lubrication chart
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart
Specifications in the quantity column:

– The values stated for the filling quantities in the table are only guidelines.
– The dipstick and level markings are always mandatory.
– Each time the oil is replaced or topped up, check the level in the unit in ques-
tion.
Valid for: L576-1169;

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Designation Recommended lubricant Symbol Quantity

Diesel engine (when changing Liebherr Motor oil 10W-40 low ash 44 l
the filter)
Liebherr Motor oil 5W-30 low ash
Hydraulic system Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68

Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100
Liebherr Hydraulic HVI
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus
System capacity 265 l
Tank capacity 135 l
Splitter box Liebherr Gear Basic 90 LS 2.5 l
Liebherr Syntogear Plus 75W-90
Liebherr Hypoid 85W-140 EP
Transmission Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF 5W-20 11.5 l
Front axle Liebherr Gear Basic 90LS 42 l
Rear axle Liebherr Gear Basic 90LS 42 l

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Tab. 19: Recommended lubricants
L576-1169 030-15
Filling quantities and lubrication chart

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-40348;
Designation Recommended fuel or operating fluid Symbol Quantity

Fuel tank Conventional diesel fuel with a maximum sulphur 400 l
content of 0.0015 %
Fuel reserve, approx. 35 l
Engine cooling system, total Liebherr Antifreeze Mix 52 l
capacity
Liebherr Antifreeze Concentrate
Windscreen washer system Standard windscreen washer fluid or denatured 3.5 l

alcohol
Air conditioning system refrig- R134a 1250+50 g

erant
Refrigerant oil for air condi- ZXL 100 PG (PAG Oil) 200 cm3
tioning compressor
Tab. 20: Recommended fuel and operating fluids

Valid for: L576-1169/40349-;
Designation Recommended operating fluid Symbol Quantity

Fuel tank Conventional diesel fuel with a maximum sulphur 400 l
content of 0.0015 %
Fuel reserve, approx. 35 l
Engine cooling system total Liebherr Antifreeze OS Mix 52 l
capacity
Windscreen washer system Standard windscreen washer fluid or denatured 3.5 l

alcohol
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Air conditioning system refrig- R134a 1250+50 g

erant
Refrigerant oil for air condi- ZXL 100 PG (PAG Oil) 200 cm3
tioning compressor
Tab. 21: Recommended operating fluids
030-16 L576-1169
Lubricants and fuels
030.3 Lubricants and fuels
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels
Note
The filling quantities listed in the lubricant and fuel table and the lubrication chart in
the driver's cab are only guidelines.
u Each time the oil is replaced or topped up, check the level in the unit in ques-
tion.
Note
Conscientious observance of the regulations for lubrication, level testing and
changing fuels and operating fluids will increase the reliability and service life of the
machine.
It is especially important that the oil change intervals and the specified lubricant
qualities are observed.
u Note the sections on lubricants and fuels and the maintenance and inspection
schedule when using and checking lubricants and fuels.
Note
Cleanliness is essential during every oil change.
u Clean all filler plugs, filler caps and drain plugs and the area around them be-
fore opening them.
u It is advisable to wait until the oil has reached operating temperature before
draining it.
u Make sure used oil is collected and disposed of, along with the old oil filter car-
tridges, in an environmentally friendly manner.
WARNING
When checking and changing lubricants and fuels, make sure you observe the fol-
lowing instructions:
u Unless stated otherwise, carry out the work on the machine on firm, level
ground with the engine switched off.
u Before working in the engine compartment, secure the hood and side hatches
against accidentally falling down or closing.
u Only refuel the machine with the engine switched off. Do not smoke, avoid nak-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
ed lights.
u Turn the battery main switch to the 0 (off) position and take out the ignition key.
030.3.2 Converting the hydraulic system from mineral oils to

environmentally harmless hydraulic fluids
For the operation of Liebherr earth moving machines with environmentally harm-
less hydraulic fluids, we recommend Liebherr Hydraulic Plus.
L576-1169 030-17
Machines filled at the factory with environmentally harmless hydraulic fluids

have a sign to that effect (NOTICE) attached to the driver's cab and hydraulic
tank.
Procedure for later conversion
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the machine's hydraulic system.
Mixing environmentally harmless hydraulic fluids with mineral oils produces a vigo-
rous reaction that can damage the hydraulic system.
u Never mix environmentally harmless hydraulic fluid with mineral oil.
u If you intend to convert the machine to environmentally harmless hydraulic fluid,

you must first consult Liebherr CUSTOMER SERVICE.
u It is essential that you order the instruction sheet and the conversion guide-
lines from Liebherr and that you observe them.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
030.3.3.1 Specification
Diesel fuels must comply with the minimum requirements of the following fuel spec-
ifications.
Specifications:
– DIN EN 590
– ASTM D 975 (89a)
Confirmation must be obtained from the fuel supplier in respect of the fuel specifi-
cation, sulphur content, lubricity, cetane number.
030.3.3.2 Sulphur content of the diesel fuel, lubricity

Diesel fuels with a sulphur content of more than 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) are not permit-
ted.
In terms of the HFFR test (Lubricity, corrected “wear scar diameter” [wsd 1.4] at
60 °C) lubricity may not exceed 460 µm. For more information see: Complicating
factors
The necessary additives to the fuel must be added by the supplier. It is inadvisable
for the customer to undertake adding any further additive.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Cetan number
A cetane number of at least 45 is required for fuels in accordance with ASTM D
975. A cetane number above 50 is preferable, especially at temperatures below
0 °C.
030.3.3.3 Diesel fuel at low temperatures (winter operation)

Paraffin crystals form in diesel fuel as the temperature falls; these increase the flow
resistance in the fuel filter to such an extent that the fuel supply to the engine is no
longer guaranteed.
030-18 L576-1169
WARNING
Incorrect fuel will damage the diesel engine.
Adding petroleum, normal petrol or other substances will damage the injection sys-
tem.
u Do not add petroleum, normal petrol or any additives to the diesel fuel.
If the outside temperature falls below -15 °C:
u Use an ignition-starting device such as a fuel filter heater.
When using the machine in arctic climates:
u Use special diesel fuels with suitable flow characteristics.
030.3.3.4 Flow improvers at low temperatures

Approved flow improvers:
– Autol TP10
– AVIA Flow Plus
– FLOW Guard
– MB flow improver A0009892845 - Daimler AG, Stuttgart
Mixing ratio: 1:1000

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
030.3.4.1 Lubricating oil quality

Only high-alloy lubricating oils are used in modern diesel engines.
They are comprised of base oils which feature combined admixtures (additives).
The lubricating oil regulation for Liebherr diesel engines is based on the following
specifications and regulations.
Designation Specification
ACEA classification (Association des Con- E6, E9
structeurs Européens de l’Automobile)
Note: observe the reduced oil-
change intervals for E9
API classification (American Petroleum In- CJ-4
stitute)
Note: observe the reduced oil-
change intervals
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Tab. 22: Lubricating oil specifications
If LIEBHERR oils cannot be purchased locally, you must then use oils according to
specifications (after consultation with customer service).
030.3.4.2 Lubricating oil viscosity

Select the lubricating oil viscosity in accordance with the SAE classification (Soci-
ety of Automotive Engineers).
The ambient temperature determines the right choice of SAE class.
The selection of the SAE classification gives no indication of the quality of a lubri-
cating oil.
L576-1169 030-19
Oil that is too viscous can cause starting problems, while insufficient viscosity im-
pairs lubricating efficiency.
The temperature ranges detailed in the following diagram are guidelines; short-
term deviations are permissible.
Fig. 17: Selection of the SAE class according to temperature
The following diesel engine oil is recommended for ambient temperatures from
-15 °C to 45 °C:
Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 low ash, specification ACEA E6
The following diesel engine oil is recommended for ambient temperatures from
-30 °C to 45 °C:
Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30 low ash, specification ACEA E6
030.3.4.3 Complicating factors affect the oil change

Change the oil according to the climate zone, sulphur content in the fuel and oil
quality as shown in the following table.
Even if the specified number of service hours (h) is not reached in the course of a
year, the engine oil and filter should be replaced at least once a year.
Various complicating factors (harsh operating conditions) can affect the mainte-
nance interval.
Possible complicating factors:
– Frequent cold-starts
– Sulphur content in the fuel
– Operating temperature
If complicating factors come into play, the oil must be changed and the filter re-
placed in accordance with the specifications in the following tables.
Complicating factor Oil quality

CJ-4
E9 E6
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Sulphur content in the Interval (h = operating

Operating conditions
fuel hours)
Normal climate, down to Up to 0.0015%
250 h 500 h
-10 °C
Climates below -10 °C Up to 0.0015% 125 h 250 h
Tab. 23: Oil change intervals according to complicating factors
030-20 L576-1169

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-40348;
030.3.5.1 General recommendations

Antifreezes and corrosion inhibitors approved by Liebherr:
– Guarantee adequate protection from cold, corrosion and cavitation.
– Do not corrode seals and hoses.
– Do not foam.
Coolant is a mixture of water with corrosion inhibiting and antifreeze additives.
The cooling system only functions reliably under pressure. The cooling system
must be clean and leak-tight. The cooling shut-off and working valves must work
correctly. Maintain the required coolant level.
Coolants cause cavitation or corrosion damage in the cooling system if they con-
tain unsuitable antifreeze and corrosion hinhibitors or are incorrectly prepared. In-
sulating deposits that accumulate on components that conduct heat can lead to
overheating and engine failure.
Emulsifying anti-corrosion oils are prohibited.
030.3.5.2 Water (fresh water)

Water that is colourless, clear, free of mechanical contamination, drinkable tap wa-
ter featuring the following restricted analysis values is suitable.
Seawater, brackish water, brine and industrial wastewater are unsuitable.
Designation Value
Water hardness 0.6 mmol/l to 3.6 mmol/l (3 to 20°d)
PH level at 20 °C 6.5 to 8.5
Chloride ion content maximum 80 mg/l
Sulphate ion content maximum 100 mg/l
Tab. 24: Fresh water quality
Water analyses must be requested from the communal authorities responsible.
030.3.5.3 Coolant mixing ratio

The cooling system must contain at least 50% antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor all
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
year round.
Outside temperature up Mixing ratio

to
Water % Antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor %
-37 °C 50 50
-50 °C 40 60
Tab. 25: Mixing ratio of water and antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor depending on the
temperature
L576-1169 030-21
NOTICE
Too much antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor in the coolant.
The engine will overheat and can be damaged.
u Do not use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
030.3.5.4 Permissible antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors
Product designation Manufacturer Contains silicates

Liebherr Antifreeze Concentrate Liebherr Yes
Liebherr Antifreeze Mix A) Liebherr Yes
Tab. 26: Permissible antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors
A) Mix = prepared mixture (50% water and 50% antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor)
Note
If Liebherr coolant is not available at your location:
u Use coolant that meets the coolant specifications for Liebherr engines (consult
customer service).
NOTICE
Mixing different antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors can degrade the properties of
the coolant.
u Do not combine different products.
u Never mix coolants with and without silicates, as this can damage the cooling
system.
030.3.5.5 Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze

In exceptional cases and if ambient temperatures constantly remain above
freezing point, for example in tropical regions where there is demonstrably no au-
thorised antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor available, prepare coolant by mixing wa-
ter with the following inhibitors:
– DCA 4 Diesel Coolant Additives
– Caltex XLI / Delo XLI / Texaco XLI / Havoline XLI
In this case, change the coolant annually.
When carrying out maintenance tasks, test the concentration and adjust it as nec-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
essary.
NOTICE
Mixing different corrosion inhibitors can degrade the properties of the coolant.
u Do not combine different products.
u Never mix coolants with and without silicates, as this can damage the cooling
system.
If changing between corrosion inhibitor with and without antifreeze:
u Drain the coolant completely.
030-22 L576-1169
Product designation Manufacturer

DCA 4 Diesel Coolant Additives Fleetguard / Cummins Filtration
Caltex XLI / Delo XLI Caltex (Asia)
Texaco XLI / Havoline XLI Chevron (North and South America)
Havoline XLI Arteco (Asia and Europe)
Tab. 27: Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze

Valid for: L576-1169/40349-;
030.3.6.1 General recommendations

Coolant is a mixture of water with corrosion inhibiting and antifreeze additives.
Coolant:
– Can be mixed with the products listed below.
– Is available ready-mixed.
The cooling system only functions reliably under pressure. Keep the cooling sys-
tem clean and leak-tight. The cooling shut-off and working valves must work cor-
rectly. Maintain the required coolant level.
Antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors approved by Liebherr:
– Guarantee adequate protection from cold, corrosion and cavitation.
– Do not corrode seals and hoses.
– Do not foam.
Coolants cause cavitation or corrosion damage in the cooling system if they con-
tain unsuitable antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors, or are incorrectly prepared. Insu-
lating deposits that accumulate on components that conduct heat can lead to over-
heating and engine failure.
Emulsifying anti-corrosion oils are prohibited.
030.3.6.2 Water (fresh water)

Water that is colourless, clear, free of mechanical contamination, drinkable tap wa-
ter featuring the following restricted analysis values is suitable.
Seawater, brackish water, brine and industrial wastewater are unsuitable.
Designation Value
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Water hardness 0.6 mmol/l to 3.6 mmol/l (3 to 20°d)

PH level at 20 °C 6.5 to 8.5
Chloride ion content maximum 80 mg/l
Sulphate ion content maximum 100 mg/l
Tab. 28: Fresh water quality
Water analyses must be requested from the communal authorities responsible.
L576-1169 030-23
030.3.6.3 Coolant - Mixing ration

The cooling system must contain at least 50% by volume antifreeze and corrosion
protection agent all year round.
Outside temperature up Mixing ratio

to
Water % Antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor %
-37 °C 50 50
-50 °C 40 60
Tab. 29: Mixing ratio of water and antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor depending on the
temperature
NOTICE
Too much antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor in the coolant.
The engine will overheat and can be damaged.
u Do not use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
030.3.6.4 Approved antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors

Liebherr Antifreeze OS Concentrate Liebherr Yes
Tab. 30: Approved antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors
Note
u Use coolant that meets the coolant specifications 11657930 for Liebherr en-
gines (consult customer service).
NOTICE
Mixing different antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors can degrade the properties of
the coolant.
u Do not mix different products.
u Do not mix coolants with and without silicates, as this can damage the cooling
system.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.3.6.5 Permissible premixed antifreeze/corrosion inhibitors

Liebherr Antifreeze OS Mix Liebherr Yes
Tab. 31: Permissible premixed coolants
Mix = prepared mixture (50% water and 50% antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor)
030-24 L576-1169
Note
u Use coolant that meets the coolant specifications 11657930 for Liebherr en-
gines (consult customer service).
NOTICE
system.
030.3.6.6 Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze

In exceptional cases and if ambient temperatures never fall below freezing
point, for example in tropical regions where there is demonstrably no authorised
antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor available, prepare coolant by mixing water with
the following corrosion inhibitors:
– DCA 4 Diesel Coolant Additives
– Caltex XLI / Delo XLI / Texaco XLI / Havoline XLI
In this case, change the coolant annually.
When carrying out maintenance tasks, test the concentration and adjust it as nec-
essary.
NOTICE
system.
If changing between corrosion inhibitor with and without antifreeze:
u Drain the coolant completely.
Product designation Manufacturer

DCA 4 Diesel Coolant Additives Fleetguard / Cummins Filtration
Caltex XLI / Delo XLI Caltex (Asia)
Texaco XLI / Havoline XLI Chevron (North and South America)
Havoline XLI Arteco (Asia and Europe)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Tab. 32: Corrosion inhibitors without antifreeze

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The following oils may be used as hydraulic oils according to the following specifi-
cations.
Maximum water content of the hydraulic fluid: < 0.1 %
L576-1169 030-25
030.3.7.1 Liebherr hydraulic oil

Liebherr recommends the following hydraulic oils for the machine, according to the
temperature range:
Fig. 19: Liebherr hydraulic oil, selection of viscosity class according to temperature
A Ambient temperature C Operating range
B Cold start with warming-up proce-
dure
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus is suitable as a bio oil as well as for long-term use.
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, you must use engine oils as described
in the section on using “engine oil as hydraulic oil” (after consultation with customer
service).
030.3.7.2 Using engine oil as hydraulic oil

When using non-Liebherr engine oils, we recommend that the customer first ask
the oil manufacturer whether the product meets the following specifications.
Engine oils to be used as hydraulic oil must be selected according to the following
specifications:
Single-grade oils (1) API - CD / ACEA - E1

(MB 226.0 and 227.0)
Multi-grade oils (2) API - CD, CE, CF / ACEA - E2, E3, E4
(MB 227.5, 228.1, 228.3 and 228.5)
Tab. 33: Classification of engine oil for use as hydraulic oil

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-26 L576-1169
Fig. 20: Engine oil for use as hydraulic oil, temperature-dependent selection of the
viscosity class 11)
A Ambient temperature 1 Single-grade oils
B Cold start with warming-up proce- 2 Multi-grade oils
dure
C Operating range
030.3.7.3 Warming up
The black bar B represents ambient temperatures that are up to 20 °C lower than
the operating range C.
If the engine is cold started at ambient temperatures within the range B, the follow-
ing warming-up procedure applies to the hydraulic oil:
1. Once the engine has started, set a medium speed for the engine (at most half
of the maximum speed).
2. Carefully activate the working hydraulics. Actuate the hydraulic cylinders and
move them briefly to their stops.
3. Also activate the travel hydraulics after about 5 minutes. Warming up takes
roughly 10 minutes in total.
If you perform a cold start at even lower temperatures, observe the following warm-
up procedure: Warm the hydraulic tank before starting the engine. Then start the
warm-up procedure from point 1.
030.3.7.4 Biodegradable hydraulic oils

Bio-application means that the use of biodegradable or environmentally friendly
hydraulic oil is prescribed at the operating site of the machine.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
NOTICE
Ensure that hydraulic oils are not improperly mixed.
Mixing biodegradable ester-based hydraulic oils with each other or with mineral oils
can cause aggressive reactions. This can damage the hydraulic system.
u Do not mix biodegradable hydraulic oils from different manufacturers or different
kinds of mineral oils.
11) If the viscosity class differs: contact customer service
L576-1169 030-27
Liebherr oils
Liebherr recommends Liebherr Hydraulic Plus for the machine.
Third-party manufacturer oils

If you are unable to purchase this oil locally, only oils based on fully saturated syn-
thetic ester (HEES) may be used after consultation with your local customer serv-
ice.
When using synthetic esters, we recommend changing the hydraulic hoses after
4000 service hours or after four years at the latest.
Vegetable oils are not permitted because of their poor resistance to high tempera-
tures.
030.3.7.5 Changing the oil, analysing the oil, changing filters
Oil change
Oil type Oil change

Not used as bio oil Bio application (only per-
Without oil analysis With oil analysisA) mitted with oil analysisA) )
(optional)
Liebherr mineral oil Every 3000 h Every 6000 h --B)
Liebherr PAO (polyalphaolefin) Every 4000 h Every 8000 h Every 8000 h
Third-party product - mineral oil Every 2000 h Every 2000 h --B)

Third-party product - fully satura- --B) --B) Every 2000 h
ted synthetic ester
Tab. 34: Oil change intervals
A) If the result of the oil analysis is positive, the oil may be used for longer. If the result of the oil analysis is nega-
tive, the oil must be changed immediately.
B) Combination not permitted
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Bio application means that the use of biodegradable or environmentally friendly

hydraulic oil is prescribed at the operating site of the machine.
If a machine is operated for less than 1000 hours a year, an oil sampling is re-
quired once a year. Hydraulic oil staying for a long time in the machine should,
however, be changed at the latest after four years (mineral oils and fully saturated
synthetic esters) and at the latest after six years (Liebherr-Plus oils).
If a machine is inactive for longer than six months, an oil analysis is required before
resuming operation.
030-28 L576-1169
Oil analysis
Liebherr recommends having the oil analyses carried out by OELCHECK and car-
rying out an oil change according to the laboratory report:
– Yellow set for readily biodegradable hydraulic oils
– green set for mineral oils
To take an oil sample: (For more information see: Oil analyses, page 030-42)
See also customer service and product information.
Oil type Oil sample

Not used as bio oil Used as bio oil (oil
(oil analysis op- analysis prescri-
tional) bed)
Liebherr mineral oil Every 1000 h --A)
Liebherr PAO (polyalphaolefin) Every 1000 h First at 0 h then eve-
ry 1000 h
Third-party product - mineral oil First at 1000 h then --A)

every 500 h
Third-party product - fully saturated --A) First at 0 h then eve-
synthetic ester ry 500 h
Tab. 35: Oil sample
A) Combination not permitted
Changing the filter
Change return filter (only Liebherr filters are permitted)

Every 1000 h
Tab. 36: Changing filters

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Recommended lubricant Specification

Liebherr Gear Basic 90 LS API: GL-5
MIL-L: 2105 D
ZF: TE-ML 05C or 05D
Liebherr Syntogear Plus 75W-90 API: GL-4, GL-5, MT-1
MIL-L: 2105 D, PRF-2105 E
L576-1169 030-29
LS = limited slip additive:

– Not required for splitter boxes
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, oils that comply with the specifications
must be used instead (after consultation with customer service).

A Ambient temperature
The temperature ranges specified in the diagram are guidelines and can be briefly
exceeded or fallen short of.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Liebherr Hydraulic Gear ATF GM: Dexron II D
ZF: TE-ML 03D, 04D, 11A, 14A, 17C
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, you must use oils according to the
specifications instead (after consultation with customer service).
NOTICE
Oil quality
u Mixing various types of oil is not permitted.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

030-30 L576-1169

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Liebherr Gear Basic 90 LS API: GL-5
MIL-L: 2105 D
ZF: TE-ML 05C or 05D
LS = Gear oil with limited slip additives for disc brakes and self-locking differen-
tials.
For the viscosity class SAE 90 LS, an oil of the viscosity class SAE 80 W 90 LS
can also be used.
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, you must use oils according to the
specifications instead (after consultation with customer service).
NOTICE
Oil quality
u Mixing various types of oil is not permitted.
u A minimum phosphorus content of 1900 mg/kg is required.


LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

Lubrication grease is used for the automatic or manual lubrication of the machine.
The lubrication grease reaches the lubrication points via the central lubrication sys-
tem or lubrication nipples.
Examples:
– Articulated joint
– Ring gears, gearwheels
– Pins, axles and bolts
– Attachment tools
L576-1169 030-31
Note
The lubrication grease must be capable of being easily delivered throughout the
entire ambient temperature range.
u Only use approved lubrication greases.
u In retrofitted central lubrication systems, pay attention to the specifications for
the consistency of the lubrication grease.
030.3.11.1 Minimum quality requirements

Lubrication greases must fulfil the following minimum quality requirements.
Application Specification Designation

Standard Soap-based (lithium complex) KP 2 K (DIN 51502)
NLGI grade: 2 (DIN 51818)
VKA weld load: ≥ 6000 N (DIN 51350 / 4 – ASTM D 2596)
Cryogenic temperature Soap-based (lithium complex) KP 1 K (DIN 51502)
NLGI grade: 1 (DIN 51818 / ASTM D 2596)
VKA weld load: ≥ 5500 N (DIN 51350 / 4 – ASTM D 2596)
Tab. 40
030.3.11.2 Liebherr lubrication grease

Liebherr recommends the following lubrication greases to achieve optimum lubrica-
tion results and for additional corrosion protection.
Application Recommended lubricant Specification Designation

Standard Liebherr Universalfett 9900 Soap-based (lithi- KPF 2 N - 25 (DIN 51502)
um complex)
VKA weld load: ≥ 6000 N (DIN 51350 / 4)
with vapour phase anti-corrosion agent
Cryogenic tem- Liebherr Universalfett Arctic Soap-based (lithi- KPFHC 1 N - 60 (DIN 51502)
perature um complex)
VKA weld load: ≥ 5500 N (DIN 51350 / 4)
Tab. 41
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 26: Operating temperature of Liebherr lubrication greases

A Temperature of the lubrication ** Brief temperature peaks up to a
grease maximum of 200 °C may occur.
See next page for continuation of the image legend
030-32 L576-1169
* Not when used in central lubrica-

tion systems
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-33
Maintenance tasks
030.4 Maintenance tasks
All work must be carried out by specialist technicians or under their supervision
and responsibility.
Specialists technicians are people who:
– Have the requisite training and experience in operating and servicing earthmov-
ing machinery
– Are familiar with the statutory accident prevention regulations and national
guidelines
– Are able to judge whether earthmoving machinery is safe to operate
– Can carry out the required work without endangering themselves or others

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 27: Safety precautions
Make sure you are wearing safe working clothing.

Certain jobs not only require a hard hat and safety boots, but also goggles and
safety gloves.
The relevant safety regulations must be observed whenever maintenance, in-
spection or repair work is carried out. Local health and safety regulations, accident
prevention regulations and national laws must be observed.
(For more information see: 010.1.11 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance,
page 010-8)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 28: Visual contact
Make sure that visual contact between the operator in the cab and maintenance
personnel is always maintained.
WARNING
Beware of accidents during maintenance
The presence of unauthorised persons on the machine can place the maintenance
personnel in extreme danger.
u Never enter a dangerous area of the machine without making your presence
known.
030-34 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 29: Wheel wedges
u Use wheel wedges to prevent the machine from accidentally rolling away.
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance

Before performing the various maintenance tasks, move the machine to the main-
tenance position unless otherwise explicitly specified in the description.
The various maintenance tasks include:
– Lubricating the lift arms and attachment
– Checking the oil level in the engine, transmission, axles, hydraulic tank, etc.
– Changing filters

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The maintenance position depends on the maintenance task to be performed.
The two basic maintenance positions 1 and 2 are described below.
They enable you to access the individual maintenance points.
Maintenance position 1
To move the machine into maintenance position 1, carry out the following steps.
Fig. 30: Maintenance position 1

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Park the machine on level ground.

u Lower the lift arms.
u Lay the bucket flat on the ground.
u Engage the parking brake.
u Turn off the engine.
u Take out the ignition key.
u Turn off the battery main switch.
L576-1169 030-35
Maintenance tasks
Maintenance position 2
To move the machine into maintenance position 2, carry out the following steps.
Fig. 31: Maintenance position 2

u Engage the articulation lock.
u Lower the lift arms.
u Tilt the bucket out and set it down on the ground on its teeth or cutting edge.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
CAUTION
Beware of injury when opening and closing hatches.
u Make sure you are standing safely when opening or closing the hatch.
Opening the engine compartment hatch

When the hatch is open, you can access the following components:
– Hydraulic pumps
– Hydraulic tank
– Hydraulic tank shut-off valve
– Air filter
– Battery main switch
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-36 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 32: Engine compartment hatch

1 Engine compartment hatch 3 Gas-filled spring
2 Handle
u Open the lock with the ignition key.
u Fully open the hatch 1 with the handle 2.
w The engine compartment hatch is held in this position by two gas-filled
springs 3.
Opening the engine compartment hood

When the hood is open, you can access the following components:
– Diesel engine
– Splitter box
– Hydraulic tank
WARNING
Rotating parts and hot surfaces can cause injuries.
Beware of scalding when opening the engine compartment hood.
u Only open the hood when the engine is cooled and at a standstill.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 33: Engine compartment hood

1 Handle 2 Engine compartment hood
u Fully open the hood 2 with the handle 1.
w The hood is held in this position by gas-filled springs.
L576-1169 030-37
Maintenance tasks
CAUTION
Beware of injury caused by the hood falling shut.
u Only open the hood when the gas-filled spring functions properly.
u Check the function.
Troubleshooting
If the gas-filled spring does not hold the hood open.
u Contact Liebherr customer service.
Opening the cooling system hood

Make sure that the cab door is closed.
Fig. 34: Cooling system hood

1 Handle 2 Cooling system hood
u Fully open the hood 2 with the handle 1.
w The hood is held in this position by gas-filled springs.
CAUTION
Beware of injury caused by the hood falling shut.
u Only open the hood when the gas-filled spring functions properly.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Check the function.
Troubleshooting
If the gas-filled spring does not hold the hood open.
030-38 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The battery main switch is located at the rear left of the engine compartment.
For certain maintenance jobs, the battery main switch must first be turned
off.
Read the descriptions of the maintenance tasks to find out whether the battery
main switch must be turned on or off.
Turn on the battery main switch after completing these maintenance tasks.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the electrical system.
u Never turn off the battery main switch when the engine is running.
Fig. 35: Turning off the battery main switch

1 Battery main switch 2 OFF position
u Turn the battery main switch 1 to the OFF position 2.
u Remove the key.
030.4.3 Overall machine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
u Before starting the machine, check it for external damage.
u Repair any damage with safety implications immediately.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Note
Ensure safe machine operation.
u Remove any loose parts, coarse dirt, mud, ice, snow etc.
u Carefully clean the machine with a high-pressure cleaner.

w (For more information see: Cleaning the machine, page 030-40)
L576-1169 030-39
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Thoroughly clean the machine of all dirt and deposits in the following situations:
– After completing each job
– Before maintenance
– Before repairs
NOTICE
Beware of corrosive materials and working environments.
Corrosion may damage the machine or impair its functions (for example when in
contact with corrosive materials or when working in corrosive environments).
u Thoroughly clean the machine at the end of the job.
Thorough cleaning prevents dirt and foreign particles from entering the machine.
Clean oil, fuel and maintenance products from all connections and bolts.
The machine must be particularly cleaned after the following jobs:
– Working in salty environments (in winter, after contact with road salt during
transport on icy roads, when working near the sea or at ports etc.)
– Working with alkaline or acidic compounds
– Working with corrosive materials (lime compounds, cement etc.)
Note
High-pressure cleaners (steam cleaners) can damage the paintwork.
u Do not use high-pressure cleaners in the first two months of using the machine
(or after a respray).
u Observe the operating instructions for the high-pressure cleaner. Note the infor-
mation on the pressure and the distance from the high-pressure nozzle to the
object to be cleaned.
Washing the machine
CAUTION
Risk of accidents from the high-pressure jet of the high-pressure cleaner.
u Wear appropriate protective clothing and safety glasses.
Electrical devices such as the emergency steering pump, refuelling pump, sensors
and electric components are not watertight.
Every time you clean the machine with a high-pressure cleaner, regrease all lubri-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
cation points on the machine.
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the soundproofing mats.
The soundproofing mats can be damaged if you clean them with high pressure.
Damaged soundproofing mats increase the sound output level above that guaran-
teed by the manufacturer.
u Do not expose soundproofing mats to water or steam jets.
030-40 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging electrical devices.
When using a high-pressure cleaner, you may damage electrical devices such as
the emergency steering pump, refuelling pump, sensors and electrical compo-
nents.
u Do not expose electrical devices to water or steam jets.

u Wash the machine.
u Regrease all lubrication points on the machine.
Washing the engine

When washing the engine using water or steam jet, take care not to expose elec-
tronic devices such as the starter, alternator, sensors and engine control unit di-
rectly to the jet.
After cleaning, start up the engine to allow it to dry out.
NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging the engine and its electric components.
Moisture penetration can cause corrosion and electrical malfunctions.
u Do not expose devices such as the starter, alternator, sensors and engine con-
trol unit to water or steam jets.
Make sure that the following requirements are fulfilled:

q The machine is in maintenance position 1.
q The engine compartment hood is open.
u Carefully clean the engine.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The service doors, hatches and hoods are open.
u Check the hydraulic system for leaks.
u Replace any damaged hydraulic seals.
u Tighten any loose hydraulic connections.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u (For more information see: 010.1.16 Safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and
hose lines, page 010-12)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The service doors, hatches and hoods are open.
u Check that all bolts and screws are tight.
u Tighten any loose screws or bolts with the required tightening torque.
L576-1169 030-41
Maintenance tasks
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection on machines that work with salt and artifi-
cial fertilisers and exchanging VCI capsules
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
This equipment is optional.
If you carry out corrosion protection:
u See the separate operating manual “Working with salt and artificial fertilisers”.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Oil analyses are only meaningful, if there has been compliance with the specific
procedure. The results of the analyses in the printed laboratory reports are not only
influenced by the condition of the oil but by other factors as well.
Note the following points when taking oil samples:
– Take oil samples from clean sampling points.
– Take oil samples at operating temperature.
– In areas in which no pressure level is built up, use a hand pump.
– When using a hand pump, take the oil sample immediately after the machine
has come to a standstill because the dirt and wear particles are still suspended
and any water present has not yet separated.
– When using the hand pump, dip the sampling hose into the approximate centre
of the relevant volume of oil.
– Always use the same method and take the oil sample at the same place (this
makes the values comparable with each other).
– Never take the oil sample from the filter.
– Do not take samples immediately after an oil change or after large amounts of
oil have been added.
– Fill the oil that is to be tested into a clean and dry original sample container from
the sampling kit.
– The sampling systems must be CLEAN. The exterior of the sample container,
sampling valve and sampling hose may also not come into contact with dust
and dirt, neither whilst flushing nor during sampling. This is the only way to en-
sure that unobjectionable results are obtained.
Tools required:
Quantity Description Item code

1 Test line 1 m 7002437
1 Hand pump with sampling hose 8145666
Tab. 42: Tools required:

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Oil analysis kits

Liebherr recommends having the oil analyses carried out by “Oelcheck”.
Oelcheck offers various types of analysis for a large range of components and ag-
gregates. Liebherr has decided on two types of analysis that have been adapted to
the special requirements of our systems and components.
Green lid: mineral oil, coolant Yellow lid: bio oil

Single analysis kit 8145660 7026 817
6 sample analysis kit 7018 368 7026 088
030-42 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Green lid: mineral oil, coolant Yellow lid: bio oil

12 sample analysis kit 7018 369
Tab. 43: Available analysis kits
The analysis kits with the green lid can be used for hydraulic systems filled with
mineral oil, diesel engines, transmission and lubrication grease.
The analysis kits with the yellow lid are to be used solely for the diagnostics of bio
hydraulic oils. The difference in the scope of the investigation is that the relatively
expensive “Karl Fisher method” is used to determine the precise water content of
all bio-oils. This investigation is however essential for an precise diagnosis of bio
oils.
If other test laboratories are used, the oil analyses must at least include the follow-
ing data:
Test method Determination of

Atomic emission Metal wear particles, additives, contaminants, iron, chrome,
spectroscopy (AES) tin, aluminium, nickel, copper, lead, molybdenum, silver, sil-
icon, potassium, magnesium, boron, zinc, phosphorus, ba-
rium
Fourier transform in- Oil condition and pollution, oil oxidation, glycol, water, nitra-
frared spectrometer tion, fuel, soot
(FTIR)
Viscosity Measurement taken at 40 °C and 100 °C, viscosity index,
indication of lubricity and mixture
Particle quantifier in- Magnetic abrasion debris (measures the amount of the fer-
dex romagnetic abrasion debris in the oil > 5 µm)
Tab. 44: Test method
Sending oil samples

u Label the sample container with the barcode (the red laboratory number on the
sample information form).
w This ensures that the accompanying form containing the sample information
is allocated to the correct sample.
u Carefully complete the sample information form.
w The more information that is provided on the machine and the oil used for
the evaluation, the more accurate the diagnosis that can be carried out.
u Always identify subsequent samples for the same machine with an identical
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sample description.
w This ensures that the analysed values are included as history on the printed
laboratory reports. This makes the assessment of a trend easier. It is only
through a trend that unequivocal evidence of the changing conditions
caused by pollution, wear, oil ageing and contamination with other service
fluids can clearly be recognised.
u Send the sample in the shipping envelope made of oil-proof plastic.
w The self-adhesive seal ensures that the envelope is firmly closed and the
sample information form is protected in a separate plastic pocket on the out-
side.
L576-1169 030-43
Maintenance tasks
Assessment of the analysis values

No single element or measuring value results in a warning being issued or an oil
change being recommended, the entire spectrum of the analysis of the oil sample
is decisive, from the zinc content to the purity class.
In respect of bio hydraulic oils, the following applies:
If the zinc values exceed 300 mg/kg and depending on other “critical” values in
the oil, the formation of zinc soap may occur that blocks the filter systems. The
complete failure of the system is possible.
Purity class:
The contamination of the hydraulic fluid has an immediate effect on the lifetime of
the components. Accordingly, the following minimum purity classes are required for
Liebherr earth-moving machines:
– as per ISO 4406 purity class: 21/17/14
– as per NAS 1638 purity class: 8
Values that are slightly below these can in consultation with the relevant manufac-
turing works be improved by the use of special filtration systems (e.g., fixed filter
systems). If further trend analyses do not reflect an improvement, an oil change is
unavoidable. In this regard, it must be noted that it is not only the oil in the hydraul-
ic tank that is to be drained, but also the oil from the aggregates and cylinders to
the greatest extent possible.
Taking oil samples

Oil samples can be taken from the following fluids:
– Hydraulic oil from the hydraulic system
– Engine oil from the diesel engine
– Lubricating oil from the axles
– Lubricating oil from the splitter box
– Lubricating oil from the transmission
– Coolant from the cooling circuit.
q The machine is on firm and level ground.
q A suitable collecting pan for the flushing oil is available.
q You have an analysis set ready.
WARNING
Beware of injuries from rotating engine parts, hot surfaces and hot fluids.
u Wear protective clothing
u Avoid touching hot surfaces and fluids.
u Watch out for rotating engine parts.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
WARNING
Unauthorised operation of the machine can cause injury.
u Secure the machine against unauthorised operation.
Hydraulic system
The hydraulic oil sample is taken via a test connection on the variable displace-
ment pump.
030-44 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 36: Sampling point for hydraulic oil
u Start the engine and wait 3 minutes.

w The hydraulic oil is circulated.
u Engage the parking brake and secure the machine against rolling away.
u Connect the test line to the test connection G.
u 0.2 l Drain the hydraulic oil into the receptacle.
u Fill the sample container.
u Remove the test line and seal the test connection.
Diesel engine
The engine oil sample is taken via the dipstick pipe with a hand pump.
Fig. 37: Sampling point on the diesel engine

1 Oil dipstick tube A Oil level
2 Dipstick B Oil sampling depth
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Start the engine and let it run for 3 minutes at medium idling speed.
w The engine oil is circulated.
u Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
CAUTION
Beware of burns from hot surfaces on the exhaust system.
u Do not touch hot surfaces.
u Insert the sampling hose through the dipstick tube to 5 cm below the oil level A.
L576-1169 030-45
Maintenance tasks
u Fill the sample container using the hand pump.

u Put the dipstick back in again.
Splitter box
The splitter box oil sample is taken via the dipstick pipe of the splitter box with a
hand pump.
Fig. 38: Sampling point on the splitter box

1 Splitter box dipstick tube A Oil level
2 Dipstick B Oil sampling depth
u Start the engine and wait 3 minutes.
CAUTION
u Take out the dipstick 2.

u Insert the sampling hose through the splitter box dipstick tube to 5 cm below the
oil level A.
u Put the dipstick back in again.
Coolant circulation
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The coolant sample is taken from the coolant equalising reservoir.
030-46 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 39: Sampling point for coolant

1 Cap 2 Coolant equalising reservoir
u Start the engine.
u Turn the heating system to the maximum temperature and wait for three mi-
nutes.
w The coolant is circulated.
CAUTION
Beware of injury due to coolant escaping under pressure
u The coolant temperature must not exceed 45 °C.
u Wear protective clothing and safety glasses.
u Carefully open the cap.
u Carefully open the filler cap 1.

u Insert the sampling hose and take an oil sample.
u Close the filler cap 1.
Transmission
The oil sample is taken from the pressure line on the transmission gear pump with
a hand pump.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-47
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 40: Sampling point on the transmission

1 Transmission gear pump 2 Pressure line
u Start the engine and accelerate the machine to 15 km/h.
w The oil is circulated.
CAUTION
u Detach the pressure line 2 from the transmission gear pump 1.

u Insert the sampling hose and take the oil sample.
u Reattach the pressure line 2 to the transmission gear pump 1.
Axles
The oil sample from the axles is taken from the differential with a hand pump.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 41: Sampling point on the axles
u Start the engine and drive the machine for 3 minutes at 15 km/h.
w The oil is circulated.
030-48 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
CAUTION
Risk of injury from hot, pressurised oil!
u To reduce the pressure: carefully unscrew the filling plug.
u Slowly open the filling plug 1.

u Insert the sampling hose into the differential to 5 cm below the oil level.
u Close the filling plug 1 again.
030.4.4 Drive group

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The service access is open.
q The engine is level and has been switched off for 2 or 3 minutes.
q The engine has cooled down.
Fig. 42: Checking the engine oil level

1 Dipstick 2 Cap
u Pull out the dipstick 1, wipe it clean, and re-insert it.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Pull out the dipstick once again and read off the oil level.
w The oil level must be between the “MIN” and “MAX” markings.
If the oil level is too low:
u Open the cap 2.
u Top up the engine oil via the cap 2 to the MAX marking. (For more information
see: 030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines, page 030-19)
u Clean the cap 2, place it on the filler neck and tighten it.
L576-1169 030-49
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The engine is level and warm.
q A suitable receptacle, an oil drain hose and the specified engine oil are at hand.
Draining the engine oil
Fig. 43: Changing the engine oil
u Unscrew the cap of the oil drain valve on the oil pan.
u Screw the oil drain hose to the oil drain valve.
u Drain off the oil into the receptacle.
u Unscrew the oil drain hose and screw the cap onto the oil drain valve.
When changing the engine oil and the oil filter:
u Change the oil filter. (For more information see: Changing the engine oil filter,
page 030-50)
Topping up the engine oil

u Pour the new oil into the filler neck 2 to between the MIN and MAX markings on
the dipstick. (For more information see: 030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel en-
gines, page 030-19)
u Clean the filler cap, place it on the filler neck and tighten it.
u Start the engine and check the oil pressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u After 2 to 3 minutes, check the oil level on the dipstick 1.

w Top up with oil if necessary.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The oil filters are attached upright to the accessory drive of the engine.
q You have a ratchet and a hex socket (size 30).
030-50 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 44: Change the oil filter
u Loosen the oil filter cartridges 1 with a ratchet and a hex socket (size 30) and
unscrew the filter.
Note
If the hexagonal collar of the oil filter is broken or damaged:
u Use and oil filter claw spanner (ID no. 8145274).
u Clean the sealing faces on the filter bracket.

u Apply a thin film of engine oil to both sides of the rubber sealing ring on the new
oil filter cartridge.
u Screw on the new oil filter cartridge until the seal ring touches the filter bracket.
u Hand-tighten the oil filter cartridge by about half a turn.
u Remove oil traces on the engine.
u Start the engine and check the oil pressure.
u Check that the oil filter is leak-tight.
u After 2 to 3 minutes, check the oil level on the dipstick.
w Top up with oil if necessary.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

The following damage could occur on the V-ribbed belt:
– Broken ribs
– Lumps of rubber on the belt
– Accumulated dirt or grit
– Ribs coming loose from the belt
– Cracks across the back
– Cracks across several ribs
L576-1169 030-51
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 45: Check the maintenance cover and V-ribbed belt.
u Remove the maintenance cover 1 in the cooler bearing.

u Check the V-ribbed belt for damage.
u Check that belt pulleys and tension pulley are in good order and not loose.
Troubleshooting
If you find any damage:
u Replace the damaged parts.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q You have a new V-ribbed belt ready.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 46: Removing the maintenance cover
u Remove the maintenance cover 1 in the cooler bearing.
030-52 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 47: Changing the V-ribbed belt

1 Crankshaft pulley 4 Deflection pulleys
2 Tensioning device 5 Air conditioning compressor pulley
3 Alternator pulley
u Pull back the tensioning device 2 anticlockwise as far as it will go against the
spring force.
u Take off the V-ribbed belt.
u Check that the tension roller and the pulleys are in perfect condition (for exam-
ple the tension roller bearings are in place and the pulleys are not worn).
Troubleshooting
If you find any damage:
u Replace the damaged parts.
u With the tensioning device 2 pulled back, put the new V-ribbed belt on the pul-
leys of the crankshaft 1, alternator 3, deflection rollers 4 and air conditioning
compressor 5.
u Put on the maintenance cover.
030.4.4.6 Checking the mounting and sensor cable connections of the en-
gine control units
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-53
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 48: Position of control units

1 Lambda regulation control unit 4 Rear section
2 HC doser metering unit 5 Housing
3 LIDEC engine control unit 6 HC doser control unit
u Checking the bearings and condition of the engine control units
If you find damaged bearings or damage to the control unit:
u Do not start the engine. Replace the bearing or repair the damage.
u Check that all the sensors, actuators, plugs and cable connections are properly
seated and in good condition.
u Check that none of the cables and wiring harnesses are damaged, rub or not
properly fastened.
If you find any damage to cable connections, wiring harnesses or sensors:
u Do not start the engine until you have replaced the defective parts.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Check the valve clearance when the engine is cold.
Make sure the following preconditions are met:
q The engine compartment hood and hatch are open.
q Engine cranking device special tool (ID number: 0524045) and a feeler gauge
are available.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-54 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Removing the exhaust pipe and output module
Fig. 49: Removing the exhaust pipe and output module

1 Exhaust pipe 3 Temperature sensor
2 Output module 4 Differential pressure line
For better accessibility:
u Remove the exhaust pipe 1.
u Loosen the temperature sensor 3 and differential pressure line 4 on the output
module 2.
u Remove the output module 2.
Removing the oil separator pipe and cable guide of the lambda
sensor
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 50: Removing the oil separator pipe and cable guide of the lambda sensor
1 Hex bolts 5 Hex bolt
2 Hex bolt 6 Clip
3 Oil separator pipe 7 Hex bolts
4 Clip 8 Lambda sensor cable guide
u Unscrew the hex bolts 1, 2 and 5.
L576-1169 030-55
Maintenance tasks
u Remove the clip 4 and undo the clip 6.

u Remove the oil separator pipe 3.
u Unscrew the hex bolts 7 and remove the cable guide of the lambda sensor 8.
Checking and adjusting the valve clearance

Cylinder numbering and crankshaft direction of rotation:
– Cylinder 1 on flywheel side
– Anticlockwise looking at the flywheel
– The outlet valve of the cylinder is on the flywheel side.
Fig. 51: Engine cranking device and valve intersection
u Remove the maintenance cover from the flywheel housing.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the valve cap seal.
u Carefully remove the valve cap.
u Carefully remove the valve cap.

u Fit the engine cranking device to the flywheel housing and attach a ratchet.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-56 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 52: Checking / adjusting the inlet and outlet valve clearance
A Outlet valve E Inlet valve
Valves of D936 A7 cylinders

Overlap 6 2 4 1 5 3
Adjust 1 5 3 6 2 4
Tab. 45: Overlap / adjust
For reasons of space, use extensions on the engine cranking device to the rear to-
wards the ratchet.
u Turn the crankshaft in the direction of rotation until the valves of the first cylinder
overlap, for information see the table.
u Push a feeler gauge between the valve and the rocker arm and check the valve
play.

Inlet valve (cold) mm 0.30
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Outlet valve (cold) mm 0.40
If the value is not correct:

u Loosen the counter nut on the adjusting screw of the rocker arm and correct the
setting.
u Tighten the counter nut to 45 Nm.
u Check the setting again.
After checking or adjusting all the valves:
u Check the valve cap seals for damage.
u Attach valve cap with seals (tightening torque of valve cap screws: 23 Nm).
u Remove engine cranking device.
L576-1169 030-57
Maintenance tasks
u Fit the oil separator pipe and cable guide of the lambda sensor.
u Fit the output module.
u Fit the exhaust pipe.
u Start the engine and let it run for 3 minutes at medium idling speed.
u Check valve cover and valve cover seals for tightness.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q You have a genuine Liebherr oil separator filter insert ready.
The oil separator is on the flywheel side, on the right side of the engine.
Fig. 53: Oil separator
u Unscrew the oil separator cap 2 and raise it as high as possible.

u Release the oil separator filter insert 1 from the oil separator cap 2 while still in
the housing.
w The oil separator cap can now be removed.
u Remove the oil separator filter insert 1 and dispose of it in an environmentally
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sound manner.
u Insert a new oil separator filter insert 1 in the housing.
Note
Observe the direction of the arrows on the sealing cap and the housing.
u The arrows must point in the same direction.
u Put on the oil separator sealing cap 2 and screw it tight by hand.
030-58 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q You have an ohmmeter or a multimeter ready.
The heating flange is mounted on the right side of the engine in the air intake pipe.
Fig. 54: Checking the heating flange

u Disconnect the electric connection cable 1 on the heating flange 2.
u Connect the ohmmeter or multimeter to the terminal and check the resistance.
Troubleshooting
If the resistance is not 0.25 Ω ± 10% at 20 °C :
u Replace the heating flange.
u Disconnect the electric connection cable on the heating flange.

u Turn on the battery main switch.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The heating flange is mounted on the engine in the air intake pipe.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

q You have a new heating flange ready.
L576-1169 030-59
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 55: Changing the heating flange
u Disconnect the electric connection cable 1 on the heating flange 2.

u Remove the heating flange.
u Install the new heating flange.
u Reconnect the electric connection cable to the heating flange.
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q You have a suitable receptacle ready.
q The machine has been out of operation for at least 3 hours.
DANGER
Beware of fire
u Naked flames and smoking are prohibited.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 56: Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank
1 Drain valve 3 Drain hose
2 Cap
u Place a receptacle under the fuel tank.
u Unscrew the sealing cap 2 on the drain valve 1 on the bottom of the fuel tank.
030-60 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Screw the drain hose 3 onto the drain valve 1.

w Condensate and sediment drain off.
u Drain the condensation and sediment into a suitable receptacle until clean fuel
begins to flow.
u Unscrew the drain hose 3.
u Screw the sealing cap 2 onto the drain valve 1 and tighten it.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
When the water level sensor in the Separ fuel pre-filter is activated (the service
code is displayed), the water collector tank must be drained.
DANGER
Beware of fire
Fig. 57: Draining off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter
1 Bleeder screw 3 Hand pump in the PUMP position
2 Drain valve 4 Hand pump in the RUN position
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Note
To prevent condensate flowing back into the fuel tank:
u Put the hand pump in the “PUMP” position.
u Place a receptacle under the Separ fuel pre-filter.

u Put the hand pump in the “PUMP” 3 position.
u Open the bleeder screw 1.
u Open the drain valve 2 until clean fuel flows out.
L576-1169 030-61
Maintenance tasks
When clean fuel flows out:

u Close the drain valve 2.
u Tighten the bleeder screw 1 to a torque of 6 Nm.
u Put the hand pump in the RUN position 4.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q Only use genuine Liebherr spare parts.
DANGER
Beware of fire
Fig. 58: Changing the Separ fuel pre-filter

1 Bleeder screw 6 Fuel pre-filter insert
2 Cover 7 Drain valve
3 4 screws 8 Hand pump in the PUMP position
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
4 Seal 9 Hand pump in the RUN position

5 Spring packet
Note
To prevent condensate flowing back into the fuel tank:
u Put the hand pump in the “PUMP” position.
u Place a receptacle under the Separ fuel pre-filter.

u Carefully clean the Separ fuel pre-filter and the area around it.
u Put the hand pump in the PUMP 8 position.
030-62 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
When you drain off fuel:

u Open the bleeder screw 1.
u Open the drain valve 7.
w Fuel flows out of the pre-filter until it is empty.
u Undo the screws 3 and take off the cover 2 and seal 4.
u Take out the fuel pre-filter insert 6 along with the spring packet 5.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the Common Rail system.
u Make sure no dirt gets into the clean side of the filter.
u Install the new fuel pre-filter 6.

u Check the seal 4 and replace it if necessary.
u Check that the cover 2 is clean, put it on again and tighten the screws 3 cross-
wise and evenly.
u Close the drain valve 7.
u Tighten the bleeder screw 1 to a torque of 6 Nm.
u Bleed the fuel system. (For more information see: Bleeding the fuel system,
page 030-64)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q Only use genuine Liebherr spare parts.
DANGER
Beware of fire
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 59: Changing the fuel fine filter

1 Fuel fine filter 3 Hand pump in the RUN position
2 Hand pump in the PUMP position 4 Sealing ring
L576-1169 030-63
Maintenance tasks
u Place a receptacle under the fuel fine filter.

u Carefully clean the fuel fine filter 1 and the area around it.
u Unscrew the fuel fine filter 1.
u Clean the filter base and screw the thread adapter tight.
u Lubricate the sealing ring 4 of the new filter cartridge with clean fuel.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the Common Rail system.
u Make sure no dirt gets into the clean side of the filter.
u Fill the filter cartridge with clean fuel and screw it on until the sealing ring lies on
the filter head.
u Tighten the filter cartridge half a turn by hand.
u Put the hand pump in the “RUN” 3 position.
u Bleed the fuel system. (For more information see: Bleeding the fuel system,
page 030-64)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Bleeding the fuel filter is necessary after:
– Changing the fuel filter
– Emptying the fuel tank
q A receptacle is ready for the fuel.
DANGER
Beware of fire
u Naked flames and smoking are prohibited. LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-64 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 60: Bleeding the fuel system

1 Engine “IN” 3 Hand pump in the RUN position
2 Hand pump in the PUMP position
CAUTION
Beware of fuel spurting out.
u Wear safety glasses.
u Unscrew the union nut of the fuel supply line at the engine “IN” 1 connection.
u Keep pressing the hand pump 1 until fuel comes out of the engine “IN” connec-
tion without bubbles.
u Close the opened fuel line engine “IN” 1.
u Continue to operate the hand pump until you feel strong resistance.
u Start the engine.
Troubleshooting
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
If the machine will not start after approx. 20 sec.:

u Wait for 1 min.
If you have repeated this process three times:
u Repeat the bleeding process.
Note
u The low-pressure circuit of the engine is bled by permanently installed restrictor
ports, no additional measures are necessary.
L576-1169 030-65
Maintenance tasks
030.4.4.16 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust discharge valve
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Note
If the valve is damaged, the dust discharge function is impaired and the filters be-
come clogged more quickly.
u With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air pulsating
at the dust discharge valve.

q Appropriate protective equipment is used.
Cleaning the service cover
Fig. 61: Cleaning the service cover

1 Filter housing 3 Fixing clips
2 Service cover 4 Dust discharge valve
u Open the fixing clips 3 and take off the service cover 2.
u Clean the service cover 2 and place it back onto the filter housing 1.
w The dust discharge valve 4 must face down.
u Place the service cover 2 fully over the filter housing 1.
u Close the fixing clips 3.
Cleaning the dust discharge valve

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Note
When using the machine in dusty conditions:
u Check and empty the dust discharge valve more often.
030-66 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 62: Cleaning the dust discharge valve

1 Dust discharge valve
u Press the rubber seal on the dust discharge valve 1 several times to remove the
dust from the service cap.
If the dust discharge valve is damaged or stays open:
u Replace the dust discharge valve.
030.4.4.17 Checking the air suction system for leaks and tight fitting
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
You can check the inside of the air intake hose for cracks after removing the air
filter. It is not possible to completely check entirely from outside.
q The engine compartment hood and hatch are open.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 63: Checking the air suction system for leaks and tight fitting
1 Air intake hose 3 Service cover
2 Air filter housing 4 Vacuum switch
NOTICE
A damaged or leaking air hose will lead to engine damage.
u Check the air intake hose for cracks or porosity.
u Check that the clips are tight.
u Check the vacuum switch 4 for damage.
L576-1169 030-67
Maintenance tasks
u Take the service cover 3 off the air filter housing 2 and remove the main and
safety elements from the air filter housing.
Use a torch and mirror to see inside the air intake hose:
u Check the entire inside of the air intake hose 1 for cracks and porosity.
u Check that the hose clips on the air intake hose are correctly fastened.
If the air intake hose is cracked or porous:
u Replace the air intake hose.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
NOTICE
Always carry out maintenance correctly.
Otherwise the engine may be damaged.
u Do not clean the safety element.
u Always replace the safety element.

q Suitable protective equipment is used.
Removing the main element
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 64: Removing the main element

1 Dust discharge valve 4 Main element
2 Service cover 5 Safety element
3 Fixing clips 6 Filter housing
NOTICE
Do not use a damaged filter element
u Replace damaged filter elements.
030-68 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Release the fixing clips 3 on the service cover 2.

u Take off the service cover 2.
u Remove the main element 4 and check it for damage before cleaning it.
Cleaning the main element
Fig. 65: Cleaning the main element

1 Main element 2 Compressed air
NOTICE
Always carry out cleaning correctly
Take care not to damage the main element.
u Do not use compressed air at too high a pressure.
u Clean the main element with clean, oil-free compressed air.
u Do not knock out the main element.
u Clean the main element 1 from the inside out with compressed air 2.
Cleaning the service cover and filter housing

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 66: Cleaning the service cover and filter housing

1 Cloth 3 Service cover
2 Filter housing 4 Safety element
L576-1169 030-69
Maintenance tasks
NOTICE
Always carry out cleaning correctly
u Clean the filter housing with compressed air.
u Wipe with a clean cloth.
u Clean the inside of the filter housing 2 and the service cover 3 with a cloth 1.
Installing the main element
Fig. 67: Removing the main element

u Lightly oil the sealing face of the main element 4.
u Install the main element 4.
u Put the clean service cover 2, with the dust discharge valve 1 facing down, on
the filter housing 6.
Note
If the air filter contamination symbol field lights up again a few service hours after
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
the main element has been cleaned:

u Change the main element.
Note
If the air filter contamination symbol field remains lit after the main element has
been changed:
u Change the safety element.
030-70 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
NOTICE
Always carry out maintenance correctly.
u Do not clean the safety element.
u Always replace the safety element.

q Suitable protective equipment is used.
Fig. 68: Changing the air filter safety element

u Release the fixing clips 3 on the service cover 2.
u Take off the service cover 2.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Remove the main element 4.

u Clean the service cover 2 and the filter housing 6 with a clean cloth.
u Remove the safety element 5.
u Lightly oil the sealing faces of the new safety element 5 and the main ele-
ment 4.
u Install the new safety element 5 and the main element 4.
u Put the service cover 2, with the dust discharge valve 1 facing down, on the
filter housing 6.
L576-1169 030-71
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The dipstick and the oil inlet pipe are located in the engine compartment directly
beside the hydraulic tank. Access is from above the engine on the right-hand side.
Fig. 69: Checking the oil level in the splitter box

1 Cap 3 Dipstick
2 Oil filler pipe
u Pull out the dipstick 3, wipe it clean, and re-insert it.
u Pull out the dipstick 3 once again and read off the oil level.
w The oil level must be between the “MIN” and “MAX” markings.
u Remove the sealing cap 1 from the oil filler pipe 2 and top up with oil. (For more
information see: 030.3.8 Lubricating oils for splitter boxes, page 030-29)
u Clean the sealing cap 1, place it on the oil filler pipe 2 and tighten it.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

q The cover plate under the engine is open.
q You have a receptacle and a drain hose with a valve connection ready.
030-72 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 70: Changing the splitter box oil

1 Splitter box 3 Dipstick
2 Oil filler pipe 4 Oil drain valve
u Pull out the dipstick 3 (to allow the oil to drain more easily).
u Unscrew the cap on the oil drain valve 4 and screw the drain hose onto the oil
drain valve 4.
u Drain off the oil into the receptacle.
u Unscrew the drain hose from the oil drain valve 4 and screw on the cap.
u Unscrew the cap from the oil filler pipe 2 and pour in fresh oil. (For more infor-
mation see: 030.3.8 Lubricating oils for splitter boxes, page 030-29)
u Check the oil level.
u Clean the cap and screw it onto the oil filler pipe 2.
u Close the cover plate under the engine.
030.4.4.22 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
CAUTION
The hot exhaust system can cause injury.
u Let the exhaust system cool down.
L576-1169 030-73
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 71: Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting
1 Clip 6 Clips
2 Seal 7 Mounting
3 Exhaust line 8 Fastening clips
4 Sealing ring 9 Clip
5 Clip 10 Exhaust pipe
u Make a visual inspection of the exhaust system.
u Check the exhaust pipe 3, clip 1 and clip 5 for leaks and tight fitting.
u Tighten the clips 6 to 20 Nm and check for leaks and tight fitting.
u Check that the clips 8 are firmly seated.
u Check the clips 9 and 10 for leaks and tight fitting.
u Start the engine.
CAUTION
u Avoid contact with the skin.
u Check the seals and clips for leaks and escaping exhaust gas.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the diesel particulate filter.
The diesel particulate filter can be damaged by incorrect cleaning.
u Diesel particulate filters may only be cleaned at authorised Liebherr service
centres.
030-74 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Note
Never operate the machine without a diesel particulate filter.
The legal emission thresholds cannot be met without a diesel particulate filter.
u Use a diesel particulate filter.
Removing the diesel particulate filter

Fig. 72: Diesel particulate filter, view from rear right and from front right
1 Clip 5 Output module
2 Fastening bolt 6 Pressure measurement line
3 Exhaust temperature sensor 7 Clip
4 Fastening bolt
CAUTION
u Release the clip 1.

u Release the exhaust temperature sensor 3.
u Loosen both fastening bolts 2 and 4.
u Release the pressure measurement line 6.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Note
The centring ring and sealing ring can be lost or damaged.
u When removing the input module, pay attention to the centring ring and sealing
ring.

u Secure the diesel particulate filter against falling.
L576-1169 030-75
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 73: Diesel particulate filter, view from front left and from rear left
1 Pressure measurement line 4 Fastening bolt
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Exhaust temperature sensor
3 Clip 6 Fastening bolt
u Release and uncover the pressure measurement line 1.
NOTICE
There is a risk of damage to the diesel particulate filter from shocks.
u Handle the diesel particulate filter with care.
u Take out the diesel particulate filter over the left side.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-76 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Replacing the diesel particulate filter
Fig. 74: Diesel particulate filter removed with input module

1 Input module 5 Centring ring
2 Clip 6 Sealing ring
3 Diesel particulate filter 7 Fastening clip
4 Fastening clip
u Mark the installation position of the diesel particulate filter 3 to the input mod-
ule 1.
Note
u When removing the output module, pay attention to the centring ring and seal-
ing ring.
u Remove the input module 1.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Remove the fastening clip 4.

u Check the centring ring 5 and sealing ring 6 and replace if necessary.
u Fit the fastening clip 7 on the new diesel particulate filter. Pay attention to the
flow direction (shown by the arrow).
L576-1169 030-77
Maintenance tasks

1 Centring ring 3 Clip
2 Input module 4 Diesel particulate filter
u Fit the sealing ring and centring ring. Make sure the recess of the centring ring 1
faces up.
u Fit the input module 2 on the diesel particulate filter 4.
u Fit the clip 3. Make sure the clip is not at an angle. Tightening torque: 20 Nm
Installing the diesel particulate filter

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 76: Diesel particulate filter, view from rear left and from front right
1 Fastening bolts 4 Fastening bolts
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Fastening bolts
3 Fastening bolts
030-78 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Insert the diesel particulate filter from the left.

u Fit the diesel particulate filter with two fastening bolts 1 and 3. Do not tighten the
fastening bolts.
NOTICE
There is a risk of damage to the diesel particulate filter due to oil entering.
u Prevent oil from entering the diesel particulate filter by connecting the exhaust
temperature sensor.
u Coat the thread on the exhaust temperature sensor 2 with oil.

u Tighten the exhaust temperature sensor 2 to 35 Nm.
fastening bolts.
Fig. 77: Diesel particulate filter, view from front left and from front right
1 Pressure measurement line 4 Clip
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Centring ring
3 Exhaust pipe 6 Sealing ring
u Fit the diesel particulate filter on the exhaust pipe 3.
u Tighten the clip 4 to 25 Nm. Make sure the clip is not at an angle.
u Tighten the fastening bolts for the diesel particulate filter on both sides.
NOTICE
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
temperature sensor.
u Coat the thread on the pressure measurement line 1 and on the exhaust tem-
perature sensor 2 with oil.
u Tighten the pressure measurement line 1 and exhaust temperature sensor 2 to
35 Nm.
u Check the sealing ring 6 and centring ring 5 and replace if necessary.
L576-1169 030-79
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 78: Diesel particulate filter, view from front right and from rear right
1 Output module 4 Exhaust pipe
3 Clip 6 Exhaust temperature sensor
u Fit the output module 1 with the clip 3. Make sure the clip is not at an angle.
Tightening torque: 20 Nm
u Coat the thread on the pressure measurement line 2 with oil.
u Tighten the pressure measurement line 2 to 35 Nm.
u Fit the exhaust pipe 4 on the output module 1 with the clip 5. Make sure the clip
is not at an angle. Tightening torque: 25 Nm
NOTICE
temperature sensor.

u Start the engine.
u Check the system for leaks.
u Confirm the diesel particulate filter change in Sculi.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Confirming the diesel particulate filter change in Sculi

u Connect the Sculi diagnosis software to the engine.
030-80 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 79: Tools button
u Select the Tools button on the left of the screen.

w This opens the Tools view.
Fig. 80: Components button
u Select the Components button at the bottom of the screen.

w This opens the Tools - Components view.
Fig. 81: Confirming a change
u Select the Mark DPF component as replaced 1 button.

w An input window 2 is shown.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Enter the ID number of the new diesel particulate filter and confirm with OK.
w The ash load is reset.
w A prompt to restart the ECU (engine electronics) is shown.
u Confirm the prompt with OK.
u Switch off the ignition and wait 5 seconds.
u Switch on the ignition.
w The change of diesel particulate filter is confirmed.
L576-1169 030-81
Maintenance tasks
Diesel particulate filter packaging and transport
WARNING
Beware of fire
The diesel particulate filter may still be hot and ignite the packaging.
u Let the diesel particulate filter cool down.
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the diesel particulate filter.
u Put on the protective caps.
u Use the original Liebherr packaging for the diesel particulate filter.
The packaging can be re-used several times.

The packaging can be used for different sizes of filter by replacing the punched in-
serts.
ID number Description Qty.

11100767 Box inner section 1
11081091 Box outer section 1
11081090 Punched insert 2
Tab. 46: Packaging ID number
Machine ID number Description Dimensions Filter size Qty.

(mm) (inches)
L550 – L556 10494179 Protective cap 312.5 x 25 10.5 2
L566 – L580 10494180 Protective cap 352.0 x 25 12 2
Tab. 47: ID numbers of the protective caps
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 82: Packaging the diesel particulate filter

1 Protective caps 4 Upper punched insert
030-82 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
2 Lower punched insert 5 Box outer section

3 Box inner section
u Attach the protective caps 1 to the diesel particulate filter.
u Cut out the lower and upper punched inserts 2 and 4 as required.
u Place the lower punched insert 2 in the box inner section 3.
u Put the diesel particulate filter in the box and put on the upper punched insert 4.
Note
The edge of the punched insert must protrude over the box inner section.
If the edge does not protrude:
u Put on a second punched insert.
u Close the packaging with the box outer section 5.

u Send the diesel particulate filter to an authorised Liebherr service centre for
cleaning.
030.4.5 Cooling system
030.4.5.1 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor concen-

tration
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Checking the antifreeze concentration

The coolant must contain at least 50% by volume but not more than 60% by vol-
ume antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor all year round.
This protects against freezing down to around -37 °C.
q The optical density tester or antifreeze tester is ready.
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Do not open the cap on the filler neck until the engine has cooled down.
u Let the engine cool down.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-83
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 83: Checking the antifreeze concentration

1 Cap 3 Coolant equalising reservoir
2 Filler neck 4 Coolant level sensor
u Carefully open the sealing cap 1 on the filler neck 2.
u Take a sample of the coolant and check the antifreeze concentration using the
test tool.
If the antifreeze concentration is too low:
u Refill with pure antifreeze until the required value is attained.
w (For more information see: Correcting the antifreeze concentration,
page 030-84)
Correcting the antifreeze concentration
Fig. 84: Correcting the antifreeze concentration

1 Water cooler drain valve 2 Engine drain valve
If the antifreeze concentration is too low:
u Drain off the coolant and top up with pure antifreeze according to the following
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
diagram.
NOTICE
Mixing different antifreeze/corrosion inhibitors can result in damage to the cooling
system.
u Do not mix coolants with and without silicates.
030-84 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the engine.
Too much antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor impairs the cooling effect.
This eventually causes damage to the engine.
u Never use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 85: Correcting the antifreeze concentration

1 Amount of pure antifreeze to 3 Guide line(s) - example 5 Total filling capacity of the
be added in litres -15 °C cooling system in litres (ex-
ample 25 litres)
2 Identified line for top-up quan- 4 Measured coolant freezing
tity point in °C
L576-1169 030-85
Maintenance tasks
Example procedure
Assumption:
25 litres total filling quantity of the cooling system
-15 °C coolant temperature, measured in the cooling system
u In the diagram, go to the line showing the overall cooling system capacity 5 at
25 litres and follow it upwards.
u Continue along the guide line 3, starting from the temperature -15 °C, and move
diagonally left to the bottom.
u Finally, starting from the point where the lines cross, go horizontally along the
(identified) line 2 to the far left.
w This gives you the topping up quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion inhib-
itor 1 (7.6 litres in this example) to be added in order to achieve protection
down to -37 °C.
u To restore the correct mixing ratio, you must drain off at least the previously cal-
culated quantity (the top-up quantity) from the cooling system.
u Top up with the correct quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
u The coolant previously drained off can be used if necessary to restore the re-
quired coolant level.
Using corrosion inhibitor without antifreeze

In exceptional cases and when outside temperatures never fall below freezing,
such as in tropical zones, where it is demonstrable that no approved antifreeze and
corrosion inhibitor is available, pure corrosion inhibitor may be used.
The coolant must be changed once a year.
The mixing ratio must consist of 7.5% corrosion inhibitor and 92.5% water.
The Gefo 2710 refractometer is recommended for testing.
Procedure for checking the coolant antifreeze concentration
Fig. 86: Procedure for checking the coolant antifreeze concentration

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure
Do not open the cap on the filler neck until the engine has cooled down.
u Let the engine cool down.
u Carefully open the sealing cap on the coolant equalising reservoir.

u Check the antifreeze concentration with a Gefo 2710 refractometer.
030-86 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 87: Checking the mixing ratio with a refractometer

1 Prism with cover 2 Eyepiece with scale
u Clean the cover and the prism carefully.
u Place one or two drops of coolant on the prism.
w Close the cover to distribute the fluid.
u Look through the eyepiece against a light background and focus the scale.
u Read the Brix value off the blue dividing line.
u Convert the Brix value using the conversion diagram to find the actual corrosion
inhibitor concentration.
Fig. 88: Checking the mixing ratio with a refractometer

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Clean the coolers whenever necessary in order to ensure proper cooling. In dusty
environments, check the coolers every day and clean them if necessary.
Dirty cooler units cause overheating. This results in an audible and visual warning
with simultaneous power reduction of the travel drive.
Dust and other dirt can be removed from the cooling fins using a high-pressure
cleaner or compressed air. Compressed air is preferable.
L576-1169 030-87
Maintenance tasks
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the cooling system
Careless handling can damage the cooler fins.
u Do not use hard objects or excessive water pressure for cleaning.
Fig. 89: Cleaning the cooling system

1 Cooling system hood 3 Condenser unit
2 Cooler unit
u Open the cooling system hood 1.
u Clean the cooler units 2 with a high-pressure cleaner or compressed air.
u Clean the condenser unit 3 with compressed air.
u Close the cooling system hood 1.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-40348;
q The machine is cold.
q The cooling system hood is open.
q The shut-off valve of the heating hoses are open.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
q You have a drain hose ready.

q You have a suitable collecting pan ready.
q The specified coolant is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.2 Recom-
mended operating fluids, page 030-16)
030-88 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 90: Changing the coolant

1 Equalising reservoir sealing cap 4 Engine drain valve
2 Equalising reservoir 5 Shut-off valves for the heating ho-
ses
3 Sight glass 6 Water cooler drain valve
Draining the coolant
CAUTION
Risk of scalding due to hot coolant escaping while under pressure.
u Let the machine cool down. Check the coolant temperature on the display unit.
u Carefully open the sealing cap.
u Carefully open the equalising reservoir sealing cap 1.

u Screw the drain hose on to the water cooler drain valve 6.
u Drain the coolant into the collecting pan.
u Screw the drain hose onto the engine drain valve 4.
u Unscrew the drain hose.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Filling coolant
Note
When preparing the coolant, ensure that:
u Mix the coolant before filling. (For more information see: 030.3.5 Coolants for
diesel engines, page 030-21)
u Water with a pH value of between 6.5 and 8.5 is used.
u Water that has a low sulphate and chlorine content is used.
L576-1169 030-89
Maintenance tasks
u Pour the coolant into the equalising reservoir 2, until the coolant can be seen in
the sight glass 3.
u Screw on the equalising reservoir sealing cap 1.
u Start the engine and set the heating to maximum temperature and highest blow-
er speed.
u Let the engine run at a low idling speed for two to three minutes.
CAUTION

u Refill the coolant in the equalising reservoir 2, until the coolant can be seen in
the sight glass 3.
u Close the equalising reservoir sealing cap 1.
u After one operating hour, check the coolant level and replenish the coolant if
necessary.

Valid for: L576-1169/40349-;
q The cooling system hood is open.
q The shut-off valve of the heating hoses are open.
q The specified coolant is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.3 Recom-
mended operating fluids, page 030-16)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-90 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 91: Changing the coolant

1 Equalising reservoir sealing cap 4 Engine drain valve
2 Equalising reservoir 5 Shut-off valves for the heating ho-
ses
3 Sight glass 6 Water cooler drain valve
Draining the coolant
CAUTION

u Screw the drain hose onto the water cooler drain valve 6.
u Screw the drain hose onto the engine drain valve 4.
u Unscrew the drain hose.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Filling coolant
Note
When preparing the coolant, ensure that you:
u Mix the coolant before filling. (For more information see: 030.3.6 Coolants for
diesel engines, page 030-23)
u Use water with a pH value of between 6.5 and 8.5.
u Use water that has a low sulphate and chlorine content.
L576-1169 030-91
Maintenance tasks
u Pour the coolant into the equalising reservoir 2, until the coolant can be seen in
the sight glass 3.
u Screw on the equalising reservoir sealing cap 1.
u Start the engine and set the heating to the maximum temperature and the high-
est blower speed.
u Let the engine run at a low idling speed for two to three minutes.
CAUTION

u Refill the coolant in the equalising reservoir 2, until the coolant can be seen in
the sight glass 3.
u Close the equalising reservoir sealing cap 1.
u After one operating hour, check the coolant level and replenish the coolant if
necessary.
030.4.6 Working hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Checking the hydraulic oil level

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 92: Checking the hydraulic oil level

1 Maximum oil level 2 Minimum oil level
The red “OIL LEVEL - max.” 1 marking and the bottom edge 2 of the upper sight
glass show the correct oil level.
030-92 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Note
Check the hydraulic oil level.
u Lower the lift arms until the lift cylinders are retracted.
u Check the oil level.

If the oil is not within the correct levels:
u Top up with hydraulic oil.
Topping up with hydraulic oil
Note
Top up with hydraulic oil.
u Lower the lift arms until the lift cylinders are retracted.
u Hydraulic oil may only be poured in through the return strainer.
u Oil specification: (For more information see: 030.3.7 Hydraulic oil, page 030-25)
Fig. 93: Topping up with hydraulic oil

1 Oil sight glass 3 Breather filter
2 Plug 4 Return strainer cover
u Insert the plug 2 in the bleeder filter.
w The anti-twist device of the bleeder filter is released.
u Unscrew the bleeder filter 3 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
w The tank pre-pressure is released.
u Open the cover 4 of the return strainer.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Top up with hydraulic oil.

u Put the cover 4 on the housing and tighten it.
u Screw on the bleeder filter 3.
u Remove the plug 2 for protection against unauthorised opening, and keep it in a
safe place.
030.4.6.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
L576-1169 030-93
Maintenance tasks

Fig. 94: Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
1 Venting screw 3 Breather filter
2 Magnetic rod 4 Plug
u Insert the plug 4 in the breather filter.
w The anti-twist device of the breather filter is released.
u Unscrew the breather filter 3 by two turns.
w The tank preload pressure is released.
u Unscrew the venting screw 1.
w The oil level goes down.
u Unscrew the bolts on the filter cover and carefully lift off the filter cover together
with the magnetic rod 2.
u Check the magnetic rod 2 for excessive dirt and coarse particles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles on the magnetic rod indicate damage in the hy-
draulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage if the magnetic rod is very dirty.
u Carefully clean the magnetic rod 2.

u Put the O-ring and filter cover on the housing.
u Tighten the bolts on the filter cover.
u Screw the venting screw 1 back in.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Screw on the breather filter 3.

u Remove the plug 4 and keep it in a safe place.
030.4.6.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The machine has not been started for at least one hour (condensate can build
up).
q The service hatches are open.
030-94 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 95: Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank
u Insert the plug 2 on the breather filter 1.

w The tank pre-tension is released.
u Unscrew the cap of the drain valve on the hydraulic tank 3.
u Screw the drain hose on to the hydraulic tank drain valve 3.
u Drain the condensation water and sediment into the collecting pan.
When clean hydraulic oil comes out:
u Unscrew the drain hose and screw on the sealing cap.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q A new return suction filter is available.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-95
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 96: Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
1 Venting screw 4 Breather filter
2 Filter cover 5 Plug
3 Return suction filter
u Unscrew the bolts on the filter cover 1 and carefully lift off the filter cover.
u Take out the return suction filter 3 and let it drip dry.
u Check the return suction filter 3 and magnetic rod for excessive dirt and coarse
particles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles in the return suction filter indicate damage in
the hydraulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage if the return suction filter is very dirty.
u Put in the new return suction filter 3.

u Clean the magnetic rod.
u Screw the venting screw 2 back in.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en


Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
030-96 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 97: Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter

u Unscrew the bleeder filter 1.
u Screw on the new breather filter.
030.4.6.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Note
To check the oil quality:
u Carry out an oil analysis. (For more information see: Oil analysis, page 030-29)

q The hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
q The specified hydraulic oil is at hand.
Note
If a different hydraulic oil is used to the one used before.
u Make sure that the oils can be mixed. (For more information see: 030.3.2 Con-
verting the hydraulic system from mineral oils to environmentally harmless hy-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
draulic fluids, page 030-17)
L576-1169 030-97
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 98: Draining hydraulic oil

1 Return strainer 4 Breather filter
2 Snap ring 5 Connector
3 Cover of return strainer 6 Hydraulic tank drain valve
u Unscrew the cap of the hydraulic tank drain valve.
CAUTION
Risk of scalding due to hot hydraulic oil.
u Avoid contact with the skin.
u Wear protective clothing (oil-proof gloves and safety glasses).
u Screw the drain hose on to the hydraulic tank drain valve.

u Drain the hydraulic oil into the collecting pan.
u Unscrew the drain hose and screw on the sealing cap.
u Unscrew the return strainer cover 3.
u Remove the snap ring 2 and take out the return strainer.
u Check the return strainer 1 for excessive dirt and coarse particles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles in the return strainer indicate damage in the hy-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
draulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage if the return strainer is very dirty.
u Clean the return strainer 1.

u Insert the return strainer 1 and fit the snap ring 2.
030-98 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 99: Filling hydraulic oil

1 Return strainer cover MIN Minimum oil level
2 Breather filter MAXMaximum oil levell
3 Plug
u Fill hydraulic oil through the return strainer up to the maximum oil level MAX.
u Screw the return strainer cover 1 back on.
u Start the engine and let it run for a minute at medium idling speed.
u Actuate all the working hydraulics functions while doing this.
w The hydraulic oil is circulated.
u Move the lift arms to maintenance position 1, stop the machine and take out the
ignition key.
u Carefully unscrew the return strainer cover 1.
u Fill the hydraulic oil through the filler strainer until the oil level is between the
minimum MIN and maximum MAX.
u Screw the return strainer cover back on.
u Check the oil level after one hour of operation.
030.4.6.7 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tappets on the

pilot control unit
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-99
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 100: Lubricating the solenoids, universals joint and tappets

1 Universal joints and tappet 3 Lift kick-out retaining solenoid (op-
tional)
2 Float position retaining solenoid 4 Bucket return-to-dig retaining sole-
noid (optional)
u Remove the rubber sleeves on the control lever and on the additional (optional)
control lever.
u Clean the retaining solenoids with a brush.
u Clean the universal joint and tappet with a brush and lubricate.
u Fit the rubber sleeves.
u Start the engine.
u Test the retaining solenoids.
030.4.7 Steering system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The working attachment is in the transport position.
q The articulation lock is released.
q There is enough space to test the steering.
WARNING
Beware of injuries while testing.
u Make sure there is no-one in the danger area.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
Fig. 101: Testing the steering
030-100 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Start the engine.

u Without moving the machine, turn the steering in both directions and check that
it is functioning properly.
030.4.7.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 102: Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders

1 Steering cylinder, left / underside 3 Steering cylinder, left / ring side
2 Steering cylinder, right / underside 4 Steering cylinder, right / ring side
u Lubricate the bearing points on the steering cylinders.
030.4.8 Brake system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Make sure that there is enough room to check the service brake and parking brake.
WARNING
u Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-101
Maintenance tasks
Testing the service brake
Fig. 103: Testing the service brake

1 Inch/brake pedal B Braking
I Inching
u Start the machine.
u Select forward travel and drive it forwards at around 8 km/h.
u While the vehicle is moving, press the inch/brake pedal 1 all the way down.
w The machine must come to an abrupt halt.
Troubleshooting
If the braking effect is too slight or entirely absent?
Testing the parking brake

u Select forward travel and drive it forwards at around 5 km/h.
u Press the parking brake button while travelling.
w The machine must come to an abrupt halt.
Troubleshooting
If the braking effect is too slight or entirely absent?

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

If the machine is subjected to very demanding use (such as frequent downhill driv-
ing), the maintenance interval must be shortened.
Note
If the braking behaviour changes:
u Check for wear.
030-102 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
WARNING
Longer braking distances can cause accidents.
u Replace the brake discs before they become too worn.
NOTICE
If the brakes become too worn, serious damage can occur to the axles and the hy-
draulic system.
u Replace the brake discs before they become too worn.
Checking the front axle brake discs for wear

If the wear is measured at the service interval, it should be ascertained that the
brake discs are at least a certain minimum thickness. This ensures that the brake
discs do not become too worn by the time the next service is due.
Service hours Minimum brake disc thickness

Wear limit 4.0 mm
3000 h 4.5 mm
6000 h 4.4 mm
9000 h 4.3 mm
12000 service hours or more 4.2 mm
Tab. 48: Minimum thickness at each service interval

q You have a 1/2 inch ratchet wrench available.
q You have a feeler gauge ready.
q You have two 21x2 mm O-rings (item code 7009141) ready.
u Wait 10 seconds.
w The brake system hydro accumulators are charged.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 105: Wheel hub with plug screw

1 Plug 4 Outer disc
2 Wheel hub 5 Brake disc
3 Feeler gauge
u Using the ratchet without a socket, open the plug screw 1 on the left wheel
hub 2 of the front axle.
u Set the feeler gauge 3 to the minimum thickness.
L576-1169 030-103
Maintenance tasks
u Push the feeler gauge 3 into the gap between two outer discs 4.
Fig. 106: Checking the brake discs for wear
u Have a second person push the brake pedal all the way down and hold it.
u Try to pull the feeler gauge out.
If you can pull the feeler gauge out:
u The brake discs are OK.
Troubleshooting
If the feeler gauge is stuck:
u Replace the brake discs on both wheel hubs (see the service documentation,
repair instructions for ZF Multitrac MT-L axles).
u Measure the wear on the rear axle.
u Put a new O-ring on the plug screw at tighten it to a torque of 70 Nm.

u Repeat the procedure on the right wheel hub.
Checking the rear axle brake discs for wear

Measure the wear on the rear axle brake discs if the brake discs on the front axle
are worn. The brake discs on the rear axle should therefore have a minimum thick-
ness of 4.5 mm.
This ensures that the brake discs do not become too worn by the time the next in-
spection is due.
u The procedure is the same as for the front axle.
030.4.8.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

q You have put in wheel wedges to prevent the machine from rolling away.
q Automatic engine shutdown (option) is deactivated.
q You have a feeler gauge ready.
030-104 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
CAUTION
Beware of crushing injuries caused by unintentional closing of the parking brake
when the engine is automatically shut down.
u Deactivate the automatic engine shutdown with the Sculi diagnostic software.
u Keep all persons away from the cab while work is being performed.
Fig. 107: Secure the machine against rolling away
Fig. 108: Check the gap and wear on the brake linings
1 Gap adjusting screw 8 Adjusting screw counter nut
2 Protective cap 9 Nut
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
3 Brake shoe 10 Centring screw

4 Brake disc s Brake lining thickness
5 Brake shoe x1 Gap
6 Transmission x2 Gap
7 Brake calliper counter nut
Preparatory tasks
If the machine is equipped with an automatic engine shutdown system:
u Connect the Sculi diagnostic software to the machine.
u In the variables editor, select the Options folder.
u Set variable CXadAutoEngOff to 0.
L576-1169 030-105
Maintenance tasks
w Automatic engine shutdown is deactivated.
Checking the wear on the brake linings

u Check that the brake linings s are the required thickness.

Brake lining s thickness mm More than 1.0
When the value is correct:

u Check the gap. (For more information see: Check the gap, page 030-106)
When the value is not correct:
u Replace the brake shoes. (For more information see: Replace the brake shoes,
page 030-106)
Check the gap

u Start the engine.
u Release the parking brake.
WARNING
Beware of fatal injuries when operating or moving the machine!
u Secure the machine against rolling away. Put the wheel wedges into position.
u Keep people out of the cab.
u Check that the disc brake on the transmission 6 is firmly seated. To do this,
check whether the tightening torque of thecounter nut 7 of the brake calliper is
270 Nm.
u Check the gaps X1 and X2 with a feeler gauge.
u Check whether the total of the two gaps is below the required value.

Gap X1 + gap X2 mm less than 2.8
If gap x1 + gap x2 is more than 2.8 mm:

u Adjust the gap. (For more information see: Adjusting the gap, page 030-107)
Replace the brake shoes

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Loosen the counter nut 8 of the centring screw and the nut 9.
u Remove the centring screw 10.
u Start the engine.
WARNING
030-106 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Check that the disc brake on the transmission 6 is firmly seated. To do this,
check whether the tightening torque of the counter nut 7 of the brake calliper is
270 Nm.
u Remove the worn brake shoes 3 and 5.
u Put on the new brake shoes.
u Put in the centring screw 10 and fix it in place with the nut 9 and the counter
nut 8.
u Adjust the gap. (For more information see: Adjusting the gap, page 030-107)
Adjusting the gap

u Start the engine.
WARNING
u Pull off the protective cap 2.

u Screw in the gap adjusting screw 1 until the two brake linings touch the brake
disc 4.
u Unscrew the gap adjusting screw 1 by half a turn.
u Use the centring screw 10 and the nut 9 to divide the gap evenly on both sides.
u Unscrew the gap adjusting screw 1 by half a turn.
u Tighten the counter nut 8 of the centring screw with a torque of 45 Nm.
WARNING
u Make sure there is nobody under the machine.
u Engage the parking brake five times and release it again.
WARNING
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Check the gaps X1 and X2 with a feeler gauge.

u Check whether the total of the two gaps corresponds to the required value.

Gap X1 + gap X2 mm 0.4+0.2
When the value is not correct:

u Adjust the gap adjusting screw 1.
u Put on the protective cap 2.
L576-1169 030-107
Maintenance tasks
Final tasks
If the machine is equipped with an automatic engine shutdown system:
u Activate the automatic engine shutdown.
030.4.9 Electrical system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The machine is parked in a safe place.
q The electrical system of the machine is switched on.
All the lights can be tested without starting the machine. Start the machine when
testing the reversing headlight.
WARNING
Beware of accidents when testing the lighting equipment with another person.
u Always maintain visual contact with the other person.
u Do not allow anyone into the danger area of the machine.
CAUTION
Beware of fires caused by the heat of the working floodlights.
u Observe the minimum interval of 1 m to persons and material.
Fig. 109: Checking the lights
u Turn on all the lights.

u Check all the lights work properly.
When checking the brake lights:
u Press the inch/brake pedal.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
To check the reversing headlights:

u Select “reverse” travel direction.
u Check the reversing headlights.
If lights have to be adjusted or defective bulbs replaced:
030-108 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The batteries are housed in the ballast weight and can be accessed by opening the
ballast cover.
The batteries must always be in perfect condition in order for the machine to work
reliably.
q The battery main switch is off.
q The ballast cover is open.
q Safety goggles and gloves are available.
Fig. 110: Battery arrangement

1 Batteries 2 Terminals
WARNING
Beware of explosions and acid burns
Batteries produce explosive gases and are filled with highly corrosive acid.
u Avoid sparks.
u Do not allow acid to come into contact with your skin.
u Wipe the battery with a clean cloth.

u Clean the terminals and clamps with a special terminal brush.
To ensure a good connection:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Check that the connectors are fastened to the terminals and tighten them if nec-
essary.
u Smear the terminals and clamps with acid-proof grease such as vaseline.
At very high temperatures, the acid level in the individual cells can drop due to dif-
ferent rates of evaporation.
u Open the plugs on each cell and check the acid level.
w The acid level must be 10 mm above the plates.
If the acid level is too low:
u Top up with distilled water to 10 mm above the plates.
u Check the charge level using an acid density tester.
L576-1169 030-109
Maintenance tasks
Charge levels
Acid density at Charge level Battery volt- Voltage per Remark
27 °C age cell
1.28 – 1.26 100% over 12.60 over 2.10 Battery OK
1.25 – 1.24 75% 12.54 – 12.40 2.10 – 2.07
1.24 – 1.18 50% 12.40 – 12.18 2.07 – 2.03 Charge battery
1.18 > 25% 12.18 > 2.03 > Battery not OK
Tab. 49: Table of charge levels
If the charge is too low:

u Recharge the batteries.
Note
Beware of damage to the batteries in very cold weather.
The electrolyte of a discharged battery can freeze and irreparably damage the
components.
u Check the charge level and charge up the battery.
030.4.9.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap (optional)
on the control lever
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Changing the travel direction rocker switch

Make sure that the ignition is set at OFF.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 111: Control lever with rocker and seals
030-110 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
NOTICE
Beware of damage
The seal 2 can be damaged by a screwdriver.
In this way the functioning of the travel direction switch can be impaired.
u Use 5 mm screwdrivers (maximum).
u Insert a small screwdriver between rocker 1 and travel direction switch under
the middle axis and lever out the rocker 1.
u Check seal 2 for damage.
w The travel direction switch must be replaced when a seal 2 is damaged.
u Fit the new rocker 1 on the travel direction switch.
Changing push button covering (option)

Make sure that the ignition set at OFF.
Fig. 112: Push button covering and buttons
u Release the two TORX screws 3 (size 8).
Note
u For easier removal of the push button covering 4, press together both grip han-
dles of the control lever.
u Pay attention to the different sizes of the push buttons 5.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Remove push button covering 4.
L576-1169 030-111
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 113: Fit push button covering.
u Fit push buttons 5 in the new push button covering 4.

u Fit push button covering 4 on the control lever while paying attention to the anti-
rotation lock 6.
Note
So that the push buttons 5 do not fall out of the push button covering 4 during fit-
ting:
u Clamp the three push buttons 5 by pushing slightly from the outside inwards.
u Tighten two TORX screws 3 with 0.5 Nm.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Note
Checking the oil level
u Check the oil level with the engine running and at a gear oil temperature of
20±10 °C.

q The working attachment is lying flat on the ground.
q The articulation lock is engaged.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-112 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 114: Checking the transmission oil level

1 Transmission 4 Top sight glass
2 Cap 5 Bottom sight glass
3 Filling tube
u Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
u Check the oil level in the sight glasses 4, 5.
w The oil level must be within the sight glass 5.
Troubleshooting
u Switch off the engine and top up with the required amount of gear oil. (For more
information see: 030.3.9 Lubricating oils for transmissions, page 030-30)
u Repeat the check.
If the oil level is too high:

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The transmission is at operating temperature.
q The specified gear oil is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.1 Recom-
mended lubricants, page 030-15)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-113
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 115: Changing the transmission oil

1 Sealing cap 4 Bottom oil sight glass
2 Filler neck 5 Top oil sight glass
3 Drain plug
CAUTION
Risk of scalding by hot, pressurised oil.
u Carefully open the sealing cap and the drain plug.
u Carefully open the cap 1.

u Carefully open the drain plug 3 and drain the oil into the collecting pan.
Note
Remember to change the oil filter every 2000 operating hours.
u Change the oil filter before filling the fresh gear oil. (For more information see:
Changing the transmission oil filter, page 030-115)
u Close the drain plug 3.

u Fill oil in via the filler neck 2 until oil can be seen in the top sight glass 5.
u Engage the articulation lock.
u Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
WARNING
There is a risk of injuries due to the machine pulling away.
u Keep people out of the driver's cab.
u With the engine running, fill oil until it can be seen in the bottom sight glass 4.
u Close the cap 1.
030-114 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q A Liebherr oil filter cartridge is available.
q You have a strap wrench ready.
Note
When the oil filter is changed the gear oil must also be replaced.
u Change the oil filter when you change the oil. (For more information see:
Changing the transmission oil, page 030-113)
Fig. 116: Changing the transmission oil filter
u Release the old filter cartridge 1 with a strap wrench and unscrew it.
u Clean the seals on the filter bracket 2.
u Lightly coat the seal ring on the new oil filter cartridge with gear oil.
u Screw the new oil filter cartridge onto the filter bracket 2 and tighten it by hand.
u Tighten the filter cartridge with the strap wrench (half a revolution).
After filling the gear oil:
u Start the engine.
u Drive the machine for two to three minutes.
u Check the oil level in the transmission. (For more information see: Checking the
transmission oil level, page 030-112)
u Check that the oil filter cartridge does not leak.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030.4.11 Axles and cardan shafts

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The oil level must be checked on both axles.
L576-1169 030-115
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 117: Checking the axle oil levels
u Open the filling plug 1 on the main housing of the front axle.
u Check whether the oil level is at correct level (the lower edge of the filling
plug 1).
If the oil is not within the correct levels:
u Fill axle oil up to the lower edge of the filling plug. (For more information see:
030.2.1 Recommended lubricants, page 030-15)
u Check the axle for oil loss.
If the oil level is at the target level:
u Close the filling plug 1.
u Repeat the procedure on the rear axle.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The oil must be changed on both axles.
q The axles are at operating temperature.
q The specified axle oil is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.1 Recom-
mended lubricants, page 030-15)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-116 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 118: Changing the axle oil

1 Filling plug 3 Right wheel hub drain plug
2 Main housing drain plug 4 Left wheel hub drain plug
Draining the oil
CAUTION
Risk of scalding by hot, pressurised oil.
u Open the plugs carefully.
u Carefully open the filling plug 1 on the central housing of the front axle.
u Carefully open the main housing drain plug 2 and drain the oil into the collecting
pan.
u Carefully open the right wheel hub drain plug 3 and drain the oil into the collect-
ing pan.
u Carefully open the left wheel hub drain plug 4 and drain the oil into the collect-
ing pan.
u Close all drain plugs ( 2, 3 and 4).
Topping up the oil

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Note
The main housing and the wheel hubs have a shared oil system.
u Oil must only be filled via the filling plug on the main housing.
u Fill in the oil carefully so that oil can flow into the wheel hubs.
u Fill oil to the lower edge of the filling plug at the front axle.
u Close the filling plug.
u Check the oil levels after 1 operating hour. (For more information see: Checking
the axle oil levels, page 030-115)
L576-1169 030-117
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
u Check the play of the cardan shafts in the bearings.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The air pressure in the tyres significantly affects the overall operating performance
of the machine.
The tyre pressure depends on the following factors:
– The tyres used
– The purpose the machine is used for
– The attachment installed
For special uses where heavier loads may be expected, a higher tyre pressure is
recommended.
However, the tyre pressure may not be greater than the maximum permitted by
the tyre manufacturer's specifications.
q The correct tyre pressures are available.
The tyre pressures stated refer to cold tyres.
Fig. 119: Checking the tyre pressure
WARNING
Beware of injuries caused by exploding tyres or the sealing ring coming loose
Failure to act as instructed can lead to serious injury.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

u Use a sufficiently long hose with a self-locking adapter for filling the tyres.
u Keep a safe distance from the side of the tyre.
u Check the tyre pressure.

If the tyre pressure is not correct:
u Correct the tyre pressure.
030-118 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-35541;
q A torque wrench with a measuring range of over 750 Nm is available.
Note
Intervals for checking the tightness of the wheels.
u This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service hours
must also be performed every time the wheels are changed.
Fig. 120: Checking the wheel tightness
Designation Value
Spanner size 30 mm
Tightening torque 750 Nm
Tab. 50: Checking the wheel tightness
u Check that all the bolts on the four wheels have been tightened with the re-
quired torque.

Valid for: L576-1169/35542-;
q A torque wrench with a measuring range of over 600 Nm is available.
Note
Intervals for checking the tightness of the wheels.
u This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service hours
must also be performed every time the wheels are changed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 121: Checking the wheel tightness
Designation Rating
Spanner size 32 mm
L576-1169 030-119
Maintenance tasks
Designation Rating
Tightening torque 600 Nm
Tab. 51: Checking the wheel tightness
u Check that all the nuts on the four wheels have been tightened with the required
torque.
030.4.12 Steel components of the basic machine
030.4.12.1 Lubricating the articulated bearing and the rear oscillating bed-
ding
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Lubricating the articulation bearing
Fig. 122: Lubricating the articulation bearing

1 Top articulation bearing 2 Bottom articulation bearing
u Lubricate the articulation bearing lubrication points.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-120 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Lubricating the rear oscillating bedding
Fig. 123: Lubricating the rear oscillating bedding

1 Rear axle oscillating bedding 2 Front axle oscillating bedding
u Lubricate the lubricating points on the rear axle oscillating bedding.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 124: Covering - lubricating locks and hinges

1 Button and locking cylinder 3 Locking mechanism
2 Lock
u Lubricate the button and locking cylinder 1 with Ballistol spray (item code
10025514).
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Lubricate the lock 2 and locking mechanism 3 with Liebherr universal grease
9900.
u Lubricate the hinges of the covering with Ballistol spray (item code 10025514).

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
L576-1169 030-121
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 125: Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges

1 Cover (2 parts) 2 Grease fitting
u Grease two hinges on each side using a grease gun.
030.4.13 Working attachment

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Lubricating the lift arms
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 126: Lubricating the lift arms

a Lower bucket bearing
u Grease all the bearing and lubrication points on the lift arms.
u The lower bucket bearings a should be lubricated daily in accordance with re-
quirements.
030-122 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Lubricating the industrial lift arms
Fig. 127: Lubricating the industrial lift arms

a Lower bucket bearing
u Grease all the bearing and lubrication points on the lift arms.
u The lower bucket bearings a should be lubricated daily in accordance with re-
quirements.
Lubricating the attachment

Note
Lubricate the attachment.
u Ensure that the lubricating points are easy to access. Disconnect the attach-
ment if necessary.
u For detailed information on maintenance for non-Liebherr attachments, see the
manufacturer's instructions.
030.4.13.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing bushings on
the lift arms
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The bucket bearing seal prevents dirt from entering the bearing, thus increasing
the lifetime of the bearing bushings. Sealing lips and dirt guards are wear parts and
must be renewed immediately if damaged.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Checking the bucket bearing seal

L576-1169 030-123
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 128: Checking the bucket bearing seal

1 Bucket bearing plate 4 Dirt guard
2 Bucket arm B Bucket bearing seal
3 Sealing lips
u Clean the bucket bearing seal B using a steam jet.
u Visually check whether the sealing lips 3 touch the sides of the bucket arm 2
and bucket bearing plate 1.
Replace the bucket bearing seal if:
– The bucket bearing seal B is damaged
– The sealing lips 3 do not touch the bucket bearing plate 1
– The sealing lips 3 do not touch the bucket arm 2
Note
To replace the bucket bearing seal:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Checking the bearing bushings for wear

Dirt or insufficient lubrication causes wear on the bearing bushings. Wear is recog-
nisable through increased play between the pin and bearing bushing or through
loud noises. Replace the bearing bushings in good time to prevent damage to the
bucket arms.
030-124 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 129: Checking the bearing bushings for wear

1 Bearing bushing 2 Lower bucket bearing
u Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown above.
u Rapidly tilt the bucket in and out, and check the lower bucket bearings 2 for
noise and play.
Replace the bearing bushings if:
– There is a lot of play with the bucket bearings
– Loud noise occurs
Note
To replace the bearing bushings:

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
There are two ways to connect the attachment to the lift arms:
– Directly
– Using the quick-change device
The stops and their sequence must be as specified. Failure to observe this can sig-
nificantly reduce the service life of the attachment and the lift arms.
Checking the bucket stops without a quick-change device

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 130: Checking the bucket stops without a quick-change device
L576-1169 030-125
Maintenance tasks
u Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown.
u Retract the tilt cylinder until the stops 1 of the bucket touch the bucket arm.
u Turn off the engine and take out the starting key.
u Check the dimension 2 according to the table below.

Dimension 1 mm 0
Dimension 2 mm 1+2/-1
If the dimensions are not correct:

u Co-ordinate corrective action with Liebherr customer service.
Checking the bucket stops with a quick-change device
Fig. 131: Checking the bucket stops with a quick-change device

u Move the lift arms and the quick-change device to the position shown.
u Retract the tilt cylinder until the limit stops stops 2 of the reversing lever and the
cross tube touch.
u Turn off the engine and take out the starting key.
u Check the dimension 1 according to the table below.

Dimension 1 mm 3±3
Dimension 2 mm 0
If the dimensions are not correct:

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Co-ordinate corrective action with Liebherr customer service.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Lubricating the quick-change device

030-126 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
q The working attachment is disconnected for lubricating points near the bucket
coupling, which are difficult to access.
Fig. 132: Lubricating the quick-change device

1 Lubrication nipple
u Lubricate the grease nipple 1.
Testing the quick-change device

q The engine has started.
q The lift arms have been lowered.
q The working attachment is tilted in.
WARNING
u Pay attention to the safety instructions in the operating manual.
u Unlock the quick-change device and lock it again.

w This prevents the locking pins from jamming and preventing the quick-
change device from being released.
u For safety reasons, check that the quick-change device is locked again.
030.4.14 Cab, heating and air conditioning
030.4.14.1 Lubricating the elongated hole on the accelerator pedal and

checking the bearing
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-127
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 133: Lubricating the elongated hole on the accelerator pedal and checking the
bearing
1 Flight pin 3 Linkage
2 Elongated hole 4 Bearing
u Clean the accelerator pedal.
u Clean the bearing 4.
u Clean the flight pin 1 and the elongated hole 2.
u Lubricate the flight pin and the elongated hole.
u Check that the bearing 4 moves easily.
w If the bearing is stiff. Replace the accelerator pedal.
u Check that the bearing is not loose.
If the bearing has too much play, the tolerance range of the angle sensor on the
accelerator pedal is exceeded. This triggers service codes that are saved in the
Analyzer.
If you notice any play:
u Use the Analyzer to check whether it contains any service codes indicating a
fault with the accelerator pedal.
If service codes indicating a fault with the accelerator pedal have been stored.
u Replace the accelerator pedal.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-128 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Cleaning the fresh air filter
Fig. 134: Cleaning the fresh air filter

1 Door 3 Fresh air filter
2 Pre-filter
u Open the door 1.
u Open the brackets for the filters 2, 3.
u Take out the pre-filter 2 and clean it (blow it out or wash it) or replace it if nec-
essary.
u Unscrew the fresh air filter 3 at the bottom on the front lug and clean it (blow it
out).
u Put in the clean filter (making sure it is correctly fitted) and close the brackets.
u Close the door 1.
Cleaning the recirculated air filter
Fig. 135: Cleaning the recirculated air filter

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Screw 2 Recirculated air filter

u Remove the screw 1.
u Open the bracket.
u Take out the recirculated air filter 2 and clean it (blow it out).
u Put in the clean filter.
u Close the holder.
L576-1169 030-129
Maintenance tasks

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Changing the fresh air filter
Fig. 136: Changing the fresh air filter

1 Door 3 Fresh air filter
2 Pre-filter
u Open the door 1.
u Open the brackets for the filters 2, 3.
u Take out the pre-filter 2 and clean it (blow it out or wash it) or replace it if nec-
essary.
u Unscrew the fresh air filter 3 at the bottom on the front lug and dispose of it.
u Insert the new fresh air filter (making sure it is correctly fitted) and close the
holders.
u Close the door 1.
Changing the recirculated air filter
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 137: Changing the recirculated air filter

1 Screw 2 Recirculated air filter
u Remove the screw 1.
u Open the bracket.
u Take out the recirculated air filter 2 and dispose of it.
030-130 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
u Put in a new filter.

u Close the holder.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 138: Checking the condition and function of the safety belt
1 Strap 3 Unlock button
2 Lug 4 Belt lock
u Check the condition and function of the driver’s safety belt.
u Replace damaged parts.
030.4.14.5 Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The reservoir is mounted on the right-hand side of the driver’s cab.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 139: Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir

1 Cap
The filling quantity is approximately 3.5 l.
u Open the cap 1 on the reservoir.
u Top up with standard windscreen washer fluid as necessary.
NOTICE
Ice can damage the windscreen washer system.
Icing up can damage the windscreen washer system and cause it to fail.
u You must protect the windscreen washer system using antifreeze.
L576-1169 030-131
Maintenance tasks
u Use commercially available windscreen antifreeze.

u Top up with an appropriate quantity of antifreeze before the winter starts.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
u Lubricate the door hinges with a grease gun.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 140: Checking the seals on the driver’s cab

1 Seal
u Check the condition of the seals.
u Completely replace any damaged seals.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Testing the air conditioning unit

This test also applies to machines with automatic air conditioning.
Make sure that the following requirement is fulfilled:
q The ambient temperature is at least 20 °C.
Make sure that the following tool is ready:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
q Thermometer
030-132 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
Fig. 141: Ambient temperature / outflow temperature diagram

1 Ambient temperature in °C 2 Outflow temperature in °C
u Start the engine.
u Open cab doors for 1 minute.
w Trapped heat can escape.
u Close the cab doors.
u Switch on the air conditioning unit and set to maximum cooling.
u Set fan to level 2.
u Allow machine to run for 5 minutes at medium speed.
w Air conditioning compressor is activated and coolant is circulated.
u Measure the ambient temperature in the driver's cab and enter the value in the
diagram.
u Measure the outflow temperature at the right driver-level nozzle and enter the
value in the diagram.
u Check the intersection of the measured values in the diagram.
w The value should be within the specified range.
If the value is not within the specified range:
u Check the fresh and recirculated air filters for contamination and replace if nec-
essary.
u If a dryer with indicator beads is installed: Check the indicator beads on the dry-
er
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Check the air conditioning condenser for contamination, leaks and damage.
u Check the condenser fan.
u Check the dryer for damage and leaks.
u Check the air conditioning compressor and compressor coupling.
If the value is still not correct:
u Troubleshoot the entire air conditioning unit
Testing the heater

Make sure that the following tool is ready:
q Thermometer
L576-1169 030-133
Maintenance tasks
u Start the engine.

u Warm up the machine until the coolant temperature is at least 80 °C.
u Switch off the air conditioning unit.
u Set the fan to level 2.
u Set the temperature control to minimum.
u Run the engine for 1 minute at medium speed.
u Measure the outlet temperature at the right driver-level nozzle.
w The outlet temperature should be roughly (±2 °C) the same as the outside
temperature.
u Set the temperature control to maximum.
u Run the engine for 1 minute at medium speed.
w The outlet temperature increases.
u Measure the outlet temperature at the right driver-level nozzle.
w Measured outlet temperature: At least 60 °C
030.4.15 Lubrication system
030.4.15.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir level

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 142: Checking the filling level of the grease reservoir

1 Central lubrication system button 4 Grease fitting
2 LEDs 5 Filling coupling (fast filling)
3 Grease reservoir 6 Fast filling pump
u Check the level in the grease reservoir 3 by sight.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
w Stay within the minimum and maximum lubricant levels.

w It the amount of grease in the grease reservoir is too low, all the LEDs 2 on
the central lubrication system button 1 light up.
NOTICE
Risk of damage when filling the system.
u Pay attention to cleanliness when filling the grease reservoir.
u Stay within the minimum and maximum lubricant levels.
030-134 L576-1169
Maintenance tasks
To fill the grease reservoir:

u Fill the grease reservoir via the grease nipple 4.
or
For rapid filling with the fast filling pump 6, fill at the filling coupling 5.
030.4.15.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of the lubrica-
tion system
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
u Visually examine the hose lines for defects.
If there are defects:
u Find the cause and rectify it.
030.4.15.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate at the bear-

ing points (grease collars) of the lubrication system
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
u Visually examine whether metered quantities are adequate at the bearing
points.
If the lubrication at the bearing points is insufficient:
u Shorten the lubrication interval or increase the intensity of the central lubrication
system.
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the machine.
If one or more bearing points are not sufficiently lubricated:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-135
Testing and adjustment checklist
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Machine: Serial no.: Service hours: Date: Tested by:
L576-1169
Customer:
Location:
Tab. 52: Customer data and machine data
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Testing / adjustment Figure
Overall machine
Testing and adjustment tasks: Preparato-
ry tasks
Preparing for testing and adjusting ○ ○
Hydraulic system: Operating temperature
Bring the hydraulic oil up to operating tem-

○ ○ °C 58±5
perature
Drive group
Pedals: Calibration
Calibrate the accelerator pedal ○ ○
Calibrate the inching function ○ ○
Engine: Speed
Lower idling speed ○ ○ rpm 760±10
Upper idling speed ○ ○ rpm 1875±10
Cooling system
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fan gear motor: Proportional pressure re-

lief valve
Pressure at upper idling speed (hydraulic oil
○ ○ bar 150±10 PK
temperature sensor disconnected)
Pressure at upper idling speed (proportional
◊ ◊ bar 220±10 1 PK
solenoid de-energised)
Travel hydraulics
Travel pump: Replenishing pressure relief
valve
Replenishing pressure at upper idling speed ○ ○ bar 34±1 4 G
030-136 L576-1169
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
= Travel pump: High pressure relief valves
Forward travel direction: High pressure at

○ bar 470±10 3 MB
maximum engine speed A)
Reverse travel direction: High pressure at
○ bar 470±10 5 MA
maximum engine speed A)
= Travel pump: Pressure cut-off
High pressure at maximum engine speed ○ ○ bar 430±5 2 MB
Engine droop at upper idling speed with ac-

○ ○ rpm <30
tive pressure cut-off valve
= Travel pump: High pressure sensor
Deviation at high pressure of 300 bar ○ ○ bar <5

MB
Travel pump: Block curve calibration
Perform automatic calibration ○ ○
Travel motors: Automatic calibration
Perform automatic calibration ○ ○

6/7
Supply hydro accumulator: Nitrogen fill-
ing (up to serial no. 27526)
Filling pressure ○ ○ bar 12±1 8 8
Engine: Power
High pressure of travel pump at 13 km/h ◊ bar 350±10
Engine speed at 13 km/h ◊ rpm 1780±40
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump: Flow regulator
(standby pressure)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
High pressure at lower idling speed ◊ bar 25+2 9 P
Working hydraulics pump: Flow regulator

(differential pressure)
Differential pressure ΔP when lifting ◊ bar 22±2 9 P/LS
Working hydraulics pump: Power regula-

tor
Start of regulation ◊ bar 180±10 10 P/M1
L576-1169 030-137
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Z kinematics control valve block: Secon-

dary pressure relief valves
Opening pressure for tilting out B) ○ bar 400±5 13 P
Opening pressure for tilting in B) ○ bar 400±5 14 P
Opening pressure for lifting B) ○ bar 420±5 15 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function A3 (option-

○ bar 250±5 16 P
al)
Opening pressure for 3rd function B3 (option-
○ bar 250±5 17 P
al)
Opening pressure for 4th function A4 (option-
○ bar 250±5 18 P
al)
Opening pressure for 4th function B4 (option-
○ bar 250±5 19 P
al)
Industrial lift arms control valve block:
Secondary pressure relief valves
Opening pressure for tilting out ○ bar 220±5 13 P
Opening pressure for tilting in B) ○ bar 420±5 14 P
Opening pressure for lifting B) ○ bar 420±5 15 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function A3 (option-

○ bar 250±5 16 P
al)
Opening pressure for 3rd function B3 (option-
○ bar 250±5 17 P
al)
Opening pressure for 4th function A4 (option-
○ bar 250±5 18 P
al)
Opening pressure for 4th function B4 (option-
○ bar 250±5 19 P
al)
Z kinematics control valve block: Primary
pressure relief valve
Opening pressure C) ○ bar 390±5 12 P
Industrial lift arms control valve block:

Primary pressure relief valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Opening pressure C) ○ bar 390±5 12 P
Z kinematics control valve block: LS pres-

sure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ○ bar 350±5 11 P
030-138 L576-1169
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Industrial lift arms control valve block: LS

pressure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ○ bar 380±5 11 P
Stabilisation module: Cut-off function
Cut-out pressure when charging ○ bar 120±10 MX
Ride control hydro accumulator: Nitrogen

filling
Filling pressure ○ ○ bar 25±2 20 20
Steering system
Steering pump: LS pressure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ○ bar 210±5 21 PL
Steering pump: Flow regulator (standby

pressure)
High pressure at lower idling speed ◊ bar 25+2 22 PL
Steering pump: Flow regulator (differen-

tial pressure)
Differential pressure ΔP when steering ◊ bar 22±2 22 PL/X
Brake system
Compact brake valve: Hydro accumulator
charging function
Cut-in pressure ○ ○ bar 180±10 23 M3
Cut-out pressure ○ ○ bar 210±10 23 M3
Service brake: Brake pressure
Front axle brake pressure ○ ○ bar 95±5 24 M4
Rear axle brake pressure ○ ○ bar 95±5 24 M5

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Service brake hydro accumulator: Capaci-

ty
Residual pressure in front axle hydro accu-
○ ○ bar >50 M4
mulators after braking 9 times
Residual pressure in rear axle hydro accu-
○ ○ bar >50 M5
mulators after braking 9 times
Accumulator charge pressure switch:
Switching pressure
Switching pressure ○ ○ bar 120±5

M3
L576-1169 030-139
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Transmission
Control valve block: Switching pressure
Switching pressure ○ bar 20±3 PG
Transmission hydro accumulator: Nitro-

gen filling
Filling pressure ○ bar 12±2 25 25
Remarks:
Tab. 53: Testing and adjustment checklist
A) Note: Screw in the pressure cut-off of the travel pump by one turn before testing. Follow the instructions.
B) Note: Screw in the LS pressure cut-off valve and the primary pressure relief valve of the working hydraulics by
one turn before testing. Follow the instructions.
C) Note: Screw in the LS pressure cut-off valve of the working hydraulics by one turn before testing. Follow the in-
structions.
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
○ Always carry out Link to the instructions
◊ Only if necessary Sculi diagnostic software is required
Entry field Read the values from the display
Checkbox ⇒ Machine in blocked condition
Tab. 54: Key

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-140 L576-1169
Testing and adjustment tasks
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks
All work must be carried out by specialist technicians or under their supervision
and responsibility.
Specialists technicians are people who:
– Have the requisite training and experience in operating and servicing earthmov-
ing machinery
– Are familiar with the statutory accident prevention regulations and national
guidelines
– Are able to judge whether earthmoving machinery is safe to operate
– Can carry out the required work without endangering themselves or others

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 143: Safety precautions
Make sure you are wearing safe working clothing.

Certain jobs not only require a hard hat and safety boots, but also goggles and
safety gloves.
The relevant safety regulations must be observed whenever maintenance, in-
spection or repair work is carried out. Local health and safety regulations, accident
prevention regulations and national laws must be observed.
(For more information see: 010.1.11 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance,
page 010-8)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 144: Visual contact
Make sure that visual contact between the operator in the cab and maintenance
personnel is always maintained.
WARNING
Beware of accidents during maintenance
The presence of unauthorised persons on the machine can place the maintenance
personnel in extreme danger.
u Never enter a dangerous area of the machine without making your presence
known.
L576-1169 030-141
Fig. 145: Wheel wedges
u Use wheel wedges to prevent the machine from accidentally rolling away.
030.6.2 Overall machine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q The machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustment.
q The machine is at operating temperature.
q You have the specific adjustment data for the machine.
q You have seals and sealing caps ready.
q The laptop is connected and the Sculi diagnostic software is running.
q You have the necessary special tools.
Maintenance position for testing and adjustment
Fig. 146: Maintenance position for testing and adjustment
To move the machine into the maintenance position for testing and adjustment,
proceed as follows:
u Fully retract the tilt cylinder.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Set the bucket down on the ground on its teeth or cutting edge.
u Ensure that another person cannot start operating the machine.
030-142 L576-1169
Special tools
Special tools
Number Description Item code
1 USB dongle for Sculi 10489591
1 Diagnostic data lead 1.5 m (Ethernet) for Sculi 10225579
1 Diagnostic data lead 3.0 m (Ethernet) for Sculi 10513200
1 Pressure gauge, 0-40 bar, class 1.0 7361288
2 Test lines, 4000 mm 7009134
2 Test lines, 1500 mm 7002475
1 Differential pressure testing set 11000678
1 Hydro accumulator testing and filling device 8460226
Tab. 55: Special tools

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
During testing and adjustment, the machine must be at an operating temperature
of 58±5 °C. The temperature is measured by the hydraulic oil temperature sensor
and can be seen in Sculi.
Fig. 147: Hydraulic oil cooler (red marking)
u Place a piece of cardboard or similar in front of the hydraulic oil cooler.

w The cooling capacity is reduced. This allows the operating temperature to be
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
attained faster.
u Start the engine.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Test cooling system
folder.
u With the variable MDmaFanHydTemp check the hydraulic oil temperature dur-
ing the adjustment.
Bring the machine up to operating temperature as follows:
When working on the hydraulic system, the hydraulic oil temperature must be with-
in the prescribed range (58±5 °C).
u Let the engine run at about 1600 rpm.
L576-1169 030-143
u Activate the tilt-in function as far as it will go and hold the control lever in this
position.
u At the same time, lower the lift arms and hold the control lever in the float posi-
tion.
u Operate the travel hydraulics in 1st fixed gear.
u Bring the machine up to operating temperature until the hydraulic oil tempera-
ture is 58±5 °C.
u Remove the cardboard from the hydraulic oil cooler after completing the adjust-
ment.
030.6.3 Drive group

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The pedals can only be calibrated using the Sculi software. During calibration, the
MIN and MAX positions of the accelerator pedal and inching-brake pedal are stor-
ed in the central control unit.
Make sure that the machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjust-
ments.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Calibration - pedals
folder.
u Adjust the value of MXmaThrottleAdj to 1 .
u Press the accelerator pedal all the way down and then release it.
The MIN and MAX positions of the accelerator pedal are stored. After 10 seconds,
the value automatically returns to 0 and calibration is finished.
u Check whether for MDdrThrThrottle 0% is reached when the accelerator pedal
is not depressed and 100% is reached when it is fully depressed.
u Adjust the value of MXmaInchAdj to 1 .
u Press the inching-brake pedal all the way down and then release it.
The MIN and MAX positions of the inching pedal are stored. After 10 s, the value
automatically returns to 0 and calibration is finished.
u Check that the MDdrHmoInchFakt variable is at 100% when the inching-brake
pedal is not pressed and at 0% when the inching brake pedal is pressed all the
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
way down.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The engine speed cannot be mechanically adjusted; it is determined directly by the
engine control unit.
u Start the engine.
u Check the upper and lower engine speeds.
030-144 L576-1169

Lower idling speed rpm 760±10
Upper idling speed rpm 1875±10

u Calibrate the accelerator pedal using the Sculi diagnostic software.
u Recheck the upper and lower engine speeds.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
This description applies from version 1.461 of the Sculi diagnostic software on-
wards. If an older version is used, the diagnostic software must be updated before
uploading the service files.
Service files are data that is required for diagnosing engine problems and for han-
dling warranty claims.
The service file of the Liebherr diesel engine is saved in PDF and Excel format.
The file name must not be changed.
After replacing an engine component, the engine service file must be sent to the
following e-mail address:
lbh.maschinenfeedback@liebherr.com
Only the serial number of the machine must be included in the subject line of the e-
mail.
u Connect the Sculi diagnostics software with the engine.
u Select “Tools”.
u Select “Statistics”.
u Select “Data log”.

w The service file of the Liebherr diesel engine is created in PDF and Excel
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
format.
w A window for saving the files opens.
Note
The name of the service file contains information that is important for automatic
processing of the data.
u Do not change the file name.
u Select a filing location.

u Select “Save”.
L576-1169 030-145
w A window for entering the customer name opens.
Fig. 151
u Enter the customer name 1.

u Click OK 2 to confirm.
w The service files are saved at the selected memory location.
030.6.3.4 Diesel particulate filter: Performing service regeneration.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
A service regeneration is necessary when one of the following conditions is true:
– The diesel particulate filter reaches load condition 5.
– The machine has been out of operation for longer than 12 months.
q The machine is in a non-fire hazard environment.
q The disable regeneration button on the display has not been activated.
NOTICE
Combustible deposits on the exhaust system!
Fire.
u Clean the machine.
u Do not leave the machine during service regeneration.
NOTICE
Do not open the engine hood during service regeneration.
Risk of damage to the machine.
u Valid for machines L550 - L556: Close the engine hood before starting service
regeneration.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
On L550 - L556 machines, hot exhaust gas cannot escape through the exhaust
pipe when the engine hood is open. The engine hood and the wiring may be dam-
aged.
Note
During service regeneration, only turn off the engine in an emergency!
u Start the Sculi diagnostic software and connect to the engine.

u Start the engine.
030-146 L576-1169
Fig. 152: Tools button
u Select the Tools button on the left of the screen.

w This opens the Tools view.
Fig. 153: DPF button
u Select the DPF button at the bottom of the screen.

w This opens the Tools - DPF view.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 154: Performing a service regeneration on the diesel particulate filter

1 Metering unit 7 DOC outlet temperature indicator
2 Fuel injection quantity indicator in 8 Particle load in g/l
g/min
L576-1169 030-147
3 Engine speed indicator 9 Ash load in g/l

4 Service regeneration button 10 DPF outlet temperature indicator
5 Coolant temperature indicator 11 Current status indicator for service
regeneration
6 DOC intake temperature indicator 12 Timer
The service regeneration is started with the Service regeneration button 4.
u Select the Service regeneration button 4.
w The indicator 11 displays the current operating status.
w The engine speed 3 is increased.
w The coolant temperature 5 is increased to around 60 °C.
w The temperature at the DOC inlet 6 is increased to 300 °C.
w As soon as the temperature at the DOC inlet reaches around 300 °C, the
metering unit 1 starts injecting fuel.
w When the temperature at the DOC output 7 reaches approximately 450 °C,
regeneration starts. The timer 12 starts counting down from 45 minutes.
w The indicator 11 shows whether the service regeneration was successful.
w The service regeneration is finished.
If the procedure is not completed properly or a service code appears:
u Perform troubleshooting with Sculi.
030.6.4 Cooling system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 155: Fan gear motor proportional pressure relief valve

1 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor PK Cooling system high pressure test
connection
2 Proportional pressure relief valve
030-148 L576-1169
Testing the proportional pressure relief valve and adjusting the

rated current
CAUTION
Hot components can cause injury.
u Keep a safe distance from the engine and exhaust system.
u Unplug the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.

u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the high pressure test connection PK on
the fan gear pump.
u Start the engine.
u Increase the engine speed to the upper idling speed.
u Check that the high pressure PK is correct.

High pressure PK bar 150±10

u Turn off the engine and take out the ignition key.
u Plug in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PK.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Check cooling system
folder.
u Change value of the CDfanINenn variable.
Note
In order to approach the required value, the value of the CDfanINenn variable can
be changed gradually at the upper idling speed.
u Click the variable and press the space bar (the line is coloured pink).
u Cursor up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 1
u Cursor left/right: Last digit of the value +/- 5
u Page up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 10
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Check and repeat the adjustment until the value is correct.

If the required value is not achieved by changing the CDfanINenn variable:
u Plug in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.
u Check the mechanical adjustment of the proportional pressure relief valve.
Mechanical adjustment of the proportional pressure relief valve

The proportional pressure relief valve only has to be mechanically adjusted if the
required value is not achieved by changing the CDfanINenn variable.
u Start the engine.
L576-1169 030-149

u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Check cooling system
folder.
u Set the variable QWmgFanOut to 0 mA.
w The proportional solenoid is not energised.
Note
The QWmgFanOut variable is automatically reset to its original value when the ig-
nition is switched OFF/ON.
u If necessary, reset the value to 0 mA when repeating the test.
u Increase the engine speed to the upper idling speed.

u Check that the high pressure PK is correct.

High pressure PK bar 220±10

u Turn the adjusting screw on the proportional pressure relief valve 2.
Note
To adjust the proportional pressure relief valve:
u Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the high pressure.
u Turn the adjusting screw anticlockwise to reduce the high pressure.

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PK.
030.6.5 Working hydraulics
030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby pressure)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The standby pressure only needs to be checked and adjusted if the working hy-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
draulics pump or material parts of the working hydraulics pump have been re-
placed or the output of the working hydraulics is insufficient.
The differential pressure must be set for the flow regulator to be set precisely. (For
more information see: Working hydraulics pump, flow regulator (differential pres-
sure), page 030-152)
030-150 L576-1169
Fig. 156: Working hydraulics pump flow regulator
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the high pressure test connection P on
the working hydraulics pump.
NOTICE
The high pressure of the working hydraulics pump can irreparably damage the
pressure gauge.
u Do not operate the working hydraulics.
u Start the engine.

u Allow the engine to run at low idling speed.
w The standby pressure can be checked at the high pressure test connec-
tion P.
u Check that the standby pressure P is correct.

Standby pressure P bar 25±2

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the flow regulator 1.
Note
To adjust the flow regulator:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the standby pressure.

u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the standby pressure.

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection P.
L576-1169 030-151
030.6.5.2 Working hydraulics pump, flow regulator (differential pressure)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The differential pressure only needs to be checked and adjusted if the working hy-
draulics pump, or material parts of the working hydraulics pump, has been re-
placed or the output of the working hydraulics is insufficient.
q A differential pressure gauge (600 bar) with two pressure sensors is available.
Fig. 157: Working hydraulics pump, flow regulator (differential pressure)
u Connect a differential pressure gauge to the high pressure test connection P on

the control valve block.
u Connect the differential pressure gauge to the load sensing pressure test con-
nection LS on the control valve block.
u Start the engine.
u Slowly raise the lift arms at lower idling speed.
u Check whether the differential pressure ΔP between high pressure P and load
sensing pressure LS is correct.

Differential pressure ΔP bar 22±2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Note
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the differential pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the differential pressure.
030-152 L576-1169

u Disconnect the differential pressure gauge from the high pressure test connec-
tion P.
nection LS.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The power regulator only needs to be checked and adjusted if the working hydraul-
ics pump, or material parts of the working hydraulics pump, has been replaced or
the output of the working hydraulics is insufficient.
The test is to check the pressure at which the working hydraulics pump starts regu-
lating.
q Machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustments.
Fig. 158: Working hydraulics pump, power regulator
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the return pressure test connection M1
on the working hydraulics pump.
the working hydraulics pump.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Start the engine.

u Raise the lift arms slightly and tilt the bucket all the way out.
u Operate the lifting function of the lift arms fully. Start the engine and let it run at
the lower idling speed.
u Check the high pressure P level at which the return pressure M1 starts increas-
ing (working hydraulics pump starts regulating).

High pressure P bar 180±10
L576-1169 030-153
If the required value is not reached:

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the power regulator 1.
Note
To adjust the power regulator:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the high pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the high pressure.
u Repeat the procedure and adjustment until the required value is attained.
If the required value is reached:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the return pressure test connection M1.
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure relief

valves
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
To check the secondary pressure relief valves, the primary pressure relief
valve and the LS pressure cut-off valve must be set to a higher value. (For
more information see: Preparatory tasks, page 030-155)
Fig. 159: Z kinematics control valve block, standard versions / with 3rd functions
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
(optional) and 4th function (optional)

1 LS pressure cut-off valve 6 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function A3 (optional)
2 Primary pressure relief valve 7 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function B3 (optional)
3 Secondary pressure relief valve 8 Secondary pressure relief valve
for tilting out for 4th function A4 (optional)
for tilting in for 4th function B4 (optional)
5 Secondary pressure relief valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
for raising lift arms test connection
030-154 L576-1169
Preparatory tasks
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the primary pressure relief valve is above the open-
ing pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off valve 1 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the LS pressure cut-off valve is above the opening
pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
Testing and adjusting

u Start the engine.
NOTICE
There is no secondary pressure relief valve for the lowering function.
Activating the lowering function can irreparably damage the working hydraulics
pump.
u Do not activate the lowering function as far as it will go.
u At lower idling speed, activate in succession the lifting, tilting out and tilting in
functions, as well as the optional additional functions, as far as they will go and
then operate fully.
u While doing so, check whether the high pressure P is correct.

High pressure P during tilting out 3 bar 400±5
High pressure P during tilting in 4 bar 400±5
High pressure P during lifting 5 bar 420±5
High pressure P during 3rd function A3 6 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
High pressure P during 3rd function B3 7 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
High pressure P during 4th function A4 8 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
High pressure P during 4th function B4 9 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
If a required value is not reached:

u Turn the adjusting screw of the corresponding secondary pressure relief valve.
L576-1169 030-155
Note
To adjust the secondary pressure relief valves:
After completing testing and adjustment

When all the values are correct:
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off valve 1 by one turn.
u Check and adjust the primary pressure relief valve. (For more information see:
Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve, page 030-158)
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: Z
kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve, page 030-161)
030.6.5.5 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pressure relief
valves
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
To check the secondary pressure relief valves, the primary pressure relief
valve and the LS pressure cut-off valve must be set to a higher value. (For
more information see: Preparatory tasks, page 030-157)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 160: Industrial lift arms control valve block, standard versions / with 3rd func-
tion (optional) and 4th function (optional)
1 LS pressure cut-off valve 6 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function A3 (optional)
2 Primary pressure relief valve 7 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function B3 (optional)
for tilting out for 4th function A4 (optional)
030-156 L576-1169

for tilting in for 4th function B4 (optional)
5 Secondary pressure relief valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
for raising lift arms test connection
Preparatory tasks
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the primary pressure relief valve is above the open-
ing pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.

u Start the engine.
NOTICE
There is no secondary pressure relief valve for the lowering function.
Activating the lowering function can irreparably damage the working hydraulics
pump.
u Do not activate the lowering function as far as it will go.
u At lower idling speed, activate in succession the lifting, tilting out and tilting in
functions, as well as the optional additional functions, as far as they will go and
then operate fully.

High pressure P during tilting out 3 bar 220±5
High pressure P during tilting in 4 bar 420±5
High pressure P during lifting 5 bar 420±5
High pressure P during 3rd function A3 6 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
High pressure P during 3rd function B3 7 (op- bar 250±5
tional)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
High pressure P during 4th function A4 8 (op- bar 250±5

tional)
High pressure P during 4th function B4 9 (op- bar 250±5
tional)

u Turn the adjusting screw of the corresponding secondary pressure relief valve.
L576-1169 030-157
Note
To adjust the secondary pressure relief valves:

u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
u Check and adjust the primary pressure relief valve. (For more information see:
Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve, page 030-159)
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: In-
dustrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve, page 030-162)
030.6.5.6 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
To check the primary pressure relief valve, the LS pressure cut-off valve
must be set to a higher value. (For more information see: Preparatory tasks,
page 030-158)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 161: Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve
1 LS pressure cut-off valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
test connection
2 Primary pressure relief valve
Preparatory tasks
pressure of the primary pressure relief valve.
030-158 L576-1169

u Starting the engine
u Raise the lift arms as far as they will go.
u Fully actuate the lifting function at lower idling speed.


u Turn the adjusting screw of the primary pressure relief valve 2.
Note
To adjust the primary pressure relief valve:

u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: Z
kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve, page 030-161)
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
To check the primary pressure relief valve, the LS pressure cut-off valve
must be set to a higher value. (For more information see: Preparatory tasks,
page 030-160)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169 030-159
Fig. 162: Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve
1 LS pressure cut-off valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
test connection
Preparatory tasks
pressure of the primary pressure relief valve.

u Starting the engine


u Turn the adjusting screw of the primary pressure relief valve 2.
Note
To adjust the primary pressure relief valve:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en


030-160 L576-1169
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: In-
dustrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve, page 030-162)
030.6.5.8 Z kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 163: Z kinematics control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve
u Start the engine.


u Adjust the LS pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw.
Note
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
To adjust the LS pressure cut-off:


L576-1169 030-161
030.6.5.9 Industrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 164: Industrial lift arms control valve block LS pressure cut-off valve
u Start the engine.


Note
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en


Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
ments.
030-162 L576-1169
Fig. 165: Stabilisation module cut-off function
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the hydro accumulator load pressure
test connection MX on the stabilisation module.
u Start the engine.
u Make sure that ride control is switched off.
w The pressure shown on the pressure gauge MX increases until it reaches
the hydro accumulator load pressure and then drops again.
u Check that the highest value shown corresponds to the hydro accumulator load
pressure.

Hydro accumulator charge pressure bar 120±10

u Check the stabilisation module for damage.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the hydro accumulator load pressure test
connection MX.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

q A testing and filling device for hydro accumulators with a nitrogen cylinder and
pressure reducer is available.
Preparatory tasks
Depressurise the ride control hydraulics.
L576-1169 030-163
Fig. 166: Depressurising the ride control hydro accumulator
WARNING
Beware of injury from lift arms lowering.
u Make sure that the full weight of the lift arms rests on the ground.
u Connect the test line to the brake pressure test connection M4 on the front axle.
u Use the test line to connect the front axle brake pressure test connection M4 to
the hydro accumulator charge pressure test connection MX on the stabilisation
module.
u Wait 10 minutes.
w The hydraulic pressure in the hydro accumulators is relieved into the tank via
the compact brake valve.
u Disconnect the test line from test connection M4 and drain the remaining fluid
into the collecting pan.
Note
The hydro accumulators must not be under pressure during testing.
u Leave the test line connected to the test connection MX during testing.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 167: Nitrogen filling of ride control hydro accumulator

1 Ride control hydro accumulator 8 Pressure control valve
030-164 L576-1169
2 Hydro accumulator plug 9 Pressure reducer outlet valve

3 Nitrogen cylinder 10 Testing and filling device
4 Cylinder valve 11 Hydro accumulator filling pressure
gauge
5 Pressure reducer 12 Handwheel
6 Cylinder pressure gauge 13 Drain valve
7 Outlet pressure gauge
Carry out the procedure on all three hydro accumulators in succession.
u Unscrew the protective cap on the hydro accumulator 1.
Note
The hydro accumulators 1 do not have an integrated check valve.
u Only loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 before attaching the testing and filling
device.
u Only screw on the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel of the testing
and filling device.
u Loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 (spanner size 6 mm).

u Screw the testing and filling device 10 on to the hydro accumulator.
w The hydro accumulator plug 2 can be opened with the handwheel 12.
u Open the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
u Check that the hydro accumulator filling pressure 11 is correct.

Filling pressure at a hydro accumulator tem- bar 23±2
perature of 0 °C
perature of 10 °C
perature of 20 °C
perature of 30 °C
If the filling pressure is too low:

u Open the valve 4 on the nitrogen cylinder 3.
u Adjust the pressure control valve 8 on the pressure reducer 5 until the outlet
pressure gauge 7 shows the required pressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Open the pressure reducer outlet valve 9.

u Wait 2 minutes.
u Close the pressure reducer outlet valve 9.
If the filling pressure is too high:
u Release nitrogen through the drain valve 13 of the hydro accumulator 1 until the
filling pressure is correct.

u Close the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
L576-1169 030-165
u Take off the testing and filling device 10.

u Tighten the hydro accumulator plug 2 to a torque of 20 Nm.
u Check the tightness of the hydro accumulator plug 2 with a leak spray.
u Screw the protective cap onto the hydro accumulator 1.
u Disconnect the test line from the test connection MX.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Check that the leakage from the spools in the control valve block is in the tolerance
range.
Test for leaks when one of the following problems occurs:
– The lift arms come down too quickly when the bucket is loaded and the working
hydraulics are not actuated. Check the lift cylinder spool valve.
– The loaded bucket tilts out when the working hydraulics are not actuated: Check
the tilt cylinder spool valve.
– When the bucket is tilted in it starts to wobble when the machine is travelling:
Check the tilt cylinder spool valve.
Make sure the hydraulic oil and control valve block are at the correct temperature
for testing. (For more information see: Bringing the machine up to operating tem-
perature, page 030-143)
Note
The control valve must be fully warmed up to test temperature before testing.
To bring the control valve block to the test temperature:
u Bring the hydraulic oil to test temperature and then continue warming up the
machine for at least another 10 minutes.
Hydraulic oil Viscosity Hydraulic oil test

temperature °C
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68 ISO VG 68 53
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100 ISO VG 100 62
Liebherr Hydraulic HVI ISO VG 46 44
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus ISO VG 46 44

Engine oil SAE 20 W 20 53
Tab. 56: Test temperature for hydraulic oils

q The hydraulic oil is at test temperature.
q The control valve block is at test temperature.
q Material is available for loading the bucket.
030-166 L576-1169
Fig. 168: Control valve block
u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the load sensing test connection LS on
u Start the engine and load the bucket.
u At lower idling speed, slowly raise the lift arms until the pressure shown on the
pressure gauge LS is between 105 and 110 bar.
Note
If the pressure is not reached:
u Pressure too low: Load the bucket more.
u Pressure too high: Load the bucket less.
Fig. 169: Marking the position of the lift cylinder

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u On the piston rod of a lift cylinder, mark the distance X = 50 mm to the piston
rod bearing.
u Wait 10 minutes.
u Measure the distance X between the piston rod bearing and the mark.

The distance X must be at least mm 25
If the distance X is less than the minimum:

u Check the secondary pressure relief valves for leaks (check visually, inter-
changing if necessary).
L576-1169 030-167
u Contact the technical customer service department.

If the distance X is more than the minimum:
u The leakage is within the tolerance range. Disconnect the pressure gauge from
the load sensing pressure test connection LS.
u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the load sensing test connection LS on
u Start the engine and load the bucket.
u Move the lift arms into the transport position.
u Tilt the bucket out a little.
u At lower idling speed, slowly tilt in the bucket until the pressure shown on the
pressure gauge LS is between 105 bar and 110 bar.
Note
If the pressure is not reached:
u Pressure too low: Load the bucket more.
u Pressure too high: Load the bucket less.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 171: Marking the position of the tilt cylinder
u On the piston rod of the tilt cylinder, mark the distance X = 50 mm to the piston
rod bearing.
u Wait 10 minutes.
030-168 L576-1169
u Measure the distance X between the piston rod bearing and the mark.

The distance X must be at least mm 35
If the distance X is less than the minimum:

u Check the secondary pressure relief valves for leaks (check visually, inter-
changing if necessary).
If the distance X is more than the minimum:
u The leakage is within the tolerance range. Disconnect the pressure gauge from
the load sensing pressure test connection LS.
030.6.6 Travel hydraulics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 172: Travel pump replenishing pressure relief valve

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the replenishing pressure test connec-
tion G on the travel pump.
u Start the engine.
u Increase the engine speed to the upper idle speed.
u Check that the replenishing pressure G is correct.

Replenishing pressure G bar 34±1
L576-1169 030-169

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the replenishing pressure relief valve 1.
Note
To adjust the replenishing pressure relief valve:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the replenishing pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the replenishing pressure.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the replenishing pressure test connec-
tion G.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
To check the high pressure relief valves, the pressure cut-off must be set to a
higher value.
q Tractive force reduction is switched off.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 173: Travel pump high pressure relief valves

1 Pressure cut-off valve MA Reverse travel direction high pres-
sure test connection
2 Forward high pressure relief valve MB Forward travel direction high pres-
3 Reverse high pressure relief valve
030-170 L576-1169
Preparation
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the high pressure for forwards test con-
nection MB on the travel pump.
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the high pressure for reverse test con-
nection MA on the travel pump.
u Screw in the adjusting screw of the pressure cut-off 1 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the pressure cut-off is above the opening pressure
of the high pressure relief valves.

u Start the engine.
u In the variables editor, select the Block curve calibration folder.
u Set the MXdrPmpBlockMan variable to 1.
w The machine is in the blocked condition.
Note
The MXdrPmpBlockMan variable is automatically reset to 0 when the ignition is
switched OFF/ON.
u If necessary, reset the variable to 1 when repeating the test.
WARNING
Beware of accidents caused by the machine pulling away unintentionally.
u Do not let people near the machine.
u Be ready to brake when increasing the engine speed.
NOTICE
A rapid increase in temperature can damage the travel pump.
u Stop the testing for a brief period.
u Select forward or reverse travel direction and increase the engine speed to the
maximum.
u Check that the high pressure is correct.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
High pressure MB for forward travel direc- bar 470±10

tion 3
High pressure MA for reverse travel direc- bar 470±10
tion 2

u Turn the adjusting screw of the corresponding high pressure relief valve.
L576-1169 030-171
Note
To adjust the high pressure relief valves:

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the reverse travel direction high pressure
test connection MA.
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the pressure cut-off valve 1 by one turn.
u Check the pressure cut-off valve of the travel pump (For more information see:
Travel pump pressure cut-off, page 030-172)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q Tractive force reduction is switched off.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 174: Travel pump pressure cut-off
u Start the engine.
030-172 L576-1169
Note
switched OFF/ON.
WARNING
u Select forward travel direction and increase the engine speed to the maximum
engine speed.
u Check that the high pressure MB is correct.

High pressure MB bar 430±5

u Adjust the pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw.
Note
To adjust the pressure cut-off:

u Repeat the check.
u Check that the engine droop is correct.

Maximum engine droop rpm 30
Note
If the engine droop is too high, this indicates that there is a fault in the travel hy-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
draulics (e.g. a high degree of leakage in the closed circuit or a malfunction of the
pressure cut-off).
u Check the travel hydraulics for damage.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure for forwards test connec-
tion MB.
L576-1169 030-173

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 175: Travel pump, high pressure sensor
u Start the engine.
Note
switched OFF/ON.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
WARNING
u Select the forward travel direction and increase the engine speed until the high
pressure gauge MB displays 300 bar.
The MDdrPmPressHV variable displays the value measured by the high-pressure
sensor 1.
030-174 L576-1169
u Check the extent to which the value of the MDdrPmPressHV variable deviates
from the value displayed by the high pressure gauge MB.

Maximum deviation at high pressure MB of bar 5
300 bar
If the deviation is too great:

u Replace the high-pressure sensor 1
u Repeat the test.
If the deviation is within the permitted range:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection MB.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Perform automatic calibration

ments.
u Start the engine.
u Set the MXdrPmpAlignAuto variable to 1.
w Automatic calibration starts. The central control unit automatically regulates
the engine speed and the current to the control pressure proportional valve.
w Once automatic calibration is complete, the MXdrPmpAlignAuto variable is
reset to 0.
If automatic calibration was not successfully completed:
u Check the high pressure sensor. (For more information see: Travel pump, high
pressure sensor, page 030-174)
u Perform manual calibration.
If automatic calibration was successfully completed:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Performing manual calibration

Manual calibration is only performed when automatic calibration cannot be comple-
ted.
L576-1169 030-175
Fig. 176: Performing manual calibration
u Start the engine.
Note
switched OFF/ON.
u To check the 1st block curve base point: Set the MWdrEngSpeedStep variable
to 1.
w The engine speed is limited to 900 rpm.
WARNING
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Select forward travel direction and press the accelerator pedal all the way down.
u Check that the high pressure MB is correct.
Block curve base Variable Engine speed limited High pressure MH Variable for current
point MWdrEngSpeedStep
1 1 900 rpm 50±10 bar CDdrPmpCrrRef1
2 2 1125 rpm 230 ±10
bar CDdrPmpCrrRef2
030-176 L576-1169
Block curve base Variable Engine speed limited High pressure MH Variable for current
point MWdrEngSpeedStep
3 3 1290 rpm 330±10 bar CDdrPmpCrrRef3
Tab. 57: Block curve base points

u Change the value of the CDdrPmpCrrRef1 variable.
Note
To approximate the setpoint, you can gradually change the value of the variable
CDdrPmpCrrRef1 while pressing the accelerator pedal.
u Click the variable and press the space bar (the line is coloured pink).
u Cursor up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 1
u Cursor left/right: Last digit of the value +/- 5
u Page up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 10

u Repeat the process for block curve base points 2 and 3.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure for forwards test connec-
tion MB.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
ments.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 177: Travel motors, automatic calibration
u Start the engine.

u In the variables editor, select the Variable displacement motor calibration
folder.
L576-1169 030-177
u Set the MXdrCurrAlign variable to 1.

w Automatic calibration starts. The central control unit automatically regulates
the engine speed and the current to the control piston proportional solenoid.
w Once automatic calibration is complete, the MXdrCurrAlign variable is reset
to 0.
Note
If automatic calibration could not be successfully completed, a service code ap-
pears.
u Observe the display.
If a service code appears:

u Adjust the adjusting screws on the travel motors in terms of the table.
Service Cause Remedy

code
5036 Maximum current too low Unscrew the adjusting screw 1 on travel
(below 500 mA) motor 1.
5037 Maximum current too high Screw in the adjusting screw 1 on travel
(above 690 mA) motor 1.
5038 Minimum current too high Screw in the adjusting screw 1 on travel
5039 Minimum current too low (be- Unscrew the adjusting screw 1 on travel
low 150 mA) motor 1.
503A Maximum current too low Unscrew the adjusting screw 2 on travel
(below 550 mA) motor 2.
503B Maximum current too high Screw in the adjusting screw 2 on travel
503C Minimum current too high Screw in the adjusting screw 2 on travel
503D Minimum current too low (be- Unscrew the adjusting screw 2 on travel
low 150 mA) motor 2.
Tab. 58: Remedies and service codes
u Repeat the automatic calibration and adjustment until the automatic calibration
is successfully completed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
030-178 L576-1169
Fig. 178: Hydro accumulator supply, nitrogen filling

1 Supply hydro accumulator 8 Pressure control valve
2 Hydro accumulator plug 9 Output valve of the pressure re-
ducer
3 Nitrogen cylinder 10 Testing and filling device
4 Cylinder valve 11 Hydro accumulator filling pressure
gauge
5 Pressure reducer 12 Handwheel
6 Cylinder pressure gauge 13 Drain valve
7 Output pressure gauge
Note
The hydro accumulator 1 does not have an integrated check valve.
device.
and filling device.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

perature of 0 °C
perature of 10 °C
perature of 20 °C
perature of 30 °C
L576-1169 030-179

u Open the cylinder valve 4 of the nitrogen cylinder 3.
u Adjust the pressure control valve 8 of the pressure reducer 5 until the required
value is reached on the output pressure gauge 7.
u Open the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Wait 2 minutes.
u Close the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Remove the testing and filling device 10.
u Tighten the hydro accumulator plug 2 to a tightening torque of 20 Nm.
u Screw the protective cap on to the hydro accumulator 1.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
At maximum power take-off of the engine, the variable displacement motor load
limiter is active. The load limiter adjusts the swivel angle of the variable displace-
ment motors so that the high pressure in the closed circuit corresponds to a speci-
fied value.
If the engine output is poor, the engine speed falls below the set value.
ments.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the diesel engine test fold-
er.
u Set the variable CXdrPmpInchOff to 1 .
w The inching function is deactivated.
WARNING
u Keep the area around the machine clear of people.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Start the engine, select fixed gear 2 and forward travel direction.
u Hold the machine with the service brake and run it at full throttle.
u Slowly release the service brake until the machine moves at 13 km/h. Check
that the set values are reached.
w You can see the values in the Check diesel engine folder.

High pressure, L550-1287 bar 305±10
030-180 L576-1169

Engine speed rpm 1780±40
If the required values are not reached:

u Troubleshoot the engine (air filter, fuel filter) or the travel hydraulics (check the
operating pressures).
Once the test has been completed:
u Return the variable CXdrPmpInchOff to 0 .
w The inching function is activated.
030.6.6.9 Service code M2080 - check hydraulic oil contamination sensor

and magnetic rod
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
NOTICE
Service code M2080 may indicate serious damage to the travel hydraulics.
The entire hydraulic system may be damaged.
u If service code M2080 appears, turn off the engine and do not start it again.
u Check for metal particles on the contamination sensor and the magnetic rod.
Service code M2080 appears when metal particles in the hydraulic oil trigger the
hydraulic oil contamination sensor.
If service code M2080 appears, the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the
magnetic rod in the hydraulic tank must be checked for metal particles.
q The machine is secured against rolling away.
q The ignition key has been taken out.
q The battery main switch is off.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-181
Fig. 179: Service code M2080 - action

1 Venting screw 4 Plug
2 Magnetic rod 5 Hydraulic oil contamination sensor
B65
3 Breather filter
Remove the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the magnet-

ic rod
w The tank preload pressure is released.
u Unscrew the bolts on the filter cover and carefully lift off the filter cover with the
magnetic rod 2.
u Place the collecting pan under the particle separator.
u Unscrew the hydraulic oil contamination sensor 5
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-182 L576-1169
Checking the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the mag-

netic rod
Fig. 180: Contamination levels

A Normal abrasion C Metal particles and brass par- 2 Brass particles
ticles
B Metal particles 1 Metal particles
u Check the level of contamination of the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and
magnetic rod.
u Make a record of the contamination of the hydraulic oil contamination sensor
and the magnetic rod, and take photographs if possible.
Contamination level A: Normal abrasion
Small amount of metal particles on the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the
magnetic rod.
u Clean the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and magnetic rod and refit them.
If case of uncertainty:
Contamination level B: Metal particles
Large amount of metal particles on the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the
magnetic rod.
Contamination level C: Metal particles and brass particles
Metal particles and brass particles on the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and
the magnetic rod.
NOTICE
Metal particles and brass particles on the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
the magnetic rod indicate that the travel pump is seriously damaged.
The entire hydraulic system may be damaged.
u Do not start the engine.

u Replace the travel pump.
Installing the hydraulic oil contamination sensor and the mag-

netic rod
u Carefully clean the magnetic rod.
L576-1169 030-183

u Screw the venting screw back in.
u Screw on the breather filter.
u Remove the plug and keep it in a safe place.
u Carefully clean the hydraulic oil contamination sensor.
u Screw the hydraulic oil contamination sensor into the particle separator.
030.6.7 Steering system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
q Machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustments (without
wedges).
Fig. 181: Steering pump LS pressure cut-off valve
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the high pressure test connection PL on
the steering pump.
u Start the engine.
u Raise the lift arms slightly and turn the steering wheel of the machine in one di-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
rection as far as it will go.

u Continue steering the machine at lower idling speed.
u While doing so, check whether the high pressure PL is correct.

High pressure PL bar 210±5

030-184 L576-1169
Note

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PL.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The standby pressure only needs to be checked and adjusted if the steering pump,
or material parts of the steering pump, has been replaced or the output of the
steering system is insufficient.
The differential pressure must be set for the flow regulator to be set precisely. (For
more information see: Steering pump flow regulator (differential pressure),
page 030-186)
Fig. 182: Steering pump, flow regulator

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the high pressure test connection PL on
the steering pump.
NOTICE
The high pressure of the steering pump can irreparably damage the pressure
gauge.
u Do not operate the steering.
u Start the engine.

u Allow the engine to run at low idling speed.
L576-1169 030-185
w The standby pressure can be checked at the high pressure test connec-
tion PL.
u Check that the standby pressure PL is correct.

Standby pressure PL bar 25±2

Note
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise reduces the standby pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise increases the standby pressure.

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PL.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The differential pressure only needs to be checked and adjusted if the steering
pump, or material parts of the steering pump, has been replaced or the output of
the steering system is insufficient.
To check the differential pressure, a test connection must be added to the load
sensing line.
q The machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustment (without
wedges).
q A differential pressure gauge (600 bar) with two pressure sensors is available. LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-186 L576-1169
Fig. 183: Steering pump flow regulator
u Install the test connection X on the load sensing line.

nection X.
u Connect a differential pressure gauge to the high pressure test connection PL
on the working hydraulics pump.
u Start the engine.
u Raise the lift arms slightly.
u Continue steering the machine slowly at lower idling speed.
u Check whether the differential pressure ΔP between high pressure PL and load
sensing pressure X is correct.

Differential pressure ΔP bar 22±2

Note
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise reduces the differential pressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise increases the differential pressure.

u Disconnect the differential pressure gauge from the high pressure test connec-
tion PL.
u Remove the load sensing pressure test connection X from the load sensing line.
L576-1169 030-187
030.6.8 Brake system
030.6.8.1 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging function

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
ments.
Fig. 184: Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging function
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the accumulator charge pressure test
connection M3 on the compact brake valve.
u Start the engine.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down as far as it will go several times
until the accumulator charge pressure M3 has dropped down to the cut-in pres-
sure.
w Once the cut-in pressure is reached, the accumulator charge pressure M3
increases again.
u Check that the cut-in pressure is correct.

Cut-in pressure bar 180±10
u Check whether the accumulator charge pressure M3 increases up to the cut-off

pressure.

Cut-off pressure bar 210±10
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the pressure balance pilot valve 1.
Note
To adjust the cut-in pressure and cut-out pressure:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the cut-in pressure and cut-out
pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the cut-in pressure and cut-
out pressure.
030-188 L576-1169
If the required values are reached:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the accumulator charge pressure test con-
nection M3.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 185: Service brake pressure

1 Stop bolt M5 Rear axle brake pressure test con-
nection
M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the brake pressure test connection M4
on the front axle.
on the solenoid valve block.
u Start the engine.
u Press the compact brake valve down as far as it will go.
u Check that the brake pressure on both pressure gauges is correct.

Front axle brake pressure M4 bar 95±5
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Rear axle brake pressure M5 bar 95±5

u Adjust the stop screw 1.
u Repeat the procedure and adjustment until the required values are attained.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the brake pressure test connection M4.
L576-1169 030-189

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 186: Service brake hydro accumulator capacity

1 Front axle hydro accumulator M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
2 Rear axle hydro accumulator M5 Rear axle brake pressure test con-
nection
M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
connection
on the front axle.
on the solenoid valve block.
u Start the engine.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u After waiting for half a minute, turn off the engine.

w The front axle hydro accumulators 1 and the rear axle hydro accumulators 2
are charged.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down several times until the accumulator
charge pressure M3 is 180 bar.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down nine times and then keep it press-
ed down.
u Check that the brake pressure shown by the pressure gauge on M4 and the
pressure gauge on M5 is above the required value.
030-190 L576-1169

Brake pressure at least bar 50
If the required value at the brake pressure test connection M4 is not reached:
u Replace the front axle hydro accumulator 1.
If the required value at the brake pressure test connection M5 is not reached:
u Replace the rear axle hydro accumulator 2.
nection M3.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 187: Accumulator charge pressure switch shift pressure

1 Accumulator charge pressure M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
switch connection
2 Brake system accumulator pres-
sure symbol field
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

u Slowly press the compact brake valve down several times until the brake sys-
tem accumulator pressure symbol field in the display lights up.
u Check that the shift pressure M3 is correct.

Shift pressure M3 bar 120±5

u Turn off the ignition and take out the key.
u Replace the accumulator charge pressure switch 1.
L576-1169 030-191
u Repeat the test.

u Turn off the ignition and take out the key.
nection M3.
030.6.9 Electrical system

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The service file is a folder where files relevant to the servicing of the machine are
kept.
On machines with a touch screen display, the service file is generated on the
screen using the “SCOTTI” function.
On machines without a touch screen display or where the touch screen display is
not working, the service file is generated using the “SCOTTI” function in the Sculi
diagnostic software.
After replacing an electrical or electronic component, a complete service file must

be sent to the following e-mail address:
lbh.maschinenfeedback@liebherr.com
Note
Liebherr will only accept service files if the following conditions are met:
u The file name may not be changed.
u The service file is only complete is the entire contents of the folder are availa-
ble. Individual files are not acceptable.
Note
Folders cannot be added to e-mails as attachments.
u Send folders as a Zip-File.
Files in the Description

service file
today.mde Files with the extension .mde contain machine data and record-
ings of machine operation.
service.cor This file contains information on adjustment data and enabled
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
functions on the machine.

service.err This file contains service codes and messages from the central
control unit.
service.ret This file contains machine variables.
service.ver This file can be opened using the Sculi diagnostic software. The
information corresponds to the “Info” function in Sculi.
service.varx This file can be opened using the Sculi diagnostic software. This
file contains machine variables and adjustment data.
Tab. 59: Files in the service file
030-192 L576-1169
Generating the service file using the “SCOTTI” function on the

touch screen display
The following information is required to create a service file:
Designation Item code Remark

Memory card 10223095 To save the service file
Memory card reader 11000491 To read the memory card
Tab. 60: Required equipment

Fig. 188: Slots CF1 and CF2 on the central control unit
CF1 Slot CF1 CF2 Slot CF2
u Plug an empty memory card into the slot CF2 on the central control unit.
u Switch on the battery main switch.
u Press the System settings button.
u Press the Service (SCOTTI) button.

w The “SCOTTI” function is started.
u Press the machine data button.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 192: Starting the download

1 “store machine data” button
L576-1169 030-193
u Press the “store machine data” button 1.

w Start the download.
w The central control unit creates a folder on the memory card in slot CF2. The
folder is named with the serial number of the machine. The service file is
saved in this folder.
w A bar shows the progress of the download.
w When the download is complete, the following text appears: Idle, no job
pending or job completed
u Switch off the ignition.
u Remove the memory card from slot CF2.
u Read the service file on the memory card using a memory card reader.
Creating the service file with the Sculi diagnostic software

The following information is required to create a service file:
Designation Item code Remark

Diagnostic data lead (1.5 m) 10225579 For connecting to the central control unit
Diagnostic data lead (3 m) 10513200 For connecting to the central control unit
Memory card 10223095 To save the service file
Memory card reader 11000491 To read the memory card
Tab. 61: Required equipment

Fig. 193: Slots CF1 and CF2 on the central control unit
CF1 Slot CF1 CF2 Slot CF2
u Plug an empty memory card into the slot CF2 on the central control unit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Start the “SCOTTI” function.
Note
After a updating or installing the Sculi diagnostic software, it can take several mi-
nutes to make a connection using the “SCOTTI” function.
u Do not interrupt the loading process.
030-194 L576-1169
u Select the “machine data” function.
Fig. 196: Starting the download

1 “store machine data” function
u Start the “store machine data” function 1.
w Start the download.
w The diagnostic software creates a folder on the memory card in slot CF2.
The folder is named with the serial number of the machine. The service file is
saved in this folder.
w A bar shows the progress of the download.
w When the download is complete, the following text appears: Idle, no job
pending or job completed
u Remove the memory card from slot CF2.
u Read the service file on the memory card using a memory card reader.
030.6.9.2 Setting the IP addresses of the central control unit (Master4)

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The IP addresses of the Ethernet interface may be lost due to a flat back-up bat-
tery or an error in the central control unit (Master4).
If this occurs, the IP addresses must be reset via the Terminal Plugin function with
the Sculi diagnostic software.
Establishing the RS-232 connection with the machine

To be able to set the IP addresses, an RS-232 connection needs to be established
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
between the central control unit and the notebook.

On machines with an RS-232 diagnostic plug:
u Use an RS-232 diagnostic data cable (ID number: 10035410) to connect the
notebook with the central control unit.
On machines without an RS-232 diagnostic plug:
u Use an adapter cable (ID number: 6905860) to connect the notebook via the
COM 4 port with the central control unit.
Setting the IP addresses

L576-1169 030-195
u Start the Sculi diagnostic software.
Fig. 197: Establishing the connection

1 PME1 address book 4 Connect button
2 Terminal plug-in address 5 Edit button
3 Connection settings
u Select the PME1 address book 1.
u Select the Terminal plug-in address 2.
The connection settings 3 can be changed by using the Edit button 5.
The COM 1 interface should be always selected for serial connections (RS-232
plug on the notebook). The correct connection according to the notebook must be
selected for a connection using a USB adaptor. The Baudrate should not be higher
than 19200.
u Check whether the correct connection settings 3 are displayed. Correct the con-
nection settings if necessary.
u Select the Connect button 4.
w A connection to the central control unit is established and the Terminal emu-
lator window opens.
To open the main menu, the text testsys must be entered in the open window.
u Enter testsys and confirm with Enter.
w The main menu is displayed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-196 L576-1169
Fig. 198: Main menu

1 Menu bar 3 French keyboard layout
2 German / English (UK) keyboard
layout
Navigation of the Menu bar 1 is by means of the keys in the middle row of the key-
board. The relevant button on the Menu bar is selected by pressing the corre-
sponding key.
As the layout of the keys in the keyboard may vary depending on the language,
you must always check the respective keyboard layout.
So that the settings of the IP addresses function properly, the exact sequence must
be followed.
u Select the SPECIAL button.
u Select the MENU NEXT button.
u Select the CLIENTS button
u Select the NEXT button.
u Select the NEXT CONFIG button.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

w The address for the LAN_3 Ethernet interface can be entered.
The address for the LAN_3 Ethernet interface is 192.168.2.50 and must be entered
including the dots.
u Enter 192.168.2.50
u Select the CHANGE CONFIG button.
L576-1169 030-197
including the dots.
u Enter 192.168.1.50
including the dots.
u Enter 192.168.0.50
u Select the BACK button.
u Select the BACK button.
w The IP addresses have been set.
u Switch on the ignition and check the function of the machine.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The central control unit (Master4) may only be reset if it no longer functions or soft-
ware updates are no longer possible.
To prevent the warranty from becoming invalid when you open the central control
unit, the following conditions must be met:
– None of the components of the central control unit may be damaged.
– No impurities may get inside the central control unit.
– When closing the cover, make sure the seal is seated correctly.
– The tightening torque of the screws on the cover is 10 Nm.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 199: Removing the cover

1 Screws 3 Central control unit
2 Cover
u Undo all four screws 1 on the cover 2.
u Remove the cover from the central control unit 3.
030-198 L576-1169
Fig. 200: Central control unit - Performing a reset

1 Back-up battery 3 Electrical line
2 Pins
For the reset to function and prevent machine data from being lost, the memory
card with the machine software must be inserted in slot CF-1.
Connecting the two pins 2 together and switching on the ignition performs a reset.
u Connect the pins 2 with an electrical line 3.
u Remove the connection between the two pins after ten seconds.
w Resetting the central control unit is started.
w The machine software is installed again.
w This process can take several minutes.
Resetting and installing the machine software have been successful if a connection
can be made to the central control unit using the Sculi diagnostic software.
u Check the connection to the central control unit using the Sculi diagnostic soft-
ware.
When resetting and installing the machine software have been successfully
completed:
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the central control unit.
u Pay attention to the seal when screwing on the cover.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Screw the cover back onto the central control unit (tightening torque 10 Nm).
It may be necessary to install the latest machine software.
u Install the latest machine software.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The CAN line can be tested by measuring the resistance or by measuring the volt-
age.
L576-1169 030-199
The following tools are required to test the CAN line:

q Multimeter (resistance metering, voltage metering)
q Metering leads (ID number 11006220 and 11006221)
q Metering points (ID number 884191214 and 884191114)
Resistance measurements on the CAN line

The following faults can be detected by resistance measurements on the CAN line:
– A break in the CAN line.
– The function of both 120 Ω resistors.
– Short circuit to earth.
– Short circuit to machine voltage.
– Short circuit between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW.
Note
Do not take resistance measurements while the circuit is live!
The resistance measurements of live components can be incorrect, because the
measured value is distorted by the connected voltage.
Measuring the resistance between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW.
In the central control unit as well as in the last CAN node of the CAN line, a 120 Ω
resistor has respectively been installed. These resistors are connected in parallel
so that the total resistance is 60±5 Ω.
The following faults can be detected with this measurement:
– The function of both 120 Ω resistors.
– Short circuit between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW.
– The absence of a terminal resistor.
Fig. 201: Measuring the resistance between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Central control unit (Master4) 3 Multimeter

2 CAN node
u Connect the multimeter to CAN HIGH and to CAN LOW on the CAN line.
u Set the multimeter to ohm metering.
u Measure the resistance.
Measurement Diagnosis Malfunc-

tion
Resistance of 60±5 Ω There is no break in the CAN line and both No
120 Ω resistors function properly.
030-200 L576-1169

tion
Resistance is less Short between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW. Yes
than 50 Ω
Resistance of There is a break in the CAN line, a 120±10 Ω re- Yes
120±10 Ω sistor is defective or the 120±10 Ω resistor in the
last CAN node is missing.
Tab. 62: Diagnosis
Measuring the resistance between the CAN line and earth
A short circuit to earth in a CAN line can cause a severe malfunction of the ma-
chine. A short circuit to earth can be detected by following measurement.
Fig. 202: Measuring the resistance between the CAN line and earth
1 Central control unit (Master4) 4 Multimeter between CAN HIGH
and earth
2 CAN node MP Earth
3 Multimeter between CAN LOW
and earth
u Connect the multimeter to earth.
u Connect the multimeter to CAN HIGH or CAN LOW.
u Set the multimeter to ohm metering.
u Measure the resistance.

tion
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Resistance of approx. There is no direct connection to earth. No

2.2±0.3 kΩ This value is arises from the electrical re-
sistance.
Resistance is less than The CAN line is connected to earth. Yes
50 Ω
Tab. 63: Diagnosis
Measuring the voltage on the CAN line

The following faults can be detected by measuring the voltage on the CAN line:
– The failure of the central control unit to communicate with the CAN nodes.
L576-1169 030-201
– The CAN line is in contact with the machine voltage.

– The CAN line is connected to earth.
Note
A voltage measurement of the CAN line only applies up to the point at which the
measurement was taken.
u Always measure the voltage at the end of the CAN line.
Fig. 203: Measuring the voltage on the CAN line

1 Central control unit (Master4) 4 Multimeter between CAN HIGH
and earth
2 CAN node MP Earth
3 Multimeter between CAN LOW
and earth
u Turn the ignition key to position I.
u Set the multimeter to voltage metering.
u Connect the multimeter to earth.
u Connect the multimeter to CAN HIGH or CAN LOW.
u Measure the voltage.
Measurement Diagnosis Mal-

func-
tion
The voltage on CAN HIGH is 2.6 V The central control unit is commu- No
to 3.5 V nicating with the CAN line.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The voltage on CAN LOW is 1.5 V The central control unit is commu- No
to 2.4 V nicating with the CAN line.
The voltage on CAN HIGH and The central control unit is function- Yes
CAN LOW is the same. ing but is not communicating with
the CAN line.
There is no voltage The line is broken. Yes
The voltage on CAN HIGH or CAN The CAN line is in contact with the Yes
LOW corresponds approximately machine voltage.
with that of the machine voltage
(12 V or 24 V)
030-202 L576-1169
Measurement Diagnosis Mal-

func-
tion
The voltage on CAN HIGH or CAN The CAN line is connected to Yes
LOW is 0. earth.
Tab. 64: Diagnosis
030.6.9.5 Addressing the CAN module and checking the system informa-
tion
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Addressing CAN modules

The CAN modules are addressed using the Sculi diagnostic software.
Component BMK Address Setting when replaced Status in the system

Input module 1 A16a 45 (81, 53) No Mandatory
Input module 2 A16b 46 (82, 54) Yes Mandatory
Input module 3 (optional) A16c 47 (83, 55) Yes Optional
Input module 4 (optional) A16d 48 (84, 56) Yes Optional
Output module 1 A17a 22 (14, 6, 50) Yes Mandatory
Output module 2 A17b 21 (13, 5, 49) No Mandatory
Output module 3 (optional) A17c 23 (15, 7, 51) Yes Optional
Output module 4 (optional) A17d 24 (16, 8, 52) Yes Optional
Control unit for main functions A11 97 No Mandatory
Option control unit A19 94 Yes Optional
Heater/air conditioning control electronics A21 106 No Mandatory
Engine electronics A700 91 / 92 No Mandatory
Weighing device A23 108 No Optional
Joystick (optional) B202 65 / 66 Yes Optional
Tab. 65: Table of module addresses

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-203
Fig. 204: Overview of CAN addresses

1 Valid for L550 - L586 A17 Output module 1
a
2 Valid for L524 - L542 A17 Output module 2
b
3 Valid for all A17 Output module 3
c
A9 Immobiliser A19 Optional keypad
A11 Main keypad A21 Control electronics of heating and
air conditioning unit
A13 Display A23 Weighing module
A16 Input module 1 A70 Engine electronics (Liebherr)
a 0
A16 Input module 2 Axx Measurement module
b
A16 Input module 3 B25 Tank sensor
c
A16 Input module 4 JOY Joystick
d
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Turn on the starter switch.

u Start the Sculi diagnostic software and connect to the machine.
030-204 L576-1169
Fig. 205: Module editor in Sculi

1 Module editor button 5 Address set for the module
2 Serial number of connected mod- 6 Indicates whether the module is
ules being used
3 CAN line connecting the module to 7 Indicates whether the module is
the central control unit active
4 Module identification
The serial number 2 indicates the module. The serial number 2 is on the type plate
of the module.
u Open the module editor with the Modules button 1.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 206: Module editor with drop-down window for address selection
u Select the module and open the drop-down window 1.

u Select the address and confirm with the Enter key.
L576-1169 030-205
Checking system information of the CAN modules

The CAN module addresses are checked using the Sculi diagnostic software.
You can check the following settings:
– Address
– Active status
– Timeout status
– Serial number of the module
– ID number of the module
Fig. 207: Checking system information of the CAN modules

1 Button for system information 4 Serial number and ID number
2 Module 5 Button for saving system informa-
tion
3 Module status
u Turn on the starter switch.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Start the Sculi diagnostic software and connect to the machine.

u Check the system information of the CAN modules.
w The correct module address must be set.
u Check the active status.
w Required status: true
u Check timeout status.
w Required status: false
The current data can be saved on the laptop with the Save button 5.
u Press the Save button 5, select the storage location and save the data.
030-206 L576-1169

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
ments.
Fig. 208: Control valve block shift pressure
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the shift pressure test connection PG on
u Start the engine.
u Check that the shift pressure PG is correct at upper and lower idling speeds.

Shift pressure PG bar 20±3

u Check the hydraulic system for damage.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the shift pressure test connection PG.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169 030-207
Fig. 209: Nitrogen filling of transmission hydro accumulator

1 Transmission hydro accumu- 6 Cylinder pressure gauge 11 Hydro accumulator filling
lator pressure gauge
2 Hydro accumulator plug 7 Output pressure gauge 12 Handwheel
3 Nitrogen cylinder 8 Pressure control valve 13 Drain valve
4 Cylinder valve 9 Output valve of the pressure
reducer
5 Pressure reducer 10 Testing and filling device
Note
The hydro accumulator 1 does not have an integrated check valve.
device.
and filling device.


LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

perature of 0 °C
perature of 10 °C
perature of 20 °C
perature of 30 °C

u Open the cylinder valve 4 of the nitrogen cylinder 3.
030-208 L576-1169
u Adjust the pressure control valve 8 of the pressure reducer 5 until the required
value is reached on the output pressure gauge 7.
u Open the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Wait 2 minutes.
u Close the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Remove the testing and filling device 10.
u Tighten the hydro accumulator plug 2 to a tightening torque of 20 Nm.
u Screw the protective cap on to the hydro accumulator 1.
030.6.11 Cab, heating and air conditioning
030.6.11.1 Checking the pressure and temperature conditions of the air

conditioning unit
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Use this test to check or demonstrate that the air conditioning unit is functioning
correctly.
q A pressure gauge strip and temperature meter are available.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 210: Temperature/pressure diagram for air conditioning unit

1 Ambient temperature in °C 4 High pressure range depending on
the ambient temperature
2 Low pressure range depending on 5 High and low pressure in bar
L576-1169 030-209
3 Outlet temperature depending on 6 Outlet temperature in °C

u Connect the pressure gauge strip to the quick couplings.
u Start the engine.
u Switch on the air conditioning unit (maximum cooling).
u Set the heater fan to maximum.
u Allow the air conditioning compressor to run for 3 to 5 minutes.
u Measure the outflow temperature at the left driver-level nozzle.
u Read the values from the pressure gauge strip and compare with the tempera-
ture/pressure diagram.
w The values must agree with the diagram.
If the values do not agree:
u For corrective action, see the service documentation: Documentation_Wheel
loader_Repair instructions_Others_ Air conditioning unit_Principles of air condi-
tioning

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
If no function or an incorrect function is carried out when a button is pressed on the
display, it must be calibrated.
u Place a finger on the touch screen of the display and switch on the ignition at
the same time.
w The display starts up in setting mode.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 211: Display with touch panel button
u Press the touch panel button.
030-210 L576-1169
Fig. 212: Display unit with enter button
u Press the enter button.
Fig. 213: Display with crosshairs
u Press the crosshairs that appear.

w The display is calibrated.
u Press the exit button to return to standard mode.
030.6.11.3 Formatting the display unit and reinstalling the software

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

If the display unit shows nothing or does not respond, the software can be deleted
and reinstalled.
The software is uploaded again from the central control unit (Master4).
u Place a finger on the touch screen of the display unit and switch on the ignition
at the same time.
w Start the display unit in setting mode.
L576-1169 030-211
Fig. 214: Display unit with flash files button
u Press the flash files button.
Fig. 215: Display unit with format TFFS and downloaded data button
u Press the format TFFS and downloaded data button.

w The display unit software is deleted.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-212 L576-1169
Fig. 216: Display unit with exit button
u Press the exit button.

u Press the exit button.
w The software is uploaded again from the central control unit (Master4). This
process can take several minutes.
w If the standard screen reappears after uploading, the procedure has been
performed successfully.
030.6.12 Options

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The following functions can be checked on the display unit:
– The GSM reception quality.
– The cable connection between the central control unit (Master4) and radio mod-
ule LiTU.
– The availability of GPS data.
For more information on LiDAT: (For more information see: 190.1.1 LiDat - Overall
system, page 190-2)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-213
Fig. 217: Checking connection status

1 Button Terminal Modus 6 GSM connection
2 Button Special 7 GSM connection status
3 Button Menu Next 8 GSM connection status
4 Button Clients 9 Cable connection
5 Button Next 10 Cable connection status
u Using the button Terminal Modus 1 switch to Terminal Modus.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Press the Special 2 button.

u Press the Menu Next 3 button.
u Press the Clients 4 button.
u Press the Next 5 button.
w The connection data is displayed. This can take up to 5 minutes.
u Check the GSM connection 6.
w The displayed value 7 must be greater than 40%.
u Check GPS data.
w GPS data must be displayed.
u Check cable connection 9.
030-214 L576-1169
w The status “ok” 10 must be displayed.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 030-215
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
030-216 L576-1169
040 Drive group
Contents
040.1 Engine 040-2
L576-1169/23813-; 040-2
L576-1169/23813-; 040-6
L576-1169/23813-; 040-7
L576-1169/23813-; 040-8
040.1.5 Fuel system 040-9
L576-1169/23813-; 040-10
L576-1169/23813-; 040-11
040.1.6 Air filter system 040-11
L576-1169/23813-; 040-12
L576-1169/23813-; 040-13
040.1.7 Exhaust system 040-13
L576-1169/23813-; 040-14
L576-1169/23813-; 040-19
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

L576-1169/23813-; 040-20
L576-1169/23813-; 040-20
040.2 Coupling
L576-1169/23813-; 040-27
040.3 Splitter box
L576-1169/23813-; 040-29
L576-1169 040-1
Drive group Service manual
Engine
040.1 Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1.1 Assembly
Fig. 218: Engine – View from right

1 Flywheel 11 Air conditioning compressor
2 Flywheel housing 12 Alternator
3 Power take-off unit NA 1 13 Engine electronics (Lidec1)
4 Power take-off unit NA 2 14 Power take-off unit NA 4
5 Lambda regulation control unit 15 Fuel fine filter
6 Transportation device 16 Metering unit
7 eEGR positioner 17 Dipstick
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
8 Mixing path 18 Crankcase ventilation

9 Oil filler neck 19 Power take-off unit NA 3
10 Oil filter 20 Oil pan
040-2 L576-1169
Service manual Drive group
Engine
Fig. 219: Engine – View from left

1 Viscous damper 9 Injection unit
2 Thermostat housing 10 Turbocharger
3 Water pump 11 Turbocharger
4 Automatic tension pulley 12 Starter
5 Heating flange 13 Intercooler
6 Cylinder head cover 14 Oil pan
7 Air intake pipe 15 Oil cooler
8 eEGR module
The engine is installed lengthwise along the rear section and is elastically suppor-
ted by rubber elements. The flywheel side points to the rear.
2.1 Basic function

The integrated engine is a water-cooled, four-stroke in-line engine with common
rail direct injection, turbo charging and intercooling.
The engine converts the chemical energy contained in the fuel into mechanical en-
ergy. This energy is transmitted through the flywheel, torsion damper and the split-
ter box of the travel, working and steering hydraulics pump.
A small part of the output power is taken on the unit side of the engine and used for
driving the following gear pumps:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Transmission gear pump (NA 4)

– Fan gear pump (NA 3)
– Gear pump for the brake system accumulator pressure (NA 3)
– Gear pump for leak oil scavenging of the variable displacement motors (NA 3)
2.2 Type designation
Description
D 93 6 A7 Diesel engine type designation
D Engine type: D = Diesel engine
93 Bore: 122 mm / stroke: 150 mm
L576-1169 040-3
Engine
Description
D 93 6 A7 Diesel engine type designation
6 Number of cylinders = 6
A7 Injection system: A7 = common rail
Tab. 66: Description of the type designation
2.3 Rotary group

The 6-cylinder engines have a 7-fold bearing steel crankshaft with induction-hard-
ened running surfaces. A torsional vibration damper is attached to the crankshaft
on the fan side.
The following are also fitted:
– Forge-pressed, diagonally divided connecting rod
– Rotary group bearings as lead-bronze, 3-layer plain bearings or sputter bear-
ings
– Steel-alloy three-ring pistons with ring carriers and combustion modules in the
piston head
– Replaceable, wet cylinder liners
2.4 Crankcase
The crankcase consists of a piece of alloyed cast iron. 4-valve, individual cylinder
heads with a swirl-generating port and replaceable valve seat rings and valve
guides are fitted.
The flywheel housing, front unit carrier and oil pan on the underside close the en-
gine.
2.5 Drive control

Suspended at the cylinder head, there are two inlet and outlet valves per cylinder.
The valves can be actuated by the 7-fold bearing steel camshaft via the roller tap-
pet, push rod and rocker arm.
The following components are powered by the crankshaft on the flywheel side via
nitrided gearwheels:
– Camshaft
– Fuel feed pump
– Lubricating oil pump
– Hydraulic pumps
The water pump is powered by the crankshaft.
2.6 Lubrication
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The oil is filtered by two replaceable cartridge filters in the main flow.
A gear pump provides pressure-feed lubrication to the following components:
– Crankshaft bearing
– Connecting bearing
– Camshaft bearing
– Piston pin bush
– Rocker arm
The following auxiliary units are connected to the engine lubricating oil circuit:
– Water pump
– Turbocharger
– Power take-off units
– Fuel feed pump
040-4 L576-1169
Engine
The oil cooler is integrated in the coolant flow.
2.7 Cooling
Cooling is performed by a thermostatically controlled fluid cooler and a coolant
pump. Each cylinder unit is supplied individually by distribution channels cast in the
crankcase.
The pistons are cooled by a cooling channel from the lubricating oil circuit of the
engine.
2.8 Injection system

The quantity-controlled high-pressure pump is fed by a flange-mounted pre-deliv-
ery pump.
Further components in the injection system:
– Fuel filter
– High-pressure accumulator
– CR injectors with eight blind hole nozzles
2.9 Electronic Diesel Control

The electronic diesel control (EDC) regulates the engine speed and start of injec-
tion. The EDC consists primarily of sensors, the injection system and engine elec-
tronics.
Equipment on the engine and vehicle side is connected to the engine electronics
using wiring harnesses.
2.10 External exhaust gas recirculation (eEGR)

With the external exhaust gas recirculation (eEGR), part of the burnt, hot exhaust
is fed back into the cylinders via a heat exchanger. This results in a lower combus-
tion temperature and fewer NOX emissions.
The heat exchanger is integrated in the cooling system.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-5
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
Fig. 220: Electrical components on the engine

1 eAGR adjuster M710 11 Waste gate control valve Y705
2 Lambda control unit B709 12 Alternator G700
3 Charge air pressure sensor – 13 Oil pressure sensor
B703
4 Charge air temperature sensor 14 Metering unit A781
B707
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
5 Fuel pressure sensor B702 15 Rail pressure sensor B704

6 Fuel temperature sensor B709 16 Pressure control valve (PCV)
Y707
7 Engine electronics (Lidec1) A700 17 Metering unit (VCV) Y703
8 Heating flange E703 18 Speed sensor B711
9 Heating flange response fuse 19 Phase sensor B713
F700
10 Generator B+ fuse F705 20 Throttle valve M712
The throttle valve M712 20 is installed near the fan.
040-6 L576-1169
Engine
Fig. 221: Electrical components on the engine

1 Starter M700 6 Cylinder 5 injection nozzle Y735
2 Air mass sensor B719 7 Cylinder 4 injection nozzle Y734
3 High-pressure compressor tem- 8 Cylinder 3 injection nozzle Y733
perature sensor B734
4 Coolant temperature sensor B708 9 Cylinder 2 injection nozzle Y732
5 Cylinder 6 injection nozzle Y736 10 Cylinder 1 injection nozzle Y731

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
The speed sensor B711 is fitted to the flywheel housing of the engine and deter-
mines the speed and the crankshaft position.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-7
Engine
1 Layout
Fig. 222: Crankshaft speed sensor – installation position and plug assignment
1 Earth 3 Supply voltage 12 V
2 Frequency signal (output voltage) a Distance = 0.5 - 2 mm
The distance a between the sensor and flywheel sprocket is set to a fixed value.
2 Function
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the Hall sensor.
u Do not perform a resistance measurement on the Hall sensor
The speed sensor is designed as a Hall sensor. Hall sensors are electromagnetic
components with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC). If voltage is
applied to a Hall sensor and it is moved into a vertical magnetic field, it supplies an
output voltage. This signal voltage is used to provide the frequency signal for the
engine electronics.
The speed-proportional frequency of the generated signal voltage is used for the
following functions:
– Controlling the engine
– Engine speed information
– Controlling the fan drive
– Overspeed protection
– Starting the emergency steering pump check
– Controlling 0-inching

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

The camshaft speed sensor (B713) is fitted on the engine crankcase and has the
task of detecting the engine phase during the start phase.
040-8 L576-1169
Engine
1.1 Layout
Fig. 223: Speed sensor installation position and plug assignment

1 Earth 3 Supply voltage
2 Frequency signal (output voltage) a Distance = 0.5 - 2 mm
The distance a between the sensor and flywheel sprocket is set to a fixed value.
2.1 Function
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the Hall sensor.
u Do not perform resistance measurements on the Hall sensor.
The speed sensors are Hall sensors. Hall sensors are electromagnetic compo-
nents with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC). If voltage is applied to
a Hall sensor and it is moved into a vertical magnetic field, it supplies an output
voltage. This signal voltage is used to provide the frequency signal for the engine
control unit.
The engine continues to run, even if the camshaft speed sensor fails whilst the en-
gine is running.
The speed-proportional frequency of the generated signal voltage is used for con-
trolling the engine.
040.1.5 Fuel system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-9
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 224: Fuel system

1 Fuel tank 6 Hand pump
2 Filler strainer 7 Fuel pre-filter
3 Tank filler cap 8 Diesel engine
4 Fuel level sensor 9 Fuel cooler
5 Distributor connection 10 Drain valve
The fuel tank is located behind the right-hand cab access.
2 Function
The fuel pre-delivery pump in the engine draws the fuel through the distributor con-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
nection 5, the hand pump 6 and the fuel pre-filter (water and dirt separator) 7.
The fuel pre-delivery pump delivers the fuel through fine filters to the high-pressure
pump.
The excess fuel flows back through a return line and the fuel cooler 9 into the fuel
tank 1.
The fuel level sensor 4 measures the level in the fuel tank.
Fuel can be drained from the fuel tank with the drain valve 10.
The fuel line can be bled with the hand pump. (For more information see: Bleeding
the fuel system, page 030-64)
040-10 L576-1169
Engine
The fuel cooler 9 cools the returning fuel. The fuel temperature must not exceed
60 °C.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 225: Fuel level sensor

1 Head 3 Electrodes
2 Sensor pipe
The fuel level sensor is installed vertically in the tank.
2 Function
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the sensor.
u Do not perform resistance measurements on the sensor.
Two electrodes 3 are installed in the sensor pipe 2 for detecting the fuel level.
These electrodes measure the fuel level using a capacitive resistor.
The electronics in the head 1 of the fuel level sensor send a corresponding voltage
signal of 1 to 4 V to input module 1 (A16a).
The lower the fuel level, the higher the voltage, resulting in a corresponding display
in the fuel level indicator.
Input module 1 converts the analogue signal into a digital signal and forwards it via
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
the central control unit to the fuel level indicator in the display unit.
040.1.6 Air filter system
L576-1169 040-11
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 226: Layout of air filter

1 Safety element 4 Fixing clips
2 Main element 5 Dust discharge valve
3 Service cover 6 Filter housing
2 Function
The main element 2 and safety element 1 of the dry air filter are designed for maxi-
mum engine protection and very long maintenance intervals.
The main element 2 and the safety element 1 must be regularly replaced (see the
maintenance and inspection schedule).
The safety element 1 acts as a back-up in case the main element 2 is damaged.
The safety element 1 must be replaced after the main element is replaced three
times, or as necessary.
The dust discharge valve 5 automatically empties the dust from the service cov-
er 3.
The tangential arrangement of the intake port sets the intake air into rotation,
where centrifugal force throws the larger dust particles are against the housing wall
and the flow of intake air deposits them in the service cap 3.
At idling speed, the dust particles that have accumulated in the service cover 3 are
ejected through the dust discharge valve 5 by the pulsation of the intake air.
The service cover 3 must be mounted with the dust discharge valve 5 facing down-
wards.
With the engine running (at lower idle speed), you should clearly feel the air pulsat-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
ing at the dust discharge valve 5.
040-12 L576-1169
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 227: Layout of vacuum switch
The vacuum switch 2 is fitted on the air filter 1.
2.1 Function
The vacuum switch 2 monitors the pressure ratio between the turbocharger and air
filter 1.
When the filters are dirty (excessive vacuum detected), the switch triggers the air
filter contamination symbol field in the display unit.
When there is neutral pressure, the vacuum switch is closed and opens when the
vacuum reaches 50 mbar. If there is already an interruption with the ignition ON,
this is recognised as a fault (cable rupture). If the vacuum switch opens during op-
eration or the line is interrupted, this signifies the air filter is contaminated.
040.1.7 Exhaust system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-13
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 228: Overview of the diesel particulate filter

1 Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) 7 Temperature sensor at DOC outlet
B724
2 Diesel particulate filter module 8 Connection for differential pres-
sure sensor at diesel particulate
filter inlet
3 Output module 9 Clamps
4 Exhaust from engine 10 Carrying handle
5 Temperature sensor at DOC inlet 11 Connection for differential pres-
B723 sure sensor at diesel particulate
filter outlet
6 Filter element in the DOC 12 Temperature sensor at diesel par-
ticulate filter outlet B725
The diesel particulate filter consists of the following main components:
– Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) 1
– Diesel particulate filter module 2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Output module 3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The diesel particulate filter reduces the soot particles and nitrogen oxides (NOx) in
the engine exhaust.
The exhaust from the engine flows to the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) 1. The
DOC increases the exhaust temperature. The temperature sensor at DOC inlet
B723 5 measures the exhaust temperature before the DOC. The temperature sen-
sor at DOC outlet B724 7 measures the exhaust temperature after the DOC.
040-14 L576-1169
Engine
After the diesel oxidation catalyst, the exhaust flows into the diesel particle filter
module 2. The soot particles in the exhaust are reduced in the diesel particle filter.
The differential pressure sensor monitors the differential pressure before and after
the diesel particle filter module. If the differential pressure rises above a certain
limit value (blockage, overload, etc.), an error message is forwarded to the engine
control unit.
The temperature sensor at diesel particulate filter outlet B725 12 measures the ex-
haust temperature at the outlet of the diesel particulate filter.
The filtered exhaust is released into the atmosphere through the output module 3.
2.2 Regenerating the diesel particulate filter
Fig. 229: Regenerating the diesel particulate filter

1 Fuel tank 9 Temperature sensor B723
2 Fuel pump 10 Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC)
3 Fuel fine filter 11 Temperature sensor B724
4 Control device (DCU17HD) 12 Differential pressure sensor B722
5 Metering unit 13 Diesel particulate filter
6 Injection unit 14 Temperature sensor B725
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
7 Mixer 15 Engine electronics A700

8 Mixing path
The regeneration depends on the load condition of the diesel particle filter 13, on
the temperatures in the diesel particle filter and on the temperature of the engine
coolant.
The diesel particulate filter 13 is regenerated by burning the deposited particles.
The particles prevent the exhaust from being discharged. The exhaust counter-
pressure rises.
To reduce the exhaust counterpressure, the regeneration must be performed regu-
larly.
There are two types of regeneration: passive and active.
L576-1169 040-15
Engine
2.2.2 Passive regeneration

With passive regeneration, the soot particles are converted permanently into car-
bon dioxide (CO2) and nitrogen monoxide (NO) when the temperatures are high
enough. This procedure takes place when the exhaust temperatures are between
350 °C and 500 °C.
The upstream diesel oxidation catalyst 10 converts the nitrogen oxides (NOx) in the
exhaust, together with the residue oxygen (O2), into nitrogen dioxide (NO2). This ni-
trogen dioxide enables the soot particles collected in the diesel particulate filter 13
to be burned continuously to become carbon dioxide (CO2) and nitrogen monoxide
(NO).
No fuel is injected during the passive regeneration. The diesel particulate filter is
regenerated by the discharged exhaust only.
The DPF is regenerated passively, as soon as the machine operates and the ex-
haust gas temperatures are high enough in the DPF.
2.2.3 Active regeneration

To allow an active regeneration to start the following conditions must be fulfilled:
– The diesel particulate filter must be loaded to at least 3 g/l.
– The regeneration must not be disabled manually on the display.
During the active regeneration, fuel is injected into the exhaust system in order to
raise the exhaust temperature. A higher exhaust temperature (up to 600 °C) burns
more soot particles in the diesel particulate filter 13.
The engine electronics use the temperature sensors B723, B724 and B725 to
measure the temperatures at the diesel particulate filter and the differential pres-
sure sensor B722 to measure the differential pressure between the diesel particu-
late filter inlet and outlet. This information is analysed by the engine electronics 15
and passed on by the CAN bus to the control device (DCU17HD) 4.
The control device (DCU17HD) uses the metering unit 5 to regulate the amount of
fuel injected by the injection unit 6 into the exhaust system. The metering unit is
supplied with fuel via the fuel pump 2 and fuel fine filter 3. The fuel-exhaust mixture
goes via the mixer 7 and mixing path 8 to the diesel oxidation catalyst 10. The add-
ed fuel starts an exothermal reaction in the diesel oxidation catalyst with the ex-
haust temperature rising up to 600 °C.
The heated exhaust flows through the diesel particulate filter and burns the depos-
ited soot particles.
Active regeneration can be carried out automatically or started using the display.
(For more information see: Regenerating the diesel particle filter in the operator's
manual)
Active regeneration can also be started by the diagnostic software Sculi. (For more
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
information see: Diesel particulate filter: Performing service regeneration.,

page 030-146)
2.2.4 Automatic regeneration
Fig. 230: Automatic regeneration

A Disable regeneration button B Manual regeneration button
040-16 L576-1169
Engine
During automatic regeneration (automatic regeneration mode), the active regener-

ation of the diesel particulate filter is automatically initiated. Active regeneration
starts as soon as the diesel particulate filter reaches the necessary load (load con-
dition 3) and the temperatures in the DOC are high enough.
Automatic regeneration can be disabled or interrupted with the disable regenera-
tion button A. This function is required, for example, when working in fire hazard
zones or in working cycles with very little engine load.
2.2.5 Manual regeneration
Fig. 231: Manual regeneration

A Disable regeneration button B Manual regeneration button
Active regeneration can be started with the manual regeneration button B.
To manually start active regeneration, the following conditions must be fulfilled:
– Load condition 3 must have been reached at least.
– The temperatures in the DOC must be high enough.
– The disable regeneration button A has not been activated.
In load condition 4 or 5, manual regeneration can only be started when the ma-
chine is at a standstill (parking brake ON).
During manual regeneration at standstill, the variable displacement pump (blocked
condition) and the fan gear motor are used to generate the required torque.
2.3 Load conditions of the diesel particulate filter

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 232: Load conditions of the diesel particulate filter

0 Load condition 0 4 Load condition 4
1-2 Load condition 1-2 5 Current load condition
3 Load condition 3 6 Display
The load condition is shown on the display 6.
The load condition states in g/l (grams/litre) the quantity of soot particles deposited
in the diesel particulate filter module.
L576-1169 040-17
Engine
The engine electronics measure, calculate and analyse the load condition. To carry
out an active regeneration, a certain level of particles must be reached. The parti-
cle load of the DPF can be read with the Sculi diagnostic software at the engine.
Note
If load condition 4 is exceeded, the DPF reaches load condition 5. The perform-
ance of the machine is reduced by about 50% and a service regeneration must be
carried out.
u (For more information see: Diesel particulate filter: Performing service regenera-
tion., page 030-146)
For more information on the load condition indicator, see: Operating manual
Load condi- Load condition 1-2 Load condition 3 Load condition 4

tion 0
0% to 64% 65% to 74% 75% to 84% 85% to 100%
0 – 2.9 g/l 3 – 3.4 g/l 3.5 – 3.9 g/l 4 – 4.5 g/l
Passive re- Active regeneration
generation
Automatic or manual Manual regeneration (only when the ma-
regeneration chine is at a standstill)
Manual regeneration required or possible
Active regeneration
can be disabled man-
ually
Tab. 67: Table of load conditions
2.4 Warning symbols

If the diesel particle filters reaches critical load conditions, warning symbols appear
on the display.
Symbol Meaning Notes Load condi-

tion
The particle filter is dirty. Carry out Leave the fire Load condi-
manual regeneration within the next hazard zone be- tion 3
two hours of operation. fore regeneration.
The particle filter is very dirty. This re- Leave the fire Load condi-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sults in reduced engine power. Carry hazard zone be- tion 4

out manual regeneration immediately. fore regeneration.
The particle filter is overloaded. This Beware of dam- Load condi-

results in greatly reduced engine aging the filter. tion 5 (above
power. A service regeneration must Turn off the en- 100%)
be carried out. gine.
Tab. 68: Warning symbols on the display
040-18 L576-1169
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 233: Diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC)
Molecular formula Description Molecular formula Description

CO Carbon monoxide NOx Nitrogen oxides
CO2 Carbon dioxide H2O Water
C Carbon NO2 Nitrogen dioxide
HC Hydrocarbon
Tab. 69: Molecular formula with description
2 Function
The diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) is used to increase the exhaust temperature
and reduce the nitrogen oxides (NOx).
The diesel oxidation catalyst consists of a substrate with an oxidation coating. The
substrate is folded so that a fine honeycomb structure is produced. The pollutants
therefore flow past a large oxidation surface.
The CO2 contained in the exhaust goes through the DOC without further reaction.
The CO also contained in the exhaust oxidises to CO2. The HC oxidises in the die-
sel oxidation catalyst to CO2 and H2O whereas the NOx is converted into NO2.
The NO2 is required particularly for the passive regeneration of the diesel particu-
late filter module.
During the active regeneration, fuel (HC) is injected into the exhaust line. This trig-
gers an exothermal reaction in the DOC and raises the exhaust temperature. The
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
increased exhaust temperature can burn the soot particles in the downstream die-
sel particulate filter module.
L576-1169 040-19
Engine

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 234: Diesel particulate filter module

1 Diesel particulate filter module 2 Output module
Molecular formula Description Molecular formula Description

CO2 Carbon dioxide NO2 Nitrogen dioxide
H2O Water NO Nitrogen monoxide
C Carbon
Tab. 70: Molecular formula with description
2 Function
The diesel particulate filter module 1 consists of the actual diesel particulate filter
(DPF). The DPF is a closed system with wall-flow filter. In a closed particulate filter
system, the exhaust flow containing the soot particles is filtered by penetrating a
porous filter wall. This is achieved by inertia and the soot particles adhering to the
filter material.
The filter material slowly becomes clogged by the deposited soot particles and a
layer of soot particles forms on the surface. Both cause a high differential pressure.
The differential pressure sensor measures the differential pressure before and after
the diesel particulate filter module. A high differential pressure also means a high
exhaust counterpressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The engine control unit continuously monitors and evaluates the differential pres-
sure. If the differential pressure exceeds a certain value, a service code is shown
on the display.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1. Removing the diesel particulate filter

040-20 L576-1169
Engine
Fig. 235: Diesel particulate filter, view from rear right and from front right
1 Clip 5 Output module
2 Fastening bolt 6 Pressure measurement line
3 Exhaust temperature sensor 7 Clip
4 Fastening bolt
CAUTION

u Release the pressure measurement line 6.
Note
u When removing the input module, pay attention to the centring ring and sealing
ring.

u Secure the diesel particulate filter against falling.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-21
Engine
Fig. 236: Diesel particulate filter, view from front left and from rear left
1 Pressure measurement line 4 Fastening bolt
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Exhaust temperature sensor
3 Clip 6 Fastening bolt
u Release and uncover the pressure measurement line 1.
NOTICE
There is a risk of damage to the diesel particulate filter from shocks.
u Handle the diesel particulate filter with care.
u Take out the diesel particulate filter over the left side.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
040-22 L576-1169
Engine
2. Replacing the diesel particulate filter

1 Input module 5 Centring ring
2 Clip 6 Sealing ring
3 Diesel particulate filter 7 Fastening clip
4 Fastening clip
u Mark the installation position of the diesel particulate filter 3 to the input mod-
ule 1.
Note
u When removing the output module, pay attention to the centring ring and seal-
ing ring.
u Remove the input module 1.

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
u Remove the fastening clip 4.

u Check the centring ring 5 and sealing ring 6 and replace if necessary.
u Fit the fastening clip 7 on the new diesel particulate filter. Pay attention to the
flow direction (shown by the arrow).
L576-1169 040-23
Engine

1 Centring ring 3 Clip
2 Input module 4 Diesel particulate filter
u Fit the sealing ring and centring ring. Make sure the recess of the centring ring 1
faces up.
u Fit the input module 2 on the diesel particulate filter 4.
u Fit the clip 3. Make sure the clip is not at an angle. Tightening torque: 20 Nm
3. Installing the diesel particulate filter

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 239: Diesel particulate filter, view from rear left and from front right
1 Fastening bolts 4 Fastening bolts
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Fastening bolts
3 Fastening bolts
u Insert the diesel particulate filter from the left.
040-24 L576-1169
Engine
fastening bolts.
NOTICE
temperature sensor.

fastening bolts.
Fig. 240: Diesel particulate filter, view from front left and from front right
2 Exhaust temperature sensor 5 Centring ring
3 Exhaust pipe 6 Sealing ring
u Fit the diesel particulate filter on the exhaust pipe 3.
u Tighten the clip 4 to 25 Nm. Make sure the clip is not at an angle.
u Tighten the fastening bolts for the diesel particulate filter on both sides.
NOTICE
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
temperature sensor.
u Coat the thread on the pressure measurement line 1 and on the exhaust tem-
perature sensor 2 with oil.
u Tighten the pressure measurement line 1 and exhaust temperature sensor 2 to
35 Nm.
u Check the sealing ring 6 and centring ring 5 and replace if necessary.
L576-1169 040-25
Engine
Fig. 241: Diesel particulate filter, view from front right and from rear right
1 Output module 4 Exhaust pipe
3 Clip 6 Exhaust temperature sensor
u Fit the output module 1 with the clip 3. Make sure the clip is not at an angle.
Tightening torque: 20 Nm
u Coat the thread on the pressure measurement line 2 with oil.
u Tighten the pressure measurement line 2 to 35 Nm.
u Fit the exhaust pipe 4 on the output module 1 with the clip 5. Make sure the clip
is not at an angle. Tightening torque: 25 Nm
NOTICE
temperature sensor.

u Start the engine.
u Check the system for leaks.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
040-26 L576-1169
Coupling
040.2 Coupling
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

The coupling is an elastic torsion absorber and vibration damper installed between
the flywheel on the engine and the splitter box.
Fig. 242: Position of the coupling

1 Torsion absorber 2 Flywheel
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-27
Coupling
Fig. 243: Main components of the torsion absorber

1 Torsion absorber coupling 5 Shim
2 Hub 6 Fastening bolt
3 Compression springs 7 Flywheel housing
4 Shim 8 Flywheel
The shim 5 is bolted on to the flywheel 8 of the engine. The hub 2 is axially guided
by circular shims 4 riveted onto it.
The hub 2 can move radially on the shim 4. The ring-shaped compression
springs 3 form an elastic joint, transmitting the torque between the shim 5 and
hub 2. The drive shaft of the splitter box is connected to the hub 2 with the spline
shaft teeth.
2.1 Function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The coupling forms an elastic joint and absorbs the torque peaks between the en-
gine and driven splitter box.
The compression springs 3 absorb the load fluctuations and torque surges on the
engine crankshaft. This means far less torsional vibration from the crankshaft is
transmitted to the splitter box.
040-28 L576-1169
Splitter box
040.3 Splitter box
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 244: Installation position and assembly of the splitter box

1 Working hydraulics pump 6 Dipstick
2 Steering hydraulics pump 7 Oil filler pipe
3 Variable displacement pump 8 Pump connection for working and
steering hydraulics
4 Splitter box 9 Oil drain valve
5 Housing 10 Pump connection for travel hy-
draulics
The splitter box is a single-stage spur gear system and is fitted to the engine fly-
wheel housing.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 040-29
Splitter box
Fig. 245: Sectional view of the splitter box

1 Housing 14 Ball bearing
2 Stud bolt 15 O-ring
3 Shim 16 Stud bolt
4 Hex nut 17 Hex nut
5 O-ring 18 Shim
6 Ball bearing 19 Ball bearing
7 Spur gear / working and steering 20 Cylindrical roller bearing
pump
8 Bearing flange 21 Drive shaft
9 O-ring 22 Shaft seal ring
10 Cylindrical roller bearing 23 Bearing flange
11 Bearing flange 24 O-ring
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
12 O-ring 25 Ball bearing

13 Spur gear / travel pump
2.1 Function
The splitter box is driven directly by the elastic coupling of the engine flywheel.
The splitter box transmits and distributes the engine output torque to the hydraulic
pumps:
– Travel hydraulics
– Working hydraulics
– Steering hydraulics
040-30 L576-1169
050 Cooling system
Contents
L576-1169/23813-; 050-2
L576-1169/23813-; 050-3
L576-1169/23813-; 050-5
L576-1169/23813-; 050-7
L576-1169/23813-; 050-11
L576-1169/23813-; 050-13
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 050-1
Cooling system Service manual
Overview of the cooling system
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 246: Components of the cooling system

1 Intercooler 5 Hydraulic oil cooler
2 Fuel cooler 6 Fan
3 Air conditioning condenser 7 Heat exchanger for gear oil
4 Water cooler
The cooling system is located on the rear section between the driver’s cab and en-
gine.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The fan draws in ambient air from the left vehicle side via the coolers. The coolers
release the heat into the air. The heated air is blown back out on the right side of
the vehicle.
The fan is driven hydrostatically. The speed depends on:
– Engine speed
– Coolant temperature
– Hydraulic oil temperature
– Charge air temperature
The fan cools:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– The engine coolant

– The hydraulic oil
– The charge air of the engine
– The diesel fuel
The transmission gear oil is cooled by a heat exchanger in the hydraulic oil circuit.
The air conditioning condenser is cooled by 2 electrically powered fans, independ-
ently of the hydraulic fan.
050-2 L576-1169
Service manual Cooling system
Hydraulic control unit
050.2 Hydraulic control unit

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 247: Components of the cooling system

1 Hydraulic tank 6 Hydraulic oil cooler 11 Proportional pressure relief
valve
2 Fan gear pump 7 Air conditioning condenser 12 80 μm in-line filter
3 Intercooler 8 Heat exchanger for gear oil 13 Fan blade
4 Fuel cooler 9 Fan gear motor 14 Variable displacement motor
2
5 Water cooler 10 Leak oil connection
The fan gear pump 2 is flange-mounted directly on the power take-off unit 3 of the
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
engine.
L576-1169 050-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 248: Hydraulic diagram of the cooling system

1 Hydraulic tank 22 Orifice
2 Breather filter 23 Collector pipe
3 Return strainer 24 Bypass valve
4 Bypass valve 25 Hydraulic oil cooler
5 Return and suction filter 26 Heat exchanger
6 Pre-tension valve 27 From the transmission
7 Replenishing valve with strainer 28 To the transmission
8 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 30 Fan gear motor
B8
9 Shut-off valve 31 Main piston
10 Working hydraulics pump intake 32 Orifice
port
11 Emergency steering pump intake 33 Proportional pressure relief valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
port
12 Replenishing pump intake port 34 Gear motor
13 Steering pump intake connection 35 Fan blade
14 Working hydraulics pump and 36 80 μm in-line filter
steering pump leak oil
15 Variable displacement pump leak 37 Fan gear pump
oil (travel hydraulics)
16 Compact brake valve leak oil 38 Brake system gear pump
17 Solenoid valve block return flow 39 Variable displacement motor scav-
enging pump
18 Control valve block return line 40 From the variable displacement
motor 2
050-4 L576-1169
20 Variable displacement motor 1 41 To the compact brake valve

21 Variable displacement motor 2
The speed, and therefore the displacement, of the fan gear pump 37 depends on
the engine speed.
The fan gear pump 37 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps it to the
fan gear motor 30. An in-line filter 36 is fitted in front of the fan gear motor 30.
The oil returning from the fan gear motor 30 flows through the variable displace-
ment motors 20 and 21. The bearings in the variable displacement motors are thus
lubricated and cooled. The variable displacement motor scavenging pump 39 deliv-
ers this oil further to the collector pipe 23.
The proportional pressure relief valve 33 continuously regulates the pressure and
therefore the speed of the fan gear motor 30.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 249: Gear pump layout

1 Fan circuit test connection 3 Brake system gear pump
2 Fan gear pump 4 Variable displacement motor scav-
enging gear pump
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The gear pumps are attached to the power take-off unit of the engine and are driv-
en by the engine spur gear at a certain transmission ratio.
The pumps are connected to each other via shafts with an actuator. The pumps
are sealed against each other. The suction side of the fan gear pump 2 is connec-
ted to the hydraulic tank and the pressure side is connected to the fan gear motor.
L576-1169 050-5
Fig. 250: Gear pump components

1 Shaft seal ring 5 Gears
2 Flange 6 Housing
3 Seals 7 Housing cover
4 Bearing bushings
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The gear pump consists of two interlocking gear wheels encased in a housing. One
of the two gears is driven by the shaft extending from the housing (driver gear),
while the other is moved by the toothing (driven gear).
The hydraulic oil drawn in is trapped in the tooth gaps and pumped along the out-
side of the housing from the suction connection to the pressure connection.
2.2 Pressure cut-off

The pressure cut-off for the fan gear pump is actuated by the proportional pressure
relief valve on the fan gear motor.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
050-6 L576-1169

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 251: Gear motor with proportional pressure relief valve

1 From the fan gear motor 5 Proportional pressure relief valve
2 In-line filter 6 Leak oil
3 Motor housing 7 Fan blade
4 Proportional pressure relief valve 8 To the hydraulic tank
connecting housing
The gear motor is installed in the fan housing. The gear motor drives the fan
blade 7 via a shaft.
The proportional pressure relief valve 5 on the gear motor controls the fan speed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 050-7
Fig. 252: Gear motor with proportional pressure relief valve

1 Bearing cover 9 O-ring
2 Seals 10 O-ring
3 Bearing bushing 11 Actuator ring
4 Gears 12 Shaft
5 Bearing bushing 13 Roller bearing
6 Motor housing 14 Snap ring with washer
7 Proportional pressure relief valve 15 Shaft seal ring
connecting housing
8 Proportional pressure relief valve 16 Bearing cover
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 253: Proportional pressure relief valve

1 Pressure relief adjusting screw 8 Secondary piston
2 Counter nut 9 Sleeve with secondary restrictor
3 Protective cap 10 Housing
4 Solenoid 11 Primary spring
050-8 L576-1169
5 Secondary spring 12 Main piston

6 Connection for solenoid 13 Primary restrictor
7 Housing
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The gear motor 1 is driven by the delivery flow of the fan gear pump.
The gear motor 1 contains a proportional pressure relief valve 3 which controls the
speeds of the gear motor and therefore the fan speed.
Fig. 254: Hydraulic diagram of the fan gear motor

1 Gear motor P Pump supply
2 Fan gear motor assembly T1 Return to the variable displace-
ment motors (bearing lubrication)
3 Proportional pressure relief valve T2 Seal relief (return to tank)
4 Main piston
2.2 Pressure control by the proportional pressure relief valve

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 255: Function of the proportional pressure relief valve
When the solenoid 1 is de-energised, the proportional pressure relief valve acts as
an upstream pressure relief valve.
The pressure at the connection P passes through the primary restrictor 8 into the
spring chamber of the main piston 7 and acts via the secondary restrictor 5 on the
secondary piston 4. The pressure equalisation on the main piston 7 closes it by
means of the primary spring 6.
When the pressure on the secondary piston 4 increases above the set force of the
secondary spring 2, the secondary piston 4 opens and oil can flow into the tank
L576-1169 050-9
chamber T. This gives rise to a pressure difference in front of and behind the main
piston 7, causing the main piston 7 to open.
If the solenoid 1 is energised, a varying magnetic force is generated, depending on
the current strength.
This magnetic force acts on the iron core 3 and pulls it back with a force corre-
sponding to the current strength.
This magnetic force reduces the set spring force of the secondary spring 2 by the
magnetic force. This causes the proportional valve to open when the system pres-
sure is low.
2.3 Fan speed control

The proportional pressure relief valve acts as a bypass on the gear motor.
At low temperatures, the bypass is almost fully open. Most of the oil from the pump
flows through the bypass valve to the tank. The fan runs at low speed (minimum
speed).
As the temperature increases, the bypass valve closes in proportion to the temper-
ature. The fan motor turns the fan at a higher speed.
2.4 Failsafe characteristics

If there is a power failure, the failsafe characteristics close the bypass at the pro-
portional pressure relief valve. The full delivery flow of the gear pump drives the
gear motor. The fan runs at maximum speed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
050-10 L576-1169
Electronic control unit
050.3 Electronic control unit

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Assembly
Fig. 256: Cooling system assembly

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Hydraulic tank 6 Fan gear motor 11 Central control unit (Master4)

2 Hydraulic oil temperature 7 Proportional pressure relief 12 Output module 1
sensor B8 valve Y13
3 Fan gear pump 8 Engine 13 Input module 1
4 Cooler unit 9 Coolant temperature sensor
B708
5 Charge air temperature sen- 10 Engine electronics (Lidec1)
sor B707
The hydraulic oil 2 temperature sensor is connected to input module 1. The charge
air 5 and coolant 9 temperature sensors are connected to input module 1 via the
engine electronics (Lidec1).
L576-1169 050-11
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The fan speed is regulated by the central control unit (Master4).
The central control unit (Master4) evaluates the measured values of several tem-
perature sensors:
– Hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8
– Charge air temperature sensor B707
– Coolant temperature sensor B708
On the basis of this data, the central control unit (Master4) via output module 1 in-
creases or reduces the current to the solenoid of the proportional pressure relief
valve Y13 on the fan gear motor 5. The oil flow through the fan gear motor 5 is
regulated in this manner. If the current is reduced, the fan speed increases.
The fan speed is derived from the speed of the engine (flow rate of the fan gear
pump) and the current at the proportional pressure relief valve Y13.
2.2 Fail safe behaviour

When the proportional pressure relief valve of the fan gear motor is not energised,
it is completely open. Consequently, the maximum amount of oil flows through the
fan gear motor if the electronics fail. The fan runs at maximum speed.
2.3 Characteristic map
Fig. 257: Fan speed characteristic map

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Fan speed 4 Rated speed of fan

2 Current at the proportional pres- 5 Fan speed when the proportional
sure relief valve pressure relief valve is de-ener-
gised
3 Engine speed 6 Fan speed at low temperature
(minimum speed)
The characteristic map shows the fan speed according to the current strength at
the proportional pressure relief valve solenoid.
To operate the fan at a certain speed, the engine must run at a certain minimum
speed (the displacement of the fan gear pump depends on the engine speed).
050-12 L576-1169
Example: At a current strength of 340 mA, the fan speed is 1400 rpm. The prereq-
uisite for this is that the engine is running at a minimum speed of 1400 rpm. If the
engine is only turning at 800 rpm, a maximum fan speed of 796 rpm is possible.
2.4 Temperature limits

Fan control at upper engine speed.
System pressure Current Fan speed

Hydraulic oil up to 55 °C
40±10 bar 850 mA 250 rpm
Coolant up to 88 °C
Hydraulic oil 55 °C - 73 °C 850 mA - 250 rpm -
40 bar - 175 bar
Hydraulic oil 88 °C - 93 °C 340 mA 1400 rpm
Hydraulic oil 73 °C - 88 °C
175±10 bar 340 mA 1400 rpm
Hydraulic oil 93 °C - 97 °C
Hydraulic oil over 88 °C
220±10 bar 0 mA 1600 rpm
Coolant over 97 °C
Tab. 71: System pressure and electric current
At 95 °C hydraulic oil temperature or more:

– the output of the travel pump is reduced,
– the hydraulic oil temperature too high symbol field flashes red in the unit display
of the display unit,
– a service code appears on the display unit,
– a warning tone is issued.
At 100 °C coolant temperature or more:
– the coolant temperature symbol field flashes red in the display unit,
– the STOP symbol field appears on the display unit,
– a service code appears on the display unit,
– a warning tone is issued.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 258: Hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8
The hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8 is screwed into the hydraulic tank next to
the suction port of the replenishing pump.
The sensor element consists of an encapsulated thin-film nickel resistor.
L576-1169 050-13
2 Function
Fig. 259: Wiring diagram and characteristic
Temperature Resistance
-20 °C 895 Ω
0 °C 1000 Ω
20 °C 1110 Ω
40 °C 1230 Ω
60 °C 1355 Ω
80 °C 1485 Ω
100 °C 1620 Ω
120 °C 1760 Ω
Tab. 72: Relationship of temperature to resistance
The central control unit measures the resistance of the temperature sensor and
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
calculates the temperature from it.

As the temperature increases, so does the sensor resistance (PTC characteristic).
The increase is approximately linear.
050-14 L576-1169
060 Working hydraulics
Contents
L576-1169/34157-23812; 060-3
L576-1169/23813-; 060-8
L576-1169/23813-; 060-15
L576-1169/23813-; 060-23
060.5 Pilot control 060-29
L576-1169/23813-; 060-29
L576-1169/23813-; 060-33
L576-1169/23813-; 060-38
L576-1169/23813-; 060-39
L576-1169/23813-; 060-40
060.6 Ride control 060-42
L576-1169/34157-23812; 060-42
L576-1169/23813-; 060-45
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 060-51
L576-1169/23813-; 060-55
060.7 Working hydraulics cylinder 060-57
060.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders for Z kinematics 060-57
L576-1169/23813-; 060-57
L576-1169/23813-; 060-58
L576-1169 060-1
Working hydraulics Service manual
060.7.2 Hydraulic cylinders for industrial lift arms 060-59

L576-1169/23813-; 060-59
L576-1169/23813-; 060-60
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-2 L576-1169
Service manual Working hydraulics
Overview of the working hydraulics
Valid for: L576-1169/34157-23812;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 260: Main components of the working hydraulics

1 Hydraulic tank 8 Stabilisation module (option- LS Load sensing pressure test
al) connection
L576-1169 060-3
2 Travel pump 9 Ride control hydro accumula- P Working hydraulics high pres-
tor unit (optional) sure test connection
3 Working hydraulics pump 10 Control valve block M1 Working hydraulics pump re-
turn pressure test connection
4 Solenoid valve block 11 Compact brake valve (hous- G Replenishing pressure test
ing preheating) connection
5 Working hydraulics lockout 12 Left lift cylinder MX Test connection for hydro ac-
solenoid valve Y14 cumulator ride control load
pressure
6 Pilot control hydro accumula- 13 Right lift cylinder
tor
7 Pilot control unit 14 Tilt cylinder
The working hydraulics consist of the following components:
– Hydraulic tank
– Working hydraulics pump
– Control valve block
– Pilot control
– Ride control
– Lift cylinder
– Tilt cylinder
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-4 L576-1169
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 261: Hydraulic diagram of the working hydraulics
L576-1169 060-5
1 Hydraulic tank 41 Steering pump 81 Lift cylinder spool valve

2 Breather filter 45 Working hydraulics pump 82 Restrictor check valve
3 Return strainer 46 Axial piston pump 83 Restrictor check valve
4 Bypass valve 47 Return piston 84 Replenishing valve for lower-
ing
5 Return and suction filter 48 Restrictor 85 Replenishing valve for lower-
ing
6 Pre-tension valve 49 Servo piston 86 Secondary pressure relief
valve for raising lift arms
7 Replenishing valve 50 Regulating lever 87 Strainer
8 Strainer 51 Restrictor 88 Flow regulating valve
9 Shut-off valve 52 Power regulator 89 LS pressure cut-off valve
10 Emergency steering pump 53 Dummy piston 90 Restrictor check valve
suction port
11 Drain valve 54 Flow regulator 91 Restrictor Ø0.6 mm
12 Hydraulic oil temperature 60 Pilot control unit 92 Restrictor Ø1.2 mm
sensor B8
13 Steering pump suction port 61 Lowering valve 93 Orifice Ø 1.5 mm
14 Gear pump suction port 62 Float position retaining mag- 94 Steering cylinder pressure re-
net Y18 lief valve return flow
15 Travel pump leak oil 63 Lifting valve 95 Compact brake valve (hous-
ing preheating)
16 Fan gear motor leak oil 64 Lift kick-out retaining solenoid 96 Tilt cylinder
Y17
17 Compact brake valve return 65 Tilt in valve 97 Left lift cylinder
flow
18 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass 66 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 98 Right lift cylinder
return flow magnet Y9 (optional)
19 Hydraulic oil cooler return 67 Tilt out valve 100 Stabilisation module
flow
25 Travel pump 70 Control valve block 101 Ride control valve spool
26 Replenishing pump 71 Primary pressure relief valve 102 Hydro accumulator relief
valve
27 Replenishing pressure relief 72 Pre-tension valve 103 Safety valve
valve
28 Engine 73 Tilt cylinder pressure balance 104 Ride control solenoid valve
Y20
29 Travel motor supply 74 Tilt cylinder spool valve 105 Restrictor check valve
35 Solenoid valve block 75 Restrictor check valve 106 Ride control hydro accumula-
tor unit
36 Check valve 76 Restrictor check valve LS Load sensing pressure
37 Check valve 77 Replenishing valve for tilting P Working hydraulics high pres-
out sure
38 Overspeed protection sole- 78 Secondary pressure relief M1 Working hydraulics pump re-
noid valve Y16 valve for tilting out turn pressure
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
39 Working hydraulics lockout 79 Secondary pressure relief G Replenishing pressure

solenoid valve Y14 valve for tilting in
40 Pilot control hydro accumula- 80 Lift cylinder pressure balance MX Ride control hydro accumula-
tor tor charge pressure
The working hydraulics is an open circuit. This means that the oil returns to the
hydraulic tank 1. In a closed circuit, by contrast, the oil flows directly back to the
pump.
The working hydraulics pump 45 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps
it to the control valve block 70. The flow rate depends on the load.
The pilot control unit hydraulically moves the spool valves in the control valve
block 70. The replenishing pump 26 diverts the oil required to do this. The pilot
060-6 L576-1169
control unit 60 generates the servo pressure from the replenishing pressure, ac-
cording to the deflection of the control lever.
The oil flows to the consumers via the opening created by the spools when moving.
At the same time, the pressure balances generate a load sensing signal which
makes the working hydraulics pump 25 swing out.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-7
Working hydraulics - Overview
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 262: Main components of the working hydraulics

1 Right lift cylinder 6 Working hydraulics pump 11 Stabilisation module
2 Left lift cylinder 7 Variable displacement pump 12 Hydro accumulator unit
with replenishing pump
060-8 L576-1169
3 Tilt cylinder 8 Pilot control solenoid valve 13 Control valve block

4 Pilot control unit 9 Pilot control hydro accumula-
tor
5 Hydraulic tank 10 Compact brake valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-9
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 263: Hydraulic diagram of the working hydraulics
060-10 L576-1169
1 Hydraulic tank 32 Restoring cylinder 62 Restrictor check valve

2 Breather filter 33 Restrictor 63 Float position/ride control sol-
enoid valve Y21
3 Return strainer 34 Servo cylinder 64 Replenishing valve
4 Bypass valve 35 Restrictor 65 Pressure relief valve for lifting
5 Return and suction filter 36 Power regulator 66 Orifice Ø 1 mm
6 Pre-tension valve 37 Flow regulator 67 Housing preheating (compact
brake valve)
7 Replenishing valve with 40 Restrictor check valve 68 Right lift cylinder
strainer
8 Hydraulic oil temperature 41 Restrictor Ø1.2 mm 69 Left lift cylinder
sensor B8
9 Shut-off valve 42 Restrictor Ø0.6 mm 70 Tilt cylinder
10 Emergency steering pump in- 45 Control valve block 75 Stabilisation module
take port
11 Steering pump intake connec- 46 Pre-tension valve 76 Ride control solenoid valve
tion Y20
12 Gear pump intake port 47 Primary pressure relief valve 77 Safety valve
13 Variable displacement pump 48 LS pressure cut-off 78 Relief valve
leak oil
14 Compact brake valve leak oil 49 Flow regulating valve 79 Ride control valve spool
15 Fan gear motor leak oil 50 Strainer 80 Restrictor check valve
16 Oil cooler return line 51 Tilt cylinder pressure balance 81 Hydro accumulator unit
17 Oil cooler bypass return line 52 Restrictor check valve 82 Check valve
18 Replenishing pump 53 Tilt cylinder spool valve 85 Pilot control unit
20 Solenoid valve block 54 Restrictor check valve 86 Float position solenoid
21 Overspeed protection sole- 55 Pressure relief valve for tilting 87 Lowering valve
noid valve Y16 out
22 Pilot control solenoid valve 56 Replenishing valve 88 Lift kick-out solenoid
Y14
23 Check valve 57 Pressure relief valve for tilting 89 Lifting valve
in
24 Pilot control hydro accumula- 58 Restrictor check valve 90 Tilt-in valve
tor
25 Steering pump return flow 59 Lift cylinder spool valve 91 Bucket return-to-dig solenoid
30 Working hydraulics pump 60 Check valve with restrictor 92 Tilt-out valve
Ø8 mm
31 Axial piston pump 61 Lift cylinder pressure balance 93 Float position pressure switch
27.5 bar B32
The following functions are part of the working hydraulics.
– Working movements of the lift and tilt cylinders
– Ride control
– Float position
– Automatic bucket return-to-dig function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Lift kick-out (optional)

The working hydraulics operate in an open circuit.
The working hydraulics pump 30 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps
it through the control valve block 40 to the consumers. The returning oil flows
through the return-suction filter 5 back to the hydraulic tank 1.
The control valve block 45 contains the spools for the lift cylinders 59 and tilt cylin-
ders 53. The spools are moved hydraulically by the pilot control 85. The pressure
balances 61 and 51 distribute the flow from the working hydraulics pump 30 to the
consumers independent of load.
A small amount of LS oil flows constantly through the flow regulating valve 49 to
the tank. This reduces the LS pressure more quickly when a function is no longer
L576-1169 060-11
used. The working hydraulics pump 30 moves back to a narrower angle more
quickly.
The ride control system absorbs vibrations of the machine as it travels.
2.2 Hydraulic tank

(For more information see: 080.1.1 Overview of the hydraulic tank, page 080-2)
Fig. 264: Hydraulic tank with return and suction filter
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the working hydraulics. The working hy-
draulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1. The re-
turning oil is pumped back through the connection 2 and the return-suction filter 3
to the hydraulic tank.
The breather filter 4 compares pressure differences in the hydraulic tank.

(For more information see: 060.3 Working hydraulics pump, page 060-15) LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 265: Working hydraulics pump with flow regulator and power regulator
The working hydraulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank and pumps it to
060-12 L576-1169
The flow regulator 2 adjusts the angle of the working hydraulics pump with the help
of the load sensing signal. In this way only the require oil quantity is pumped.
The power regulator 1 ensures that the maximum power take-off from the working
hydraulics pump is not exceeded.

(For more information see: 060.3 Working hydraulics pump, page 060-15)
Fig. 266: Control valve block with valves

1 Closing element 5 Primary pressure relief valve
2 Secondary pressure relief valve 6 Float position/ride control solenoid
valve
3 Spool valves for lift cylinders 7 LS pressure cut-off
4 Spool valves for tilt cylinders
The spools for the lift cylinder 3 and the tilt cylinder 4 are located in the control
valve block.
The LS pressure cut-off 7 limits the pressure of the working hydraulics pump. The
primary pressure relief valve 5 is an additional safeguard against excess pressure.
The secondary pressure relief valves 2 protect the hydraulic system from pressure
peaks caused by consumers.
The float position / ride control solenoid valve is energised when the float position
or ride control is activated.
2.5 Pilot control

(For more information see: 060.5.1 Overview of the pilot control unit,
page 060-29)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 267: Pilot control components
The working hydraulics are controlled by their own control circuit. The spools in the
control valve block 1 are hydraulically controlled by the pilot control unit 2.
The required control oil is supplied by the replenishing pump of the variable dis-
placement pump 4. The control oil flows through the pilot control solenoid valve 3.
L576-1169 060-13
2.6 Ride control

(For more information see: 060.6.2 Ride control overview, page 060-45)
Fig. 268: Ride control components
The ride control connects the piston side of the lift cylinder with the hydro accumu-
lator unit 1 via the stabilisation module 2. The ring side of the lift cylinder is connec-
ted with the hydraulic tank via the float position / ride control solenoid valve 4.
In this way the movement of the lift arms is spring-cushioned during travel. Ma-
chine vibrations are reduced.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-14 L576-1169
Working hydraulics pump
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 269: Main components of the working hydraulics pump

1 Drive shaft 4 Power regulator
2 Pump housing 5 Flow regulator
3 Connecting housing
The working hydraulics pump is flange-mounted on the pump splitter box. The
pump splitter box is driven by the engine.
The working hydraulics pump is an axial piston pump with a swash plate design.
The rotary group cylinder contains seven pistons in a circular arrangement which
can move back and forward.
The power regulator 4 and the flow regulator 5 are attached to the pump housing.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-15
Fig. 270: Components of the working hydraulics pump

1 Drive shaft 14 Regulating lever 27 O-ring
2 Shaft seal ring 15 Restrictor 28 Rotary group cylinder
3 Snap ring 16 Piston with roller 29 Qmax adjusting screw
4 Cover 17 Control bushing 30 Bushing
5 Pump housing 18 Sleeve 31 Return plate
6 Swivel plate 19 Servo piston 32 Cup springs
7 Glide shoe 20 Cylindrical roller bearing 33 Return ball
8 Piston 21 Control plate 34 Swivel plate bearing
9 Adjusting pin 22 Restrictor 35 Guide pin
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
10 Qmin adjusting screw 23 Connecting housing 36 Snap ring

11 Compression spring 24 Compression spring 37 Cylindrical roller bearing
12 O-ring 25 Return piston
13 Regulator housing 26 Return pin
060-16 L576-1169
Fig. 271: Components of the regulator unit

1 Valve piston 10 Load sensing connection 19 Pin
2 Plug 11 Control piston 20 Control piston
3 Valve insert 12 Regulator housing 21 Spring cup
4 Adjusting screw 13 Adjusting screw 22 Compression spring
5 Counter nut 14 Counter nut 23 Spring cup
6 Spring cup 15 Spring cup 24 O-ring
7 O-ring 16 Regulating spring 25 Counterstay
8 Regulating springs 17 Spring cup 26 Valve insert
9 Spring cup 18 Regulating lever
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-17
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 272: Hydraulic diagram of the working hydraulics pump

1 Rotary group 8 Load sensing signal from the con-
trol valve block
2 Restoring cylinder 9 Connection to hydraulic tank
3 Restrictor 10 Oil to control valve block
4 Servo cylinder 11 Intake port
5 Restrictor M1 Servo pressure test connection
6 Power regulator P Working hydraulics pump high
pressure
7 Flow regulator
The working hydraulics pump operates in an open circuit. It draws up oil directly
from the hydraulic tank and pumps it to the control valve block. The flow of oil from
the working hydraulics pump is determined by the angle adjustment and speed of
the pump.
The regulators attached to the working hydraulics pump determine the angle ad-
justment of the pump and therefore the flow volume. LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-18 L576-1169
2.2 Pump control system
Fig. 273: Working hydraulics pump with control unit

1 Swivel plate 4 Return piston chamber
2 Servo piston 5 Return piston
3 Swivel out piston chamber
The swivel plate 1 of the working hydraulics pump is pivoted out by the servo pis-
ton 2. The operating pressure acts at all times in the piston chamber 3. This pivots
the pump out.
The swivel plate is moved back by the return piston 5. Pressurised oil is pumped
into the piston chamber 4. The return piston is operated by the regulators attached
to the working hydraulics pump.
The flow of the hydraulic pump is controlled by the following regulators:
– Flow regulator
– Power regulator
The status of the working hydraulics determines which regulator is currently active.
If no oil or only a certain amount is required from the working hydraulics, the flow
regulator regulates the working hydraulic pump to supply the right amount.
If the set performance limit is exceeded at a certain flow and at increasing pres-
sure, the power regulator reduces the flow of the working hydraulics pump.
2.3 Flow regulation

The load sensing system ensures that the working hydraulics pump only provides
as much oil from the hydraulic tank as the working hydraulics currently need.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-19
Fig. 274: Working hydraulics flow regulator not demanding oil

1 Compression springs 4 High pressure channel
2 Load sensing connection 5 Channel to restoring cylinder
3 Control piston 6 Flow regulator
When the working hydraulics are not actuated, the oil flow to the spools in the con-
trol valve block is stopped. The working hydraulics pump moves to minimum flow
rate (leak flow). The load sensing connection 2 is depressurised. The high pres-
sure pushes the piston 3 against the springs 1, which determine the standby pres-
sure in the system. The control piston 3 opens the high pressure duct 4 to the
duct 5 and the return cylinder reduces the pump to leak flow.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 275: Working hydraulics flow regulator demanding oil

1 Compression springs 5 Channel to restoring cylinder
2 Load sensing connection 6 Flow regulator
3 Control piston 7 To the pump housing
4 High pressure channel
When the working hydraulics require oil, the pressure at the load sensing connec-
tion 2increases. The pressure and the force of the springs 1 push the control pis-
ton 3 against the high pressure. This opens the channel 5 to the tank connection 7.
The open channel relieves the restoring cylinder and the pump moves out. The re-
quired oil quantity is pumped.
060-20 L576-1169
2.4 Pump pressure restriction
Fig. 276: Pump pressure restriction

1 LS pressure cut-off (working hy- 2 Flow regulator
draulics)
The maximum operating pressure in the system is limited by the LS pressure cut-
off 1 in the control valve block. The load sensing pressure, which affects the flow
regulator 2, is limited to a certain level.
2.5 Pump output regulation

The power regulator regulates the displacement of the working hydraulics pump
according to the operating pressure, so that a specific drive power is never excee-
ded.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 277: Pump output diagram
The power regulator works on the principle of hyperbolic control. It regulates the
pump exactly along the preset power curve 1 (flow x high pressure).
L576-1169 060-21
Fig. 278: Power regulator in the control phase

1 Power regulator 7 Tank connection
2 Compression spring 8 Ring area on piston
3 Channel to restoring cylinder 9 Servo piston
4 High pressure channel 10 Piston with roller
5 Control piston 11 Regulating lever
6 Regulating spring
The operating pressure acts via the piston ring area 8 on the regulating lever 11.
This generates a variable lever force depending on the position of the servo pis-
ton 9 (flow rate) and acts on the externally adjustable spring 6. If the force of the
regulating lever 11 generated by the operating pressure exceeds the set spring
force, the valve piston 5 is moved. Pressurised oil flows through the duct 3 to the
restoring cylinder and the flow of the working hydraulics pump is reduced.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-22 L576-1169
Control valve block
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 279: Main components of the control valve block

1 Closing element 7 Pressure relief valve for tilting out
2 Pressure relief valve for lifting 8 Tilt cylinder spool valve
3 Pressure relief valve for tilting in 9 Lift cylinder spool valve
4 Pressure balances 10 Float position/ride control solenoid
valve
5 Main block housing 11 LS pressure cut-off
The control valve block is installed in the front section. Between the main block
housing 5 and the firing element 1 further segments for a 3rd and 4th control circuit
can be installed.
The following are integrated in the control valve block:
– Lift cylinder spool valve
– Tilt cylinder spool valve
– All valves for pressure protection
– Float position function
– Ride control function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-23
Control valve block
Fig. 280: Control valve block components

1 Main block housing 6 Closing element 11 Cover
2 Pre-tension valve 7 Lift cylinder spool valve 12 Compression spring
3 Primary pressure relief valve 8 Counter nut 13 Spring cup
4 Feeding valve for tilting out 9 Cap nut 14 Tilt cylinder spool valve
5 Replenishing valve for lower- 10 Spool valve stroke adjusting
ing screw
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 281: Control valve block components

1 Main block housing 3 Primary pressure relief valve
2 Pre-tension valve
060-24 L576-1169
Control valve block
Fig. 282: Section A-A, lift cylinder spool

1 Main block housing 7 Counter nut 13 Pressure relief valve for lifting
2 Compression spring 8 Float position/ride control sol- 14 Spring cup
enoid valve
3 Cover 9 Control piston 15 Lift cylinder spool
4 Restrictor check valve 10 Valve insert 16 Check valve with restrictor
5 Adjusting screw control lift 11 Main piston
6 Cap nut 12 Pressure balance
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 283: Section B-B, tilt cylinder spool

1 Main block housing 5 Spool valve stroke adjusting 9 Pressure balance
screw
2 Compression spring 6 Cap nut 10 Pressure relief valve for tilting
in
3 Cover 7 Counter nut 11 Spring cup
4 Restrictor check valve 8 Pressure relief valve for tilting 12 Tilt cylinder spool valve
out
L576-1169 060-25
Control valve block
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 284: Control valve block hydraulic hose

1 Restrictor check valve 17 Lift cylinder spool valve
2 Restrictor Ø1.2 mm 18 Check valve with restrictor Ø8 mm
3 Restrictor Ø0.6 mm 19 Lift cylinder pressure balance
4 Pre-tension valve 20 Restrictor check valve
5 Primary pressure relief valve 21 Float position/ride control solenoid
valve Y21
6 LS pressure cut-off 22 Replenishing valve
7 Flow regulating valve 23 Pressure relief valve for lifting
8 Strainer 24 Orifice Ø 1.0 mm
9 Tilt cylinder pressure balance 25 Housing preheating connection
10 Restrictor check valve 26 Lift cylinder connection
11 Tilt cylinder spool valve 27 Stabilisation module tank connec-
tion
12 Restrictor check valve 28 Hydraulic tank connection
13 Pressure relief valve for tilting out 29 Load sensing connection
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
14 Replenishing valve 30 Working hydraulics pump connec-

tion
15 Pressure relief valve for tilting in 31 Tilt cylinder connection
16 Restrictor check valve 32 Lift cylinder connection
The spool 11 and 17 are steered with control oil from the pilot control unit. The
restrictor check valves 10, 12, 16 and 20 enable delicate steering.
The pressure balances 9 and 19 allow the oil from the working hydraulics pump 30
to be distributed to the consumer independent of load.
If the tilt-in function is activated, with the tilt cylinder already extended to the limit,
the LS pressure increases greatly. The lift cylinder pressure balance 19 is closed.
To allow the lift cylinders to still extend, oil flows through the check valve with re-
strictor 18, past the pressure balance 19, to the lift cylinder.
060-26 L576-1169
Control valve block
The individual functions are secured by the secondary pressure relief valves 13, 15
and 23. This protects the hydraulic components from overload. The secondary
pressure relief valves are also feeding valves.
A small amount of LS oil flows constantly through the flow regulating valve 7 to the
tank. This reduces the LS pressure more quickly when a function is no longer
used. The working hydraulics pump moves back to a narrower angle more quickly.
The LS pressure cut-off 6 protects the working hydraulics pump from excessive
pressure.
2.2 Working hydraulics actuated
Fig. 285: Spool actuated
If a function is activated, control oil flows from the pilot control unit through the con-
nection b1 to the spool 2. The spool 2 is shifted to the left.
Oil from the working hydraulics pump P flows through the control notch 1 to the
pressure compensator 3. The load holding valve in the pressure compensator 3
opens when the pressure from the working hydraulics pump P exceeds the pres-
sure in the hydraulic cylinder. The oil flows through the connection B1 to the hy-
draulic cylinder.
The return flow oil from the hydraulic cylinder flows through the connection A1 and
the spool 2 to the hydraulic tank T.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-27
Control valve block
2.3 Float position
Fig. 286: Lift cylinder spool for float position
In float position the working attachment lies on the ground under its own weight.
The lift arms can move freely up and down.
If “lower lift arms” is activated on the control lever as far as it will go, there is maxi-
mum pressure on the connection a2. The spool 1 is pushed to the right up to the
stop screw 2. The piston side of the lift cylinders B2 is connected to the hydraulic
tank T.
The float position / ride control solenoid valve 3 is energised. The ring side of the
lift cylinder A2 is connected to the hydraulic tank T. The lift arms can move freely
up and down to compensate for uneven ground.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-28 L576-1169
Pilot control
060.5 Pilot control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 287: Main components of the pilot control unit

1 Float position pressure switch 5 Pilot control solenoid valve
27.5 bar
2 Pilot control unit 6 Solenoid valve block
3 Variable displacement pump with 7 Pilot control hydro accumulator
replenishing pump
4 Overspeed protection solenoid 8 Control valve block
valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-29
Pilot control
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 288: Hydraulic diagram of the pilot control unit

1 Hydraulic tank 11 Tilt cylinder spool
2 Replenishing pump 12 Float position pressure switch
27.5 bar
3 Solenoid valve block 13 Pilot control unit
4 Overspeed protection solenoid 14 Lowering valve
valve
5 Pilot control solenoid valve 15 Float position solenoid
6 Check valve 16 Lifting valve
7 Pilot control hydro accumulator 17 Lift kick-out solenoid
8 Control valve block 18 Tilt-out valve
9 Restrictor check valve 19 Tilt-in valve
10 Lift cylinder spool 20 Bucket return-to-dig solenoid
The working hydraulics are controlled by their own control circuit. Control oil from
the pilot control unit 13 moves the spools 10 and 11 hydraulically. The replenish-
ing pump 2 of the variable displacement pump supplies the control oil.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The pilot control solenoid valve 5 is deactivated by pushing the working hydraulics
lockout button. The working attachment can no longer be moved. Inadvertent
movement during on-road travel or maintenance is not possible.
The pilot control hydro accumulator 7 enables lowering the lift arms and tilting out
the bucket even when the engine is not running.
The following functions are controlled by a retaining solenoid in the pilot control
unit:
– Float position 15
– Lift kick-out 17
– Bucket return-to-dig 20
060-30 L576-1169
Pilot control
2.2 Pilot control unit
Fig. 290: Pilot control unit
The pilot control unit sends control oil to the control valve block. The spools are
moved by the pressure of the control oil. The deflection of the control lever continu-
ously controls the pressure.
The retaining magnets are solenoids. The retaining solenoids hold the control lever
in the maximum position during the float position, lift kick-out and bucket return-to-
dig functions.
2.3 Variable displacement pump with replenishing pump

(For more information see: 070.4 Variable displacement pump, page 070-20)
Fig. 291: Variable displacement pump with replenishing pump
The replenishing pump 1 is integrated in the variable displacement pump 2 of the

travel hydraulics.
The replenishing pump supplies:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– The closed circuit of the travel hydraulics with fresh oil.

– The travel hydraulics with control oil.
– The pilot control with control oil.
– The overspeed protection with brake fluid.
2.4 Solenoid valve block

(For more information see: 060.5.3 Pilot control solenoid valve, page 060-38)
L576-1169 060-31
Pilot control
Fig. 292: Solenoid valve block

1 Pilot control hydro accumulator 3 Overspeed protection solenoid
valve
2 Pilot control solenoid valve 4 Solenoid valve block
The solenoid valves of the pilot control 2 and overspeed protection 3 are integrated
in the solenoid valve block.
After the machine is started, the pilot control solenoid valve 2 is automatically acti-
vated. Control oil from the replenishing pump flows to the pilot control unit. The
working hydraulics can be operated.
The pilot control solenoid valve 2 is deactivated by pushing the working hydraulics
lockout button. The P connection in the pilot control unit is relieved towards the hy-
draulic tank. The working hydraulics cannot be used.
The pilot control hydro accumulator 1 enables lowering the lift arms and tilting out
the bucket even when the engine is not running. To do so, push and hold the work-
ing hydraulics lockout button with the ignition ON and, at the same time, push the
control lever forwards or move it towards the right.

(For more information see: 060.4 Control valve block, page 060-23)
The spools for the lift cylinder 2 and the tilt cylinder 1 are located in the control
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
valve block.
The spools are hydraulically controlled by the pilot control unit. The restrictors in
the control valve block enable precise controlling.
When the float position / ride control solenoid valve 3 is activated, the ring side of
the lift cylinders is connected to the hydraulic tank.
060-32 L576-1169
Pilot control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 295: Pilot control unit

1 Control lever 4 Retaining magnet power supply
2 Lift kick-out retaining magnet Y17 5 Float position retaining magnet
(optional) Y18
3 Bucket return-to-dig retaining
magnet Y9
The pilot control unit is installed in the driver’s cab.
The control lever 1 is attached to the pilot control unit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-33
Pilot control
Fig. 296: Sectional view of pilot control unit

1 Tilt-out valve 9 Retaining plate
2 Return spring 10 Bucket return-to-dig retaining
magnet Y9
3 Regulating spring 11 Regulating spring cup
4 Regulating spring cup 12 Retaining magnet spring bushing
5 Plunger 13 Tilt-in valve
6 Universal joint 14 Retaining magnet compression
spring
7 Ball journal 15 Regulating spring
8 Control lever 16 Return spring
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-34 L576-1169
Pilot control
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 297: Hydraulic diagram of pilot control unit

1 Pilot control unit 8 Tilt-out valve
2 Lowering valve 9 Hydraulic tank
3 Float position retaining magnet 10 Oil from the replenishing pump
Y18
4 Lifting valve 11 Tilt cylinder spool a1 (tilt out)
5 Lift kick-out retaining magnet Y17 12 Tilt cylinder spool b1 (tilt in)
(optional)
6 Tilt-in valve 13 Lift cylinder spool b2 (lift)
7 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 14 Lift cylinder spool a2 (lower)
magnet Y9
The pilot control unit generates the servo pressure that moves the spool in the con-
trol valve block. It generates the servo pressure in proportion to the deflection of
the control lever.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-35
Pilot control
2.2 Generating servo pressure
Fig. 298: Pilot control unit not actuated / actuated

1 Tilt cylinder spool b1 (tilt in) 5 Return spring 9 Ball journal
2 Oil from the replenishing 6 Regulating spring 10 Control lever
pump
3 Tilt cylinder spool a1 (tilt out) 7 Regulating spring cup 11 Return spring
4 Tilt-out valve 8 Tappet 12 Tilt-in valve
When the control lever 9 is not moved, the return springs 5 and 10 hold the pilot
control unit in the zero position.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
When the control lever is moved, the ball journal presses against the tappet 8. The
tappet pushes via the regulating spring 6 against the valve 4 and opens it.
This causes oil to flow from the replenishing pump 2 through the valve 4 to the pilot
control of the spool 3. The servo pressure generated by this moves the spool and
pushes against the valve 4. If the servo pressure is high enough, it moves the
valve 4 towards the regulating spring 6 and closes it again. This means that the
servo pressure does not continue increasing.
The further the control lever is moved, the greater the force of the regulating
spring. This means that the further the control lever is moved, the more the servo
pressure increases.
The servo pressure is thus proportional to the deflection of the control lever.
060-36 L576-1169
Pilot control
2.3 Retaining magnets
Fig. 299: Retaining magnet not active / active

1 Control lever 4 Retaining magnet spring 7 Retaining magnet compres-
bushing sion spring
2 Retaining plate 5 Regulating spring cup 8 Bucket return-to-dig switch
3 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 6 Tilt-in valve
magnet Y9
The retaining magnets are electromagnets that hold the control lever in the maxi-
mum position.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The pilot control unit has retaining magnets for the following functions:
– Float position
– Lift kick-out (optional)
– Bucket return-to-dig
When the function is activated, the central control unit energises the corresponding
retaining magnet.
If the control lever 1 is moved so far that the regulating spring cup 5 touches the
retaining magnet spring bushing 4, the retaining plate 2 does not yet touch the re-
taining magnet 3.
L576-1169 060-37
Pilot control
Once the spring force of the retaining magnet compression spring 7 is overcome,
the retaining plate touches the retaining magnet. The retaining magnet holds the
control lever in position. The valve 6 generates the maximum servo pressure.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 301: Solenoid valve block with pilot control hydro accumulator
valve
2 Pilot control solenoid valve 4 Complete solenoid valve block
The solenoid valve block for pilot control is mounted on the rear section to the left
of the engine.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The solenoid valve block incorporates the following functions:
– Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
– Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
2.2 Pilot control solenoid valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 302: Hydraulic diagram of pilot control solenoid valve

1 Pilot control unit 5 Pilot control solenoid valve
valve
3 Complete solenoid valve block 7 Replenishing pump
4 Check valve
The pilot control solenoid valve 5 is automatically activated when the engine is run-
ning. Control oil flows to the pilot control unit 1 and the working hydraulics can be
operated.
060-38 L576-1169
Pilot control
The pilot control solenoid valve 5 is deactivated using the Working hydraulics lock-
out button. The P connection in the pilot control unit 1 is relieved towards the hy-
draulic tank. This prevents the working hydraulics from being used.
The pilot control hydro accumulator 2 with the check valve 4 allows the lift arms to
be lowered and the working attachment to be tilted out even when the engine is not
running. Turn the ignition switch to position 1. Then press and hold the Working hy-
draulics lockout button and push the control lever in the appropriate direction.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 304: Pilot control hydro accumulator

1 Plunger 4 Membrane
2 Accumulator 5 Nitrogen chamber
3 Oil chamber 6 Plug
The pilot control hydro accumulator is attached to the pilot control solenoid valve.
The pilot control hydro accumulator is divided into two chambers by a membrane 4.
The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The pilot control hydro accumulator enables the spools in the control valve block to
be actuated even when the engine is at a standstill. This means that the lift arms
can be lowered or the bucket tilted out when the engine is at a standstill.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
When the engine is running, the oil chamber 3 is filled with oil by the replenishing
pump.
When the engine is at a standstill, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil.
L576-1169 060-39
Pilot control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 305: Components of the pressure switch

1 Connection contact 4 Switch contact
2 Adjusting screw 5 Membrane
3 Compression spring 6 Housing
The float position pressure switch is installed under the pilot control unit in the con-
trol line for lowering the lift arms.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off. Hy-
draulic pressure is applied to an adjustable spring via a membrane. When the pre-
set value has been reached, electrical contact is established and the circuit is
closed.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as “normally open”.
2.2 Activating the float position function

The float position pressure switch activates the float position function.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 306: Arrangement of the pressure switch and the solenoid valve
1 Float position or ride control sole- 3 Float position retaining solenoid
noid valve
2 Float position pressure switch
060-40 L576-1169
Pilot control
When a certain pilot control pressure is reached at the float position pressure
switch 2, the electric contact in pressure switch closes. If the float position button is
activated, the float position or ride control solenoid valve 1 (on the control valve
block) and the float position retaining solenoid 3 (in the pilot control unit) are activa-
ted.
The magnetic force of the float position retaining solenoid 3 holds the control lever
in its end position.
The float position or ride control solenoid valve 1 (in the control valve block) re-
lieves the lift cylinder ring side to the hydraulic tank. The working attachment lies
on the ground under its own weight.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-41
Ride control
060.6 Ride control

Valid for: L576-1169/34157-23812;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 308: Ride control (active)

1 Hydraulic tank 4 Stabilisation module MX Test connection for hydro ac-
cumulator ride control load
pressure
2 Control valve block 5 Left lift cylinder
3 Ride control hydro accumula- 6 Right lift cylinder
tor unit
The ride control system consists of the following components:
– Stabilisation module (For more information see: 060.6.3 Stabilisation module ,
page 060-51)
– Ride control hydro accumulator unit (For more information see: 060.6.4 Hydro
accumulator unit, page 060-55)
060-42 L576-1169
Ride control
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

When driving on uneven ground, especially with loaded buckets, the machine is
subjected to bouncing and pitching vibrations. These vibrations are cushioned by
the ride control system.
Ride control is only active when the following conditions are fulfilled:
– Ride control is switched on (with the ride control button).
– The travel speed is at least 9 km/h.
When the ride control is activated, the stabilisation module connects the ring side
of the lift cylinder to the hydraulic tank. This allows the lift arms to move up freely.
The stabilisation module also connects the piston side of the lift cylinder to the ride
control hydro accumulator. The ride control hydro accumulator cushions the vibra-
tions which occur when driving.
2.2 Ride control deactivated

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 309: Ride control deactivated

1 Lift cylinder spool valve 8 Safety valve
2 Left lift cylinder 9 Ride control solenoid valve Y20
3 Right lift cylinder 10 Restrictor check valve
5 Stabilisation module 11 Ride control hydro accumulator
unit
6 Ride control valve spool MX Ride control hydro accumulator
charge pressure
L576-1169 060-43
Ride control
7 Hydro accumulator relief valve
2.3 Active ride control
Fig. 310: Active ride control

1 Lift cylinder spool valve 8 Safety valve
2 Left lift cylinder 9 Ride control solenoid valve Y20
3 Right lift cylinder 10 Restrictor check valve
unit
6 Ride control valve spool MX Ride control hydro accumulator
charge pressure
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-44 L576-1169
Ride control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 311: Main components of ride control

1 Right lift cylinder 4 Float position / ride control sole-
noid valve
2 Left lift cylinder 5 Control valve block
3 Stabilisation module 6 Hydro accumulator unit
All the components are installed in the front section.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-45
Ride control
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 312: Hydraulic plan with ride control active

1 Stabilisation module 12 Lifting valve
2 Ride control spool 13 Float position pressure switch
27.5 bar
3 Restrictor check valve 15 Lift cylinder
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
4 Ride control solenoid valve 20 Control valve block assembly

5 Safety valve 21 Lift cylinder spool
6 Hydro accumulator unit 22 Float position / ride control sole-
noid valve
7 Check valve 23 Pressure relief valve for lifting
10 Pilot control unit 24 Feeding valve
11 Lowering valve 25 Tilt cylinder spool
The axles of the wheel loader are not cushioned. Accordingly, any unevenness of
the ground is transmitted directly to the machine. The machine is subjected to
bouncing and pitching vibrations.
The ride control provides the lift arms with a hydropneumatic cushion. The bounc-
ing and pitching vibrations that arise are thereby reduced.
060-46 L576-1169
Ride control
When ride control is activated, the piston side of the lift cylinder 15 is connected to
the hydro accumulator unit 6 via the ride control spool 2. The ring side of the lift
cylinder 15 is connected with the hydraulic tank via the float position / ride control
solenoid valve 22.
Consequently, the weight of the lift arms rests on the hydro accumulators. At the
same time, the lift arms are able to move up. If the machine is subjected to knocks
or vibrations, the lift arms are cushioned by the nitrogen filling in the hydro accumu-
lators.
2.2 Stabilisation module
Fig. 313: Components of stabilisation module

1 Housing 5 Hydro accumulator connection
2 Safety valve 6 Tank connection
3 Spool 7 Ride control solenoid valve
4 Lift cylinder connection MX Pressure test connection in hydro
accumulator
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulators from overload.
If the pressure is too high, the stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the hydro
accumulators.
The solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating the ride control.
The safety valve 2 opens if the pressure to the tank connection 6 is too high. This
protects the hydro accumulators from overload.
2.3 Hydro accumulator unit

(For more information see: 060.6.4 Hydro accumulator unit, page 060-55)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 314: Hydro accumulator unit
The hydro accumulators 1 absorb the knocks and vibrations that are transmitted to
the machine.
L576-1169 060-47
Ride control
The damping effect is achieved using a nitrogen filling in the hydro accumulators.
The control valve block contains the spools for the lift cylinders 2 and tilt cylin-
ders 1.
The lift cylinders are connected at the piston side to the control valve block and the
stabilisation module.
When activated, the float position / ride control solenoid valve 3 connects the ring
side of the lift cylinders to the hydraulic tank.
2.5 Ride control deactivated
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 316: Hydraulic plan with ride control deactivated

2 Ride control spool 7 Check valve
060-48 L576-1169
Ride control
4 Ride control solenoid valve 9 Float position / ride control sole-

noid valve
When the ride control is deactivated, the spool 2 is in the idle position. Oil can flow
through the check valve in the spool 2 to the hydro accumulators 6. The hydro ac-
cumulators 6 thereby obtain the load pressure of the working attachment.
If the pressure is too high, the spool 2 is pushed to the left. The connection to the
hydro accumulators 6 is interrupted.
The float position / ride control solenoid valve 9 is closed. The lift cylinders 8 are
accordingly not connected at the ring side to the hydraulic tank. The oil is trapped
and the lift arms cannot make way by moving downwards or upwards while taking
up material.
2.6 Ride control active

Ride control is active, if the following conditions are fulfilled:
– Ride control button is activated.
– Travel speed exceeds 9.1 km/h.
Fig. 317: Hydraulic plan with ride control active

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

2 Ride control spool 7 Check valve
4 Ride control solenoid valve 9 Float position / ride control sole-
noid valve
When ride control is active, the ride control solenoid valve 4 and the float position /
ride control solenoid valve 9 are energised.
The ride control solenoid valve 4 opens. The pressure of the hydro accumulator 6
is conducted to the left side of the spool 2. The spool 2 is pushed to the right. The
connection from the piston side of the lift cylinders 8 to the hydro accumulators 6 is
open.
L576-1169 060-49
Ride control
The float position / ride control solenoid valve 9 opens and connects the ring side
of the lift cylinders 8 to the hydraulic tank.
The safety valve 5 protects the system from excess pressure when ride control is
switched on.
If the travel speed falls below 8.1 km/h, ride control is switched off.
The cut-in and cut-off speed can be adjusted via Sculi.
Forward travel
Variable Description Effect
CDweCmfRdCntOff Ride control working hy- Ride control is deactivated
draulics - speed cut-off if the speed falls below the
point (default value default value.
8.0 km/h)
CDweCmfRdCntOn Ride control working hy- Ride control is activated if
draulics - speed cut-in point the speed exceeds the de-
(default value 9.1 km/h) fault value.
Tab. 73: Setting the cut-in and cut-off forward travel speed
Reversing
Variable Description Effect
CDweCmfRdCntOffB Ride control working hy- Ride control is deactivated
draulics - speed cut-off if the speed falls below the
point (default value default value.
3.0 km/h)
CDweCmfRdCntOnB Ride control working hy- Ride control is activated if
draulics - speed cut-in point the speed exceeds the de-
(default value 4.0 km/h) fault value.
Tab. 74: Setting the cut-in and cut-off reverse travel speed
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-50 L576-1169
Ride control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 318: Stabilisation module

1 Safety valve 4 Ride control solenoid valve Y20
2 Ride control valve spool MX Test connection for hydro accumu-
lator ride control load pressure
The stabilisation module is fitted in the front section behind the control valve block.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 319: Sectional view of the valve spool

1 Regulating spring 1 3 Ride control valve spool 5 Pin with hole
2 Regulating spring 2 4 Check valve 6 Safety valve
L576-1169 060-51
Ride control
Fig. 320: Sectional view of the ride control solenoid valve

1 Regulating springs 3 Ride control solenoid valve
Y20
2 Restrictor check valve MX Test connection for hydro ac-
cumulator ride control load
pressure
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 321: Hydraulic diagram of the stabilisation module

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

2 Ride control valve spool 8 Hydraulic tank
3 Hydro accumulator relief valve 9 Lift cylinder piston side
4 Ride control solenoid valve Y20 10 Lift cylinder ring side
5 Restrictor check valve MX Ride control hydro accumulator
charge pressure
6 Safety valve
The stabilisation module fulfils the following tasks:
– Charges the ride control hydro accumulator and protects from high pressure
spikes and excess pressure
– Connects the ring side of the lift cylinder with the hydraulic tank (ride control is
activated)
060-52 L576-1169
Ride control
– Connects the piston side of the lift cylinder with the ride control hydro accumula-
tor (ride control is activated)
2.2 Charging and protecting the ride control hydro accumulator
Fig. 322: Stabilisation module with the ride control hydro accumulator charging / with excess pressure
1 Regulating spring 4 Ride control hydro accumula- 7 Pin with hole
tor
2 Ride control valve spool 5 Check valve 8 Safety valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
3 Lift cylinder piston side 6 Compression spring

The check valve 5 in the ride control valve spool 2 connects the piston side of the
lift cylinder 3 to the ride control hydro accumulator 4. This means the working hy-
draulics charge the ride control hydro accumulator 4 with the operating pressure.
Charging the ride control hydro accumulator 4 is necessary so that the lift arm is
not lowered when ride control is activated.
When the cut-off pressure (maximum boost pressure) is reached, the pressure in
the ride control hydro accumulator 4 moves the ride control valve spool 2 to the
point that no more oil can flow. When the cut-off pressure is exceeded, oil drains
into the hydraulic tank through the hole 7 in the pin.
L576-1169 060-53
Ride control
In addition, the safety valve 8 protects the ride control hydro accumulator 4 from
excess pressure and high pressure peaks.
2.3 Active ride control
Fig. 323: Ride control inactive / active

A Pressure chamber 3 Lift cylinder ring side 6 Ride control hydro accumula-
tor
1 Regulating spring 4 Ride control valve spool 7 Ride control solenoid valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Y20
2 Hydraulic tank 5 Lift cylinder piston side 8 Ride control button
When ride control is active, the ride control solenoid valve 7 connects the ride con-
trol hydro accumulator 6 to the pressure chamber A.
The pressure in the pressure chamber A moves the ride control valve spool 4
against the regulating spring 1. Thus, the ride control valve spool 4 connects the
ring side of the lift cylinder 3 to the hydraulic tank 4 and the piston side of the lift
cylinder 5 to the ride control hydro accumulator 6.
The lift arm can move up freely. At the same time, the gas in the ride control hydro
accumulator cushions against knocks.
060-54 L576-1169
Ride control

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 324: Components of the hydro accumulator unit

1 Housing 3 Stabilisation module connection
2 Hydro accumulator
The number of hydro accumulators on the housing 1 depends on the device.
The hydro accumulator unit is contained in the front section. The hydro accumula-
tors are mounted on the housing 1.
The housing is connected to the stabilisation module.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The hydro accumulator unit is connected via the stabilisation module to the piston
side of the lift cylinders. When the maximum pressure is reached, the stabilisation
module interrupts the oil flow to the hydro accumulators. This protects the hydro
accumulators from overload.
The hydro accumulators absorb bouncing and pitching vibrations. The vibration
damping effect is achieved by using an appropriate nitrogen filling in the hydro ac-
cumulators.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-55
Ride control
2.2 Oil filling on the nitrogen side of the hydro accumulator
Fig. 325: Cross section of the hydro accumulator

1 Plug 4 Membrane
2 Nitrogen filling 5 Locking button
3 Oil filling 6 Accumulator
The hydro accumulators have a small amount of oil in them to protect the mem-
brane 4 on the nitrogen side. When sudden pressure peaks occur, such as when
driving over rough ground, the oil prevents the membrane from hitting the inside of
the accumulator 6 too hard.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-56 L576-1169
Working hydraulics cylinder
060.7 Working hydraulics cylinder
060.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders for Z kinematics

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 326: Main components of the lift cylinder

1 Ring-side cylinder bearing 4 Piston rod
2 Piston rod bearing 5 Piston
3 Cylinder tube 6 Piston-side cylinder bearing
The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 is forked.
The piston-side cylinder bearing 6 is a link with a bearing bushing. The piston-side
cylinder bearing 6 is welded to the cylinder tube 3.
The piston rod bearing 2 is bolted to the cylinder tube 3.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The lift cylinder is a double-action hydraulic cylinder with a piston rod at one end.
The force depends on the oil pressure and the piston area. The piston area on the
piston side is larger than on the ring side. This means a greater force is achieved
when extending than when retracting.
2.2 Piston rod guide

The piston rod is guided by the guide rings on the piston and in the piston rod bear-
ing.
L576-1169 060-57
2.3 Seals
The piston and the piston rod bearing are sealed by:
– O-rings with support rings
– Glyd sealing rings
– Rimseal sealing rings
– Stepseal sealing rings
A scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from entering the hydraulic
cylinder.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 327: Main components of the tilt cylinder

The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 and the piston-side cylinder bearing 6 are links
with a bearing bushing. The piston-side cylinder bearing 6 is welded to the cylinder
tube 3.
2 Function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2.1 Basic function

The tilt cylinder is a double-action hydraulic cylinder with a piston rod at one end.

ing.
060-58 L576-1169
2.3 Seals
cylinder.
060.7.2 Hydraulic cylinders for industrial lift arms

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 328: Main components of the lift cylinder

The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 is forked.
The piston-side cylinder bearing 6 is a link with a bearing bushing. The piston-side
cylinder bearing 6 is welded to the cylinder tube 3.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The lift cylinder is a double-action hydraulic cylinder with a piston rod at one end.
L576-1169 060-59

ing.
2.3 Seals
cylinder.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 329: Main components of the tilt cylinder

The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 and the piston-side cylinder bearing 6 are links
with a bearing bushing. The piston-side cylinder bearing 6 is welded to the cylinder
tube 3.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The tilt cylinder is a double-action hydraulic cylinder with a piston rod at one end.
060-60 L576-1169

ing.
2.3 Seals
cylinder.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 060-61
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
060-62 L576-1169
070 Travel hydraulics
Contents
L576-1169/23813-35016; 070-2
L576-1169/35017-37527; 070-12
L576-1169/37528-; 070-16
L576-1169/23813-37527; 070-20
070.5 Travel pump
L576-1169/37528-; 070-31
070.6 Travel motors 070-37
L576-1169/23813-; 070-37
L576-1169/23813-; 070-40
L576-1169/23813-; 070-45
L576-1169/23813-; 070-47
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-1
Travel hydraulics Service manual
Travel hydraulics overview
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-35016;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 330: Main components of the travel hydraulics
070-2 L576-1169
Service manual Travel hydraulics
1 Hydraulic tank 10 Fan gear pump X2 Reverse travel direction servo

pressure test connection
2 Travel pump 11 Travel motor scavenging gear MA Reverse travel direction high
pump pressure test connection
3 Travel pump high pressure 12 Discharge cut-off solenoid MB Forward travel direction high
sensor B45 valve Y69 pressure test connection
4 Check valve 13 Collector pipe G Replenishing pressure test
connection
5 Travel motor 1 14 Hydraulic oil cooler M1 Travel motor 1 servo pres-
6 Supply hydro accumulator 15 Transmission heat exchanger M2 Travel motor 2 servo pres-
7 Travel motor 2 16 Fan gear motor PK Cooling system high pressure
test connection
8 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm 17 80 μm in-line filter
9 Check valve X1 Forward travel direction servo
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 331: Diagram of the travel hydraulics

1 Hydraulic tank 28 Forward pressure relief valve 58 Replenishing valve
2 Breather filter 29 Servo cylinder 59 Orifice 4.2 mm
3 Return strainer 30 Travel direction valve 60 Fan gear motor
070-4 L576-1169
4 Bypass valve 31 Axial piston pump 61 Main piston

5 Return and suction filter 32 Connection to solenoid valve 62 Orifice
block
6 Pre-tension valve 33 Supply hydro accumulator 63 Proportional pressure relief
valve
7 Replenishing valve with 34 0.2 bar check valve 64 Gear motor
strainer
8 Hydraulic oil temperature 35 Discharge cut-off valve 65 Fan blade
sensor B8
9 Shut-off valve 36 Replenishing valve 66 Hydraulic oil cooler
10 Working hydraulics pump 40 Variable displacement mo- 67 Gear oil heat exchanger
suction port tor 1
11 Emergency steering pump 41 Axial piston rotary group 68 Collector pipe
suction port
12 Steering pump suction port 42 Check valve 69 Bypass valve
13 Working hydraulics pump and 43 Check valve 70 In-line filter
14 Compact brake valve leak oil 44 Proportional valve and control 71 Variable displacement motor
piston scavenging pump
15 Solenoid valve block return 45 Servo piston 72 Brake system gear pump
flow
16 Control valve block return 46 Discharge valve 73 Fan gear pump
flow
17 2.5 bar bypass valve 47 Pressure relief valve with ori- 74 Connection to compact brake
fice valve
20 Variable displacement 50 Variable displacement mo- PST Variable displacement pump
pump tor 2 control pressure
21 Replenishing pump 51 Axial piston rotary group G Replenishing pressure
22 Pressure cut-off valve 52 Check valve MA Forward travel direction high
pressure
23 High-pressure sensor B45 53 Check valve MB Reverse travel direction high
pressure
24 Replenishing pressure relief 54 Proportional valve and control M1 Variable displacement motor
valve piston 1 servo pressure
25 Control pressure proportional 55 Servo piston M2 Variable displacement motor
valve 2 servo pressure
26 Orifice 1.8 mm 56 Discharge valve P High pressure fan
27 Reverse pressure relief valve 57 Pressure relief valve with ori-
fice
The hydrostatic travel drive operates in a closed circuit. The variable displacement
pump 20 delivers oil directly to the variable displacement motors 40 and 50. The oil
flows back directly from the variable displacement motors to the variable displace-
ment pump.
1st gear: At low speeds or high tractive force, both variable displacement motors
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
swivel out. This results in a low output speed and a high torque for the variable dis-
placement motors. If the speed is increased, both variable displacement motors
swivel in.
2nd gear: The variable displacement motor 40 is decoupled (stationary) and at a
swivel angle of 0°. The variable displacement motor 50 moves to a certain angle,
depending on the speed.
3rd gear: The variable displacement motor 50 is decoupled (stationary) and at a
swivel angle of 0°. The variable displacement motor 40 moves to a certain angle,
depending on the speed. The highest speed is reached at an angle of around 15°.
L576-1169 070-5

(For more information see: 070.4 Variable displacement pump, page 070-20)
Fig. 332: Variable displacement pump

1 Servo cylinder 4 Pressure relief valves
2 Pressure cut-off valve 5 Control pressure proportional
valve
3 Travel direction valve
The variable displacement pump operates in a closed circuit. It pumps the oil di-
rectly to the variable displacement motors. The oil flowing back from the motors is
fed back to the intake side of the pump.
The variable displacement pump is regulated by the central control unit (Master4).
The control pressure proportional valve 5 is activated by the central control unit ac-
cording to the situation. The proportional valve regulates the control pressure and
therefore the flow rate of the variable displacement pump.
The return force of the high pressure reduces the displacement of the variable dis-
placement pump at high loads.
The travel direction valve 3 determines the pump flow and therefore the travel di-
rection of the machine.
The pressure cut-off 2 limits the maximum operating pressure within the closed cir-
cuit.
The pressure relief valves 4 for travelling forwards and in reverse protect the travel
drive from excessive pressure peaks.
2.2.1 Regulation of the variable displacement pump

The variable displacement pump is regulated by the central control unit (Master4).
The following parameters affect the regulation of the variable displacement pump:
– Accelerator pedal position
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Inching function
– Tractive force adjustment
– Excessive hydraulic oil temperature
– Excessive engine speed or road speed
2.2.1.1 Accelerator pedal position

When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the current to the control pressure pro-
portional valve is increased and the variable displacement pump pivots out.
The control pressure proportional valve is only energised when the engine speeds
exceeds 900 rpm . The current is then increased to the set value according to the
engine speed.
070-6 L576-1169
2.2.1.2 Inching function

When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the central control unit (Master4) reduces
the current to the control pressure proportional valve and hydrostatic braking takes
place.
When the engine speed is too high (from 2450 rpm), the inching function is gradu-
ally reduced, and at 2600 rpm it is deactivated. This prevents the engine from over-
speeding when travelling downhill.
If the inching angle sensor fails, the inching function is gradually deactivated within
20 seconds.
2.2.1.3 Tractive force adjustment

When tractive force adjustment is activated, the central control unit (Master4) re-
duces the maximum current to the control pressure proportional valve. The ma-
chine then does not exceed the tractive force set.
The following parameters are required for tractive force adjustment:
– The tractive force adjustment button is switched on
– The machine is travelling forwards
– The machine is in 1st gear (also for kickdown)
There are two buttons for setting tractive force adjustment in a range from 100% to
70% as required.
Tractive force adjustment is increased gradually as speed increases from 0.3 km/h
to 4 km/h.
2.2.1.4 Excessive temperature

If the hydraulic oil overheats (90 - 95 °C), the central control unit (Master4) reduces
the current to the control pressure proportional valve. The current is gradually re-
duced to 40% of the maximum level.
The control pressure proportional valve is energised normally again when the tem-
perature falls below the threshold.
2.2.1.5 Excessive engine speed or road speed

Above a certain speed in each gear, the master controller (Master4) starts gradual-
ly reducing the current to the control pressure proportional valve to 200 mA.
Overspeed protection is activated at higher travel speeds or excessive engine or
variable displacement motor speeds. The rear axle is braked using replenishing
pressure from the variable displacement pump.
2.3 Variable displacement motors

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The variable displacement motors drive the transmission. A higher or lower torque
is transferred to the transmission, depending on the angle adjustment and pres-
sure.
L576-1169 070-7
Fig. 333: Variable displacement motors

1 Variable displacement motor 1 3 Proportional valve
2 Variable displacement motor 2 4 Discharge valve
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement motors
via pressure port A or B. In the process, pressure acts on the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group. The resulting force turns the
drive shaft and generates a certain torque.
The variable displacement motors are regulated by the central control unit (Mas-
ter4). The proportional valves 3 on the variable displacement motors are activated
by the central control unit (Master4) depending on the situation. This adjusts the
angle adjustment and displacement to the current operating condition.
The discharge valve 4 in the variable displacement motor 1 and 2 is used in the
closed circuit to prevent increased heat accumulation. Oil is discharged from the
low pressure side of the closed circuit and is returned to the hydraulic tank. The re-
plenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
2.3.1 Variable displacement motor regulation

The variable displacement motors are regulated by the central control unit (Mas-
ter4).
The following parameters affect the variable displacement motor regulation:
– Speed
– Variable displacement motor pressure regulation (depending on the high pres-
sure sensor)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
– Vmax function
2.3.1.1 Speed
The proportional valves on variable displacement motors are energised according
to the road speed.
The lower the current at the proportional valve of the variable displacement motors,
the smaller the swivel angle and the displacement of the motor.
070-8 L576-1169
2.3.1.2 Accelerator pedal position

The gas pedal position determines how quickly the variable displacement motors
are pivoted in. This determines the acceleration of the machine.
2.3.1.3 Variable displacement motor pressure regulation

Pressure regulation comes into effect when the high pressure increases above the
specified value due to load. This can occur when accelerating, travelling uphill or in
engine braking mode.
The central control unit (Master4) increases the current to the proportional valve of
the variable displacement motors so that the specified pressure value is not excee-
ded. The variable displacement motors then pivot out again.
2.3.1.4 Inching function

When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the central control unit (Master4) increa-
ses the current to the variable displacement motor proportional valve and hydro-
static braking takes place.
2.3.1.5 Vmax function

With the Vmax function, the variable displacement motors pivot to a displacement
that corresponds to the speed preselected for full throttle. As a result, the road
speed is reduced when the diesel engine speed is reduced.
The function can only be activated when travelling forwards in fixed gears 1 or 2.
The current speed when the Vmax button is pressed is stored. At full throttle, the
machine reaches the selected speed.
2.3.1.6 Excessive engine speed or road speed

If the diesel engine overrevs when travelling downhill, the variable displacement
motors pivot in. If the engine exceeds a critical speed, overspeed protection is acti-
vated. This brakes the machine at the rear axle.
Overspeed protection is also activated if the variable displacement motor overrevs.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-9
2.3.2 Variable displacement motor bearing flushing
Fig. 335: Bearing flushing

1 Fan gear motor 6 Oil cooler
2 Variable displacement motor scav- 7 Collector pipe
enging pump
3 Fan gear pump 8 Variable displacement motor 1
4 Return and suction filter 9 Variable displacement motor 2
5 Hydraulic tank 10 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller bearings
and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot oil is pumped
out.
The return oil from the fan gear motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the variable dis-
placement motors 8 and 9. The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly
between the two variable displacement motors.
The variable displacement motor scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the port T of
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
both variable displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and to
the oil cooler 6 and then back through the return suction filter 4 to the hydraulic
tank 5.
2.3.3 Hydraulic tank

070-10 L576-1169
Fig. 336: Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank supplies filtered oil to the travel hydraulics replenishing pump.
The replenishing pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the port 1.
A pre-tension valve in the return and suction filter 3 preloads the suction side of the
replenishing pump with a pressure of 0.5 bar. This improves pump scavenging dur-
ing cold starts. This means that the pressure is built up in the hydrostatic control
circuit more rapidly and driving performance is improved.
Oil returning from the travel hydraulics is directed through the oil cooler. The return-
ing oil is then pumped back via the connection 2 and the return and suction filter 3
to the hydraulic tank.
The breather filter 4 opens to compensate for pressure differences inside the hy-
draulic tank.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-11
Valid for: L576-1169/35017-37527;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-12 L576-1169
1 Hydraulic tank 10 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm 19 80 μm in-line filter

2 Particle separator 11 Check valve X1 Forward travel direction servo
3 Hydraulic oil contamination 12 Fan gear pump X2 Reverse travel direction servo
sensor B65 pressure test connection
4 Travel pump 13 Travel motor scavenging gear MA Reverse travel direction high
5 Travel pump high pressure 14 Discharge cut-off solenoid MB Forward travel direction high
6 Check valve 15 Collector pipe G Replenishing pressure test
connection
7 Travel motor 1 16 Hydraulic oil cooler M1 Travel motor 1 servo pres-
8 Supply hydro accumulator 17 Transmission heat exchanger M2 Travel motor 2 servo pres-
9 Travel motor 2 18 Fan gear motor PK Cooling system high pressure
test connection
From serial number 35017 onwards, the travel hydraulics also contain a particle
separator 2 with a hydraulic oil contamination sensor 3.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-13
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 338: Hydraulic diagram of the travel hydraulics

1 Hydraulic tank 29 Servo cylinder 59 Check valve
2 Breather filter 30 Axial piston pump 60 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm
3 Return strainer 31 Travel direction valve 61 Transmission
070-14 L576-1169
4 Bypass valve 31a Reverse travel direction sole- 62 Discharge cut-off solenoid
noid Y3 valve Y69
5 Return and suction filter 31b Forward travel direction sole- 63 Separator
noid Y2
6 Pre-tension valve 35 Engine 64 Hydraulic oil contamination
sensor B65
7 Replenishing valve 36 Travel pump high pressure 65 Collector pipe
sensor B45
8 Strainer 37 Solenoid valve block 66 1.5 bar bypass valve
9 Shut-off valve 38 Supply hydro accumulator 67 0.2 bar check valve
10 Working hydraulics pump 40 Travel motor 1 68 Servostat return flow
suction port
11 Emergency steering pump 41 Axial piston pump 69 Fan gear pump
suction port
12 Drain valve 42 Check valve 70 Brake system gear pump
13 Hydraulic oil temperature 43 Check valve 71 Travel motor scavenging gear
sensor B8 pump
14 Steering pump suction port 44 Proportional valve and control 72 80 µm in-line filter
piston YEP1
15 2.5 bar bypass valve 45 Servo piston 75 Fan gear motor
16 Working hydraulics pump and 46 Discharge valve 76 Gear motor
17 Solenoid valve block return 47 Orifice 77 Proportional pressure relief
flow and pilot control unit valve Y13
18 Compact brake valve return 48 Pressure relief valve 78 Main piston
flow
19 Control valve block return 49 Check valve 79 Hydraulic oil cooler
flow
20 Travel pump 50 Travel motor 2 80 Transmission heat exchanger
21 Replenishing pump 51 Axial piston pump X1 Forward travel direction servo
pressure
22 Shuttle valve 52 Check valve X2 Reverse travel direction servo
pressure
23 Pressure cut-off valve 53 Check valve MA Reverse travel direction high
pressure
24 Control pressure proportional 54 Proportional valve and control MB Forward travel direction high
valve Y15 piston YEP2 pressure
25 Restrictor 1.8 mm 55 Servo piston G Replenishing pressure
26 Reverse high pressure relief 56 Discharge valve M1 Travel motor 1 servo pres-
valve sure
27 Forward high pressure relief 57 Orifice M2 Travel motor 2 servo pres-
valve sure
28 Replenishing pressure relief 58 Pressure relief valve PK Cooling system high pressure
valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2.2 Particle separator with hydraulic oil contamination sensor

The particle separator 63 with the hydraulic oil contamination sensor 64 detects
damage in the travel hydraulics by the contamination sensor reacting to metal par-
ticles in the hydraulic oil.
L576-1169 070-15
Valid for: L576-1169/37528-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-16 L576-1169
1 Hydraulic tank 9 Fan gear pump X1 Forward travel direction servo

2 Particle separator 10 Travel motor scavenging gear X2 Reverse travel direction servo
3 Hydraulic oil contamination 11 Discharge cut-off solenoid MA Reverse travel direction high
4 Travel pump 12 Collector pipe MB Forward travel direction high
5 Travel pump high pressure 13 Hydraulic oil cooler G Replenishing pressure test
sensor B45 connection
6 Travel motor 1 14 Transmission heat exchanger M1 Travel motor 1 servo pres-
7 Travel motor 2 15 Fan gear motor M2 Travel motor 2 servo pres-
8 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm 16 80 μm in-line filter PK Cooling system high pressure
test connection
The following changes have been made to the travel hydraulics from serial no.
37528:
– New travel pump with 140 cm3 displacement and electroproportional angle re-
striction
– Hydro accumulator supply omitted
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-17
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 340: Hydraulic diagram of the travel hydraulics

1 Hydraulic tank 29 Servo cylinder 61 Transmission
2 Breather filter 30 Axial piston pump 62 Discharge cut-off solenoid
valve Y69
070-18 L576-1169
3 Return strainer 31 Travel direction valve 63 Separator

4 Bypass valve 31a Forward travel direction pro- 64 Hydraulic oil contamination
portional solenoid Y2 sensor B65
5 Return and suction filter 31b Reverse travel direction pro- 65 Collector pipe
portional solenoid Y3
6 Pre-tension valve 32 Regulating spring 66 1.5 bar bypass valve
7 Replenishing valve 35 Engine 67 0.2 bar check valve
8 Strainer 36 Travel pump high pressure 68 Servostat return flow
sensor B45
9 Shut-off valve 37 Solenoid valve block 69 Fan gear pump
10 Working hydraulics pump 40 Travel motor 1 70 Brake system gear pump
suction port
11 Emergency steering pump 41 Axial piston pump 71 Travel motor scavenging gear
suction port pump
12 Drain valve 42 Check valve 72 80 µm in-line filter
13 Hydraulic oil temperature 43 Check valve 75 Fan gear motor
sensor B8
14 Steering pump suction port 44 Proportional valve and control 76 Gear motor
piston YEP1
15 2.5 bar bypass valve 45 Servo piston 77 Proportional pressure relief
valve Y13
16 Working hydraulics pump and 46 Discharge valve 78 Main piston
17 Solenoid valve block return 47 Orifice 79 Hydraulic oil cooler
flow and pilot control unit
18 Compact brake valve return 48 Pressure relief valve 80 Transmission heat exchanger
flow
19 Control valve block return 50 Travel motor 2 X1 Forward travel direction servo
flow pressure
20 Travel pump 51 Axial piston pump X2 Reverse travel direction servo
pressure
21 Replenishing pump 52 Check valve MA Reverse travel direction high
pressure
22 Shuttle valve 53 Check valve MB Forward travel direction high
pressure
23 Pressure cut-off valve 54 Proportional valve and control G Replenishing pressure
piston YEP2
24 Control pressure proportional 55 Servo piston M1 Travel motor 1 servo pres-
valve Y15 sure
25 Restrictor 1.8 mm 56 Discharge valve M2 Travel motor 2 servo pres-
sure
26 Reverse high pressure relief 57 Orifice PK Cooling system high pressure
valve
27 Forward high pressure relief 58 Pressure relief valve
valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
28 Replenishing pressure relief 60 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm

valve
2.2 Particle separator with hydraulic oil contamination sensor

The particle separator 63 with the hydraulic oil contamination sensor 64 detects
damage in the travel hydraulics by the contamination sensor reacting to metal par-
ticles in the hydraulic oil.
L576-1169 070-19
Variable displacement pump
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-37527;
1 Layout
Fig. 341: Main components of the variable displacement pump

1 Drive shaft 4 Travel direction valve
2 Pump housing 5 Connecting housing
3 Servo cylinder
The variable displacement pump is flange-mounted to the pump splitter box,
through which it is driven by the engine.
The variable displacement pump is an axial piston pump with a swash plate de-
sign. The pump contains proportional valves for the control pressure and pressure
cut-off, as well as a replenishing pressure valve, pressure relief valve for forwards
and backwards, and a replenishing pump.
The following diagrams illustrate the design of the variable displacement pump:
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-20 L576-1169
Fig. 342: Side view of the variable displacement pump

1 Drive shaft 12 Bearing bushing 23 Piston
2 Shaft seal ring 13 Internal gear 24 Return ball
3 Snap ring 14 External gear 25 Return plate
4 Pump housing 15 Bearing bushing 26 Glide shoe
5 Servo piston 16 Bearing bushing 27 Cup springs
6 Travel direction valve 17 Bushing 28 Swivel plate
7 Pressure cut-off 18 Control lens 29 Guide pin
8 Connecting housing 19 Snap ring 30 Pin
9 Washer 20 Compression spring 31 Swivel plate bearing
10 Replenishing pump housing 21 Bushing 32 Roller bearing
11 Coupling hub 22 Cylinder 33 Snap ring
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-21
Fig. 343: The variable displacement pump in servo cylinder and servo valve view
1 Servo piston 8 Forward travel direction sole- 15 Reverse travel direction sole-
noid noid
2 Pump housing 9 Pressure cut-off 16 Receptacle ring
3 Spring cup 10 Travel direction valve 17 Pump zero position adjusting
screw
4 Compression spring 11 Connecting housing 18 Counter nut
5 Compression spring 12 Pressure relief valve 19 Spring cup
6 Turcon-Glyd seal 13 Control pressure proportional 20 Snap ring
valve
7 Guide ring 14 Twist screw 21 Cover
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-22 L576-1169
Fig. 344: Sectional view of the face of the variable displacement pump
1 Pressure cut-off 4 Restrictor 7 Forward pressure relief valve
2 Connecting housing 5 Control pressure proportional
valve
3 Reverse pressure relief valve 6 Replenishing pressure relief
valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-23
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 345: Hydraulic plan of the variable displacement pump

1 Variable displacement pump 8 Pressure cut-off
2 Servo cylinder 9 Control pressure proportional
valve
3 Travel direction valve 10 Replenishing pump
4 Restrictor 11 Replenishing pump intake port
5 Forward pressure relief valve 12 To working hydraulics pilot control
6 Reverse pressure relief valve 13 To oil cooler
7 Replenishing pressure relief valve
The variable displacement pump is designed for hydrostatic drives in a closed cir-
cuit. The pump feeds directly to the variable displacement motors. The oil flowing
back from the motors is fed back to the other side of the pump.
The variable displacement pump is regulated by the central control unit. The con-
trol pressure proportional valve 9 is activated by the central control unit according
to the situation. The control pressure proportional valve 9 regulates the control
pressure and therefore the pump flow.
At high load, the pump flow is reduced by the reaction forces from the high pres-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sure.
The travel direction valve determines the pump flow and therefore the travel direc-
tion of the machine.
The forward and reverse pressure relief valves 5 and 6 protect the travel drive
from excessive pressure peaks. At the same time, the valves act as replenishing
valves for the closed circuit.
The pressure cut-off 8 limits the maximum operating pressure within the closed cir-
cuit.
070-24 L576-1169
2.2 Regulation of the pump

The variable displacement pump is regulated by the central control unit. The con-
trol pressure proportional valve is activated by the central control unit according to
the situation. The proportional valve regulates the control pressure and therefore
the pump flow.
The following parameters affect the regulation of the variable displacement pump:
– Variable displacement pump load limiting (at excessive engine suppression)
– Tractive force adjustment
– Overheating of hydraulic oil or coolant
2.3 Control pressure proportional valve
Fig. 346: Sectional view of control pressure proportional valve

1 Regulating spring PST Control pressure duct
2 Control piston PSP Replenishing pressure duct
3 Proportional solenoid T Tank channel
The central control unit activates the control pressure proportional valve according
to the situation. The valve reduces the pressure in the duct PST in proportion to the
solenoid current. It operates largely independently of the replenishing pres-
sure PSP.
In the de-energised state, the control pressure duct PST is connected to the tank
duct T. The greater the current, the higher the control pressure. The maximum lev-
el is limited by the replenishing pressure.
Depending on the current to the proportional solenoid 3 the control piston 2 is
moved closer to or further from the regulating springs 1. This adjusts the pressure
in the duct PST.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-25
2.4 Servo piston and swivel plate
Fig. 347: Servo piston and swivel plate

1 Swivel plate bearing 3 Servo piston
2 Swivel plate 4 Cylinder with piston
The servo piston 3 turns the swivel plate 2 mounted on roller bearings and thus al-
ters the pump flow.
As the angle adjustment increases, the pump flow is increased. The drive torque is
increased.
When the angle adjustment is reduced, the flow rate of the pump is also reduced.
The drive torque is reduced.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 348: Sectional view of the servo cylinder

1 Zero position adjusting screw 5 Servo piston
2 Compression springs 6 Compression spring
3 Reverse travel direction servo oil 7 Pump housing
supply
4 Forward travel direction servo oil
supply
In the zero position, the pump does not deliver any oil. The strong spring centring
by the compression springs 2 and 6 in the servo piston 5 keeps the swivel plate in
the zero position if no control signals are present. The zero position is mechanically
adjustable with the adjusting screw 1.
070-26 L576-1169
When the zero position is passed, the flow direction of the variable displacement
pump is reversed, jerk-free.
2.5 Travel direction valve

The travel direction valve determines the swivel direction of the pump and there-
fore the travel direction.
The travel direction valve directs the control pressure into one of the two servo
chambers in the servo cylinder. The opposite chamber remains connected to the
drain.
Fig. 349: Sectional view of the travel direction valve

1 Forward travel direction solenoid 4 Forward travel direction servo oil
supply
2 Servo oil supply 5 Reverse travel direction servo oil
supply
3 Reverse travel direction solenoid 6 Servo piston
2.6 Replenishing pump

The replenishing pump is an internal gear pump. The replenishing pump draws up
oil from the hydraulic tank. The delivery volume of the pump is proportional to the
drive speed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-27
Fig. 350: Front view of the replenishing pump

1 Internal gear pump 2 Suction side of the replenishing
pump
The replenishing pump supplies the closed circuit with fresh, cooled oil. The re-
plenishing pump also provides oil for the control circuit (control pressure).
The maximum replenishing pressure is limited by the replenishing pressure relief
valve.
2.7 Replenishing pressure relief valve

This directly actuated pressure relief valve protects the replenishing pump from ex-
cess pressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 351: Sectional view of the replenishing pressure relief valve

1 Tank outlet 4 Oil to the pressure relief valves
2 Oil from the replenishing pump 5 Valve piston
3 Adjusting screw
Excess oil that is not fed into the closed circuit flows through the replenishing pres-
sure relief valve to the pump housing. At the same time, this oil cools the rotary
group of the variable displacement pump.

The pressure cut-off valve limits the operating pressure in the closed circuit. When
the maximum operating pressure is reached, the delivery volume of the variable
070-28 L576-1169
displacement pump is reduced so that the maximum operating pressure is just

maintained.
Fig. 352: Sectional view of the pressure cut-off

1 Compression spring 6 Tappet
2 Valve piston 7 Low pressure / closed circuit
3 Servo oil supply 8 Check valve
4 Control edge 9 Bore hole
5 Tank outlet 10 High pressure / closed circuit
The operating pressure controls the valve. When the maximum operating pressure
is reached, the tappet 6 and the valve piston 2 are pushed against the compres-
sion spring 1. The control pressure duct 3 is linked to the tank outlet 5 and servo oil
drains off. The control pressure decreases. The variable displacement pump swiv-
els back to a smaller displacement. The variable displacement pump then delivers
just enough oil to attain the maximum pressure.
2.9 Pressure relief valve

The pilot pressure relief valve protects the closed circuit against excess pressure.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 353: Pressure relief valve with high pressure

1 Compression spring 5 Low pressure side
2 Pilot control piston 6 Nozzle
3 Rear piston chamber 7 High pressure
4 Main piston 8 Relief duct
The high pressure from the system acts via the nozzle 6 on the pilot control pis-
ton 2. If the set value is exceeded the pilot control piston 2 opens. The rear piston
chamber 3 is opened towards the low pressure side via the relief channel 8. The
main piston 4 opens and the high-pressure oil can flow to the low pressure side 5.
L576-1169 070-29
Fig. 354: Pressure relief valve with feed-in

1 Main piston 4 Oil from the replenishing pump
2 Compression spring 5 Low pressure side of the closed
circuit
3 Main piston control edge
At the same time, the valves act as replenishing valves for the closed circuit.
Oil leaks in the closed circuit reduce the pressure on the low pressure side 5. This
opens the main piston 3 and oil from the replenishing pump 4 can flow into the
closed circuit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-30 L576-1169
Travel pump
070.5 Travel pump
Valid for: L576-1169/37528-;
1 Layout
Fig. 355: Travel pump

1 Drive shaft 9 Travel pump high pressure sensor
B45
2 Pressure cut-off valve 10 Reverse high pressure relief valve
3 Forward travel direction solenoid 11 Eccentric adjusting screw
Y2
4 Travel direction valve X1 Forward travel direction servo
5 Reverse travel direction solenoid X2 Reverse travel direction servo
Y3 pressure test connection
6 Forward high pressure relief valve MA Reverse travel direction high pres-
7 Control pressure proportional MB Forward travel direction high pres-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
valve Y15 sure test connection

8 Replenishing pressure relief valve G Replenishing pressure test con-
nection
The travel pump is flange-mounted on the flywheel housing of the engine.
The travel pump consists of the following components:
– Replenishing pump (internal gear pump)
– Replenishing pressure relief valve
– Travel direction valve
– Servo cylinder
– Swash plate variable displacement pump (axial piston pump)
– Control pressure proportional valve
– Pressure cut-off valve
L576-1169 070-31
Travel pump
– High pressure relief valve (with replenishing function)
Fig. 356: Sectional view of rotary group

1 Drive shaft 9 Compression spring 17 Swivel plate
2 Servo cylinder 10 Rotary group cylinder 18 Swivel plate bearing
3 Travel direction valve 11 Sliding bushing 19 Journal
4 Servo cylinder position en- 12 Piston 20 Guide wire
coder
5 Regulating spring 13 Return plate 21 Roller bearing
6 Pressure cut-off valve 14 Glide shoe 22 Shaft seal ring
7 Replenishing pump 15 Cup springs X1 Forward travel direction servo
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en

8 Bearing bushing 16 Return ball
070-32 L576-1169
Travel pump
Fig. 357: Sectional view of the servo cylinder

1 Glyd Ring seal 6 Compression spring 11 Control pressure proportional
valve Y15
2 Servo cylinder 7 Forward travel direction sole- 12 Reverse travel direction sole-
noid Y2 noid Y3
3 Spring cup 8 Travel direction valve 13 Zero position adjusting screw
4 Compression spring 9 Regulating spring MB Forward travel direction high
5 Compression spring 10 Servo cylinder position en-
coder
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-33
Travel pump
Fig. 358: Sectional view of front side

1 Forward high pressure relief 5 Replenishing pressure relief MA Reverse travel direction high
valve valve pressure test connection
2 Restrictor Ø1.8 mm 6 Reverse high pressure relief MB Forward travel direction high
valve pressure test connection
3 Control pressure proportional 7 Shuttle valve
valve Y15
4 Screw connection for control 8 Pressure cut-off valve
pressure proportional valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-34 L576-1169
Travel pump
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 359: Hydraulic diagram of travel pump (forward travel direction)

1 Travel pump 13 Regulating spring
2 Replenishing pump (internal gear 14 Replenishing pump suction port
pump)
3 Shuttle valve 15 Travel pump high pressure sensor
B45
4 Pressure cut-off valve 16 Solenoid valve block
5 Control pressure proportional 17 Travel motor supply
valve Y15
6 Restrictor Ø1.8 mm 18 High pressure to travel motor
7 Reverse high pressure relief valve 19 Low pressure from travel motor
8 Forward high pressure relief valve 20 Travel pump leak oil
9 Replenishing pressure relief valve X1 Forward travel direction servo
pressure
10 Servo cylinder X2 Reverse travel direction servo
pressure
11 Variable displacement pump (axial MA Reverse travel direction high pres-
piston pump) sure
12 Travel direction valve MB Forward travel direction high pres-
sure
12a Forward travel direction propor- G Replenishing pressure
tional solenoid Y2
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
12b Reverse travel direction propor-

tional solenoid Y3
The travel pump is solely designed for operation in a closed circuit.
The travel pump consists of two pumps driven by the same drive shaft: The varia-
ble displacement pump 11, which drives the travel motors in the closed circuit, and
the replenishing pump 2, which supplies the closed circuit with fresh oil from the
hydraulic tank.
The variable displacement pump delivers the oil directly to the travel motors. The
returning oil flows directly to the suction side of the variable displacement pump
(closed circuit).
L576-1169 070-35
Travel pump
The control pressure proportional valve 5 generates the control pressure. At idling
speed, the angle is 0°. The variable displacement pump does not deliver any oil.
The variable displacement pump does not deliver oil until the control pressure is
high enough to move it out to an angle.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-36 L576-1169
Travel motors
070.6 Travel motors

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Function
1.1 Basic function
Fig. 360: Arrangement of the variable displacement motors

1 Variable displacement motor 1 3 Proportional valve
2 Variable displacement motor 2 4 Discharge valve
The variable displacement motors drive the transmission. A higher or lower torque
is transferred to the transmission, depending on the swivel angle and pressure.
The variable displacement motors are regulated by the central control unit. The
proportional valves 3 on the variable displacement motors are activated by the cen-
tral control unit depending on the situation. This adjusts the angle and displace-
ment to the current operating condition.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-37
Travel motors
Fig. 361: Controlling the variable displacement motors when accelerating
1st gear: At low speeds, both variable displacement motors are at a swivel angle
of 25°. This transfers the maximum torque to the transmission.
The variable displacement motors pivot in simultaneously when the speed increa-
ses.
At around 6 km/h the shifting range is reached. Variable displacement motor 1
moves to an angle of around 0° and variable displacement motor 2 to an angle of
about 23°. Variable displacement motor 1 reduces torque and variable displace-
ment motor 2 increases torque.
When the first variable displacement motor has reached 0°, the coupling 1 opens in
a load-free condition.
2nd gear: In 2nd gear, only variable displacement motor 2 is still active. Variable
displacement motor 1 is at an angle of 0° and is decoupled.
When the speed increases, variable displacement motor 2 reduces its angle ad-
justment continuously. The next shift is reached at a speed of about 17 km/h.
Variable displacement motor 1 is then reconnected and pivoted out. Variable dis-
placement motor 2 is simultaneously moved to 0°. Variable displacement motor 2
is then decoupled.
3rd gear: In 3rd gear, only the variable displacement motor 1 is still active. Varia-
ble displacement motor 1 is temporarily at a angle adjustment of 25° In this range,
the variable displacement pump is in control. From about 23 km/h, variable dis-
placement motor 1 is pivoted in.
1.2 Variable displacement motor bearing flushing

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller bearings
and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot oil is pumped
out.
070-38 L576-1169
Travel motors
Fig. 362: Variable displacement motor bearing flushing

1 Fan gear motor 7 Collector pipe
2 Variable displacement motor scav- 8 Variable displacement motor 1
enging pump
3 Fan gear pump 9 Variable displacement motor 2
4 Return and suction filter 10 Orifice
5 Hydraulic tank T Connection to the variable dis-
placement motor scavenging
pump
6 Oil cooler U Connection for bearing flushing
The return oil from the fan gear motor 1 is pumped to the connection U of the varia-
ble displacement motors. The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly
between the two variable displacement motors.
The scavenging pump 2 extracts oil from connection T of both variable displace-
ment motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and oil cooler 6 and through
the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-39
Travel motors

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 363: Main components of the variable displacement motor

1 Discharge valve 4 Proportional valve
2 Control unit 5 Housing
3 Regulation unit 6 Drive shaft
The variable displacement unit is flange-mounted on the transmission. The variable
displacement motor is an inclined axial tapered piston rotary group and includes
the control and regulation unit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-40 L576-1169
Travel motors
Fig. 364: Components of the variable displacement motor

1 Drive shaft 13 Discharge valve 25 Regulating spring 2
2 Snap ring 14 Orifice 26 Control bushing
3 Shaft seal ring 15 Valve piston 27 Control piston
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
4 Connection U 16 Hex socket screw 28 Proportional solenoid

5 Motor housing 17 Servo piston seal 29 Regulation adjusting screw
6 Piston 18 Servo piston 30 Arrester pin
7 Cylinder 19 Threaded pin 31 O-ring
8 Control lens 20 Control pin 32 Q max adjusting screw
9 Q min adjusting screw 21 Regulating spring 1 33 Shim ring
10 Screw connection 22 Connecting plate 34 Compression spring
11 Compression spring 23 Spring cup 35 Centre pin
12 Pressure relief valve 24 Spring cup 36 Drive shaft bearing
L576-1169 070-41
Travel motors
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 365: Components of the variable displacement motor

10 Screw connection 26 Control bushing
11 Compression spring 27 Control piston
12 Pressure relief valve 28 Proportional solenoid
14 Orifice 37 Check valves
15 Valve piston 38 Valve inserts
070-42 L576-1169
Travel motors
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 366: Hydraulic diagram of the variable displacement motor

1 Variable displacement motor 7 Orifice
2 Check valves 8 Pressure relief valve
3 Proportional valve 9 Bearing lubrication oil
4 Control piston 10 Return oil from discharge valve
5 Servo piston 11 Housing scavenging connection
6 Discharge valve M2 Servo pressure test connection
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement motor via
the pressure port A or B. Pressure acts on the tapered pistons which move axially
in the cylinder of the rotary group. The resulting force turns the drive shaft and gen-
erates a certain torque. The torque of the drive shaft depends on the angle adjust-
ment and the operating pressure of the motor. The speed of the drive shaft de-
pends on the quantity of oil supplied and the angle adjustment of the motor.
– When the angle adjustment is increased, the engine speed increases and the
torque is reduced.
– When the angle adjustment is increased, the torque increases and the potential
engine speed is reduced.
The regulation and control unit contained in the closing plate adjusts the angle of
the variable displacement motor. The variable displacement motor is regulated by
the central control unit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-43
Travel motors
2.2 Electrical/proportional regulation (EP)
Fig. 367: Variable displacement motor control unit

1 Large servo piston face 6 Control piston
2 Small servo piston face 7 Proportional solenoid
3 Servo piston 8 Adjusting screw
4 Large regulating spring 9 Control pin
5 Small regulating spring 10 Control lens
When the proportional solenoid 7 is energised, the variable displacement motor is
adjusted to the required angle.
When the proportional solenoid is not energised, the motor is held at 0° by the high
pressure acting on the small servo piston face 2.
When the proportional solenoid is energised above a certain current, the control
piston 6 is pushed against the regulating springs 5 and 4. Highly pressurised oil
flows via the control piston 6 to the large piston face 1 and the motor moves to-
wards the maximum angle (Q max).
During regulation, the control piston 3 is pushed down, increasing the tension in
the regulating spring 4. This stops the regulation process if the current at the pro-
portional solenoid is not further increased.
If the current is increased, the force of the two regulating springs is overcome and
the motor continues moving to a wider angle.
The maximum angle adjustment is reached at a current of around 600 mA. The
force of the proportional magnet is so great that it overcomes the spring force even
at a wide angle.
The adjusting screw 8 is used for adjusting the regulating spring 5 (basic adjust-
ment). Adjust the regulating spring 5 so that the proportional solenoid moves the
motor to an angle of 25° at a current of 600 mA.
The speed of regulation of the variable displacement motor is controlled solely by
the central control unit. This means no swivel restrictors are required.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2.3 Cooling by the discharge valve

The discharge valve is used in the closed circuit to prevent heat from building up.
Oil is discharged from the low pressure side of the closed circuit and is returned to
the hydraulic tank. The replenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
070-44 L576-1169
Travel motors
Fig. 368: Discharge valve

1 Orifice 5 Return springs
2 Pressure relief valve 6 High pressure channel B
3 Tank connection 7 High pressure channel A
4 Valve piston
When the machine is at rest, the pressure is the same on both faces of the valve
piston 4. The two return springs 5 push the valve piston 4 to the middle position.
No oil is discharged in this position.
When the machine moves, the pressure in the channel 6 or 7 increases and push-
es the valve piston 4 against one of the return springs 5. The low pressure side is
opened and a defined quantity of oil flows via the orifice 1 and the pressure relief
valve 2 to the hydraulic tank.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 369: Discharge cut-off solenoid valve

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
1 Discharge cut-off solenoid Y69 2 Valve block

The discharge cut-off solenoid valve is bolted onto the collector pipe.
L576-1169 070-45
Travel motors
2 Basic function
Fig. 370: Hydraulic diagram of the discharge cut-off solenoid valve

1 Discharged oil from the travel mo- 3 Collector pipe
tors
2 Discharge cut-off solenoid valve
Y69
When the central control unit energises the discharge cut-off solenoid valve, it sep-
arates the discharge of the two travel motors from the collector pipe. This deacti-
vates the discharge function.
2.2 Deactivating discharge

The discharge cut-off solenoid valve is energised and the discharge thus separated
in the following conditions:
– Change of travel direction
– Transmission shifting
– Overspeed (machine in engine braking mode)
– Heavy braking
In these conditions a sudden change from high pressure to low pressure can occur
in the travel motors. This change means that the discharge valve in the travel mo-
tors also has to switch.
If there is a sudden change between high and low pressure and the discharge
valve switches too slowly, the closed circuit can lose a large quantity of oil through
the discharge. This causes a pressure drop that can temporarily lift up the control
lenses in the travel motors. This damages the travel motors in the long run.
Shutting off the discharge reduces this loss of oil and the resulting pressure drop.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-46 L576-1169
Travel motors

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 371: Supply hydro accumulator

The supply hydro accumulator is mounted in the frame of the rear section next to
the transmission.
The supply control hydro accumulator is divided into two chambers by a mem-
brane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The replenishing pump fills the supply hydro accumulator with oil.
When supply is activated, the supply hydro accumulator feeds oil to the low pres-
sure side of one of the travel motors.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 070-47
Travel motors
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
070-48 L576-1169
080 Hydraulic components
Contents
080.1 Hydraulic tank 080-2
L576-1169/23813-; 080-2
080.1.2 Filter unit
L576-1169/23813-; 080-5
L576-1169/23813-; 080-10
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 080-1
Hydraulic components Service manual
Hydraulic tank
080.1 Hydraulic tank

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 372: Main components of the hydraulic tank

1 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 8 Gear pump intake port
B8
2 Shut-off valve 9 Oil level sight glass
3 Working hydraulics pump intake 10 Return and suction filter
port
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
4 Emergency steering pump intake 11 Return strainer

port
5 Steering pump intake connection 12 Breather filter
6 Replenishing pump intake port 13 Drain valve
7 Steel vessel
The hydraulic tank is fitted on the rear section. The air filter is fitted on the steel
component of the hydraulic tank.
080-2 L576-1169
Service manual Hydraulic components
Hydraulic tank
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 373: Hydraulic diagram of the hydraulic tank

1 Hydraulic tank 12 Replenishing pump intake port
2 Breather filter 13 Steering pump intake connection
3 Return strainer 14 Gear pump intake port
4 Bypass valve 15 Working hydraulics pump and
5 Return and suction filter 16 Variable displacement pump leak
6 Pre-tension valve 17 Compact brake valve leak oil
7 Replenishing valve with strainer 18 Solenoid valve block return flow
8 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 19 Fan gear motor leak oil
B8
9 Shut-off valve 20 Control valve block return line
10 Working hydraulics pump intake 21 Oil cooler return line
port
11 Emergency steering pump intake 22 Oil cooler bypass return line
port
The hydraulic tank supplies the following systems with hydraulic oil:
– Working hydraulics
– Travel hydraulics
– Steering system
– Brake system
A baffle wall is fitted in the hydraulic tank. The baffle wall prevents the hydraulic oil
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
from sloshing around excessively and divides the hydraulic tank into a return
chamber and a suction chamber.
L576-1169 080-3
Hydraulic tank
2.2 Filter unit
Fig. 374: Filter unit

1 Return and suction filter 3 Return strainer
2 Breather filter 4 Replenishing pump intake port
The return and suction filter 1 filters the oil flowing back from the working and travel
hydraulics. The oil flows from the inside outwards through the filter.
At the same time, it filters the oil that the replenishing pump draws up via the con-
nection 4.
The hydraulic tank is under a slight preload pressure. The breather filter 2 has a
sprung valve to allow it to keep this preload pressure and, at the same time, com-
pensate for pressure changes. The air drawn in is directed through a fine filter. This
prevents the hydraulic oil from being contaminated by impure air.
The following flow back through the return strainer 3 to the hydraulic tank:
– Working hydraulics pump and steering pump leak oil
– Variable displacement pump leak oil (travel hydraulics)
– Compact brake valve leak oil
– Solenoid valve block return flow
– Fan gear motor leak oil
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
080-4 L576-1169
Hydraulic tank
080.1.2 Filter unit

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 375: Main components and connections of the filter unit

2 Integrated bypass valve 5 Filter housing
3 Breather filter 6 Replenishing pump intake port
The filter unit is contained in the hydraulic tank.
The filter unit is sealed with an O-ring to the steel container.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 080-5
Hydraulic tank
Fig. 376: Components of the filter unit

1 Filter housing 6 Bypass valve 11 Return pipe
2 Return and suction filter cover 7 Pre-tension valve 12 Replenishing valve
3 Return strainer cover 8 Replenishing pump intake 13 Filter element
port
4 Channel to bypass valve 9 Replenishing strainer 14 Magnetic rod
5 Breather filter 10 Return strainer 15 Filter casing
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
080-6 L576-1169
Hydraulic tank
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 377: Connections on the filter unit

1 Return and suction filter 7 Variable displacement pump leak
2 Breather filter 8 Working hydraulics pump and
3 Return strainer 9 Compact brake valve leak oil
4 Fan gear motor leak oil 10 Control valve block return flow
5 Solenoid valve block return flow 11 Oil cooler return flow
6 Replenishing pump intake port 12 Oil cooler bypass return flow
The return and suction filter 1 acts as a return filter for oil flowing back from the
working and travel hydraulics, and as a suction filter for the replenishing pump of
the hydrostatic travel drive.
Some of the oil flowing back from the various consumer units is pumped through
the return strainer 3 back to the hydraulic tank.
The breather filter 2 prevents inadmissible pressure changes inside the hydraulic
tank. This means air can be exchanged with the atmosphere outside.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 080-7
Hydraulic tank
Fig. 378: Basic function of the filter unit

1 Control valve block and oil cooler 6 Replenishing strainer
connection
2 Magnetic rod 7 Pre-tension valve
4 Lower chamber 9 Return pipe
5 Replenishing pump intake port
The oil flowing back from the working and travel hydraulics flows through the con-
nection 1 to the return and suction filter 3. The oil flows from the inside out through
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
the return and suction filter 3, where it is filtered.

The magnetic rod 2 attracts larger metal particles from the oil flowing past. This ad-
ditionally increases the lifetime of the filter.
The outside of the filter is connected to the intake port 5 of the replenishing pump.
More oil flows from the working and travel hydraulics to the return and suction filter
than is drawn up by the replenishing pump. The excess oil flows through the pre-
tension valve 7 to the hydraulic tank.
080-8 L576-1169
Hydraulic tank
2.2 Oil supply to the replenishing pump
Fig. 379: Replenishing pump oil supply and replenishing function

1 Return and suction filter 4 Replenishing pump intake port
2 Lower chamber 5 Replenishing strainer
3 Pre-tension valve 6 Replenishing valve
The returning oil flows from the inside outwards through the return and suction fil-
ter 1.
The replenishing pump of the travel hydraulics draws up some of the oil from the
lower chamber 2 via the intake port 4.
The pre-tension valve 3 preloads the intake port 4 of the replenishing pump to
0.5 bar. The excess oil flows through the pre-tension valve 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The pressure of the intake connection 4 allows the replenishing pump to draw up
oil more easily for cold starts. This increases the pressure in the hydrostatic control
circuit increases more quickly and a better drive performance is achieved.
If there is insufficient oil to supply the replenishing pump, it can draw up oil from the
hydraulic tank. Oil flows through the replenishing strainer 5 and the replenishing
valve 6 to the intake connection 4 of the replenishing pump. There may be too little
oil in the filter element, for instance after it is changed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 080-9
Hydraulic tank
2.3 Bypass valve for pressure relief
Fig. 380: Return and suction filter with bypass valve and return strainer
1 Return and suction filter 4 Bypass valve
2 Connections to the filter unit 5 Return strainer
3 Channel to bypass valve
The bypass valve 4 prevents excess pressure in the return system. Excess pres-
sure can arise if the filter element 1 is contaminated or the oil is viscous.
If a certain excess pressure is reached, the bypass valve 4 opens. The oil then
flows through the channel 3, the bypass valve 4 and the return strainer 5 to the hy-
draulic tank.
The return strainer 5 catches dirt particles. This prevents soiling of the hydraulic
tank.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 381: Breather filter

1 Filter housing 6 O-ring
2 Inlet valve 7 Fine filter
3 Compression spring 8 O-ring
4 Outlet valve 9 Inner housing
5 Compression spring
080-10 L576-1169
Hydraulic tank
The breather filter consists of an oil-resistant, corrosion-proof plastic housing 1

and 9, in which a fine filter 7 folded in a star shape is inserted. The breather filter
contains a spring-loaded inlet valve 2 and a spring-loaded outlet valve 4.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 382: Diagram of the breather filter

1 Breather filter 3 Outlet valve
2 Fine filter 4 Inlet valve
The fluctuating oil level in the steel tank causes pressure fluctuations. These pres-
sure fluctuations are compensated for by ambient air flowing in via the breather fil-
ter 1 or air flowing out of the steel tank.
The air is drawn in through the fine filter 2 to avoid contamination of the oil in the
steel tank.
The outlet valve 3 and the inlet valve 4 are spring-loaded. They only open at a cer-
tain pressure difference. This prevents a constant exchange of air. The oil is not
contaminated as quickly and does not deteriorate due to moisture in the air drawn
in.
2.2 Pressure equalisation
Fig. 383: Breather filter under excess pressure and with insufficient pressure
1 Fine filter 3 Inlet valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2 Outlet valve 4 Opening
2.2.1 Excess pressure in the steel tank

Excess pressure in the steel tank can be caused by increased oil temperature or
by the hydraulic cylinders retracting.
At a certain excess pressure, the outlet valve 2 opens. Air can then escape via the
fine filter 1 and the opening 4 to the outside.
2.2.2 Insufficient pressure in the steel tank

Insufficient pressure in the steel tank can be caused by decreasing oil temperature
or by the hydraulic cylinders extending.
L576-1169 080-11
Hydraulic tank
Once the pressure falls below a certain level, the inlet valve 3 opens. Air can then
flow into the steel tank via the opening 4 and the fine filter 1.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
080-12 L576-1169
090 Steering system
Contents
L576-1169/23813-34445; 090-2
L576-1169/34446-; 090-9
090.3 Steering pump
L576-1169/23813-; 090-13
090.4 Servostat
L576-1169/23813-; 090-20
090.5 Steering cylinder 090-25
L576-1169/26443-; 090-25
L576-1169/34446-; 090-27
L576-1169/23813-; 090-28
090.6 Emergency steering 090-30
L576-1169/23813-; 090-30
L576-1169/23813-; 090-34
090.6.3 Electronic control unit 090-36
L576-1169/23813-; 090-36
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 090-38
L576-1169/23813-; 090-39
090.6.4 Valve block
L576-1169/26443-; 090-40
L576-1169/34446-; 090-43
L576-1169 090-1
Steering system Service manual
Steering system overview
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-34445;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 384: Main steering system components (steering to the left)

1 Hydraulic tank 8 Left steering damper hydro 15 Collector pipe
accumulator
090-2 L576-1169
Service manual Steering system
2 Emergency steering pump 9 Right steering damper hydro 16 Hydraulic oil cooler
accumulator
3 Emergency steering check 10 Right steering cylinder 17 Transmission heat exchanger
pressure switch B3a
4 Emergency steering pressure 11 Check valve 0,5 bar PL Steering pump high pressure
switch B3
5 Valve block 12 Check valve 0,5 bar P1 Steering pump or emergency
steering pump high pressure
6 Steering pump 13 Servostat
7 Left steering cylinder 14 Check valve 5,0 bar
The machine has articulated steering. Two steering cylinders move the front sec-
tion and the rear section to each other using the articulated joint.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 385: Hydraulic diagram of the steering system (steer to the left)
1 Hydraulic tank 27 Return piston 54 Secondary pressure relief
valve for steering to the left
090-4 L576-1169
2 Breather filter 28 Servo piston 55 Right replenishing valve

3 Return strainer 29 Restrictor 56 Left replenishing valve
4 Bypass valve 30 Pressure cut-off valve 57 Check valve 0,5 bar
5 Return and suction filter 31 Flow regulator 58 Left steering cylinder
6 Pre-tension valve 32 Restrictor 59 Left steering damper hydro
accumulator
7 Replenishing valve 33 Working hydraulics pump 60 Check valve 0,5 bar
8 Strainer 35 Engine 61 Right steering cylinder
9 Shut-off valve 40 Emergency steering pump 62 Right steering damper hydro
(optional) accumulator
10 Working hydraulics pump 41 Electric motor M8 70 Collector pipe
suction port
11 Replenishing pump suction 42 Gear pump 71 1.5 bar bypass valve
port
12 Drain valve 43 Pressure relief valve 72 0.2 bar check valve
13 Hydraulic oil temperature 45 Valve block (optional) 73 Travel motor discharge
sensor B8
14 Fan gear pump and brake 46 Check valve 74 Travel motor bearing flushing
system gear pump suction
port
15 Travel pump leak oil 47 Check valve 75 Travel pump leak oil
16 Solenoid valve block return 48 Emergency steering pressure 76 Travel motor scavenging gear
flow and pilot control unit switch B3 (optional) pump
17 Fan gear motor leak oil 49 Emergency steering check 77 Check valve
pressure switch B3a (option-
al)
18 Compact brake valve return 50 Servostat 78 Hydraulic oil cooler
flow
19 Control valve block return 51 Valve spool 79 Transmission heat exchanger
flow
25 Steering pump 52 Metering pump PL Steering pump high pressure
26 Axial piston pump 53 Secondary pressure relief P1 Steering pump or emergency
valve for steering to the right steering pump high pressure
The steering system operates in an open circuit. The steering pump draws up oil
from the hydraulic tank and pumps it through the valve block to the servostat.
When the steering wheel is turned, the servostat supplies oil to the two steering
systems.
Load sensing ensures that the steering pump only delivers oil when it is required.
The emergency steering system allows steering movement if the steering pump
fails. Oil is delivered from the emergency steering pump through the valve block to
the servostat.
The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders attenuate the steering move-
ments. A damper system in the steering cylinders prevents the front and rear sec-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
tions from hitting together at the full articulation angle.
2.2 Hydraulic tank

L576-1169 090-5
Fig. 386: Hydraulic tank with filter unit

1 Steering pump suction port 4 Return and suction filter
2 Steering pump leak oil return flow 5 Return strainer
3 Return flow from servostat via oil 6 Breather filter
cooler
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the steering. The steering pump draws
up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1.
The returning oil is pumped back via the oil cooler and the connection 3 through
the return and suction filter 4 to the hydraulic tank. Leakage oil from the steering
pump is directed via the connection 2 and the return strainer 5 to the hydraulic
tank.
draulic tank.
2.3 Steering pump

(For more information see: 090.3 Steering pump, page 090-13)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 387: Steering pump with regulation unit
The steering pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank and pumps it through the
valve block to the servostat.
The flow regulator 1 (load sensing) ensures that the steering pump only provides
as much oil as the steering system currently needs.
The pressure cut-off 2 limits the maximum pressure of the pump.
090-6 L576-1169
2.4 Valve block

(For more information see: 090.6.4 Valve block, page 090-40)
Fig. 388: Valve block with emergency steering pressure switch
The valve block directs the oil from the steering pump or the emergency steering
pump to the servostat.
The emergency steering pressure switch 1 monitors the pressure of the steering
pump. If the pressure at the emergency steering pressure switch 1 is too low, the
emergency steering pump is automatically activated. This can happen if the engine
shuts down or if the steering pump fails.
The check valves 2 and 3 prevent the oil from flowing back to the pumps.
2.5 Servostat
(For more information see: 090.4 Servostat, page 090-20)
Fig. 389: Servostat with pressure relief valves
The servostat is connected to the steering column. The steering wheel actuates the
metering pump 2 and the valve spool in the servostat, causing the steering move-
ment.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
If the steering wheel is turned quickly, the flow amplification function directs some
of the oil through the valve spool straight to the steering cylinders. This allows fast
steering off road.
When the steering wheel is turned slowly, the flow amplification function is not acti-
vated. All the oil is pumped through the valve spool and the metering pump 2 to the
steering cylinders. This allows sensitive steering on roads.
The pressure relief valves 1 protect the steering cylinders and the servostat from
inadmissible pressure peaks.
2.6 Steering cylinder

(For more information see: 090.5.1 Steering cylinder overview, page 090-25)
L576-1169 090-7
Fig. 390: Steering cylinder with hydro accumulator
The steering cylinders 1 are connected to the front and rear sections.
The servostat supplies oil to the steering cylinders 1 during steering.
The hydro accumulators 2 on the steering cylinders attenuate the steering move-
ments. A damper system in the steering cylinder prevents the front and rear sec-
tions from hitting together at the full articulation angle.
2.7 Emergency steering function

(For more information see: 090.6.1 Emergency steering overview, page 090-30)
The emergency steering function allows the steering system to be operated if the
engine or the steering pump fails. The emergency steering pump is activated by
the central control unit (Master4).
2.8 Emergency steering pump

(For more information see: 090.6.2 Emergency steering pump, page 090-34)
Fig. 391: Emergency steering pump with relay

1 Relay 3 Pressure relief valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
2 Electric motor 4 Gear pump

The gear pump 4 of the emergency steering pump is powered by the electric mo-
tor 2. The electric motor is switched on when necessary via the relay 1.
In emergency steering mode the emergency steering pump draws up oil from the
hydraulic tank and pumps it through the valve block to the servostat.
The pressure relief valve 3 protects the pump from excess pressure.
090-8 L576-1169
Valid for: L576-1169/34446-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 392: Main steering system components (steering to the left)

1 Hydraulic tank 9 Left steering damper hydro 17 Check valve 5,0 bar
accumulator
L576-1169 090-9
2 Emergency steering pump 10 Right steering damper hydro 18 Collector pipe

accumulator
3 Emergency steering check 11 Right steering cylinder pres- 19 Hydraulic oil cooler
pressure switch B3a sure relief valve
4 Emergency steering pressure 12 Control valve block 20 Transmission heat exchanger
switch B3
5 Valve block 13 Right steering cylinder PL Steering pump high pressure
6 Steering pump 14 Check valve 0,5 bar P1 Steering pump or emergency
7 Left steering cylinder 15 Check valve 0,5 bar
8 Left steering cylinder pres- 16 Servostat
sure relief valve
The machine has articulated steering. Two steering cylinders move the front sec-
tion and the rear section to each other using the articulated joint.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-10 L576-1169
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 393: Hydraulic diagram of the steering system (steer to the left)
1 Hydraulic tank 28 Servo piston 56 Left replenishing valve
2 Breather filter 29 Restrictor 57 Check valve 0,5 bar
L576-1169 090-11
3 Return strainer 30 Pressure cut-off valve 58 Left steering cylinder

4 Bypass valve 31 Flow regulator 59 Left steering damper hydro
accumulator
5 Return and suction filter 32 Restrictor 60 Left steering cylinder pres-
sure relief valve
6 Pre-tension valve 33 Working hydraulics pump 61 Check valve 0,5 bar
7 Replenishing valve 35 Engine 62 Right steering cylinder
8 Strainer 40 Emergency steering pump 63 Right steering damper hydro
(optional) accumulator
9 Shut-off valve 41 Electric motor M8 64 Right steering cylinder pres-
sure relief valve
10 Working hydraulics pump 42 Gear pump 65 Control valve block
suction port
11 Replenishing pump suction 43 Pressure relief valve 70 Collector pipe
port
12 Drain valve 45 Valve block (optional) 71 1.5 bar bypass valve
13 Hydraulic oil temperature 46 Check valve 72 0.2 bar check valve
sensor B8
14 Fan gear pump and brake 47 Check valve 73 Travel motor discharge
system gear pump suction
port
15 Travel pump leak oil 48 Emergency steering pressure 74 Travel motor bearing flushing
switch B3 (optional)
16 Solenoid valve block return 49 Emergency steering check 75 Travel pump leak oil
flow and pilot control unit pressure switch B3a (option-
al)
17 Fan gear motor leak oil 50 Servostat 76 Travel motor scavenging gear
pump
18 Compact brake valve return 51 Valve spool 77 Check valve
flow
19 Control valve block return 52 Metering pump 78 Hydraulic oil cooler
flow
25 Steering pump 53 Secondary pressure relief 79 Transmission heat exchanger
valve for steering to the right
26 Axial piston pump 54 Secondary pressure relief PL Steering pump high pressure
27 Return piston 55 Right replenishing valve P1 Steering pump or emergency
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-12 L576-1169
Steering pump
090.3 Steering pump
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 394: Main components of the steering pump

1 Drive shaft 4 Pressure cut-off
2 Pump housing 5 Connecting housing
3 Flow regulator
The steering pump is flange-mounted on the working hydraulics pump and is driv-
en via this unit by the engine.
The steering pump is an axial piston pump with a swash plate design. The rotary
group cylinder contains nine pistons in a circular arrangement which can move
back and forward.
The pressure cut-off 4 fitted on the pump housing and the flow regulator 3 act on
the pump control unit.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-13
Steering pump
Fig. 395: Components of the steering pump

1 Drive shaft 13 Connecting housing
2 Snap ring 14 Shim
3 Shaft seal ring 15 Tapered roller bearing
4 Pump housing 16 Adjustment shim
5 Bearing shell 17 Intake port
6 Swivel plate 18 Snap ring
7 Return plate 19 Support ring
8 Piston 20 Compression spring
9 Cylinder 21 Support ring
10 Control plate 22 Glide shoe
11 O-ring 23 Return ball
12 P connection 24 Tapered roller bearing
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-14 L576-1169
Steering pump
Fig. 396: Components of the steering pump

1 Ball journal 8 Pressure cut-off
2 Glide shoe 9 Flow regulator
3 Servo piston 10 Load sensing connection
4 Regulating spring 11 Guide piston
5 Piston guide 12 Restoring cylinder
6 Test connection P 13 Glide shoe
7 Plug 14 Ball journal
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-15
Steering pump
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 397: Hydraulic diagram of the steering pump

1 Rotary group 7 Flow regulator
2 Servo cylinder 8 Oil to the servostat
3 Restoring cylinder 9 Load-sensing signal from the ser-
vostat
4 Restrictor 10 Return line to the hydraulic tank
5 Restrictor 11 Intake port
6 Pressure cut-off P High pressure test connection
The steering pump operates in an open circuit. When it is running, it pumps oil from
the hydraulic tank, through the valve block, to the steering.
The displacement of the steering pump is proportional to the drive speed and the
variable piston displacement.
The pressure cut-off 6 fitted on the pump housing and the flow regulator 7 control
the pump control unit. The pump control unit moves the swivel plate from the zero
position. When the swivel plate moves out, the piston stroke in the rotary group 1 is
increased and the pump begins delivering oil.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-16 L576-1169
Steering pump
2.2 Control unit
Fig. 398: Control unit with restoring cylinder and servo cylinder
1 Servo cylinder 3 Swivel plate
2 Restoring cylinder
The control unit continuously adjusts the displacement of the steering pump. The
angle of the swivel plate 3 changes from 0° towards 15° and vice versa.
The system pressure pushes continuously on the servo cylinder 1. The servo cylin-
der 1 pushes the swivel plate 3 to create a larger angle and the pump delivers oil.
The restoring cylinder 2 moves the swivel plate 3 inwards against the servo cylin-
der 1. The effective piston face of the restoring cylinder 2 is larger than that of the
servo cylinder 1.
Pressure from the oil is applied on the restoring cylinder 2 by the flow regulator or
pressure cut-off. In the regulation range of the pump, the oil pressure on the restor-
ing cylinder 2 is just great enough so that the forces of the servo cylinder 1 and of
the restoring cylinder 2 are in equilibrium. The pump can hold a specific angle and
therefore deliver a certain oil quantity.
2.3 Flow regulator (load sensing)

The flow demand control (load sensing) always ensures that the steering pump on-
ly provides as much oil from the hydraulic tank as the steering system needs.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-17
Steering pump
Fig. 399: Flow regulator with steering movement (the steering pump delivers oil)
1 Flow regulator 6 Adjusting screw
2 Valve piston 7 Pressure cut-off
3 Filler (drain) plug T Hydraulic tank connection
4 Load sensing connection A Restoring cylinder connection
5 Regulating springs P Steering pump pressure
When the steering requires oil, the pressure at the load sensing connection 4 in-
creases. The pressure and the spring force of the regulating springs 5 push the
valve piston 2 against the pressure from the steering pump P. This joins the restor-
ing cylinder connection A to the hydraulic tank connection T. The oil from the re-
storing cylinder flows to the hydraulic tank and the steering pump swivels out.
Fig. 400: Flow regulator without steering movement (the steering pump does not
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
deliver any oil)

1 Flow regulator 5 Regulating springs
2 Valve piston T Hydraulic tank connection
3 Filler (drain) plug A Restoring cylinder connection
4 Load sensing connection P Steering pump pressure
If the steering is not operated, the pressure on the load sensing connection 4
drops. The pressure from the steering pump P pushes the valve piston 2 against
the regulating springs 5. This joins the restoring cylinder connection A to the con-
nection for the steering pump pressure P. The restoring cylinder moves the steer-
ing pump back to the lowest flow rate.
090-18 L576-1169
Steering pump

When the maximum working pressure in the system has been reached, the steer-
ing pump moves back to the lowest flow rate and only pumps leak oil. The working
pressure does not increase any further, but is kept in the system.
Fig. 401: Pressure cut-off at maximum system pressure

1 Pressure cut-off 5 Adjusting screw
2 Valve piston face T Hydraulic tank connection
3 Valve piston A Restoring cylinder connection
4 Compression spring P Steering pump pressure
The working pressure acts on the valve piston face 2. If the maximum working
pressure in the system is reached, the valve piston 3 is pushed against the com-
pression springs 4. This joins the connection for the steering pump pressure P to
the restoring cylinder connection A and the steering pump moves back.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-19
Servostat
090.4 Servostat
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 402: Main components of the servostat

1 Left pressure relief valve 4 Housing with spool valve
2 Inner rotary slide valve with teeth 5 Metering pump
3 Right pressure relief valve
The servostat is fastened on rubber fittings at the front under the cab. The rubber
fittings prevent noise from the hydraulics from being transferred to the steel cab
frame.
The steering column meshes with the teeth of the internal rotary slider 2. The inter-
nal rotary slider in the servostat is actuated by the steering wheel and the steering
column.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-20 L576-1169
Servostat
Fig. 403: Components of the servostat

1 Stop plate 10 Housing
2 Metering pump 11 Needle bearing
3 Internal gear 12 Guide ring
4 O-ring 13 Right pressure relief valve
5 Intermediate flange 14 Shaft seal ring
6 Outer valve sleeve 15 Leaf springs
7 Internal rotary slider 16 Left pressure relief valve
8 Actuator ring 17 Replenishing valve
9 Tappet
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-21
Servostat
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 404: Hydraulic plan of the servostat (steer to the right)

1 Replenishing valve 7 Hydraulic tank return line
2 Left pressure relief valve 8 Steering right connection
3 Replenishing valve 9 Steering left connection
4 Right pressure relief valve 10 Oil from priority valve
5 Metering pump 11 Load sensing signal
6 Valve spool
When it is actuated, the servostat directs the flow from the steering pump to the
steering cylinders. The oil supply to the steering cylinders is precisely metered ac-
cording to the speed of the steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is turned, the position of the internal rotary slider is turned
in relation to the outer valve sleeve. This opens the valve, allowing a certain
amount of oil to flow through the metering pump to the steering cylinders.
2.2 Flow booster

The flow booster allows the small servostat to supply oil from two cylinders. A spe-
cific portion of the flow is directed through the metering pump, and another portion
through the spool directly to the cylinders.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 405: Diagram of flow booster

1 Amplification ratio 3 Oil via the metering pump
2 Turns of steering wheel 4 Oil directly to the steering cylinder
If the steering wheel is moved slowly, the entire flow is directed through the meter-
ing pump 3. The oil flow to the steering system depends on the size of the metering
pump. This allows very sensitive steering for travelling on roads.
090-22 L576-1169
Servostat
At faster steering speeds 2 of more than 10 turns of the steering wheel per minute,
additional holes in the spool open. Some of the oil flows through the metering
pump 3, and more oil flows through the spool 4 directly to the cylinders. The volu-
metric flow ratio is 1:1.6. This allows very fast steering for rough terrain.
2.3 Flow regulation (load sensing)

Load sensing ensures that the priority valve only supplies the amount of oil current-
ly needed by the steering system. The servostat of the steering pump reports the
oil requirement via the load sensing connection.
2.3.1 Steering system in inactive state
Fig. 406: Steering system in inactive state

1 Servostat P Pump connection
2 Valve spool LS Load Sensing-Signal
3 Steering pump T Tank connection
4 Flow regulator
When the steering is not actuated, the pump connection P in the servostat is
blocked. The connection LS for controlling the pump is relieved via the valve
spool 2 in the servostat 1 to the tank connection T. In this way, the flow regulator 4
adjusts the steering pump 3 to the lowest flow rate.
2.3.2 Steering system in active state

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 407: Steering system in active state

1 Servostat P Pump connection
2 Valve spool LS Load Sensing-Signal
3 Steering pump T Tank connection
4 Flow regulator
L576-1169 090-23
Servostat
When the steering is actuated, the valve spool 2 in the servostat 1 is moved. The
pump connection P is joined to the connection LS and the steering cylinder. The
pressure increase at the connection LS is used by the flow regulator 4 to adjust the
steering pump 3 to the required oil quantity.
The steering pump 3 is regulated until a certain pressure difference has been
reached between the pump connection P and the connection LS.
2.4 Secondary pressure cut-off
Fig. 408: Secondary pressure cut-off

1 Left pressure relief valve 5 Tank connection
2 Right pressure relief valve 6 Valve cone
3 Adjusting screw 7 Load pressure of steering cylinder
The pressure relief valves prevent excessive pressure peaks in the steering sys-
tem. Pressure peaks can be caused by sudden loads while driving. Depending on
the load direction, the pressure relief valve 1 for steering opens to the left or the
pressure relief valve 2 for steering to the right.
When the set pressure is reached, the valve cone 6 opens against the compres-
sion spring 4. Oil flows from the steering cylinder 7to the tank connection 5.
The opening pressure of the pressure relief valve can be set using the adjusting
screw 3.
2.5 Replenishing function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 409: Servostat with replenishing valve

1 Tank channel 3 Steering cylinder channel
2 Check valve 4 Pin
The servostat has two replenishing valves: one for steering to the left and one for
steering to the right.
The replenishing valves prevent vacuums from forming in the steering cylinder un-
der certain operating conditions. Oil flows via the check valve 2 from the tank chan-
nel 1 to the steering cylinder 3. The pin 4 prevents the check valve 2 from moving
too far from the valve insert.
090-24 L576-1169
Steering cylinder
090.5 Steering cylinder

Valid for: L576-1169/26443-;
1 Layout
Fig. 410: Main components of the steering cylinder

1 Ring-side cylinder bearing 5 Piston
2 Piston rod bearing 6 Damper sleeve
3 Cylinder tube 7 Cylinder base
4 Piston rod 8 Piston-side cylinder bearing
The cylinder base 7 is welded to the cylinder tube 3.
The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 and the piston-side cylinder bearing 8 form a lug
with a joint bearing.
The ring-side cylinder bearing 1 is mounted on the rear section, the piston-side cyl-
inder bearing 8 is mounted on the front section.
The piston rod bearing 2 is screwed into the cylinder tube 3.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The piston 5 and the piston rod bearing 2 are fitted with O-rings as well as Glyd-
seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings.
2 Function
2.1 Extension and retraction

The hydraulic cylinder is a double-action cylinder with a piston rod at one end.
The maximum forces in the cylinder depend on the maximum operating pressure
and the active surfaces.
When extending, the piston face is active; when retracting, the smaller ring face is
active.
L576-1169 090-25
Steering cylinder
This means the force when extending is greater than when retracting.
The piston speed is inversely proportional to the force. It is faster when retracting
than extending.

ing.
2.3 Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the piston
rod.
The O-rings and the Glydseal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the pres-
sure chambers inside and out.
2.4 Stroke limit damping
Fig. 411: Stroke limit damping

1 Piston rod 3 Damper sleeve
2 Piston 4 Damper notch
Before the piston rod completely retracts, its retraction speed is reduced.
Shortly before the limit stop of the piston 2 on the cylinder base, the piston rod 1
enters the damper sleeve 3 in the cylinder base.
The oil can only flow through the damper notch 4. This reduces the flow cross sec-
tion for the displaced oil and the retraction speed of the piston rod is reduced.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-26 L576-1169
Steering cylinder

Valid for: L576-1169/34446-;
1 Layout
Fig. 412: Steering cylinder pressure relief valve
The steering cylinder pressure relief valve is connected to the piston side of the
steering cylinder.
2 Function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 413: Steering cylinder retracting

1 Damper notch 3 Piston side
2 Steering cylinder pressure relief 4 Rod side
valve
The steering cylinder pressure relief valve 2 protects the steering cylinder from ex-
cess pressure when it retracts.
The stroke limit damper is installed on the piston side 3 of the steering cylinder.
When the piston moves to the end position, the damper notch 1 restricts the return
oil flow and this reduces the piston speed.
L576-1169 090-27
Steering cylinder
With very fast steering movements, not enough oil flows out through the damper
notch 1. This means the pressure on the piston side 3 greatly increases. If the
pressure increases too much, the steering cylinder pressure relief valve 2 opens
and directs oil through the control valve block to the hydraulic tank.

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 414: Components of the hydro accumulator

1 Plug 4 Hydraulic fluid
2 Nitrogen filling 5 Plunger
3 Membrane 6 Accumulator
Acting as an elastic partition between the hydraulic fluid 4 and the nitrogen 2, a
membrane 3 is stretched inside the accumulator 6. The locking button 5 prevents
the membrane from being pressed into the inlet opening when the hydro accumula-
tor is completely empty.
The plug 1 allows the accumulator to be checked and topped up using the filling
and testing device.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and supply it
when needed.
It has the following applications:
– To act as a damper for pressure peaks, for example for the ride control system
or steering dampers.
– As an energy reserve to supply energy when needed, for example for the brake
system.
2.2 Steering damper

The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders attenuate the steering move-
ments during fast changes of direction. The damping effect also counteracts exter-
090-28 L576-1169
Steering cylinder
nal influences on the machine, for example when the working attachment hits an
obstacle from the side.
2.3 Oil filling on the nitrogen side of the hydro accumulator
Fig. 415: Cross section of the hydro accumulator

1 Plug 4 Membrane
2 Nitrogen filling 5 Locking button
3 Oil filling 6 Accumulator
The hydro accumulator has a small amount of oil in it to protect the membrane on
the nitrogen side. When sudden pressure peaks occur, such as when driving over
rough ground with sudden steering movements, the oil prevents the membrane
from hitting the inside of the accumulator too hard.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-29
Emergency steering
090.6 Emergency steering

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 416: Main components of the emergency steering

1 Emergency steering button 7 Valve block
2 Emergency steering check symbol 8 Emergency steering check pres-
field sure switch B3a
3 Emergency steering symbol field 9 Emergency steering pump
4 Central control unit (Master4) 10 Emergency steering pump relay
5 Input module 1 11 Output module 2
6 Emergency steering pressure
switch B3
The emergency steering pump 9, the emergency steering pump relay 10 and the
emergency steering check pressure switch 8 are mounted on the right of the rear
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
section.
The valve block 7 and the emergency steering pressure switch 6 are mounted on
the left of the rear section.
The central control unit (Master4) 4 is mounted in the cab behind the driver's seat.
The input module 5 and the output module 11 are integrated in the cab access on
the right.
090-30 L576-1169
Emergency steering
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 417: Functional diagram of the emergency steering

1 Emergency steering pump button 7 Valve block
2 Emergency steering check symbol 8 Emergency steering check pres-
field sure switch B3a
3 Emergency steering symbol field 9 Emergency steering pump
4 Central control unit (Master4) 10 Emergency steering pump relay
5 Input module 1 11 Output module 2
6 Emergency steering pressure
switch B3
The emergency steering system allows continued steering if the steering pump or
the diesel engine fails. Oil is delivered from the emergency steering pump 9
through the valve block 7 to the servostat.
The emergency steering pump 9 is regulated by the central control unit (Mas-
ter4) 4. The emergency steering check pressure switch 8 and the emergency steer-
ing pressure switch 6 provide the signals to the central control unit (Master4) 4.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The emergency steering 1 button is for repeat-starting the emergency steering

pump 9.
2.2 Testing the pressure switches

When you switch on the ignition, the pressure switches are tested. Power (24 V) is
supplied to the pressure switches via input module 1. When the system is working
properly, no signal is returned to input module 1. This tells the central control unit
(Master4) that the pressure switch is working properly. The symbol fields 1 and 2
do not light up.
If the pressure switch is defective or if there is moisture in the plug or cable, a posi-
tive signal is sent to input module 1.
L576-1169 090-31
Emergency steering
If the emergency steering check pressure switch is defective, the emergency steer-
ing check symbol field 1 lights up. If the emergency steering pressure switch is de-
fective, the emergency steering symbol field 2 lights up.
2.3 Emergency steering check
Fig. 419: Functional diagram of the emergency steering check

1 Diesel engine 5 Emergency steering pump
2 Emergency steering check symbol 6 Output module 2
field
3 Input module 1 7 Central control unit (Master 4)
4 Emergency steering check pres-
sure switch B3a
Every time the machine is started up, there is a brief automatic safety test of the
emergency steering system. This safety test only takes place when the engine 1 is
running. This is to prevent the high current consumption of the emergency steering
pump 5 from impairing the engine 1 starting procedure.
During the safety test, the emergency steering pump 5 is activated. The pump runs
for about 2 seconds. Within this time, a pressure of 16 bar must be reached. The
contact on the emergency steering check pressure switch 4 closes. During the
safety test, the emergency steering check symbol field 2 lights up. When the pres-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sure of 16 bar is reached, the emergency steering is ready for operation and the
emergency steering check symbol field 2 goes out.
If the pressure at the emergency steering check pressure switch 4 does not reach
16 bar, the emergency steering check symbol field 2 stays lit until the ignition is
switched off. The emergency steering system switches to operating mode. The
emergency steering pump is energised for 40 seconds.
The emergency steering check symbol field 2 indicates to the driver that the emer-
gency steering system is defective.
090-32 L576-1169
Emergency steering
2.4 Activated emergency steering system
Fig. 421: Functional diagram of the emergency steering

1 Input module 1 6 Valve block
2 Output module 2 7 Oil from the steering pump
3 Emergency steering check pres- 8 To the servostat
sure switch B3a
4 Emergency steering pressure 9 Button Emergency steering
switch B3
5 Electric motor 10 Central control unit (Master 4)
If the engine or the steering pump 7 fails, the emergency steering function is acti-
vated automatically. If the pressure drops, the emergency steering pressure
switch 4 sends a signal to the input module 1 and on to the central control unit
(Master4) 10. The central control unit (Master4) issues the start command to the
output module 2 and the emergency steering pump begins to pump oil. At the
same time the emergency steering symbol field lights up, accompanied by an audi-
ble signal. The emergency steering function is provided for 40 seconds. The elec-
tric motor 5 of the emergency steering pump is then automatically switched off.
The emergency steering pump can be started manually using the emergency
steering button 9. This function is only available for 10 seconds with the ignition on.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-33
Emergency steering

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 423: Main components of the emergency steering pump

1 Relay 3 Pressure relief valve
2 Electric motor 4 Gear pump
The emergency steering pump is mounted on the right of the rear section.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 424: Components of the emergency steering pump

1 Relay 7 Bushing
2 Electric motor 8 Gears
3 Connector piece 9 Housing
4 Sealing ring 10 Valve housing
5 Flange 11 Pressure relief valve
6 Seals
090-34 L576-1169
Emergency steering
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The gear pump of the emergency steering pump is powered by an electric motor.
The electric motor is switched on and off via a relay.
The gear pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank as needed. The oil is pumped
through the valve block to the servostat. A pressure relief valve protects the pump
from excess pressure.
2.2 Gear pump with pressure relief valve
Fig. 425: Gear pump with pressure relief valve

1 Gear pump 4 Adjusting shims
2 Valve piston 5 Plug
The gear pump 1 of the emergency steering pump is protected by a pressure relief
valve. By restricting the maximum pressure, this also prevents the electric motor
from consuming too much power.
The system pressure on the valve piston 2 acts against the compression spring 3.
If the maximum pressure is reached, the valve piston 2 opens. This allows pressur-
ised oil to flow to the suction side of the gear pump.
The maximum pressure is determined by the compression spring 3 and the adjust-
ing shims 4.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-35
Emergency steering
2.3 Emergency steering pump relay
Fig. 426: Emergency steering pump with electric diagram

1 Relay 4 Output module 2
2 Positive power supply 5 Electric motor
3 Relay activation 6 Main earth
The electric motor 5 of the emergency steering pump is switched on and off via the
relay 1. The relay 1 is activated by the central control unit and output module 2.
The relay is designed to switch large currents.
090.6.3 Electronic control unit

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 427: Emergency steering electronic control unit

1 Display A13 5 Output module 2 9 Electric motor M8
090-36 L576-1169
Emergency steering
2 Control unit A11 6 Output module 1 10 Emergency steering check

pressure switch B3a
3 Central control unit (Master4) 7 Input module 1 11 Emergency steering pressure
A15 switch B3
4 Input module 2 8 Emergency steering pump re-
lay K11
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

If the pressure in the steering system falls below 16±2 bar, the emergency steering
pressure switch 11 opens. This causes the central control unit 3 to detect a failure
in the steering system oil supply.
The central control unit 3 then activates the emergency steering relay 8 for 40 sec-
onds. In addition, the central control unit generates a warning tone and the emer-
gency steering symbol field on the display 1 lights up.
The central control unit 3 then energises the emergency steering relay 8 for as long
as the emergency steering button on the control unit 2 is held down, up to a maxi-
mum of 10 seconds.
2.2 Testing the pressure switches

Once the ignition is switched on, the central control unit 3 tests the emergency
steering pressure switch 11 and the emergency steering check pressure switch 10
for a short circuit. The central control unit 3 transmits a voltage signal to the pres-
sure switches.
If a pressure switch or wiring is defective, a positive signal is sent back to the cen-
tral control unit 3. The central control unit 3 triggers the emergency steering symbol
field or the emergency steering pressure check symbol field depending on the de-
fective pressure switch.
2.3 Testing the emergency steering pump

After starting the engine, the central control unit 3 activates the emergency steering
pump for 3 seconds. Within these 3 seconds, the emergency steering pressure
check switch 10 must be subject to a pressure of 16±2 bar.
During the test, the emergency steering check symbol field lights up.
Once the pressure is reached, the emergency steering check symbol field goes
out. The emergency steering system is ready for operation.
If the pressure is not reached, the emergency steering check symbol field stays lit
until the ignition is switched off. The emergency steering system is not fully func-
tional. The machine must not be put into operation.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-37
Emergency steering

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 430: Emergency steering pressure switch

1 Restrictor 4 Thin-film sensor (DMS)
2 Pressure chamber 5 Electronics
3 Metal surface 6 3-pin plug
The emergency steering pressure switch B3 is mounted on the valve block.
The emergency steering pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

Oil flows into the pressure chamber 2 via the restrictor 1. Pressure peaks are ab-
sorbed by the restrictor 1.
The thin-film sensor 4 changes its resistance according to the curvature of the met-
al surface 3. When a specific resistance is reached, the electronics 5 close the
electrical contact.
2.2 Monitoring the steering system

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 431: Equivalent diagram of emergency steering pressure switch
The emergency steering pressure switch monitors the pressure of the steering sys-
tem.
If the pressure in the steering system falls below a set value, the electronics open
the contact. The emergency steering system is activated. The emergency steering
symbol field lights up in the display.
090-38 L576-1169
Emergency steering

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 433: Emergency steering check pressure switch

The emergency steering check pressure switch B3a is mounted on the emergency
steering pump.
The emergency steering check pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

Oil flows into the pressure chamber 2 via therestrictor 1. Pressure peaks are absor-
bed by the restrictor 1.
electrical contact.
2.2 Monitoring the emergency steering pump

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 434: Equivalent diagram of emergency steering check pressure switch
The emergency steering check pressure switch monitors the pressure of the steer-
ing pump.
After starting the engine, the emergency steering system performs an automatic
check. Here the emergency steering pump is activated. If the emergency steering
pump creates enough pressure, the electronics in the emergency steering check
pressure switch close the electric contact. The central control unit registers that the
emergency steering pump is working.
During the automatic check, the emergency steering check symbol field lights up in
the display.
L576-1169 090-39
Emergency steering
090.6.4 Valve block

Valid for: L576-1169/26443-;
1 Layout
Fig. 436: Components and connections on the valve block

1 Oil from the emergency steering 5 To the servostat
pump
2 Oil from the steering pump 6 Housing
3 Emergency steering pressure 7 Steering test connection
switch
4 Steering pump check valve 8 Emergency steering pump check
valve
The valve block is fitted on the left of the rear section.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The valve block directs the oil from the steering pump or the emergency steering
pump to the servostat.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-40 L576-1169
Emergency steering
Fig. 437: Hydraulic plan of the valve block

1 Oil from the steering pump 5 Steering pump check valve
2 Emergency steering pressure 6 To the servostat
switch
3 Oil from the emergency steering 7 Steering pressure test connection
pump
4 Emergency steering pump check
valve
The emergency steering pressure switch 2 monitors the pressure of the steering
pump. If the pressure at the switch 2 is too low, the emergency steering pump is
automatically activated. This can happen if the engine fails or if the steering pump
pressure drops.
The check valves 4 and 5 prevent the oil from flowing back to the steering pump or
the emergency steering pump.
2.2 Valve block during normal steering function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 438: Valve block during normal steering function
When the steering is actuated, the steering pump delivers oil to the connection 1
and through the check valve 2 to the servostat 3. The check valve 4 prevents oil
from flowing back to the emergency steering pump 5.
L576-1169 090-41
Emergency steering
2.3 Valve block during emergency steering function
Fig. 439: Valve block during emergency steering function
The emergency steering pump delivers oil to the connection 1 and through the
check valve 2 to the servostat 3. The check valve 4 prevents oil from flowing back
to the steering pump 5.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-42 L576-1169
Joystick steering - overview
Valid for: L576-1169/34446-;

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-43
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 440: Main joystick steering components (steering to the left)

1 Hydraulic tank 10 Right steering damper hydro 19 Shuttle valve
accumulator
2 Emergency steering pump 11 Right steering cylinder pres- 20 Check valve
sure relief valve
090-44 L576-1169
3 Emergency steering check 12 Control valve block 21 Servostat

pressure switch B3a
4 Emergency steering pressure 13 Right steering cylinder 22 Check valve 5,0 bar
switch B3
5 Valve block 14 Check valve 0,5 bar 23 Collector pipe
6 Steering pump 15 Check valve 0,5 bar 24 Hydraulic oil cooler
7 Left steering cylinder 16 Compact brake valve 25 Transmission heat exchanger
8 Left steering cylinder pres- 17 Joystick steering control valve PL Steering pump high pressure
sure relief valve block
9 Left steering damper hydro 18 Joystick steering release sol- P1 Steering pump or emergency
accumulator enoid valve Y64 steering pump high pressure
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 090-45
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 441: Hydraulic diagram of joystick steering (steering to the left)
090-46 L576-1169
1 Hydraulic tank 35 Engine 72 0.2 bar check valve

2 Breather filter 40 Emergency steering pump 73 Travel motor discharge
(optional)
3 Return strainer 41 Electric motor M8 74 Travel motor bearing flushing
4 Bypass valve 42 Gear pump 75 Travel pump leak oil
5 Return and suction filter 43 Pressure relief valve 76 Travel motor scavenging gear
pump
6 Pre-tension valve 45 Valve block (optional) 77 Check valve
7 Replenishing valve 46 Check valve 78 Hydraulic oil cooler
8 Strainer 47 Check valve 79 Transmission heat exchanger
9 Shut-off valve 48 Emergency steering pressure 80 Joystick steering control
switch B3 (optional) valve block
10 Working hydraulics pump 49 Emergency steering check 81 Proportional solenoid valve
suction port pressure switch B3a (option- for steering to the right Y52
al)
11 Replenishing pump suction 50 Servostat 82 Servo pressure reducing
port valve
12 Drain valve 51 Valve spool 83 Proportional solenoid valve
for steering to the left Y51
13 Hydraulic oil temperature 52 Metering pump 84 Joystick steering spool valve
sensor B8
14 Fan gear pump and brake 53 Secondary pressure relief 85 Restrictor
system gear pump suction valve for steering to the right
port
15 Travel pump leak oil 54 Secondary pressure relief 86 Restrictor
16 Solenoid valve block return 55 Right replenishing valve 87 LS signal check valve for
flow and pilot control unit steering to the right
17 Fan gear motor leak oil 56 Left replenishing valve 88 LS signal check valve for
steering to the left
18 Compact brake valve return 57 Check valve 0,5 bar 89 Pressure relief valve for
flow steering to the left
19 Control valve block return 58 Left steering cylinder 90 Check valve
flow
25 Steering pump 59 Left steering damper hydro 91 Check valve
accumulator
26 Axial piston pump 60 Left steering cylinder pres- 92 Pressure relief valve for
sure relief valve steering to the right
27 Return piston 61 Check valve 0,5 bar 93 Return flow release valve with
replenishing function
28 Servo piston 62 Right steering cylinder 94 Return flow release valve with
replenishing function
29 Restrictor 63 Right steering damper hydro 95 Check valve
accumulator
30 Pressure cut-off valve 64 Right steering cylinder pres- 96 Shuttle valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
sure relief valve

31 Flow regulator 65 Control valve block 97 Joystick steering release sol-
enoid valve Y64
32 Restrictor 70 Collector pipe PL Steering pump high pressure
33 Working hydraulics pump 71 1.5 bar bypass valve P1 Steering pump or emergency
The servo pressure reducing valve 82 reduces the high pressure of the steering
pump 25 to servo pressure.
When using the joystick steering, the central control unit energises the correspond-
ing proportional solenoid valve for steering left 83 or steering right 81. The propor-
tional solenoid valve then directs control oil to the joystick steering spool valve 84
and to a valve that releases the return flow.
L576-1169 090-47
The oil from the steering pump 25 flows from the joystick steering spool valve 84 to
the steering cylinders 58 and 62. The oil returning from the steering cylinders flows
through the return flow release valve to the hydraulic tank 1.
The pressure relief valves for steering left 89 and right 92 protect the joystick steer-
ing control valve block 80 from excess pressure.
2.2 Shuttle valve

The shuttle valve is where the load sensing signals from the servostat and the joy-
stick steering meet. The shuttle valve sends the load sensing signal with the higher
pressure to the steering pump. As well as this, the shuttle valve stops the load
sensing signal from the control valve block from dissipating via the relief duct to the
hydraulic tank.
2.3 Joystick steering release solenoid valve

When it is not energised, the joystick steering release solenoid valve Y64 deacti-
vates joystick steering by disconnecting the joystick steering control valve block
from the oil supplied by the steering pump.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
090-48 L576-1169
100 Brake system
Contents
L576-1169/23813-; 100-2
100.2 Service brake and parking brake 100-9
L576-1169/23813-; 100-9
100.3 Service brake 100-13
L576-1169/23813-; 100-13
L576-1169/23813-; 100-14
L576-1169/23813-; 100-15
100.4 Parking brake 100-16
L576-1169/23813-; 100-16
100.4.2 Disc brake
L576-1169/23813-; 100-18
L576-1169/23813-; 100-21
100.5 Overspeed protection 100-22
L576-1169/23813-; 100-22
L576-1169/23813-; 100-26
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-1
Brake system Service manual
Overview of the brake system
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 442: Main components of the brake system

1 Hydraulic tank 8 Brake light pressure switch G Replenishing pressure test
B12 connection
2 Travel pump 9 Accumulator charge pressure M3 Accumulator charge pressure
switch B19 test connection
100-2 L576-1169
Service manual Brake system
3 Rear axle 10 Control valve block (housing M4 Front axle brake pressure test
preheating) connection
4 Disc brake 11 Parking brake hydro accumu- M5 Rear axle brake pressure test
lator connection
5 Front axle 12 Brake system gear pump M6 Parking brake test connection
6 Solenoid valve block 13 Front axle service brake hy-
dro accumulator
7 Compact brake valve 14 Rear axle service brake hydro
accumulator
The gear pump 12 is flange-mounted on the engine.
The service brake hydro accumulators 13 and 14 are mounted outside on the cab
floor. The hydro accumulator 11 for the parking brake is mounted directly on the
compact brake valve 7.
The service brake is a wet disc brake, integrated in the wheel hubs of both axles.
The parking brake 14 is a spring accumulator brake and is attached to the trans-
mission.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 443: Hydraulic diagram of the brake system

1 Hydraulic tank 19 Replenishing pump 44 Pressure balance pilot valve
2 Breather filter 20 Solenoid valve block 45 Rear axle hydro accumulator
3 Return strainer 21 Overspeed protection sole- 46 Inverted shuttle valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
noid valve Y16

4 Bypass valve 22 Pilot control solenoid valve 47 Accumulator charge pressure
Y14 switch B19
5 Return and suction filter 23 Check valve 48 Front axle hydro accumulator
6 Pre-tension valve 24 Pilot control hydro accumula- 49 Check valve
tor
7 Replenishing valve with 25 Rear axle disc brake 50 Parking brake hydro accumu-
strainer lator
8 Hydraulic oil temperature 26 Fan gear pump 51 Parking brake solenoid valve
sensor B8 Y10
9 Shut-off valve 27 Brake system gear pump 52 Inching angle sensor R1
10 Working hydraulics pump 28 Variable displacement motor 53 Pressure regulator piston for
suction port scavenging pump 1st circuit
100-4 L576-1169
11 Emergency steering pump 29 Transmission 54 Pressure regulator piston for

suction port 2nd circuit
12 Steering pump suction port 30 Parking brake 55 Brake light pressure switch
B12
13 Working hydraulics pump and 35 Control valve block with hous- M3 Accumulator charge pressure
steering pump leak oil ing preheating
14 Variable displacement pump 36 Front axle disc brake M4 Front axle brake pressure
leak oil
15 Fan gear motor leak oil 40 Compact brake valve M5 Rear axle brake pressure
16 Control valve block return 41 Accumulator charge valve M6 Parking brake pressure
flow
17 Oil cooler return flow 42 Restrictor
18 Oil cooler bypass return flow 43 Check valve
The service brake is a hydraulic dual-circuit brake.
The brake system gear pump 27 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps
it to the compact brake valve 40. The compact brake valve 40 contains an accumu-
lator charge valve 41 which fills the hydro accumulator.
When the inch/brake pedal is not fully depressed (up to 2/3 of the pedal displace-
ment), the inching angle sensor 52 only activates the hydraulic inching function.
When the inch/brake pedal is fully depressed (the last third of the pedal displace-
ment), oil flows from the hydro accumulators 45 and 48 through the pressure regu-
lating pistons 53 and 54 to the brake pistons in the front axle 36 and the rear
axle 25. The brake pistons push the brake discs against the end plates. The brake
is engaged.
When the inch/brake pedal is released, oil flows back to the hydraulic tank 1.
The parking brake 30 is a spring accumulator brake. This means that the brake is
closed by spring force. When the parking brake solenoid valve 51 is energised, oil
flows from the parking brake hydro accumulator 50 to the brake piston. The brake
piston pushes against the cup springs and opens the parking brake.
2.2 Hydraulic tank

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 444: Hydraulic tank with return and suction filter

1 Gear pump suction port 3 Return strainer
2 Suction and return filter 4 Breather filter
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the brake system. The brake system
pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the suction port 1. The returning oil
passes through the return strainer 3 to the hydraulic tank.
L576-1169 100-5
draulic tank.
2.3 Brake system oil supply
Fig. 445: Brake system oil supply

1 Compact brake valve 3 Cooling system gear pump
2 Brake system gear pump 4 Hydraulic tank
The brake system gear pump 2 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 4 and pumps it
through the pressure port P to the compact brake valve 1.
The brake system gear pump 2 is protected from excess pressure by the accumu-
lator charge valve in the compact brake valve 1.
The cooling system gear pump 3 and the brake system gear pump 2 have a
shared intake port.
2.4 Compact brake valve with hydro accumulator

(For more information see: 100.2.1 Compact brake valve, page 100-9)
The compact brake valve fulfils the following tasks:
– Hydro accumulator charging function
– Inching function when the inch/brake pedal is not fully depressed
– Braking function when the inch/brake pedal is fully depressed
– Actuating the parking brake via the parking brake solenoid valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 446: Compact brake valve with hydro accumulator

1 Brake light pressure switch 4 Parking brake hydro accumulator
2 Compact brake valve 5 Rear axle hydro accumulator
3 Front axle hydro accumulator 6 Accumulator charge pressure
switch
100-6 L576-1169
The accumulator charge valve fills the hydro accumulators 3, 4 and 5 to a speci-
fied oil pressure. The accumulator charge pressure switch 6 monitors the pressure
in the hydro accumulators.
When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, oil flows from the front axle hydro accu-
mulator 3 and the rear axle hydro accumulator 5 to the wet disc brake. The contact
on the brake light pressure switch 1 and the brake lights light up.
2.5 Service brake

(For more information see: Service brake, page 130-6)
Fig. 447: Service brake in the wheel hub

1 Brake piston 3 Wheel hub
2 Brake discs
The service brake is a wet disc brake in the front and rear axles. The oil pressure
causes the piston 1 to push the brake plates 2 against the brake discs. The num-
ber of brake plates and the braking force determine the braking force.
2.6 Parking brake

(For more information see: 100.4.1 Parking brake, page 100-16)
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 448: Layout of the parking brake

1 Compact brake valve 4 Transmission
2 Parking brake solenoid valve 5 Parking brake
3 Parking brake hydro accumulator
L576-1169 100-7
The parking brake 5 is a spring accumulator brake. This means it is closed by

spring force and opened by oil pressure. The parking brake is mounted on the
power take-off shaft of the transmission 4. It therefore acts on all four wheels.
When the engine is started and the Parking brake button is pressed, the parking
brake solenoid valve 2 in the compact brake valve 1 is energised. Oil flows from
the hydro accumulator 3 to the brake cylinder of the parking brake 5. The parking
brake is opened.
If the Parking brake button is pressed again or the engine is switched off, the brake
closes by spring force.
When the parking brake is closed, the LEDs on the Parking brake button and the
Parking brake symbol field in the display unit light up.
2.7 Overspeed protection
Fig. 450: Layout of the overspeed protection system

1 Compact brake valve 4 Solenoid valve block
2 From the replenishing pump 5 Rear axle
3 Overspeed protection solenoid
valve
The overspeed protection system prevents the engine and the variable displace-
ment motors from overspeeding. Overspeeding can occur, for example, when driv-
ing downhill.
When the threshold speed is reached, the overspeed protection solenoid valve 3 is
energised. Oil flows from the replenishing pump 2 to the service brake of the rear
axle 5. The machine is braked.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-8 L576-1169
Service brake and parking brake
100.2 Service brake and parking brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
The compact brake valve is mounted on the cab floor. It is actuated with the inch/
brake pedal.
Fig. 451: Main components of the compact brake valve.

1 Actuator pedal 6 Compact brake valve housing
2 Base plate 7 Brake light pressure switch B12
3 Accumulator charge pressure 8 Brake pressure adjusting screw
switch B19
4 Parking brake solenoid valve Y10 9 Inching angle sensor R1
5 Accumulator charge valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-9
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 452: Sectional view of the compact brake valve

1 Pedal idle position adjusting screw 13 Pressure regulator piston for 2nd
brake circuit
2 Base plate 14 Return spring for 1st brake circuit
3 Check valve for parking brake 15 Pressure regulator piston for 1st
brake circuit
4 Check valve for pressure balance 16 Spring cup
5 Accumulator pressure measuring 17 Pressure regulator spring
piston
6 Valve insert 18 Brake pressure adjusting screw
7 Compact brake valve housing 19 Sealing and slide sings
8 Pilot valve actuator piston 20 Pressure regulator springs
100-10 L576-1169
9 Pressure relief spring 21 Spring sleeve

10 Adjusting screw for cut-in and cut- 22 Actuator piston
off pressure
11 Inverted shuttle valve 23 Actuator pedal
12 Return spring for 2nd brake circuit
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 453: Hydraulic diagram of the compact brake valve (the number of hydro accu-
mulators depends on the device)
1 Parking brake solenoid valve 12 Front axle hydro accumulator
2 Inching angle sensor 13 Parking brake hydro accumulator
3 Pressure regulator piston for 1st 14 Brake light pressure switch
circuit
4 Pressure regulator piston for 2nd 15 Rear axle hydro accumulator
circuit
5 Inverted shuttle valve M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
connection
6 Check valve BR1 Front axle brake circuit
7 Pressure balance pilot valve BR2 Rear axle brake circuit
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
8 Check valve BR3 Parking brake circuit

9 Accumulator charge valve T Hydraulic tank connection
10 Flow regulator nozzle P Gear pump connection P
11 Accumulator charge pressure N To the control valve block (hous-
switch ing preheating)
A gear pump supplies oil to the compact brake valve via the connection P. The in-
tegrated accumulator charge valve 9 and the pilot valve 7 fill the hydro accumulator
with pressurised oil.
When the cut-off pressure of the charging function is reached, the accumulator
charge valve 9 switches the pump flow from circulation to the connection N.
L576-1169 100-11
If braking causes the accumulator pressure to fall to the cut-in pressure for the ac-
cumulator charging function, the accumulator charge valve 9 witches to charging
mode.
The brake circuits of the front and rear axles are separated by the inverted shuttle
valve 5.
The parking brake solenoid valve 1 supplies pressurised oil to the disc brake.
2.2 Service brake

When the pedal is depressed, the hydraulic inching function is activated in the first
two thirds of the pedal displacement. This function is triggered by the angle sen-
sor 2 on the compact brake valve.
If the pedal is depressed further, the dual-circuit pressure regulator pistons 3 and
4 control the pressure in the wheel braking pistons in proportion to the actuating
force.
After the braking is completed, the oil flows back to the hydraulic tank.
If one brake circuit fails, the other one remains operational due to the mechanical
contact between the two pressure regulator pistons in the compact brake valve.
The actuation force remains the same.
2.3 Parking brake

When the parking brake button is pressed, the parking brake solenoid valve 1 is
opened. The accumulator pressure then acts on the cylinders of the disc brake and
releases the brake.
2.4 Inching angle sensor

The angle sensor 2 attached to the compact brake valve consists of two redundant
sensors. The angle sensor 2 sends two electrical signals to the central control unit.
When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the current at the control pressure pro-
portional valve (travel hydraulics variable displacement pump) is reduced. The
pump reduces the flow rate. This causes the machine to be hydrostatically braked.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-12 L576-1169
Service brake
100.3 Service brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 454: Service brake hydro accumulator

The service brake hydraulic accumulators are fitted under the driver’s cab.
The service brake hydraulic accumulators are each divided into two chambers by a
membrane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
Due to the service brake hydro accumulators, the machine can be braked by en-
gaging the service brake even when the engine is not running.
The front axle is braked with the oil from one of the hydraulic accumulators; the
rear axle is braked with the oil from the other hydraulic accumulator.
The oil chamber 3 is filled with oil while the engine is running via the compact
brake valve.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
When the engine is not running, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil. The pressure is sufficient to apply the brakes fully at least nine
times.
L576-1169 100-13
Service brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 455: Brake light pressure switch, no contact and making contact
1 Connection contacts 5 Contact plate
2 Adjusting screw 6 Pin
3 Compression spring 7 Membrane
4 Switching contacts
The brake light pressure switch B12 is fitted to the compact brake valve and con-
nected to the 2nd brake circuit.
The brake light pressure switch is N/O (normally open). The closing pressure can
be set with the adjusting screw 2.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

When the service brake is engaged, pressure is applied to the membrane 7. When
there is sufficient pressure, the membrane 7 pushes the pin 6 against the compres-
sion spring 3, until the contact plate 5 touches the two switching contacts 4. This
causes the two connection contacts 1 to make contact and close the circuit.
2.2 Switching on the brake light

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 456: Equivalent diagram of brake light pressure switch
The brake light pressure switch closes at a brake pressure of 5±0.5 bar. This causes
the brake light to light up when braking.
100-14 L576-1169
Service brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 457: Accumulator charge pressure switch

The accumulator charge pressure switch B19 is fitted to the compact brake valve.
The accumulator charge pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

Oil flows into the pressure chamber 2 via the restrictor 1. Pressure peaks are ab-
sorbed by the restrictor 1.
electrical contact.
2.2 Accumulator charge pressure monitoring

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
Fig. 458: Equivalent diagram of accumulator charge pressure switch
The accumulator charge pressure switch monitors the pressure in the service
brake hydro accumulators.
If the service brake is engaged when the engine is not running, the pressure in the
service brake hydraulic accumulators is reduced without these being recharged by
the brake system gear pump.
If the brake pressure falls below a set value, the electronics open the contact. The
brake system accumulator pressure symbol field appears in the display. If the en-
gine is running, a warning buzzer sounds in addition.
L576-1169 100-15
Parking brake
100.4 Parking brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Function
1.1 Basic function
Fig. 460: Components of the parking brake

1 Compact brake valve 4 Transmission
2 Parking brake solenoid valve 5 Disc brake
3 Parking brake hydro accumulator
The parking brake is a spring accumulator brake. The parking brake is released by
oil pressure and engaged by spring force.
The compact brake valve 1 supplies oil to the parking brake. The accumulator
charge valve of the compact brake valve 1 fills the parking brake hydro accumula-
tor 3 with a certain oil pressure.
The oil from the parking brake hydro accumulator 3 is delivered to the solenoid
valve 2 to open the parking brake. The solenoid valve 2 is actuated using the park-
ing brake button.
When the parking brake is released, pressurised oil flows from the parking brake
hydro accumulator 3 through the parking brake solenoid valve 2 to the disc
brake 5.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-16 L576-1169
Parking brake
1.2 Function of the parking brake button
Fig. 461: Parking brake button and display unit with parking brake symbol field
The parking brake can only be released while the engine is running.
When the engine is started and the parking brake button 2 is pressed, the parking
brake solenoid valve is activated. The brake pressure then acts via the open park-
ing brake solenoid valve on the brake cylinder and releases the parking brake
against the spring force in the brake caliper. The parking brake 1 symbol field in
the display unit goes out.
When the parking brake button 2 is pressed again or the engine is switched off, the
spring force in the brake cylinder closed the brake and generates the required
braking torque in the brake disc. The parking brake symbol field 1 and the LED 3
on the parking brake button 2 light up.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-17
Parking brake
100.4.2 Disc brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 462: Disc brake open

1 Brake piston 11 Permanent magnet
2 Adjusting screw 12 Brake shoe
3 Protective cap 13 Brake disc
4 O-ring 14 Brake shoe
5 Housing cover 15 Permanent magnet
6 Cup springs 16 Transmission
7 Brake caliper 17 Lock nut
8 Piston seal 18 Guide pin
9 Thrust pin 19 Counter nut
10 O-ring 20 Adjusting screw
The parking brake is a spring accumulator sliding caliper brake. This means that
the braking force is generated by the cup springs 6. As a result, the disc brake
closes without external energy, in other words when there is no oil pressure acting
on it (for example when the engine is off).
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The disc brake is fastened to the outside of the transmission 16. The brake disc 13
is mounted on the power take-off shaft of the transmission 16.
This disc brake is hydraulically opened.
100-18 L576-1169
Parking brake
Fig. 463: Disc brake components

1 Brake oil port 6 Bleeder screw
2 Housing cover 7 Brake caliper
3 Protective cap and adjusting 8 Brake shoes
screw
4 Guide pin 9 Adjusting screw
5 Rubber buffer 10 Transmission
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-19
Parking brake
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 464: Disc brake open

1 Brake piston 8 Brake shoe
2 Adjusting screw 9 Brake disc
3 Cup springs 10 Brake shoe
4 Brake caliper 11 Permanent magnet
5 Oil chamber 12 Transmission
6 Thrust pin 13 Guide pin
7 Permanent magnet 14 Adjusting screw
When the disc brake is closed, the oil chamber 5 is depressurised. The cup
springs 3 push the brake piston 1 and the thrust pin 6 against the brake shoe 8.
The brake caliper 4 can slide on the guide pins 13. The entire brake caliper 4 is
pushed to the left against the rubber buffers on the guide pins 13. The brake disc 9
is clamped between the two brake shoes 8 and 10. The disc brake is closed.
When the disc brake is opened, pressure accumulates in the oil chamber 5. The
brake piston 1 and the thrust pin 6 are pushed to the left. The brake disc is re-
leased. The rubber buffers on the guide pins 13 push the entire brake caliper 4 to
the right until the adjusting screw 14 touches the housing of the transmission 12.
The brake shoes 8 and 10 are picked up by the permanent magnets 7 and 11.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The clearance is set using the adjusting screws 2 and 14.
100-20 L576-1169
Parking brake

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 465: Parking brake hydro accumulator

The parking brake hydro accumulator is bolted to the compact brake valve.
The parking brake hydraulic accumulator is divided into two chambers by a mem-
brane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The parking brake hydraulic accumulator can open the disc brake even when the
engine is not running (the ignition must be switched on).
The oil chamber 3 is filled with oil while the engine is running via the compact
brake valve.
When the engine is not running, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil. The pressure is sufficient to open the disc brake.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-21
Overspeed protection
100.5 Overspeed protection

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 466: Overspeed protection (active)

1 Hydraulic tank 4 Solenoid valve block
2 Travel pump 5 Compact brake valve
3 Rear axle G Replenishing pressure test con-
nection
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-22 L576-1169
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 467: Hydraulic diagram of overspeed protection (active)

1 Hydraulic tank 14 Travel motor supply
2 Breather filter 15 Solenoid valve block
3 Return strainer 16 Check valve
4 Bypass valve 17 Check valve
5 Return suction filter 18 Overspeed protection solenoid
valve Y16
6 Pre-tension valve 19 Working hydraulics lockout sole-
noid valve Y14
7 Replenishing valve 20 Pilot control hydro accumulator
8 Strainer 21 Pilot control
10 Travel pump 22 Compact brake valve
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
11 Replenishing pump 23 Rear axle with wet disc brake

12 Replenishing pressure relief valve G Replenishing pressure
13 Engine
The overspeed protection system prevents the engine and the travel motors from
overspeeding.
The central control unit monitors the speeds of the engine and the travel motors. If
the central control unit detects overspeed, it energises the overspeed protection
solenoid valve 18. This causes the wet disc brake of the rear axle 23 to be subjec-
ted to oil pressure from the replenishing pump 11. The machine is braked.
The central control unit energises the overspeed protection solenoid valve 18 until
the speed is back in the normal range.
L576-1169 100-23
2.2 Overspeed service codes

As soon as an overspeed occurs, one of the following service codes is generated
and a warning is sounded.
Service code Cause

M5030 Travel motor overspeed
M5031 Travel motor 2 overspeed
M5032 Travel motor 1 overspeed
M600B Engine overspeed
Tab. 75: Overspeed service codes
At the same time, the central control unit measures how long the overspeed pro-
tection system is active. If the overspeed lasts for longer than 3 seconds, service
code M5029 is also generated.
After an overspeed, the central control unit monitors whether another overspeed
occurs within a certain period. After an overspeed of 1 seconds, this monitoring pe-
riod is 6 seconds. If there are several overspeeds during the monitoring period,
they are added together. If the overspeeds together amount to more than 3 sec-
onds, service M5029 is generated as well.
Service code M5029 only occurs when driving in an inadmissibly aggressive way,
for example at full speed on steep slopes with the bucket loaded). If service code
M5029 appears several times it can affect warranty claims.
2.2.1 Overspeed of less than 3 seconds
Fig. 468: Overspeed of less than 3 seconds

tO Duration of overspeed tM Monitoring period
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
if the overspeed tO lasts less than 3 seconds, only the service codes M5030,
M5031, M5032 and M500B are generated. Monitoring tM then begins. If no more
overspeed occurs during the monitoring period tM, no other service code is gener-
ated.
Example: After an overspeed tO of 0.5 seconds, the monitoring period tM is 3 sec-
onds. If no more overspeed occurs within 3 seconds, no other service code is gen-
erated.
100-24 L576-1169
2.2.2 Overspeed of more than 3 seconds
Fig. 469: Overspeed of more than 3 seconds

If the overspeed tO lasts more than 3 seconds, service code M5029 is also gener-
ated.
2.2.3 Multiple overspeeds during monitoring
Fig. 470: Multiple overspeeds during monitoring

if the overspeed tO lasts less than 3 seconds, only the service codes M5030,
M5031, M5032 and M500B are generated. Monitoring tMthen begins. If there are
more overspeeds during the monitoring period tM, these are added together, de-
pending on the monitoring period tM. If the overspeeds tO exceed the limit of 3
seconds, service code M5029 is generated.
The monitoring period tM starts anew after each overspeed.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-25

Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Assembly
Fig. 471: Components of the solenoid valve block

valve
2 Pilot control solenoid valve 4 Solenoid valve block
The solenoid valve block is installed on the rear section to the left of the engine.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The solenoid valve block incorporates the following functions:
– Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
– Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
Fig. 472: Overspeed protection solenoid valve active

1 Compact brake valve 4 Solenoid valve block
2 Oil from the replenishing pump 5 Rear axle disc brake
3 Overspeed protection solenoid
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
valve
During normal operation, the overspeed protection solenoid valve 3 is not ener-
gised. Oil can flow freely from the compact brake valve 1 through the overspeed
protection solenoid valve 3 to the rear axle disc brake 5.
100-26 L576-1169
Fig. 473: Hydraulic diagram of solenoid valve block with overspeed protection ac-
tive
1 Solenoid valve block 4 Overspeed protection solenoid
valve
2 From the compact brake valve 5 To the rear axle disc brake
3 From the replenishing pump
If the engine or the variable displacement motors reach the threshold speed the
overspeed protection solenoid valve 4 is energised. Oil flows from the connection 3
to the rear axle disc brake 5. The machine is braked.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169 100-27
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
100-28 L576-1169
110 Electrical system
Contents
L576-1169/23813-; 110-2
110.2 Lighting
L576-1169/23813-; 110-7
L576-1169/23813-; 110-9
110.4.1 Central control unit (Master4)
L576-1169/23813-; 110-11
110.4.2 Modules 110-15
110.4.2.1 Input modules
L576-1169/23813-; 110-15
110.4.2.2 Output modules
L576-1169/23813-; 110-18
110.5 Electrical components of the driver’s cab 110-23
110.5.1 Overview of electrical components in the cab
L576-1169/23813-; 110-23
110.5.2 Fuse and relay board
L576-1169/23813-; 110-24
110.6 Electrical components in the rear section 110-30
110.6.1 Battery installation
L576-1169/23813-; 110-30
110.7 Rear area monitoring with camera 110-32
110.7.1 Overview of rear area monitoring with camera
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
L576-1169/23813-; 110-32
110.7.2 Camera
L576-1169/23813-; 110-33
L576-1169 110-1
Electrical system Service manual
Overview of the electrical system
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

The operating voltage of the machine is 24 V. The batteries (2 x 12 V) are connec-
ted in series.
The two batteries are installed in the left ballast weight.
The following illustrations and tables contain components of the electrical system
(except for the engine and cab interior).
1 Layout
Fig. 474: Machine view from left
BMK Function BMK Function

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
A4 Fuse and relay board F07 Hazard warning system fuse

A15 Central control unit (Master4) G1 Battery
A16a Input module 1 G2 Battery
A16b Input module 2 K04 Preglow system relay
A17a Output module 1 K11 Emergency steering pump relay
A17b Output module 2 M13 Condenser fan 1
B3 Emergency steering pump pressure switch M13a Condenser fan 2
B4 Air filter vacuum switch S15 Battery main switch
110-2 L576-1169
Service manual Electrical system

B8 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor Y2 DT Forward travel direction solenoid valve
B15 Bucket return-to-dig inductive switch Y3 DT Reverse travel direction solenoid valve
B16 Reversing alarm (optional) Y14 Pilot control solenoid valve
B27 Air conditioning pressure switch Y15 PWM angle travel pump
B65 Contamination sensor Y16 Overspeed protection solenoid valve
F01 Main fuse Y20 Ride control
F02 Preglow system fuse
F03 Emergency steering pump fuse
Tab. 76
Fig. 475: Machine view from right

A700 Engine control unit M4 Front washer pump
B1 Transmission (power take-off) speed sensor M8 Emergency steering pump
B2 Variable displacement motor 1 speed sensor M9 Rear washer pump
B2a Variable displacement motor 2 speed sensor M712 Throttle valve servo motor
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
B3a Emergency steering pump check pressure switch R701 Heating flange
B13 Cooling water level sensor YEP1 Variable displacement motor 1 solenoid valve
B14 Gear oil temperature switch YEP2 Variable displacement motor 2 solenoid valve
B25 Fuel pipe sensor Y6 Modulation solenoid valve
B50 Liebherr camera Y6.1 Travel range 1 solenoid valve
B710 Water sensor Y6.2 Travel range 2 solenoid valve
B723 Diesel particulate filter 1 temperature sensor Y6.3 Travel range 3 solenoid valve
B724 Diesel particulate filter 2 temperature sensor Y22 Air conditioning compressor coupling
L576-1169 110-3

B725 Diesel particulate filter 3 temperature sensor
Tab. 77: Components
Fig. 476: Earthing points
BMK Installation location BMK Installation location

XMSP 1 Front left of rear section under XMSP 7 Rear right of cab roof
the cab
XMSP 4.1 Left of rear section next to the XMSP 12 Fuse and relay board
main switch
XMSP 4.3 Left of rear section (starter) MP 5 Right of rear section un-
der the emergency steer-
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
ing pump
XMSP 6 Centre of cab rear wall (2x)
Tab. 78: Earthing points
110-4 L576-1169
2.1 Other electrical components
Fig. 477: Overview of the other electrical components

B12 Brake light pressure switch R5 Accelerator pedal angle sensor
B19 Accumulator charge pressure Y9 Retaining solenoid for bucket re-
switch turn-to-dig
B32 Float position pressure switch Y10 Parking brake solenoid valve
(installed up to serial number
34157)
K5a Front interval relay wiper motor Y17 Retaining solenoid for lift kick-out
M2 Front wiper motor Y18 Float position retaining solenoid
M3 Rear wiper motor Y21 Float position / ride control sole-
noid valve (installed up to serial
number 34157)
R1 Inch/brake pedal angle sensor
Tab. 79: Other electrical components
The float position/ride control solenoid valve Y21 is located on the control valve
block.
The accelerator pedal with the accelerator pedal angle sensor R5 is located in the
cab.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The brake light pressure switch B12 and the brake accumulator pressure
switch B19 are located under the cab on the compact brake valve.
The wiper motors M2 and M3 are installed in the cab.
The float position pressure switch B32 and the retaining solenoids for the float po-
sition Y18, bucket return-to-dig Y9 and lift kick-out Y17 are located on the pilot con-
trol unit.
L576-1169 110-5
2.2 Relay
Fig. 478: Relay

K04 Preglow system relay K11 Emergency steering pump relay
The preglow system relay K04 controls the heating flange.
The preglow system is controlled by the central controller (Master4) A15 and de-
pends on the following criteria:
– Coolant temperature
– Intake air temperature
The emergency steering pump relay K11 controls the emergency steering pump.
The emergency steering pump is regulated by the central controller (Master4) A15
and output module 2 A17b.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
110-6 L576-1169
Lighting
110.2 Lighting
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;
1 Layout
Fig. 479: Overview of lighting

E1a Left rear light H15 Front left direction indicator
E1b Left reversing light H16 Front right direction indicator
E3 Left driving headlight H17 Rear left direction indicator
E4 Right driving headlight H18 Rear left direction indicator
E5a Right rear light H20 Left brake light
E5b Right reversing light H21 Right brake light
E6 Left tail light H50 Front left marker light/parking light
E7 Right tail light H51 Front right marker light/parking
light
E10 Front left working headlight H52 Left reversing light
E11 Front right working headlight H53 Right reversing light
E12 Rear left cab roof working head- H54 Left low beam
light
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
E13 Rear right cab roof working H55 Right low beam
headlight
E16 Rear hatch left working head- H56 Left high beam
light
E17 Rear hatch right working head- H57 Right high beam
light
Tab. 80: Component names
2.1 Basic function

The machine lighting is controlled by the electrical system control unit A18 and the
steering column switch S3.
L576-1169 110-7
Lighting
The function for switching the working headlights on and off can be set using the
electrical system control unit A18. (For more information see: Setting the button
functions (mode), page 160-10)
The left brake light H20 and right brake light H21 are controlled by the brake light
pressure switch B12.
2.2 LED lighting (optional)
Fig. 480: LED lighting
Optionally, the working headlights can be replaced with LED working headlights.
The light from LED working headlights is very similar to daylight. This means that
colours are more easily distinguishable than in the yellow light from halogen bulbs.
This makes it much easier to see and reduces eye fatigue.
Integrated electronics protect the LED working headlights from reverse polarity.
An integrated sensor protects the LED working headlights from overheating.
Cooling fins on the housing ensure the necessary heat dissipation.
The LED working headlights are equipped with 6 LEDs and require no mainte-
nance.
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
110-8 L576-1169
Circuit diagrams
Valid for: L576-1169/23813-;

The circuit diagrams for the electrical system show the functional sequences for the
entire machine, including optional attachments. Options in the circuit diagrams are
shown in green. All components and connectors are correctly labelled and shown
with the appropriate symbol so that they can be clearly identified. The key contains
an additional list of the components with their designations.
The wiring diagrams can also be called up in the spare parts programme LIDOS
under electrical system assemblies. These can be opened in an e3v format via the
info button next to assembly circuit diagram.
The circuit diagrams are divided up as follows:
– Overview chart
– Contents
– Key
– BMK list
– Circuit diagrams
– Component overviews
The circuit diagrams contain links that can be activated with a mouse click.
1.1.1 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Designation
SH Service hours
EP Electroproportional
WH Wiring harness
LED LED
LFD Liebherr ride control system
SV Solenoid valve
PWM Pulse width modulation (proportional output)
PSV Proportional solenoid valve
BMK Equipment code
Tab. 81: Abbreviations
1.1.2 Designation of components with “-”

LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
The designations of the components and connectors are always shown with “-”,
e.g.:
Description Component designation

-A10 Display
Tab. 82: Example of component designation
1.1.3 Location code with “+”

Location codes are always shown with “+”. The location code shows where the
component is situated in the machine.
L576-1169 110-9
Circuit diagrams
For example:
Description Location code

+V1 Front section
Tab. 83: Example of location code
LBH/11450176/12/211-20150925.0932/en
110-10 L576-1169
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
MOTOR CONTROL LIDEC1

91 / 92
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
94
93011361
CAN 97
B CAN B
MAIN KEYPAD 106
OPTION HEAT-/AIR CON
KEY BOARD CONTROL INPUT-MODULE 1 SENSORS
CC01 45 (SWITCH,
SENSOR)
MACHINE
C C
INPUT-MODULE 3
47
We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa-
tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
ACTUATORS
(MAGNETICS,
© LIEBHERR WERK BISCHOFSHOFEN
MASTER SOLENOID VALVES)
OUTPUT-MODULE 1
22
D D
forbidden.
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-
stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,
Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltes
LIDAT
sind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
INPUT-MODULE 2 INPUT-MODULE 4 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 3

E 46 48 21 23 E
ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS
(LIGHTING,
WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR
REAR WINDOW HEATER
SENSORS MACHINE ACTUATORS
F FUSE- AND RELAY BOARD ELECTRIC KEYPAD F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR OVERVIEW DIAGRAM SIDE: 1 120
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - ELECTRONICS 3 B GG WHEEL LOADER
BISCHOFSHOFEN DATE: 08.05.2014 08:25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /61 TRAVEL DIRECTIONS ; HYDRAULIC PUMP ; BUZZER ; PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP/59
A A
DISPLAY UNIT CAN BUS 3 /37 EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V /83
WORKING PROJECTOR REAR REAR /32 FUNCTION WORKING BASKET /73
WORKING PROJECTOR REAR CAB /33 FUNCTION D+ SIDE MARKER LAMP PARKING LIGHT /23
1169 00090 01 00 003
WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT CAB XENON WORKING PROJECTOR /31 RADIO PREPARATION LIEBHERR WHEEL LOADER /78
OPERATING FUCTIONS /54 FOOT FLAP VMC3 MIDDLE FLAP VMC4 /68
93011361_003
REFUELLING PUMP /98 FAN MOTOR AND SENSOR ICE UP PROTECTION /66
93011361
B BMK-INDEX /5 GEROTOR STEERING ELECTRICAL SOCKET EXTERNAL /88 B

BMK-INDEX /6 HORN OPERATION PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36
BMK-INDEX /7 JOYSTICK STEERING /75
BMK-INDEX /8 JOYSTICK STEERING /76
BMK-INDEX /9 CAMERA /81
BMK-INDEX /10 SWEEPER OPERATION /91
BMK-INDEX /11 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ; AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ; SUN SENSOR /64
BMK-INDEX /12 HEAD FLAP VMC5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING /69
C C
BMK-INDEX /13 COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION /27
BMK-INDEX /14 KEY ; HANDOUT ÜBER TYPE ; COUNTING NUMBER ; SYSTEM AND PLACE /4
BMK-INDEX /15 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH ; STOP LIGHT ; LOW BEAM ; HIGH BEAM /26
BMK-INDEX /16 LH-CONTROL LEVER SWITCH COMFORT CONTROL ; 3 AND 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT /51
BMK-INDEX /17 LITU /72
BMK-INDEX /18 VENTILATOR CONDENSER INTEGRATED /65
BMK-INDEX /19 DISCHARGE VALVE A16z /118
D D
forbidden.
BRAKE ACCUMULATOR /24 MINI JOYSTICK /53

CAN BUS 1 /38 MOTOR CONTROL AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46
CAN BUS 2 /39 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP ; LFD ; AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION ; RIDE CONTROL /25
DCU17 /109 OUTPUT MODULE 2; BACK-UP ALARM AND CAN BE SWITCHED OFF /45
DCU17 /110 PARKING BRAKE ; SPEED SENSOR CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM GROENEVELD /71
E E
DIAGNOSTIC PLUG MOTOR CONTROL /70 REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /84

FUEL PREHEATING /85 BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL UP HECKTEIL /89
ANGLE SENSOR INCH-/SPEED-PEDAL /57 REAR AREA MONITORING ÜBER MONITOR AND CAMERA /82
ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER /79 BEACONLIGHT ; MIRROR- AND REAR WINDOW HEATER /34
ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER /80 FLOAT POSITION ; BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG LIFT KICK-OUT /60
EP 3. AND 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /52 WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR + ROOF /30
TRAVEL RANGES ; SWIVEL ANGLE HYDRO MOTORS OVERSPEED PROTECTION /58 WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT AND REAR ; HOOTER /29
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TABLE OF CONTENTS SIDE: 2 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63 WATER VALVE VMC1 RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP VMC2 /67
A A
INTERFACE ACTUATORS SENSORS ENGINE /50 WEIGHING DEVICE LIEBHERR /92
INTERFACE DEPATRONIC /49 WEIGHING DEVICE LIEBHERR /93
SITZGURTSCHALTER /97 WEIGHING DEVICE LIEBHERR /94
1169 00090 01 00 003
DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /96 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /74
STEEL MILL OPERATION /95 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ; ELECTRICAL SOCKET 12V ; RADIO ; LOUDSPEAKER /35
93011361_003
TANK PIPE SENSOR ; TRANSMISSION- / HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE ; VENTILATOR ; COOLING/24

WATER LEVEL
IGNITION LOCK ; BATTERIES ; GENERATOR ; MAIN FUSES /22
93011361
B TEMPERATURE SENSOR WATER DETECTOR /47 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT /56 B

GENERAL OUTLAY MASTER /99 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1;2;3 AND 4 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /62
GENERAL OUTLAY ELECTRIC KEYPAD /111 AUXILIARY HEATER DBW 2010 /86
GENERAL OUTLAY MAIN KEYPAD /112 AUXILIARY HEATER THERMO 90 ST /87
GENERAL OUTLAY HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /113
GENERAL OUTLAY HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SYSTEM SIDE /114
GENERAL OUTLAY INPUT MODULE 1 /100
C C

GENERAL OUTLAY LITU /117

GENERAL OUTLAY MOTOR CONTROL DRIVER'S SIDE /108

GENERAL OUTLAY MOTOR CONTROL VEHICLE SIDE /107
GENERAL OUTLAY OPTION KEYPAD /115
GENERAL OUTLAY OUTPUT MODULE 1 /104
D D
forbidden.
GENERAL OUTLAY PROTECTIVE FOIL /116

OVERVIEW DIAGRAM ELECTRIES - ELECTRONICS 3 B GG WHEEL LOADER /1
V-N-R JOYSTICK STEERING /55
VCC OUTPUT MODULE 3 /77

SUPPLY INPUT MODULE 1 AND 2 /41
E E
SUPPLY DCU17 /48

SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 1 /42
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 1 AND 2 /43
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2 /44
SUPPLY KEYPADS /40
HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS /28
FLASHING WARNING LIGHT RFWE OPTICAL /90
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TABLE OF CONTENTS SIDE: 3 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
TYPE / COUNTING NUMBER, SYSTEM, LOCATION CODE A
1169 00090 01 00 003
- TYPE / COUNTING NUMBER

93011361_003
CIRCUITS TWISTED
-M1 ENGINE START ; OPERATING SUPPLY CODE

93011361
B B
=K =K SYSTEM (CAB)
= SYSTEM +K6 +K6 LOCATION CODE (CAB FLOOR)
52
-X1.S1 -X1.S PLUG NAME AND PIN CONTACT
-X1.B1 -X1.B PLUG NAME AND SOCKET CONTACT
52
=B BALLAST +K6
52 PIN AM PLUG
=F TRAVEL DRIVE =K
=H HIND CARRIAGE
=K CAB
C =M ENGINE CABLE GREEN- OPTION C
=V FRONT SECTION
/7.E4 CROSS REFERENCE UP SHEET 7;E4

+LOCATION CODE
OPEN LINE END
+B BALLAST LETZTE MODIFICATION
+B1 BALLAST LEFT +K CAB

D +B2 BALLAST RIGHT +K1 CAB FITTINGS D
+K2 CAB REAR PANEL
+F TRAVEL DRIVE +K2.RH CAB REAR PANEL RELAY RACK
forbidden.
+F1 FRONT AXLE +K3 CAB ROOF

+F2 REAR AXLE +K4 CAB FITTINGS SIDE COVER RIGHT REAR
+F3 TRANSMISSION +K5 CAB FITTINGS SIDE COVER LEFT REAR
+K6 CAB FLOOR
+H HIND CARRIAGE
E +H1 HIND CARRIAGE REAR HATCH +M ENGINE E
+H2 HIND CARRIAGE UNTER CAB RIGHT

+H3 HIND CARRIAGE UNTER CAB LEFT +V FRONT SECTION
+H4 HIND CARRIAGE RIGHT +V1 FRONT SECTION
+H5 HIND CARRIAGE LEFT +V2 LIFT ARM
+V3 TILT CYLINDER
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR KEY ; HANDOUT ÜBER SIDE: 4 120
TYPE ; COUNTING NUMBER ; SYSTEM AND PLACE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BMK SYSTEM PLACE FUNCTION SHEET BMK SYSTEM PLACE FUNCTION SHEET
-A3 =K +K3 RADIO /35.D7 -A11 =K +K4 MAIN KEYPAD /112.C3
A A
-A3.X1 =K +K3 PLUG RADIO /35.D7 -A11.X1 =K +K4 PLUG MAIN KEYPAD /40.C6
-A3.X2 =K +K3 PLUG RADIO /35.D7 -A11.X1.8 =K +K4 PLUG MAIN KEYPAD /79.C4
-A4.Kl.15 =K +K2 Vcc DISCHARGE VALVE /118.A2 -A13a.X =K +K2 DISPLAY UNIT /37.B3
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A4.X40 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /41.C7 -A13b.X =K +K1 PLUG DISPLAY /37.C2
-A4.X40.3a * =K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /46.A4 -A15 =K +K2 MAIN ELECTRONICS MASTER /99.B1
93011361_003
-A4.X41 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.E2 -A15.CAN.X =K +K2 PLUG MASTER 8 POLIG /37.B6
93011361
B -A4.X42 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /45.B2 -A15.COM1.X=K +K2 PLUGMASTER /92.E2 B
-A4.X43 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /43.B2 -A15.COM2.X=K +K2 PLUG MASTER /72.A3
-A4.X43/12 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /91.B2 -A15.X =K +K2 PLUG MASTER 6 POLIG /45.E4
-A4.X44 =K +K2 PLUGRELAY BOARD /26.D3 -A16a =H +H3 INPUTMODULE 1 /100.B1
-A4.X44.4 F15=K +K PLUGRELAY BOARD /55.B7 -A16a.X1 =H +H3 PLUG INPUT MODULE 1 /51.C1
-A4.X45 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /37.C1 -A16a.X1.44 =H +H3 CAN CONNECTION. INPUT MODULE 1 /38.E7
-A4.X46 =K +K2 PLUGRELAY BOARD /31.C4 -A16b =K +K2 INPUT MODULE 2 /101.B1
-A4.X47 =K +K2 PLUGRELAY BOARD /34.D6 -A16b.X1 =K +K2 PLUG INPUT MODULE 2 /28.A8
C C
-A4.X48 =K +K PLUGRELAY BOARD /65.C7 -A16b.X1.10a =K
* +K2 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL 3. + 4.CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.D8
-A4.X49 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /26.B7 -A16b.X1.9a *=K +K2 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL; 3. + 4.CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.D7
-A4.X50 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /28.B5 -A16b.X2.9+10b

=K * +K2 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL; 3. + 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.D7
-A4.X50.12a *=K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /34.B2 -A16bX1.43.57

=H +H3 PLUG CANCONNECTION INPUT MODULE 1 /38.B7
-A4.X51 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /23.B4 -A16c =H +H3 INPUTMODULE 3 /102.B1
-A4.X52 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.C3 -A16c.X1 =H +H3 PLUG INPUT MODULE 3 /75.A7
-A4.X52. * =K +K4 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /89.D7 -A16d =H +H3 INPUT MODULE 4 /103.B1
D D
-A4.X53 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /23.D3 -A16d.X1 =H +H3 PLUG INPUT MODULE 4 /53.A4
-A4.X54 =K PLUG RELAY BOARD /30.D7 -A16d1 =H INPUTMODULE 4 /52.A2
forbidden.
+K2 +H3
-A4.X55 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /22.C8 -A16d1.X1 =H +H3 PLUG INPUT MODULE 4 /52.B1
-A4.X56 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /22.B2 -A16z =H +H DISCHARGE VALVE /120.B1
-A4.X56/11 =K +K PLUGRELAY BOARD /42.D1 -A16z.24V =H +H CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /118.B6
-A4.X57 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /22.B3 -A16z.CAN.XB=K +K CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /119.B6
-A4.X57.3.B * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /95.F5 -A16z.CAN.XS=K +K CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /119.E6
E E
-A4.X57.3.Ba =
*K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /95.B3 -A16z.GND =H +H CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /118.B8
-A4.X57.3.S * =K +K CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /95.C4 -A16z.UI/PWM/FI
=H +H CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /118.B7
-A4.X57.3.Sa =
*K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /95.E5 -A16z.X1 =H +H PLUG DISCHARGE VALVE /119.D3
-A4.X58 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /28.B8 -A16z.X1a.43 =H +H CONNECTOR SENSOR DISCHARGE VALVE /119.D4
-A4.X59 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /48.B3 -A17a =H +H3 OUTPUT MODULE 1 /104.B1
-A9 =K +K4 IMMOBILISER /80.E3 -A17a.X1 =H +H PLUG OUTPUT MODULE 1 /42.E7
-A9.X =K +K4 PLUG IMMOBILISER /80.D4 -A17a.X1.44 *=H +H CONNECTION OUTPUT MODULE /92.E6
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR BMK-INDEX SIDE: 5 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A17a.X1.44.58
=H* +H CONNECTION OUTPUT MODULE /92.B5 -A25.X1 =K +K1 DRUCKER WEIGHING DEVICE /92.B1
A A
-A17a.X1.48a =H
* +H3 OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH
/61.E6 -A30 =K +K2 LITU /117.B1
-A17a.X1.58 *=H +H CONNECTION OUTPUT MODULE /92.E5 -A30.X1 =K +K2 PLUG LITU /72.E3
-A17a.X1.6a *=H +H3 OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH
/61.B6 -A50 =K +K2 Y-CON COUPLER /81.E3
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A17a.X1b =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULES /97.B2 -A50.X1 =K +K2 CONNECTOR Y-CON COUPLER /81.E3
-A17b =H +H3 OUTPUT MODULE 2 /105.B1 -A50.X2 =K +K2 CONNECTOR Y-CON COUPLER /81.E4
93011361_003
-A17b..X1.43.57
=H * +H OUTPUTMODULE 2 /39.B1 -A50.X3 =K +K2 CONNECTOR Y-CON COUPLER /81.D4
93011361
B -A17b.X1 =H +H3 PLUG OUTPUTMODULE 2 /43.C1 -A50.X3a =K +K2 Vcc LH CAMERA /81.D2 B
-A17b.X1.37. *=H +H3 CONNECTOROUTPUT MODULE 2 /89.B5 -A700 =M +M ENGINE ECU /107.A1
-A17b.X1.37.B=H +H CONNECTOROUTPUT MODULE 2 /90.A5 -A700A.X1 =M +M CONNECTOR LIDEC /25.B5
-A17b.X1.37.S CONNECTOROUTPUT MODULE 2 /90.C5 -A700B.X2 =M +M PLUG LIDEC /24.A4
-A17b.X1.43a =H
* +H3 PLUG OUTPUTMODULE 2 /39.D8 -A780 =M +M DCU17 /109.A1
-A17b.X1.44 *=H +H OUTPUTMODULE 2 /39.E1 -A780.X1 =M +M PLUG DCU17 /49.B1
-A17b.X1.58 *=H +H VERBINDUNG OUTPUT 2 /39.E2 -A780.X2 =M +M PLUG DCU17 /70.B3
-A17b1 =H +H3 OUTPUT MODULE 2 /88.B5 -A.X1 * =B +B2 PLUG CIRCULATING PUMP DBW2010 /86.E6
C C
-A17b1.X1 =H +H3 PLUG OUTPUTMODULE 2 /88.B5 -B1 =F +F3 SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION /71.C6
-A17c * =H +H3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 /106.B1 -B1.X =F +F3 PLUG SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION /71.C6
-A17c.X1 * =H +H3 PLUG OUTPUTMODULE 3 /76.A5 -B2 =F +F3 SPEED SENSOR CONTROL MOTOR 1 /71.C7
-A17c1 =H +H3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 /56.A8 -B2.X =F +F3 PLUG SPEED SENSOR CONTROL MOTOR 1 /71.C7
-A17c1.X1 =H +H3 PLUG OUTPUT MODULE 3 /56.B8 -B2a =F +F3 SPEED SENSOR CONTROL MOTOR 2 /71.C8
-A18 =K +K4 ELECTRIC KEYPAD /111.B2 -B2a.X =F +F3 PLUG SPEED SENSOR CONTROL MOTOR 2 /71.C8
-A18.X1 =K +K4 PLUG ELECTRIC KEYPAD /28.A2 -B3 =H +H5 PRESSURE SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /25.C4
D D
-A18.X1.1a * =K +K4 AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUTDOWN /56.D6 -B3.X =H +H5 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /25.C4
-A18.X1.1b * =K AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUTDOWN /56.D6 -B3a =H PRESSURE SWITCH CHECK EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /25.C3
forbidden.
+K4 +H4
-A18.X2 =K +K4 PLUGELECTRIES KEY BOARD /26.C2 -B3a.X =H +H4 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /25.C3
-A19 =K +K4 OPTION KEYPAD /115.B3 -B4 =H +H AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION /25.C5
-A19.X1 =K +K4 PLUG OPTION KEYPAD /37.E6 -B4.X =H +H CONNECTOR AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION /25.C5
-A19.X2 =K +K4 PLUG CAN 3 /37.E7 -B8 =H +H1 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR /24.C6
-A21 =K +K4 AIR CON ELECTRONICS CC01 29 POLIG /113.A2 -B8.X =H +H1 PLUG HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR /24.C6
E E
-A21.X1 =K +K4 PLUG AIR CON ELECTRONICS CC01 /64.B3 -B10 =V +V HORN /29.B3
-A21a =K +K4 AIR CON ELECTRONICS CC01 42 POLIG /114.B1 -B10.X1 =V +V CONNECTOR HORN /29.B3
-A21a.X2 =K +K4 PLUG AIR CON ELECTRONICS CC01 /66.B1 -B10.X2 =V +V CONNECTOR HORN /29.C3
-A23 * =V +V1 LH WEIGHING DEVICE /94.C3 -B11.FL =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER LEFT /35.E7
-A23.X1 * =V +V1 CONNECTOR LH WEIGHING DEVICE /93.B1 -B11.FL.X1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.E7
-A23.X2 * =V +V1 CONNECTOR LH WEIGHING DEVICE /92.E7 -B11.FL.X2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.F7
-A24.X =K +K1 DISPLAY WEIGHING DEVICE /93.C6 -B11.FR =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER RIGHT /35.F6
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-B11.FR.X1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.F6 -B32a.X =K +K4 CONNECTOR /60.B2
A A
-B11.FR.X2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.E6 -B32b.X =K +K4 CONNECTOR /60.C2
-B11.RL =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER LEFT /35.E8 -B39 =K +K6 AIR CON AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR /64.D5
-B11.RL.X1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.E8 -B39.X =K +K6 PLUG AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR /64.D6
1169 00090 01 00 003
-B11.RL.X2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.F8 -B40 * =K +K4 INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR /69.E4
-B11.RR =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER RIGHT /35.F7 -B41 * =K +K4 OUTFLOW TEMPERATURE SENSOR /69.E7
93011361_003
-B11.RR.X1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.F7 -B42 =K +K1 SUN SENSOR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /64.D7
93011361
B -B11.RR.X2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER /35.E7 -B42.X =K +K1 PLUG SUN SENSOR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /64.D7 B
-B12 =H +H3 PRESSURE SWITCH BRAKE LIGHT /62.D8 -B43 =H +H5 INDUCTIVE SWITCH DISTRIBUTOR LH /74.C7
-B12.X =H +H3 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /62.D8 -B44 =H +H5 INDUCTIVE SWITCH LEVEL LH /74.C5
-B13 =H +H COOLING WATER LEVEL /24.C4 -B45 =H +H4 PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP /59.C7
-B13.X =H +H PLUG COOLING WATER LEVEL /24.C4 -B45.X =H +H4 PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP /59.C7
-B14 =F +F3 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE /24.C5 -B48 =V +V1 PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP 2 /71.C3
-B14.X =F +F3 PLUG TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE /24.C5 -B48.X =V +V1 PLUG PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP 2 /71.D3
-B15 =V +V3 INDUCTIVE SWITCH BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /60.C3 -B50 =H +H CAMERA 1 /81.C5
C C
-B15.X =V +V3 PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /60.C3 -B50.X1 =H +H CONNECTOR CAMERA 1 /81.C5
-B16 =H +H5 BACK-UP ALARM /62.C3 -B50.X2 =H +H CONNECTOR CAMERA 1 /81.C6

-B16.X =H +H5 PLUG BACK-UP ALARM /62.C3 -B51 =K +K CAMERA 2 /81.C8

-B16a * =H +H5 ALARM /95.E5 -B51 * =V +V PROXIMITY SWITCH WEIGHING DEVICE /93.C2
-B16a.X * =H +H5 CONNECTOR ALARM /95.E5 -B51.X1 =K +K CONNECTOR CAMERA 2 /81.C8
-B16a.X1 * =H +H5 PLUG REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR CAN BE SWITCHED/62.C3
OFF -B52 * =V +V PROXIMITY SWITCH WEIGHING DEVICE /93.C3
-B16b.X * =H +H5 PLUG REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR CAN BE SWITCHED/62.C4
OFF -B65 =H +H HYDRAULIC OIL VERSCHMUTZUNGSSENSOR /25.C6
D D
-B17 =V +V INDUCTIVE SWITCH LIFT KICK-OUT /60.C4 -B65.X =H +H CONNECTOR /25.C6
-B17.B =V PLUG LIFT KICK-OUT /60.B4 -B200 =K INDUCTIVE SWITCH JOYSTICK STEERING /76.C3
forbidden.
+V +K4
-B17.X =V +V PLUG LIFT KICK-OUT /60.B4 -B200.X =K +K4 PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /76.C3
-B17.X_1 =V +V PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /60.C4 -B202 =K +K4 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH JOYSTICK STEERING /75.C5
-B19 =K +K6 PRESSURE SWITCH BRAKE ACCUMULATOR /24.C3 -B202.X =K +K4 PLUG SIGNAL TRANSMITTER JOYSTICK STEERING /75.C6
-B19.X =K +K6 PLUGPRESSURE SWITCH /24.C3 -B213 * =V +V2 INDUCTIVE SWITCH CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C4
-B25 =H +H2 TANK PIPE SENSOR /24.C1 -B213.X * =V +V2 PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /61.C4
E E
-B25.X =H +H2 PLUG TANK PIPE SENSOR /24.C1 -B710 =M +M WATER DETECTOR /47.D7
-B26 =K +K4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR ICE UP PROTECTION /66.D5 -B710.X =M +M CONNECTOR WATER DETECTOR /47.C7
-B26a =K +K4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR ICE UP PROTECTION /66.D7 -B722 =M +M DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE DPF /47.C3
-B27 =H +H PRESSURE SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /64.C4 -B722.X =M +M STECKER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE /47.C3
-B27.X =H +H PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /64.C4 -B723 =M +M TEMPERATURE SENSOR DOC INPUT /47.C4
-B32 =K +K4 PRESSURE SWITCH FLOAT POSITION /60.C1 -B723.X =M +M CONNECTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR DOC INPUT /47.C4
-B32.X =K +K4 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /60.C1 -B724 =M +M TEMPERATURE SENSOR DPF INPUT /47.C5
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-B724.X =M +M CONNECTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR DPF INPUT /47.C5 -E11.X =K +K PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.D7
A A
-B725 =M +M TEMPERATURE SENSOR DPF OUTLET /47.C6 -E11a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.D7
-B725.X =M +M PLUG TEMPERATURE SENSOR DPF OUTLET /47.C6 -E11a.X =K +K PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.E7
-B.X6 * =B +B2 PLUG AUXILIARY HEATER DBW2010 /86.D5 -E11b =V +V WORKING PROJECTOR UP DRIVING LIGHT /31.E8
1169 00090 01 00 003
-C.X1 * =B +B2 PLUG CIRCULATING PUMP DBW2010 /86.E6 -E11b.X =V +V PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR UP DRIVING LIGHT /31.E8
-E1a =B +B1 REAR LAMP LEFT /26.E2 -E12 * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR LEFT /33.E3
93011361_003
-E1a.X =B +B1 PLUG REAR LAMP LEFT /26.F2 -E12.b * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR LEFT /33.E4
93011361
B -E1b =B +B1 REVERSING LAMP LEFT /26.E3 -E12.b.X * =K +K3 PLUG E12b /33.D4 B
-E1b.X =B +B1 CONNECTOR REVERSING LAMP LEFT /26.E3 -E12.X * =K +K3 PLUG E12 /33.E3
-E2 =K +K3 INDOOR LIGHTING /22.E7 -E12a * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR LEFT /33.E4
-E2.X1 =K +K PLUG INDOOR LIGHTING /22.E7 -E12a.X * =K +K3 PLUG E12a /33.D4
-E2.X2 =K +K PLUGINDOOR LIGHTING /22.E7 -E13 * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR RIGHT /33.E6
-E2.X3 =K +K PLUG INDOOR LIGHTING /22.E7 -E13.b * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR RIGHT /33.E7
-E3 =V +V1 DRIVING HEADLIGHT LEFT /26.E4 -E13.b.X * =K +K3 PLUG E13b /33.D7
-E3.X =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT LEFT /26.E4 -E13.X * =K +K3 PLUG E13 /33.D6
C C
-E3.Xa * =V +V PLUG COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION LEFT /27.E3 -E13a * =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR RIGHT /33.E7
-E3.Xb * =V +V PLUG COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION LEFT /27.F3 -E13a.X * =K +K3 PLUG E13a /33.D7
-E4 =V +V1 DRIVING HEADLIGHT RIGHT /26.E5 -E14l =H +H1 LICENCE PLATE LIGHT LEFT 24V - 10W /26.D8
-E4.X =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT RIGHT /26.E5 -E14r =H +H1 LICENCE PLATE LIGHT RIGHT 24V - 10W /26.D8
-E4.Xa * =V +V PLUG COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION RIGHT /27.E6 -E16 =H +H1 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /32.E4
-E4.Xb * =V +V PLUG COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION RIGHT /27.F6 -E16.X =H +H1 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /32.E4
-E5a =B +B2 REAR LIGHT RIGHT /26.E7 -E17 =H +H1 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /32.E7
D D
-E5a.X =B +B2 PLUG REAR LIGHT RIGHT /26.E7 -E17.X =H +H1 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /32.E7
-E5b =B REVERSING LAMP RIGHT /26.E6 -E200 =K SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D6
forbidden.
+B2 +K4
-E5b.X =B +B2 PLUG REVERSING LAMP RIGHT /26.E6 -E200.X =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D6
-E6 =B +B1 REAR LIGHTLEFT 24V - 5W /26.E2 -E201 =K +K4 SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D6
-E7 =B +B2 REAR LIGHT RIGHT 24V - 5W /26.E6 -E201.X =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D6
-E8 =K +K CONTEUR LIGHTLEFT 24V - 4W /26.E3 -E202 =K +K4 SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D7
-E9 =K +K CONTEUR LIGHT RIGHT 24V - 4W /26.E6 -E202.X =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH LIGHTING /62.D7
E E
-E10 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT 24V - 70W /31.D4 -E300 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E5
-E10.X =K +K PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /31.D4 -E300.X =H +H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E5
-E10a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT 24V - 70W /31.D5 -E301 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E6
-E10a..X =K +K PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /31.E5 -E301.X =H +H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E7
-E10b =V +V WORKING PROJECTOR UP DRIVING LIGHT /31.E5 -E302 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E7
-E10b.X =V +V CONNECTOR WORKING PROJECTOR UP DRIVING LIGHT /31.E5 -E302.X =H +H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.E8
-E11 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.D7 -F2 =K +K2 HIGH BEAM LEFT /26.B5
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-F3 =K +K2 HIGH BEAM RIGHT /26.B6 -F32A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /32.B2
A A
-F4 =K +K2 DRIVING LIGHTLEFT /26.B3 -F32B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /32.B5
-F5 =K +K2 DRIVING LIGHT RIGHT /26.B4 -F33A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR LEFT /33.B2
-F6 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT /PARKING LIGHT LEFT /23.C6 -F33B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR RIGHT /33.B4
1169 00090 01 00 003
-F7 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT/ PARKING LIGHT RIGHT /23.C6 -F35 =K +K2 MASTER /45.B5
-F8 =K +K2 DRIVER'S SEAT; RADIO Kl.58 /22.B8 -F36 =K +K2 MOTOR CONTROL /46.B3
93011361_003
-F8A =K +K2 INDOOR LIGHTING;AUXILIARY HEATER /22.B7 -F38 =K +K2 MOTOR CONTROL LOGIC /46.B5
93011361
B -F9 =K +K2 LH CONTROL LEVER OPTIONS /51.A6 -F39 * =K +K2 PRESELECTION DIAL AUXILIARY HEATER /87.A5 B
-F01 =H +H5 MAIN FUSES /22.D2 -F40 * =K +K2 AUXILIARY HEATER /87.A8
-F02 =H +H HEATING FLANGE /22.D4 -F41 =K +K DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /96.B4
-F03 =H +H5 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /22.D4 -F42 * =K +K2 AUXILIARY HEATER NOZZLE STICK PREHEATER /86.D2
-F07 =H +H5 Kl.30 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS ELECTRIC KEYPAD /22.D5 -F43 =K +K2 MODULES LOGIC /41.B2
-F07B =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS Kl.15 /28.C1 -F44 =K +K2 INPUT MODULE 1 /41.B7
-F10 =K +K2 DISPLAY UNIT /37.B1 -F45 =K +K2 INPUT MODULE 2 /41.B3
-F10a * =K +K2..RHVcc KAMERA /81.B4 -F46 =K +K2 INPUT MODULE 3 /75.A3
C C
-F11 =K +K2 PRESSURE SWITCH B28; B32 /60.E1 -F47 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 BK1 /42.B4
-F13 =K +K2 CONDENSER FAN /65.B2 -F48 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 BK1 /42.B7
-F14 =K +K2 FUEL PREHEATING /85.A4 -F49 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 /71.E5
-F15 =K +K2 LH CONTROL LEVER /51.A5 -F50 * =K +K2 WORKING BASKET /73.B1
-F18 =K +K2 WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /30.C3 -F51 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO1; OUTPUT MODULE 3 BK 4 /43.A6
-F18a =K +K7 WINDSCREEN WIPER CAB ROOF /30.C7 -F52 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO2; OUTPUT MODULE 2 BK3 /43.A7
-F19 =K +K2 Kl.15 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRONICS /64.B2 -F53 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO3 /74.B2
D D
-F19A =K +K2 Kl.30 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRONICS /64.B1 -F54 =K +K2 MASTER LOGIC /45.B5
-F20 =K WINDSCREEN WASHER, HOOTER /29.C4 -F55 =K OUTPUT MODULE 2 BK 1 /44.A4
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-F21 =K +K2 LOW BEAM/DRIVING LIGHT /26.B3 -F56 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 BK2 /44.A7
-F22 =K +K2 STOP LIGHT; LIGHTING /62.A6 -F58 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 BK4 /43.A5
-F23 =K +K" REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /84.A3 -F59 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 BK4 /43.A2
-F24 =K +K2 IGNITION ON MOTOR CONTROL /46.B4 -F60 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 BK 3 /43.A3
-F25 =K +K2 BEACONLIGHT /34.C1 -F61 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 DO3 /45.A1
E E
-F26 =K +K2 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG; IMMOBILISER /72.A2 -F62 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 DO4 /45.A2
-F27 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT-/IDENTIFICATION-/CONTEUR LIGHT /23.C8 -F63 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 BK1 /77.B3
-F28a * =K +K2 LH WEIGHING DEVICE /92.C7 -F64 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 BK2 /77.B4
-F29 =K +K2 IGNITION STARTER SWITCH BYPASS /22.B3 -F65 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 BK3 /77.A6
-F30 =K +K2 VOLTAGE CONVERTER (RADIO) /35.B2 -F66 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 BK4 /77.A7
-F31A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /31.B3 -F70 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO3 /80.B5
-F31B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.B5 -F71 =K +K2 KEYPADS /40.B2
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-F73 =K +K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO3 /72.A1 -H16 =V +V1 BLINKER RIGHT 24V - 21W /26.E5
A A
-F73 =K +K2. OUTPUT MODULE 1 DO3 /82.A5 -H17 =B +B1 BLINKER BACK LEFT 24V - 21W /26.E2
-F74 =K +K2 MIRROR-/REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.B5 -H18 =B +B2 BLINKER RIGHT REAR 24V - 21W /26.E7
-F74a =K +K2 CAB ROOF REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.B7 -H20 =B +B1 BRAKE LIGHT LEFT 24V - 21W /26.E2
1169 00090 01 00 003
-F75 =K +K2 RADIO Kl.58; ELECTRICAL SOCKET 12V /35.B5 -H21 =B +B2 STOP LIGHT RIGHT 24V - 21W /26.E7
-F76 =K +K2 RADIO /35.B5 -H22 =K +K BEACONLIGHT /34.E2
93011361_003
-F77 =K +K2 DCU17 /48.A4 -H22.X1 =K +K CONNECTOR BEACONLIGHT /34.E2

93011361
B -F78 =K +K2 DCU17 /48.A7 -H22.X2 =K +K CONNECTOR BEACONLIGHT /34.F2 B

-F79 =K +K2 AGR1 /50.A4 -H22a. * =H +H1 BACK-UP ALARM /89.D8
-F80 =K +K2 AGR2 /50.A5 -H22a..X1 * =H +H1 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.D8
-F81 =K +K2 REGULATING VALVE /50.A5 -H22a..X2 * =H +H1 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.E8
-F82 =K +K2 LAMBDA /50.A6 -H40 =K +K2 BUZZER /59.C8
-F208 * =K +K2.RH DIESEL PREHEATING /85.C3 -H40.X1 =K +K2 PLUG BUZZER /59.C8
-F211 =K +K2:RH DISCHARGE VALVE /118.B2 -H40.X2 =K +K2 PLUG BUZZER /59.D8
-F212 * =K +K2 ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.B6 -H40c =K +K SICHERHEITSGURT /97.D5
C C
-F212 =K +K2.RH DISCHARGE VALVE /118.B4 -H40c.X1 =K +K PLUG H40c /97.D5
-F212a * =K2 +K2. ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.B5 -H40c.X3 =K +K PLUG H40c /97.D4
-F213 * =K +K2 CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C1 -H41 * =K +K2 BUZZER ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.D6
-F216 * =K +K2.RH AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.B7 -H41.X1 * =K +K2 PLUG BUZZER ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.D6
-F216a * =K +-K2.RHAUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.B8 -H41.X2 * =K +K2 PLUG BUZZER ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.D6
-F229 * =K +K2 BACK-UP ALARM /89.A7 -H50 =V +V1 PROFILE LIGHT/PARKING LIGHT LEFT FRONT 24V - 4W /26.E4
-F238 * =K +K2.RH QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.B2 -H51 =V +V1 PROFILE LIGHT/PARKING LIGHT 24V - 4W /26.E5
D D
-F255 * =K +K2 ELECTRICAL SOCKET /88.B2 -H52 =B +B1 REVERSING LAMP LEFT /26.E3
-F261 * =K HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.E3 -H53 =B REVERSING LAMP RIGHT 24V - 21W /26.E6
forbidden.
+K2. +B2
-F263 =K +K2 SICHERHEITSGURT /97.B3 -H54 =V +V1 LOW BEAM 24V - 70W H7 /26.E4
-F276 =K +K2.R.H.VOLTAGE CONVERTER RADIO /78.A5 -H55 =V +V1 LOW BEAM 24V - 70W H7 /26.E5
-F277 =K KL. 15 RADIO
+K2.R.H. /78.C5 -H56 =V +V1 HIGH BEAM 24V - 70W H3 /26.E4
-F278 =K +K2.R.HKL. 30 RADIO /78.C5 -H57 =V +V1 HIGH BEAM 24V - 70W H3 /26.E5
-F300 =K +K2 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.A6 -K1 =K +K2 FLASHER UNIT /28.C8
E E
-F308 =K +K2 CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.A6 -K2 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT-/IDENTIFICATION-/CONTEUR LIGHT /23.C7
-F500 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.B1 -K3 =K +K2 LOW BEAM /26.B5
-F501 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.B7 -K3A =K +K2 HIGH BEAM /26.B7
-G1 =B +B BATTERY /22.E2 -K5 =K +K2 SIMULATION D+ /23.C4
-G2 =B +1 BATTERY /22.E3 -K5a =K +K1 INTERVAL WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /29.B7
-G3 =M +M ALTERNATOR /22.E4 -K5a.X =K +K1 PLUG INTERVAL WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /29.C7
-H15 =V +V1 BLINKER LEFT 24V - 21W ORANGE /26.E4 -K8 =K +K2 WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /30.C2
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-K8a =K +K WINDSCREEN WIPER CAB ROOF /30.C6 -K261 * =K +K2 HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.D2
A A
-K9 =K +K2 BEACONLIGHT /34.C2 -K263 =K +K2 24V SICHERHEITSGURT /97.D3
-K01 =K +K2 IGNITION STARTER SWITCH BYPASS /22.C2 -K263a =K +K2 12V SICHERHEITSGURT /97.D4
-K04 =H +H5 HEATING FLANGE /22.D6 -K300 =K +K2 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.B6
1169 00090 01 00 003
-K10 =K +K2 MIRROR-/REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.B6 -K500 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.C2
-K10a =K +A4 CAB ROOF REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.B8 -K501 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.C7
93011361_003
-K11 =H +H4 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /25.C1 -K700 =K +K2 Vcc E-STELLER /50.A3
93011361
B -K12 =K +K2 RADIO; ELECTRICAL SOCKET 12V /35.B4 -KL.15 * =K +K2 KAMERA /81.A3 B
-K12a =K +K RADIO /78.D4 -Kl.15.X =K +K2 CONNECTION Kl.15 A4 /22.B2
-K22 =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHT Kl.15 /28.C2 -Kl.15.Xc * =K +K Vcc QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.A3
-K22a =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS MG /28.C3 -KL.15.Xd * =K +K2 Vcc HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.F2
-K22b =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS MG /28.C4 -KL.15.Xe * =K +K2 Kl.15 CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.B1
-K25 * =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /28.C5 -Kl.15.Xf. * =K +K CLAMP KL.15 /89.A5
-K26 * =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /28.C7 -KL.15.Xh * =K +K2 LH WEIGHING DEVICE /92.B7
-K31A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /31.B4 -KL.15.Xj =K +K2 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.A6
C C
-K31B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /31.B7 -KL.15y =K +K2 Vcc CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.A5
-K32A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /32.B4 -Kl.30.X =K +K2 CONNECTION Kl.30 A4 /22.D2
-K32B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /32.B7 -Kl.30.Xa * =K +K2 DIESEL PREHEATING /85.C3
-K33A =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR LEFT /33.B3 -Kl.30.Xc * =K +K2 CONNECTION Kl.30 A4 /88.A2
-K33B =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOF REAR RIGHT /33.B6 -Kl.30.xe * =K +K2 Kl.30 ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.A6
-K208 * =K +K2. WORKING BASKET /73.B6 -Kl.30.xf * =K +K2 Kl.30 ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.A5
-K209 =K +K2 DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /96.B5 -Kl.30.Xg =K +K2 RADIO /78.A3
D D
-K213 * =K +K2 CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C3 -KL.30a * =K +K2 Kl.30 AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.A7
-K216 * =K AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.C7 -L2 =K LED F2 /26.C6
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-K227 * =K2 +K2:RH DIESEL PREHEATING /85.C4 -L3 =K +K2 LED F3 /26.C6
-K228. * =K +K2 BACK-UP ALARM /89.C7 -L4 =K +K2 LED F4 /26.C4
-K228a * =K +K2.RH PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /85.D7 -L5 =K +K2 LED F5 /26.C4
-K231 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C3 -L6 =K +K2 LED F6 /23.C6

-K232 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C7 -L7 =K +K2 LED F7 /23.C7
E E
-K233 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C2 -L8 =K +K2 LED F8 /22.B8

-K240 =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS /28.A4 -L8A =K +K2 LED F8A /22.B7
-K241 =K +A4 PRESSURE SWITCH BRAKE LIGHT /62.B7 -L9 =K +K2 LED F9 /51.B6
-K243 * =K +K2 AUXILIARY HEATER NOZZLE STICK PREHEATER /86.D3 -L07B =K +K2 LED F07B /28.D1
-K244 =K +K2 CONDENSER FAN /65.B4 -L10 =K +K2 LED F10 /37.B2
-K245 =K +K2 CONDENSER FAN /65.B7 -L11 =K +K2 LED F11 /60.F1
-K246 * =K +K2 AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUTDOWN /56.D8 -L13 =K +K2 LED F13 /65.B3
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-L15 =K +K2 LED F15 /51.B5 -L52 =K +K2 LED F52 /43.B7
A A
-L18 =K +K2 LED F18 /30.C3 -L53 =K +K2 LED F53 /74.B2
-L18a =K +K2 LED F18a /30.C7 -L54 =K +K2 LED F54 /45.C4
1169 00090 01 00 003
-L19A =K +K2 LED F19A /64.B1 -L56 =K +K2 LED F56 /44.B7
93011361_003
93011361
B -L22 =K +K2 LED F22 /62.B6 -L60 =K +K2 LED F60 /43.B3 B
C C
-L31B =K +K2 LED F31B /31.B6 -L73 =K +K2 LED F53 /72.B1
-L32A =K +K2 LED F32A /32.B3 -L74 =K +K2 LED F74 /34.C5
-L32B =K +K2 LED F32B /32.B6 -L74a =K +K2 LED F74a /34.C7
-L33B =K +K2 LED F33B /33.B5 -L76 =K +K2 LED F76 /35.B6
D D
-L39 * =K LED F39 /87.B5 -L80 =K LED F80 /50.B5
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-L40 * =K +K2 LED F40 /87.B8 -L81 =K +K2 LED F81 /50.B6
-L42 * =K +K2 LED F42 /86.D2 -L95 =K +K2 LED D+ /23.C4
E E
-L45 =K +K2 LED F45 /41.B4 -LAN2 =K +K2 CONNECTOR /81.E2

-L46 =K +K2 LED F46 /75.B3 -LAN3.X =K +K CONNECTOR /37.D2
-L47 =K +K2 LED F47 /42.B4 -Lötpunkt R121
=K +K CONNECTION R121 /93.D5
-L48 =K +K2 LED F48 /42.B7 -M1 =M +M ENGINE START /22.E3
-L49 =K +K2 LED F49 /71.E5 -M1.30 =M +M KL. 30 ENGINE START /83.E4
-L50 * =K +K2 LED F50 /73.B2 -M1.30 =M +M1 ENGINE START /22.E3
-L51 =K +K2 LED F51 /43.B6 -M2 =K +K1 WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /29.D7
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-M2.X1 =K +K1 PLUG WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /29.D7 -MP12 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.C3
A A
-M2.X2 * =K +K1 PLUG WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT NOT USED /29.D7 -OLE2 * =K +K2 CONNECTION AUXILIARY HEATER /22.D7
-M3 =K +K2 WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /30.E2 -OLE3 * =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR CAB ROOFREAR /32.A8
-M3.X =K +K2 PLUG WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /30.E3 -OLE4 * =K +K2 LIGHTING RFWEOA OPTIONAL /34.E4
1169 00090 01 00 003
-M4 =K +K1 WASHING PUMP FRONT /29.D8 -OLE5 * =K +K2 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL; 3. + 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.F8
-M4.X =K +K4 PLUG WASHING PUMP FRONT /29.E8 -OLE6 * =K +K2 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL; 3. + 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.F8
93011361_003
-M5 =K +K4 FAN MOTOR /66.E3 -OLE 7 =K +K CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /41.D1
93011361
B -M5.X =K +K4 PLUG FAN MOTOR /66.D2 -OLE9 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /62.D7 B
-M6 =H +H5 LIEBHERR CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /74.C3 -OLE14 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.B3
-M6.X =H +H5 PLUG LIEBHERR CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /74.D3 -OLE15 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.B6
-M7 =K +K2 COMPRESSOR SEAT /22.E8 -OLE16 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.C7
-M7.X =K +K2 PLUG COMPRESSOR SEAT /22.E8 -OLE17 * =K +K2 CONNECTION AUXILIARY HEATER /86.D8
-M8 =H +H4 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /25.D1 -OLE18 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /86.E2
-M9 =K +K4 WASHING PUMP REAR AND CAB ROOF /30.D4 -OLE19 * =K +K2 LIGHTING S210 /73.E3
-M9.X =K +K4 PLUG WASHING PUMP REAR /30.D4 -OLE20 * =K +K2 LIGHTING S210 /73.E4
C C
-M11 =K +K4 WATER VALVE /67.E3 -OLE22 * =B +B2 CONNECTION AUXILIARY HEATER /86.E7
-M11.X =K +K4 PLUG WATER VALVE /67.E2 -OLE23 * =K +K CONNECTION A4.X44:5 /32.E3
-M13 =H +H CONDENSER FAN1 /65.E4 -OLE24 =K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /78.C4
-M13.X =H +H PLUG /65.D4 -OLE 277.2 =K +K SWITCH LIGHTING /91.D6

-M13a =H +H &#5675 2 /65.E7 -OLE.20 =K +K DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /96.E2
-M13a.X =H +H PLUG /65.E7 -OLE.277.1 =K +K SWITCH LIGHTING /91.C6
-M14 =K +K4 RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP /67.E7 -P1 =K +K4 WORKING HOUR METER /23.A3
D D
-M14.X =K +K4 PLUG RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP /67.E6 -P1.X1 =K +K4 PLUG WORKING HOUR METER /23.A3
-M15 * =H CIRCULATING PUMP DWB2010 /86.D7 -P1.X2 =K PLUG WORKING HOUR METER /23.B3
forbidden.
+H1 +K4
-M15 =K +K4 FOOT FLAP /68.E3 -R1 =K +K6 ANGLE SENSOR INCH PEDAL /57.C3
-M15.X * =H +H1 PLUG CIRCULATING PUMP DWB2010 /86.D7 -R1.X =K +K6 PLUG ANGLE SENSOR /57.C3
-M15.X =K +K4 PLUG FOOT FLAP /68.E2 -R2 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L2 /26.C6
-M16 =K +K4 MIDDLE FLAP /68.E7 -R3 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L3 /26.C6
-M16.X =K +K4 PLUG MIDDLE FLAP /68.E6 -R4 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L4 /26.C4
E E
-M17 =K +K4 HEAD FLAP /69.E3 -R5 =K +K6 ANGLE SENSOR SPEED-PEDAL /57.C7
-M17 =K +K3 WINDSCREEN WIPER CAB ROOF /30.E6 -R5 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L5 /26.C4
-M17.X =K +K4 PLUG HEAD FLAP /69.E2 -R5.X =K +K6 PLUG ANGLE SENSOR /57.C6
-M17.X =K +K3 PLUG WINDSCREEN WIPER CAB ROOF /30.E6 -R6 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L6 /23.C6
-M500 =H +H REFUELLING PUMP /98.E7 -R6a * =K +K3 MIRROR HEATING /34.E5
-M500.X =H +H PLUG REFUELLING PUMP /98.D7 -R6a.X =K +K3 PLUG MIRROR HEATING /34.E5
-MO1 =F +F3 MV MODULATION /58.C2 -R6b * =K +K3 MIRROR HEATING /34.E6
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-R6b.X =K +K3 PLUG MIRROR HEATING /34.E6 -R32B =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L32B /32.B6
A A
-R7 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L7 /23.C7 -R33A =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L33A /33.B2
-R8 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L8 /22.B8 -R33B =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L33B /33.B5
-R8A =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L8A /22.B7 -R35 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L35 /45.C5
1169 00090 01 00 003
-R9 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L9 /51.B6 -R36 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L36 /46.C3
-R9A * =K +K2 EXCITATIONNOT USED /23.C2 -R38 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L38 /46.C5
93011361_003
-R9B =K +K2 EXCITATION GG6 /23.C2 -R39 * =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L39 /87.B5
93011361
B -R07B =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L07B /28.D1 -R40 * =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L40 /87.B8 B
-R10 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L10 /37.B2 -R41 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L41 /96.B4
-R10 * =M +M DIESEL PREHEATING /85.E4 -R42 * =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L42 /86.D2
-R10.X * =M +M PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING /85.E4 -R43 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L43 /41.B2
-R11 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L11 /60.F1 -R44 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L44 /41.B7
-R12 =K +K2 REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.E7 -R45 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L45 /41.B4
-R12.X1 =K +K2 PLUG REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.E7 -R46 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L46 /75.B3
-R12.X2 =K +K2 PLUG REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.E7 -R47 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L47 /42.B4
C C
-R12a =K +K3 CAB ROOF WINDOW HEATER /34.E8 -R48 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L48 /42.B7
-R12a.X1 =K +K3 CONNECTOR CAB ROOF WINDOW HEATER /34.E8 -R49 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L49 /71.E5
-R12a.X2 =K +K3 CONNECTOR CAB ROOF WINDOW HEATER /34.E8 -R50 * =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L50 /73.B2
-R18 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L18 /30.C3 -R53 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR F53 /74.B2
-R18a =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L18a /30.C7 -R54 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L54 /45.C4
D D
-R19A =K DROP RESISTOR L19A /64.B1 -R56 =K DROP RESISTOR L56 /44.B7
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-R20 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L20 /29.C5 -R58 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L56 /43.B5
E E
-R31A =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L31A /31.B3 -R71 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L71 /40.B2
-R31B =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L31B /31.B6 -R73 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR F53 /72.B1
-R32A =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L32A /32.B3 -R74 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L74 /34.C5
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-R74a =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L74a /34.C7 -S2a.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG LH CONTROL LEVER /52.D5
A A
-R75 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L75 /35.B5 -S2b =K +K LH CONTROL LEVER V-N-R AND OPTIONS /53.E6
-R76 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L75 /35.B6 -S2b.1 =K +K4 FORWARD ; NEUTRAL ; BACKWARDS /53.E3
-R77 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L77 /48.B4 -S2b.2 =K +K4 OPTION 1 /53.E4
1169 00090 01 00 003
-R78 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L78 /48.B7 -S2b.3 =K +K4 OPTION 2 /53.E4

-R79 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L79 /50.B4 -S2b.B1 =K +K4 SENSOR GRIP SENSOR /53.F5
93011361_003
-R80 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L80 /50.B5 -S2b.B2 =K +K4 SENSOR GRIP SENSOR 1 /53.F5
93011361
B -R81 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L81 /50.B6 -S2b.B3 =K +K4 SENSOR GRIP SENSOR 4 /53.F6 B
-R82 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR F53 /82.B5 -S2b.B4 =K +K4 SENSOR GRIP SENSOR 1 /53.F6
-R82 =K +K DROP RESISTOR L82 /50.B6 -S2b.B5 =K +K4 SENSOR GRIP SENSOR 3 /53.F6
-R95 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR L77 /23.C4 -S2b.X1049 =K +K STECKER S2b /53.E5
-R97 =K +K2 DROP RESISTOR F53 /80.B5 -S2b.X51 =K +K2 STECKER S2b /53.E5
-R120 =K +K4 CAN END /79.A5 -S2c =K +K OPERATING FUCTIONS V-N-R AND OPTIONS /54.E4
-R120.X =K +K4 CONNECTION /79.A5 -S2c.X1 =K +K PLUG V-N-R /54.E4
-R121 =K +K MATCHING RESISTOR /93.C5 -S2c.X2 =K +K PLUG OPTIONS /54.E5
C C
-R220 * =K +K RESISTANCE AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.E6 -S2d =K +K V-N-R JOYSTICK STEERING /55.E4
-R701 =M +M HEATER FLANGE /22.F6 -S2d.X =K +K V-N-R JOYSTICK STEERING /55.E4

-S1 =K +K4 IGNITION SWITCH /22.A3 -S3 =K +K1 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH /26.B1
-S1.X.5a * =K +K CONNECTION AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.D8 -S3.X1 =K +K1 PLUGSTEERING COLUMN SWITCH /29.E3
-S1.X.5b * =K +K3 CONNECTION AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.D8 -S3.X2 =K +K1 PLUGSTEERING COLUMN SWITCH /26.A2
-S1.X1 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /22.A3 -S15 =H +H5 BATTERY MAIN SWITCH /22.E1
-S1.X2 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /22.B4 -S23 * =K +K3 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.A5
D D
-S1.X3 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /22.B4 -S23.X1 * =K +K3 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.A5
-S2 =K LH CONTROL LEVER V-N-R AND OPTIONS /51.E4 -S23.X2 * =K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.A5
forbidden.
+K4 +K3
-S2.1 =K +K4 FORWARD ; NEUTRAL ; BACKWARDS /51.F4 -S43 * =K +K4 CUTOFF BACK-UP ALARM /62.B5
-S2.2 =K +K4 KICK DOWN /51.F5 -S43.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG CUTOFF BACK-UP ALARM /62.A5
-S2.3 =K +K4 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION 1 /51.F5 -S43.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG CUTOFF BACK-UP ALARM /62.A5
-S2.4 =K +K4 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION 2 /51.F6 -S56 * =K +K4 KEY-OPERATED SWITCH /88.C7
-S2.S:X =K +K PLUG V-N-R AND OPTIONS /54.D5 -S58 =K +K4 CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.C6
E E
-S2.X =K +K4 PLUG LH CONTROL LEVER V-N-R AND OPTIONS /51.E5 -S58.X1 =K +K4 CONNECTOR CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.C6
-S2a * =K +K4 LH CONTROL LEVER WITH ANALOGUE SENSOR + GRIP SENSOR
/52.D4 -S58.X2 =K +K4 CONNECTOR CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.C6
-S2a.1 =K +K4 V-N-R /52.E5 -S210 * =K +K4 WORKING BASKET /73.C3
-S2a.2 =K +K4 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH SW1 /52.E6 -S210.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG WORKING BASKET /73.D3
-S2a.B1 =K +K4 GRIP SENSOR /52.E5 -S210.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG WORKING BASKET /73.C3
-S2a.B2 =K +K4 SENSOR 1 /52.E6 -S212 * =K +K4 RFWEOA OPTIONAL /34.C4
-S2a.B3 =K +K4 SENSOR 2 /52.E6 -S212.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG RFWEOA OPTIONAL /34.C4
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S212.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG RFWEOA OPTIONAL /34.C4 -Splice.X12 * =H +H3 BACK-UP ALARM /89.C5
A A
-S212a * =K +K4 SYMBOL RFWEOA OPTIONAL /34.C3 -Splice.X12 =K +K3 MIRROR-/REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.F6
-S213 * =V +V1 CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C2 -Splice.X15 * =H +H ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.C7
-S213.X1 * =V +V1 PLUG CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C2 -Splice.X25 =K +K CONNECTION /79.B4
1169 00090 01 00 003
-S213.X2 * =V +V1 PLUG CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.C2 -Splice.X25 =M +M CONNECTION /70.C3
-S216 * =K +K3 EMERGENCY OFF; AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /46.C7 -Splice.X26 =K +K CONNECTION /79.B5
93011361_003
-S217 * =K +K4 WORKING FLOODLIGHT OPTIONAL /32.D2 -Splice.X26 =M +M CONNECTION /70.C4

93011361
B -S217.X1 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR S217 /32.D2 -Splice.X30 * =K +K6 WORKING BASKET /73.D4 B
-S217.X2 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR S217 /32.D3 -Splice.X40 =K +K WEIGHING DEVICE /93.D6
-S222 =K +K4 COMFORT CONTROL; 3. + 4.COMFORT CONTROL /51.E7 -Splice.X41 =K +K WEIGHING DEVICE /93.D6
-S222.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL 3. + 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.E7 -Splice.X42 =K +K WEIGHING DEVICE /93.D6
-S222.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG COMFORT CONTROL 3. + 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT /51.E8 -Splice.X43 =K +K WEIGHING DEVICE /93.D6
-S223 * =H +H4 SWITCHr ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.C6 -Splice.X44 =K +K WEIGHING DEVICE /93.D6
-S223.X * =H +H4 PLUG SWITCH ADDITIONAL MODULE OPERATION /95.C7 -Splice.X70 * =K +K LH CONTROL LEVER WITH ANALOGUE SENSOR GRIP SENSOR
/52.C5
-S223a * =H +H5 EMERGENCY OFF /95.D5 -Splice.X90 =K +K CONNECTION /53.C5
C C
-S263 =K +K SICHERHEITSGURT SWITCH /97.E3 -Splice.X100 *=K +K REVERSE GEAR /32.D2
-S263.X =K +K CONNECTOR -S263.X /97.E3 -Splice.X216 *=K +K CONNECTION /46.D8

-S277 =K +K4 SWEEPER OPERATION /91.C4 -Splice.X300 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.C5
-S277.X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWEEPER OPERATION /91.C4 -Splice.X301 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.D7
-S277.X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWEEPER OPERATION /91.C5 -Splice.X302 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.D7
-S300 =K +K2 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.B7 -Splice.X303 =H +H FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.D7
-S300.X1 =K +K2 PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.B7 -Splice.X.261 *=K +K SPLICE HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.B5
D D
-S300.X2 =K +K2 PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /90.B8 -Splice.Y14.1 =H +H CONNECTION Y10 /63.B1
-S500 =H REFUELLING PUMP /98.E2 -Splice.Y14.2 =H CONNECTION Y10 /63.E1
forbidden.
+H2 +H
-S500.X =H +H2 CONNECTOR S501 /98.E2 -Splice;.X11 =K +K3 MIRROR-/REAR WINDOW HEATER /34.D6
-S501 =H +H REFUELLING PUMP /98.E1 -SPLICEl.X20 =V
* +V1 SPLICE PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.B7
-S501.X =H +H CONNECTOR S501 /98.E1 -SPLICEl.X22 =V
* +V1 SPLICE PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.D7
-S502 =H +H REFUELLING PUMP /98.E4 -T1 =K +K2 VOLTAGE CONVERTER /35.B7

-S502.X =H +H CONNECTOR S502 /98.E4 -T1.X =K +K2 PLUG VOLTAGE CONVERTER /35.A7
E E
-Splice..X1 =K +K LOGIC MODULES /41.D2 -T2 =K +K2 VOLTAGE CONVERTER RADIO /78.C5
-Splice.X2 =K +K2 SPLICE LOGIC MODULES /42.C2 -T2.X =K +K2 CONNECTOR T2 /78.B5
-Splice.X3 =K +K OPTIONS LH CONTROL LEVER /51.D5 -V1 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K01 /22.C2
-Splice.X7 =H +H4 REVERSING LAMP /26.D7 -V2 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE k01.30 /22.C3
-Splice.X8 =H +H4 BRAKE LIGHT /26.F1 -V3 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K12 /35.B4
-Splice.X9 =K +K WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /29.A7 -V8 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K5 /23.C3
-Splice.X10b =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULES /97.B2 -V9 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K3 /26.C5
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-V10 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K2 /23.C7 -V87 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D8
A A
-V11 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K22 /28.C3 -V88 * =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D8
-V12 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K22a /28.C4 -V89 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.C8
-V13 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K22b /28.C4 -V101 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /26.C3
1169 00090 01 00 003
-V14 * =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K25 /28.C6 -V101.X1 =K +K2 PLUG BLOCKING DIODE /26.D3
-V15 * =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K26 /28.C7 -V101.X2 =K +K2 PLUG BLOCKING DIODE /26.C3
93011361_003
-V16 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K31A /31.B5 -V102 * =K +K DIODE /46.D8

93011361
B -V17 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K31B /31.B7 -V102 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K3A /26.C7 B
-V18 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K32A /32.B4 -V110 * =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /95.D6
-V19 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K32B /32.B7 -V110.X1 * =K +K2 PLUG BLOCKING DIODE /95.D6
-V20 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K33A /33.B4 -V110.X2 * =K +K2 PLUG BLOCKING DIODE /95.D6
-V21 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K33B /33.B6 -V200 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C4
-V32 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K244 /65.B4 -V201 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C5
-V32C =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /32.B7 -V202 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.C5
-V33 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K244 /65.B4 -V203 * =K +K QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.E8
C C
-V33C =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /33.B6 -W1 =K +K3 ANTENNA /35.D8
-V34 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K245 /65.B7 -X1.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /23.E3
-V35 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K245 /65.B7 -X1.B.25a * =K +K PLUG HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.C5
-V36 =K +K FREE-WHEELING DIODE K246 /56.D7 -X1.J =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS EU /28.C5
-V37 =K +K FREE-WHEELING DIODE K246 /56.D8 -X1.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /23.D3
-V46 * =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K243 /86.D2 -X1.S.25a * =K +K PLUG HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.B5
-V48 * =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K246 /56.D8 -X2.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /64.C5
D D
-V49 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K245 /65.B7 -X2.B2 =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /56.B8
-V50 =K FREE-WHEELING DIODE K244 /65.B5 -X2.J =K HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS EU /28.C6
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-V53 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K240 /28.A3 -X2.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /64.C5
-V57 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K10 /34.C7 -X3.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /50.D4
-V58 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K9 /34.C2 -X3.B.25 * =K +K CONNECTOR CAB /32.E2
-V59 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K8 /30.C2 -X3.J =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /28.C8
-V60 =K +K2 FREE-WHEELING DIODE K3A /26.C7 -X3.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /50.C4
E E
-V80 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /23.B2 -X4 * =K +K4 PLUG PRESELECTION DIAL DBW2010 /86.B1
-V81 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /23.C3 -X4.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /22.D2
-V82 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /23.D3 -X4.J * =K +K2 JUMPER NOT USED /23.C1
-V83 * =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D2 -X4.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /22.D2
-V84 * =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D2 -X5 * =B +B2 PLUG NOZZLE STICK PREHEATER DBW2010 /86.E3
-V85 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D3 -X5.J * =K +K2 JUMPER NOT USED /23.C2
-V86 =K +K2 BLOCKING DIODE /28.D4 -X6.J =K +K2 JUMPER GG6 /23.C2
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X8.ST2 * =B +B2 PLUG AUXILIARY HEATER THERMO 90 /87.D6 -X70 =K +K5 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /35.E4
A A
-X9 * =K +K4 PLUG PRESELECTION DIAL THERMO 90 /87.B1 -X70.X1 =K +K5 PLUG 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /35.E4
-X16.B =H +H PLUG LIGHTING REAR HATCH /32.D4 -X70.X1.B =K +K CONNECTOR SICHERHEITSGURT /97.F6
-X16.S =H +H PLUG LIGHTING REAR HATCH /32.D4 -X70.X1.S =K +K CONNECTOR SICHERHEITSGURT /97.E6
1169 00090 01 00 003
-X22a.B =K +K4 PLUG CAB /31.D4 -X70.X2 =K +K5 PLUG 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /35.E4
-X22a.S =K +K4 PLUG CAB /31.D4 -X70.X2.B =K +K CONNECTOR SICHERHEITSGURT /97.F6
93011361_003
-X22b.B =K +K4 PLUG WIRING HARNESS CAB /22.D7 -X70.X2.S =K +K #8537; SICHERHEITSGURT /97.E6
93011361
B -X22b.S =K +K4 PLUG WIRING HARNESS CAB /22.D7 -X71 =K +K4 ELECTRICAL SOCKET CIGARETTE LIGHTER /35.E3 B
-X26.B =K +K PLUG E12 /33.D3 -X71.X =K +K4 PLUG CIGARETTE LIGHTER /35.E3
-X26.S * =K +K PLUG E12 /33.E3 -X72 * =H +H2 ELECTRICAL SOCKET /88.D3
-X26a.S * =K +K3 PLUG E12b /33.E4 -X75.B * =K +K4 PLUG INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR /69.C4
-X27.B =K +K PLUG E12a /33.D4 -X75.S =K +K4 PLUG INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR /69.C4
-X27.S * =K +K PLUG E12a /33.D4 -X80 =H +H EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V /83.D7
-X28.B =H +H PLUGFAN MOTOR /24.B7 -X80.X1 =H +H EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V /83.D7
-X28.B =K +K PLUG E13 /33.D6 -X80.X2 =H +H EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V /83.D7
C C
-X28.S =H +H PLUG FAN MOTOR /24.B7 -X85.B =K +K CONNECTOR CAB REAR WALL /31.D5
-X28.S * =K +K PLUG E13 /33.D6 -X85.S =K +K CONNECTOR CAB REAR WALL /31.D5
-X28a.S * =K +K3 PLUG E13b /33.E7 -X90.B * =K +K PLUG /87.D5

-X29.B =K +K PLUG E13a /33.D7 -X90.S * =K +K PLUG /87.D5

-X29.S * =K +K PLUG E13a /33.D7 -X91.B * =K +K PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /85.C4
-X31 =H +H5 PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /74.C5 -X91.S * =K +K PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /85.C4
-X33 =K +K MAGNET PILOT CONTROL UNIT /60.C7 -X91a.B * =K +K PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /85.C5
D D
-X33.X =K +K4 CONNECTOR MAGNETICS PILOT CONTROL UNIT /60.C7 -X91a.S * =K +K PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /85.C5
-X37a * =H PLUG RFWEOOPTIONAL /26.C8 -X92.B * =K CONNECTOR DIESEL PREHEATING /85.E4
forbidden.
+H3 +K
-X37b * =H +H3 PLUG RFWEO OPTIONAL /26.C8 -X92.S * =K +K CONNECTOR DIESEL PREHEATING /85.E4
-X37c * =H +H3 CONNECTOR WORKING FLOODLIGHT OPTIONAL /26.C8 -X94.B =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULE CONNECTION /43.D7
-X37d * =H +H3 CONNECTOR WORKING FLOODLIGHT OPTIONAL /26.C8 -X94.S =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULE CONNECTION /43.E7
-X43 =V +V1 PLUG INDUCTIVE SWITCH /74.C7 -X95 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR WORKING FLOODLIGHT OPTIONAL /32.E1
-X46/4 =K +K RELAY BOARD /31.D5 -X100 =H +H CONNECTOR SENSORS /118.D7
E E
-X46/8 =K +K RELAY BOARD /31.D8 -X100.B =K +K PLUG CAB FLOOR /53.B3

-X58.B =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULES /97.C2 -X100.S =K +K PLUG CAB FLOOR /53.C3
-X 58.S =H +H3 CONNECTOR MODULES /97.C2 -X102.B =K +K PLUG /55.C7
-X59a.S * =K +K2 CONNECTION AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /48.C8 -X102.S =K +K PLUG /55.C7
-X60a =M +M DIAGNOSTIC PLUG ENGINE CONTROL UNIT /70.E5 -X200 * =K +K2 STECKER REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /84.D4
-X60b =K +K2 ETHERNET DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /45.E7 -X202.B =K +K2 CONNECTOR JOYSTICK STEERING /76.C2
-X61 =K +K1 ETHERNET DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /93.C7 -X202.S =K +K2 CONNECTOR JOYSTICK STEERING /76.B2
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X213.B =V +V PLUG EMERGENCY OFF /73.D7 -XMSP4.1a =M +M MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGEREAR LEFT /83.D2
A A
-X213.S =V +V PLUG EMERGENCY OFF /73.D7 -XMSP4.2 =H +H5 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE BACKLEFT /22.D3
-X223.B * =K +K2 PLUG DIESEL PREHEATING -40° /86.F3 -XMSP4.3 =H +H5 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGEBACK LEFT /22.F3
-X261.B * =K +K PLUG HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.C2 -XMSP5 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /95.E5
1169 00090 01 00 003
-X261.S * =K +K PLUG HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /36.C2 -XMSP6 * =K +K2 MASSEPUNKT KABINENRÜCKWAND /81.C3
-X277 =V +V1 EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL SOCKET /91.E5 -XMSP6 =K. +K. MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALLD /96.D7
93011361_003
-X306.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB /90.C7 -XMSP6. * =K +K MASSEPUNKT /92.D8

93011361
B -X306.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB /90.C7 -XMSP6.10 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /75.C2 B
-X321a * =V +V COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION LEFT /27.E2 -XMSP6.15 * =K +K MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /87.C2
-X321b * =V +V COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION RIGHT /27.E8 -XMSP6.16 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /86.F1
-X325 =K +K3 PLUG RADIO /78.F5 -XMSP6.18 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /31.F5
-X500 =H +H REFUELLING PUMP /98.F2 -XMSP6.19 * =K +K DIESEL PREHEATING /85.D5
-X500.B =K +K PLUG REFUELLING PUMP /98.D1 -XMSP6.2 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /22.D2
-X500.S =K +K PLUG REFUELLING PUMP /98.D2 -XMSP6.21 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /82.C5
-X501.B =K +K PLUG REFUELLING PUMP /98.D7 -XMSP6.23 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB /88.E3
C C
-X501.S =K +K PLUG REFUELLING PUMP /98.D7 -XMSP6.25 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /63.F3
-X710 =M +M INTERFACE SENSORS /50.D4 -XMSP6.26 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /78.A7
-X715 =M +M INTERFACE ENGINE /49.C4 -XMSP6.27 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /80.C4
-X717.B * =H +H3 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.D5 -XMSP6.30 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /46.D7
-X717.S * =H +H3 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.D5 -XMSP6.30 =K +K MASS GROUPING BLOCK /90.A5
-X718.B * =K +K2 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.E8 -XMSP6.31 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /32.E3
-X718.S * =K +K2 CONNECTOR BACK-UP ALARM /89.E8 -XMSP6.32 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /91.F5
D D
-X.LAN1 =K +K2 STECKER LAN1 /45.C7 -XMSP6.y * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /84.B2
-X.R220 * =K CONNECTION R80 /46.E6 -XMSP6a =K MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /30.F4
forbidden.
+K +K2
-X.R220.L * =K +K CONNECTOR R80 /46.E6 -XMSP6b =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /40.B4
-X_Kl.30 =K +K2 REFUELLING PUMP /98.A1 -XMSP6c =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /34.F7
-XA16a.X1.58=H +H3 CAN CONNECTION. INPUT MODULE 1 /38.E8 -XMSP6c. =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /37.F3
-XB39 =K +K6 PLUG AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR /64.D6 -XMSP6d =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /48.C2
-XMSP1 =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGEFRONT LEFT /22.D3 -XMSP6d1 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /62.B5
E E
-XMSP1 * =K +K2 EARTH /89.F8 -XMSP6e * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /34.B5
-XMSP1.e * =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE FRONT LEFT /73.F4 -XMSP6g =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /60.F6
-XMSP1a =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE FRONT LEFT /32.F4 -XMSP6i =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /97.F2
-XMSP1b =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE FRONTLEFT /43.E2 -XMSP6z =H +H MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /118.D3
-XMSP1c =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE FRONT LEFT /26.F7 -XMSP7a =K +K MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB ROOF /33.F6
-XMSP1d =H +H2 MASSEPUNKT HINTERWAGEN /77.C2 -XMSP7b =K +K MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB ROOF /26.F6
-XMSP4.1 =H +H MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGEREAR LEFT /22.E1 -XMSP12 =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK A4 /22.D2
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-XMSP13 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK CAB REAR WALL /95.D6 -Y14 =H +H WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT /63.C1
A A
-XMSP201 * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK HIND CARRIAGE FRONT LEFT /61.D2 -Y14X =H +H PLUG WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT /63.C1
-Y2 =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION FORWARD /59.C1 -Y15 =H +H PWM SWIVEL ANGLE TRAVEL PUMP /59.C5
-Y2.DT =H +H PLUG TRAVELLING DIRECTION FORWARD /59.C1 -Y15.X =H +H PLUG PWM SWIVEL ANGLE TRAVEL PUMP /59.C5
1169 00090 01 00 003
-Y2a =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION FORWARD /59.C3 -Y15.XB =H +H PLUG CONNECTOR Y15 /59.C6
-Y2a.DT =H +H PLUG TRAVELLING DIRECTION FORWARD /59.C3 -Y15.XS =H +H PLUG CONNECTOR Y15 /59.B6
93011361_003
-Y3 =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION BACKWARDS /59.C2 -Y16 =H +H OVERSPEED PROTECTION /58.C5

93011361
B -Y3.DT =H +H PLUG TRAVELLING DIRECTION BACKWARDS /59.C2 -Y16.X =H +H STECKER Y16 /58.D5 B
-Y3a =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION BACKWARDS /59.C4 -Y17 =K +K4 HOISTING LIMIT SWITCH /60.C7
-Y3a.DT =H +H PLUG TRAVELLING DIRECTION BACKWARDS /59.C4 -Y18 =K +K4 FLOAT POSITION /60.C7
-Y6 =F +F3 TRAVEL RANGES, MODULATION /58.C2 -Y20 =V +V1 RIDE CONTROL /25.C7
-Y6.1 =F +F3 TRAVEL RANGE 1 /58.C2 -Y20.JPT =V +V1 PLUG RIDE CONTROL /25.C7
-Y6.2 =F +F3 TRAVEL RANGE 2 /58.C3 -Y20.JPT.B * =V +V1 CONNECTOR PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.C7
-Y6.3 =F +F3 TRAVEL RANGE 3 /58.C3 -Y20.JPT.S * =V +V1 CONNECTOR PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.B7
-Y6.X =F +F3 PLUG TRAVEL RANGES, MODULATION /58.C2 -Y21 =V +V1 LFD / FLOAT POSITION /25.C8
C C
-Y9 =K +K4 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /60.C7 -Y21.JPT =V +V1 PLUGLFD / FLOAT POSITION /25.C8
-Y9a =V +V1 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /61.C6 -Y22 =M +M AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR /64.E5
-Y9a.JPT * =V +V1 PLUG BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH

/61.C6 -Y22.X =M +M PLUG AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR /64.E5
-Y10 =H +K6 PARKING BRAKE /71.C1 -Y50 =H +H3 FAN REVERSAL /24.C8
-Y10.JPT =H +K6 PLUG PARKING BRAKE /71.C1 -Y50.X =H +H3 CONNECTOR FAN REVERSAL /24.C8
-Y10.JPT.B * =H +K6 CONNECTION Y10 /95.D7 -Y51 =H +H3 JOYSTICK STEERING LEFT /76.C5
-Y10.JPT.S * =H +K6 CONNECTION Y10 /95.B8 -Y51.AF2 =H +H3 PLUG JOYSTICK STEERING LEFT /76.C5
D D
-Y11 =V +V OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 /62.C1 -Y52 =H +H3 JOYSTICK STEERING RIGHT /76.C6
-Y11.JPT =V PLUG OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 /62.C1 -Y52.AF2 =H PLUG JOYSTICK STEERING RIGHT /76.C6
forbidden.
+V +H3
-Y11a =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 /56.C1 -Y53 =V +V QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.D3
-Y11a.X =V +V1 PLUG ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 /56.C1 -Y53.X =V +V PLUG QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.D3
-Y11b =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 4 /56.C2 -Y53a =V +V QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.D5
-Y11b.X =V +V1 PLUG ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 4 /56.C2 -Y53a.X =V +V PLUG QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /63.D5
-Y12 =V +V OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 /62.C2 -Y62. =K +K CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.D6
E E
-Y12.JPT =V +V PLUG OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 /62.C2 -Y62.X =K +K CONNECTOR CONTROL LEVEL MOUNTING /60.D6
-Y12a =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 /56.C3 -Y63 =H +H GEROTOR STEERING /76.C8
-Y12a.X =V +V1 PLUG ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 /56.D3 -Y63 * =H +H3 GEROTOR STEERING /88.C5
-Y12b =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 4 /56.C4 -Y63.JPT * =H +H3 PLUG GEROTOR STEERING /88.C5
-Y12b.X =V +V1 PLUG ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT 4 /56.C4 -Y63.X =H +H PLUG GEROTOR STEERING /76.C8
-Y13 =H +H FAN MOTORINTERCOOLER /24.C7 -Y64 =H +H3 SAFETY JOYSTICK STEERING /76.C7
-Y13.X =H +H PLUG FAN MOTOR /24.C7 -Y64.X =H +H3 CONNECTOR SAFETY JOYSTICK STEERING /76.C7
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BMK SYSTEM PLACE FUNCTION SHEET

-Y65 * =V +V1 WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER LOCKOUT /73.E4
A A
-Y65.JPT * =V +V1 PLUG WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER LOCKOUT /73.E4
-Y66 * =V +V1 WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER LOCKOUT /73.E5
-Y66.JPT * =V +V1 PLUG WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER LOCKOUT /73.E5
1169 00090 01 00 003
-Y67 * =V +V1 WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER FINE CONTROL /73.E6

-Y67.JPT * =V +V1 PLUG WORKING BASKET TILT CYLINDER FINE CONTROL /73.E6
93011361_003
-Y68 * =V +V1 CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.E3

93011361
B -Y68.JPT * =V +V1 PLUG CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER /61.E3 B

-Y69 =H +H AUSSPEISEVENTIL /71.C4
-Y69.X =H +H CONNECTOR Y69 /71.C4
-Y200 * =V +V1 PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.C8
-Y200.X * =V +V1 CONNECTOR PIPE BREAK SAFETY DEVICE /25.C8
-YEP1 =F +F3 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 /58.C6
-YEP1.DT =F +F3 PLUGHYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 /58.C6
-YEP2 =F +F3 HYDRO MOTORS 2 /58.C7
C C
-YEP2.DT =F +F3 PLUG HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 /58.C7
D D
forbidden.
E E
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
1
-X1.S
-X1.B
1
10
A -S1.X1 A
WH 2.5Q
5
8
10 5 6 8 9
WH 2.5Q
-A4.X57
1
58 15 15 50a 50a H1 -T.1
+K4 P 0 12 H2
24
-S1 -A16a.X1 -A4
X1 24
=K
1169 00090 01 00 003
A16a.UI15
+K2
30 30
+H3 IWdrEngStartCmd E E
1 2 -A16a CLAMP 50a
/100.E2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 15
93011361_003
-S1.X2 -S1.X3
1
RD 2.5Q CAN: -F8A 10A -F8 15A
RD BU
+K2 INPUT MODULE 1
93011361
B -A4.X56 -A4.X57 B
3
-S.4 -T.3 LIDEC1
SELECTION A A
HEATER FLANGE 1
-R8A -R8
-A4 -Kl.15.X -A700
=K (HS) -L8A -L8 ELECTRICAL SOCKET
1 +M
+K2 A700.DO1 RADIO
E
X2 17 /108.C2 .F8
/35.B3
-A700B.X2
17
GND GND
/25.B1
Kl. 15
-F29 25A +M
30 86 WH =M
-V1 -A4.X57 -A4.X55
5
Kl. 30.F08
-K01 A -T.4 -R.5
Verb. -OLE2
-R29
C -X1.B C
65
-L29
WH 1.5Q
87 85 +K6
Kl. 30
GND
WH 2Q
RD 50Q
-Kl.30.X 1 -V2
-XMSP12 GND
=K+K4-X9:1
1
=K MP RD 25Q +K4
1
-X22b.S
RD 25Q
BK 25Q
WH 2Q
1 30.2 50
-XMSP6.2
=H 2 -X22b.B
1
RD 6Q
+H5 100A +H5
WH 2Q
+K2
+K6 -F03 -F02 -K04

BK 25Q
1
D -X4.S +H D
200A
BK 25Q
BK 25Q
WH 2Q
-X4.B * 2 1
1
1
BK 25Q
H1
H2 * 30.1 31
RD 25Q
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
H3 =H 1
2
-X4.S +H2 * +H5 +H5

-X4.B -XMSP1 1 -XMSP4.2 1 -F07 =K
2
1 +K6 10A
RD -E2.X1 -M7.X
1
+H5 H1 RD 50Q 2
-F01 H2 1 1
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1 -XMSP4.1 100A RD 25Q

RD 25Q
H3 H1 H1
2 +K3
+H H4 H2 +K2 H2
-E2
H3 -M7 M
BK 70Q
H3
E RD 25Q RD 70Q RD 25Q E
28
z -X1.B 2 3
-X1.S -E2.X2 -E2.X3
1
28
+ +* 2
WH 1Q
Kl.30.F07 RD 1.5Q
1 +B +1 30 H1 W B+ D+ =K BK 2Q
=K -M7.X
2
+H5 +H2
H1 -G1 -G2 H2
BK 2Q
-S15 +M 3 -XMSP1b
H2 M +M 3 H1
BK 2Q
-M1 1
50 -G3 H2
/87.B6
. /D+
2 - - H3 H1
+M
BK 70Q 31 -R701 H2
RD 70Q +K +K2
/23.E3
/28.A5
BK 70Q +H5 +H2 B- -XMSP7a 9 -XMSP6b 7

F -XMSP4.3 1 -XMSP1c 6 BK 2.5Q F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR IGNITION LOCK ; BATTERIES ; GENERATOR ; SIDE: 22 120
MAIN FUSES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen- We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa-
stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung, tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
93011361_003
TYPE:
Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltes to third parties without express authority is strictly 93011361
sind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten. forbidden.
© LIEBHERR WERK BISCHOFSHOFEN © LIEBHERR WERK BISCHOFSHOFEN 1169 00090 01 00 003
1
1
=K
-A4
+K2
INFO
10A
-X4.J
E
A
/51.A4
JUMPER X5 NOT USED
Kl.15
.F15.1
10A
-X5.J
-R9A
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
E
A
JUMPER X6 220Ohm/5Watt L550 - L586
-V80
JUMPER X4 NOT USED 0 OHM EXCITATION
3A
-X6.J
-R9B
220Ω
3
E
A
-O.1
=K
-A4.X53
-X1.B
-X1.S
+K2
-V81
D+
. /D+ WH 1Q WH 1Q 1 WH 1.5Q
/22.F5 /46.F6
2 2 2
-A4.X53
3
3
-V82
+K4
-P1
-V8
85
86
-XMSP6b
+K2
-P1.X2
-P1.X1
.F15.2 BK 1Q
/51.A4
h
Kl.15
1
5
2
1 1
87
30
H1
-L95
87a
4
4
-K5
-R95
LED GREEN
+K2
-A4.X51
WH 1Q
9
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
-M.9
OLD -M.4
5
5
-X1.B
-X1.S
*
=K
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
-A4
3 3 5
+K2
/26.E4
Kl.58aL
-T.5
-A4.X57
Kl.58aL WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q

/26.D3
-F6
WH 1.5Q 4 4 WH 1.5Q 6
/26.D2
E
Kl.58aL
3A
VT
-X1.S
-T.6
GND
-A4.X57
-R6
-L6
6
6
WH 1.5Q 5 5 WH 1.5Q 7
/26.E5
Kl.58aR
FUNCTION D+
-X1.S
-T.7
-A4.X57
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
/26.D6
-F7
Kl.58aR
*
WH 1.5Q 6 6 WH 1.5Q 8
/26.D7
E
Kl.58aR
SIDE MARKER LAMP PARKING LIGHT
3A
VT
-X1.S
-T.8
GND
-A4.X57
WH 1.5Q 19 19 WH 1.5Q
/26.C8
=K
+K4
/111.D3
-A18
-R7
Kl.58aR
-L7
=K
+K6
-X2.B
-X2.S
-V10
7
7
=K
GND
85
86
-A4.X49
-A18.X2
CAN:
PROFILE LIGHT / PARKING LIGHT
WH 1Q
A
X2 3
10 3
A18.PWM6
OUTLET A6
PARKING LIGHT
-K.10
87
30
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
87a
SIDE:
DATE:
-K2
23
-F27
8
8
Kl.30
E
A
RD
10A
GND
-R27
-L27
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
CAN: CAN: CAN: LIDEC1 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/100.F2 SUPPLY 24V /100.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 14 /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 4 /100.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 13 /100.C5 WIDERSTANDSEINGANG 1 /104.D1 PWM-AUSGANG6 (Bank2) /105.D2 PWM-AUSGANG6 (Bank2)
-A16a Vcc TANK PIPE SENSOR -A16a TANK PIPE SENSOR -A16a BRAKE ACCUMULATOR -A16aTRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE -A16aHYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE -A17a VENTILATOR -A17b FAN REVERSAL
-A700
A +H3 +H3 IWmaInfFuelLevel +H3 IWdrFnrRegPress +H3 IWmaInfOverTOil +H3 IWmaFanHydTemp +H3 QWmaFanOut +H3 QWadFanReverse A
+M
A16a.24V A16a.UI14 A16a.UI4 Axx.P_UBAT3 A16a.UI13 A16a.RI1 A17a.PWM6 A17b.PWM6
=M
X1 37 X1 23 X1 7 X2 46 /108.B6 X1 22 X1 46 X1 19 X1 19
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A700B.X2 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A17b.X1
37
23
46
22
46
19
19
+M
=M
1169 00090 01 00 003
WH 1.5Q
93011361_003
93011361
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
+H
-X28.B
1
1 2 -X28.S
1
WH 1.5Q
-B25.X
3
1
1 3
C C
-B19.X -B13.X -B14.X -B8.X -Y13.X -Y50.X
1
gn vi
C 1 1 1 1
+H2 H1 +H H1 1
s +H +F3 -Y13
-B25 H2 +K6 H1 H1 H1 +H1 H1 +H3

Q UP -B13 -B14 T °C
-B19 H2 H2 H2 -B8 H2 0 -Y50
sw ge
- + 2
B A 2 2 -Y13.X 2
2
-B19.X -B13.X -B8.X -Y50.X
2
2 4
-B25.X +H
2
BK 1.5Q
=H
D D
BK 1.5Q
+H
2
-X28.S
BU 1Q
forbidden.
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
-X28.B
2
WH 1Q 2
1
BK 1.5Q
E E
61
61
61
47
65
32
50
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A700B.X2 -A16a.X1 -A17b.X1

X1 65 X1 61 X1 32 X2 50 /108.B6 X1 47 X1 61 X1 61
A16a.GND A16a.GND A16a.24V =M Axx.AI33V3 A16a.RI1 A17a.GND_PWM6 A17b.GND_PWM6
+M D
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
-A700
-A16a GND TANK PIPE SENSOR -A16a GND BRAKE ACCUMULATOR -A16a Vcc BRAKE ACCUMULATOR -A16a HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE -A17a GND VENTILATOR -A17b GND FAN REVERSAL
/100.E5 EARTH /100.D5 EARTH /100.E2 SUPPLY 24V /100.C5 WIDERSTANDSEINGANG 2 /104.D5 EARTH /105.D5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: LIDEC1 CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TANK PIPE SENSOR ; TRANSMISSION- / HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE ; SIDE: 24 120
VENTILATOR ; COOLING WATER LEVEL , BRAKE ACCUMULATOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A OUTPUT-MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 A

/105.D2 PWM-AUSGANG5 (Bank2) /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 1 /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 3 VACUUM /101.E2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 15 /105.D2 PWM-AUSGANG7 (Bank2) /105.D2 PWM-AUSGANG8 (Bank2)
/107.C2 -A16b
HYDRAULIKOEL VERSCHMUTZUNG -A17b -A17b LFD / FLOAT POSITION
-A17b EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP -A16a
EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK -A16a EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP AIR FILTER LFD
-A700 +K2 IWcheckHydOil +H3 QWweCmfFloatCOut
QWmaEsPump +H3 IWmaEsPressChk +H3 IWmaEsPressNorm Ubat +H3 QWweCmfRdCntOut
+M =K A16b.UI15 A17b.PWM8
A17b.PWM5 A16a.UI1 A16a.UI3 A700.P_UBAT4 A17b.PWM7
=M
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 18 X1 4 X1 6 X1 17 X1 24 X1 20 X1 21
-A16b.X1 -A17b.X1
21
24
-A17b.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A700A.X1 -A17b.X1
18
17
20
93011361_003
WH 1Q
/22.C4
93011361
B B
-Y20.JPT.S
1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 50Q Kl. 30.F08
WH 1.5Q
+K6
46
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
-X2.S
-X2.B -SPLICEl.X20
46
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
-Y20.JPT.B
1
88 86
C +H4 H1 =H C
-K11 +H -Y200.X
1
H2
-B65.X -Y21.JPT
1
-B3a.X -B3.X -B4.X -Y20.JPT
1
=V 1
C C =H 1 1
1 +V1 1 H1 +V1 H1
s s +H +V1 -Y21
88a 85 +H4 H1 +H5 H1 -Y20
-B4 -B65 -Y200

-B3a UP H2 -B3 UP H2 P 0 0
2
- + - + 2
2
2 2 -Y21.JPT
2
B A B A -Y20.JPT
2
-Y200.X
2
-B65.X
2
-B3a.X -B3.X -B4.X
2
+H
BK 1.5Q
=H
RD 50Q
WH 1Q
-Y20.JPT.B
BK 1.5Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
47
-X2.B -SPLICEl.X22
BK 1.5Q
+H3
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
WH 1Q
33
34
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -X2.S
47
BK 1.5Q
X1 33 X1 34
A16a.24V A16a.24V
1 +H3
2
H1 Vcc EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK
-A16a Vcc EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP
-A16a -Y20.JPT.S
WH 1Q
+H4 /100.E2 SUPPLY 24V /100.E2 SUPPLY 24V
H2
-M8 M
CAN: CAN:
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1
E 2 E
66
63
-A16b.X1 -A17b.X1
60
59
60
62
-A17b.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A700A.X1 18 -A17b.X1
X1 60 X1 59 X1 60 X1 18 X1 66 X1 62 X1 63
=M A16b.GND A17b.GND_PWM8
GND ÜBER EARTH STRIP
A17b.GND_PWM5 A16a.GND A16a.GND A700.AI33V4 =K A17b.GND_PWM7

+M 0-33V +K2 +H3
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP
GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP -A700 AIR FILTER -A16b RESERVE GND LFD -A17b LFD / FLOAT POSITION
-A17b -A16a -A16a /107.C2 -A17b
/105.D5 EARTH /100.D5 EARTH /100.D5 EARTH VACUUM /101.E5 EARTH /105.D5 EARTH /105.D5 EARTH
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP ; LFD ; AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION ; SIDE: 25 120
RIDE CONTROL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUT MODULE 2
/32.E2
/32.E2
/34.E3
/34.E4
CAN:
/101.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 2
A -A16b HIGH BEAM A
+K2 IWmaInfHighBeam
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
A16b.UI2
X1 5
-A16b.X1
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
4/7 5/7 2/7 3/7 -S3.X2
1169 00090 01 00 003
4 5 2 3
=K
93011361_003
L R 49a 56b 56a 30 56

-A4.X49 -A4.X49 -A4.X49
8
-K.2
93011361
OUTPUT-MODULE 2
B CAN:
B
-A4
=K /105.F2 DIGTAL OUTPUT 3
+K1 LOW BEAM / DRIVING LIGHT HIGH BEAM -A17b REVERSING LIGHT
+K2
-S3 +H3 QBmaInfBackLight
Kl.15
H1 hb/lb-F/A A17b.DO3
H2 R LH X1 37
0 E E E 30 86 E E 30 86 -A17b.X1
37
L
WH 1.5Q -K3 -K3A
WH 1.5Q
-X37d -X37b
1
-F21 10A -F4 7,5A -F5 7,5A -V9 -F2 7,5A -F3 7,5A -V60-V102
RD BN BN BN BN 0
87a 87 85 87a 87 85
1
A A A GND A A GND -X37c -X37a
WH 1.5Q
C C
/84.B1
/23.E7
-R21 -R4 -R5 -R2 -R3
-L21 -L4 -L5 -L2 -L3
-A18.X2 -V101.X2 1/1

4
WH 1.5Q Kl.58aR
X2 4 +K6
25
1 GND GND GND GND GND
=K A18.PWM7 -V101 -X3.S
+K4 A -X3.B
25
/23.E5
-A18 LOW BEAM -A4.X44 -A4.X45 -A4.X45 -F.5 -A4.X45 -A4.X45
1
3
6
FUNCTION BREMSDRUCKSCHALTER
/111.E3 OUTLET A7 1
-E.3 -F.3 -F.1 -F.6 +H4
-V101.X1 -Splice.X7 +H
1
CAN:
5
ELECTRIC KEYPAD -X16.S
Kl.58aL
/23.E6
/23.E6
/28.E7
WH 1.5Q -X16.B
19
16
17
18
5
/28.E5
/23.E6
D -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S D
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X1.B -X1.B
19
16
17
18
Kl.49
Kl.58aR
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6
/28.E6
/23.E5
/23.E6
/28.E5
forbidden.
Kl.49
Kl.58aL
+K4
3
+K4 -X22b.S *
2
-X22b.S -X22b.B 1 1
3
+H1 +H1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X22b.B H1
2
-E14l -E14r
SW 1.5Q
H2
/62.E7
4
5
5
H1 H2 H3 2 2
2
2
3
3
1
1
5 4 3 2 H4 2 3 4 5 *
1 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 1
BK 1.5Q
E +V1 +V1 E
+B1 +K +K +B2 +B2

H1 -E3 -E4 H1
B12.1
-E1a -E1b -E8 -E9 -E5b -E5a

WH 1.5Q
H2 H2 BK 1.5Q
-H17 -H20 -E6 -H52 -H15 -H50 -H54 -H56 -H57 -H55 -H51 -H16 -H53
-E7 -H21 -H18
2 2 1 1 2 2
-X16.B
6
4 4
WH 1.5Q
-E3.X -E4.X
1
1
2
2
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-X16.S
4
6
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K
BK 1.5Q
+K -XMSP7b 1 +H2
-XMSP1b 9 10 -XMSP7a 10 -XMSP1c 4 -XMSP1c 5 -XMSP1c 2 1
+H4 +H2
F -Splice.X8 -XMSP1c 3 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR STEERING COLUMN SWITCH ; STOP LIGHT ; SIDE: 26 120
LOW BEAM ; HIGH BEAM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/7.B5
/7.B5
/7.E7
INPUT
CAN:
MODULE 2 INPUT
CAN:
MODULE 2
Kl.49aL.2
Kl.49aR.2
Kl.49a.2
/36.B2ANALOGUE Universaleingang1 /36.B2ANALOGUE Universaleingang2
-A16b DRIVING LIGHT -A16b HIGH BEAM
+K2 +K2
A16b.UI1 A16b.UI2
1169 00090 01 00 003
5 -S3.X2
-S3.X2
-S3.X2
-S3.X2
X1 4 X1 5
+K1
+K1
+K1
+K1
-A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
4/7
5/7
2/7
3/7
5
+K1 +K1 +K1
-S3.X1
-S3.X1
-S3.X1
3
2
93011361_003
3 2 5 4 5 2 3 -A4.X49 -A4.X49 -A4.X49 -A4.X49
8
-K.2 -K.4 -K.6 -K.8
93011361
B L R 49a 56b 56a 15 56 -A4 B

=K
+K2 LOW BEAM / DRIVING LIGHT HIGH BEAM
Kl.15
+K1
E E E 30 86 E E 30 86
-S3
ab
0 K3 K3a
F21 F4 F5 F2 F3
L OR
abc
10A 7,5A 7,5A 7,5A 7,5A

RD BN BN BN BN
87a 87 85 87a 87 85
A A A GND A A GND
C C
HELLA GND GND GND GND GND
-A18.X2 HELLA
4
8JB 001 9333-001

LBH ID 6200003 X2 4 -A4.X44 -A4.X45 -A4.X45
-F.5 -A4.X45 -A4.X45 8JB 001 9333-001
3
6
A18.PWM7
-E.3 -F.3 -F.1 -F.6 LBH ID 6200003

+K4
-A18 Abblentlicht
/39.E4 OUTLET A7 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
19
16
17
18
+V -E3.Xb -E4.Xb
-X1.S-X1.S -X1.S-X1.S
5
5
CAN:
-X321a ELECTRIES-KEY BOARD +V +V +V
19
16
17
18
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
58 -X321b
/7.E6
/5.E5
/5.E6
/7.E5
58
D D
Kl.49.2
Kl.58aL.1
Kl.58aR.1
Kl.49.3
54 31
54
forbidden.
31
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
5
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+V +V
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
-E3.Xa -E4.Xa
4
4
5
5
58 58
5 4 3 2 =V =V 2 3 4 5
+V1 +V1
H1 +V -E3 -E4 +V
-X321a H15 H50 H54 H56 H57 H55 H51 H16
-X321b
E E
1 1
-E3.Xa -E4.Xa
1
1
31 54 54 31
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
-E3.X -E4.X
1
1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1.5Q,1.5Q BK,BK
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
-XMSP1c 4 -XMSP1c 5
1
1
-E3.Xb -E4.Xb
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR COUNTRY-SPECIFIC SIDE: 27 120
TYPE/EXECUTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ELECTRIC KEYPAD RD 1.5Q RD,RD 1.5Q,1.5Q RD 1.5Q Kl.30.F07 ELECTRIC KEYPAD INPUT MODULE 2
/22.F5
CAN: RD 1.5Q Kl.30 CAN: CAN:
/40.B3
-A4.X50 -A4.X50
3
/111.D3 OUTLET A1 * /111.C3 FLASHING SPEED INPUT UNIVERSAL INPUT 3 /101.C2
-A18 HAZARD WARNING LIGHT -L.4 -L.3 -A18 HAZARD WARNING LIGHT INDICATOR SIGNAL -A16b
+K4 A -A4 +K4 A IWmaInfFlashSig +K2
A =K A18.PWM1 =K =K A18.Flasher A16b.UI3 A
X1 10 86 30 X1 6 6 X1
+K2
-A18.X1 -A18.X1 -A16b.X1
10
6
-K240 +K2
-V53
1169 00090 01 00 003
85 87 87a
GND
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
93011361_003
-L.1
-A4.X50
1
93011361
RD 1.5Q
B B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
-L.8 -U.3 -U.4
11
-A4.X50 -A4.X51 -A4.X50 -A4.X58 -A4.X58
4
7
3
OLD -M.6
-A4 -L.11
=K -M.7
+K2
-V89
C C
E 30 86 30 86 30 86 A 30 86 A 30 86 49 C A
-K22 -K22a -K22b -K25 -K26

-X1.J -X2.J -K1 -X3.J

-F07B 10A
RD -V11 -V12 -V13 10A 10A -V15 10A
RD E -V14 RD E RD E
87a 87 85 87a 87 85 87a 87 85 87a 87 85 87a 87 85 49a 31
A GND
-R07B GND GND GND GND GND
F07b-KL. 15
-L07B
-V85 -V86
-V84 -V83
GND
D -V87 -V88 D
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-A4.X51 -A4.X50 -A4.X50 -A4.X51 -A4.X58
WH 1.5Q 12
WH 1.5Q 5
WH 1.5Q 6
WH 1.5Q 10
6
-M.12 -L.5 -L.6 -M.10 -U.6
OLD -M.1 OLD -M.3
+K1
-S3.X1
2
3
5
10
7
9
3 2 5 -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
10
WH 1.5Q
E L R 49a 56b 56a 30 56 E

WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E3 / H15 LEFT FRONT
E4 / H16 RIGHT FRONT
E1 / H18 RIGHT REAR

E5 / H17 LEFT REAR
=K
Kl.49
Kl.49
Kl.49
Kl.49
+K1
-S3
0 hb/lb-F/A
/26.E5
/26.D2
/26.E4
/26.D7
R LH
0
L
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS SIDE: 28 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
01
01
0J 1
7/7 6/7 1/7 -S3.X2
wash
horn
-S3
+K1
+V
=V
-B10
=V
+V
+V
=V
5
-B10.X2
-B10.X1
BK 1.5Q WH 1Q 25 25
31b 15 J 53 53b 53c H
1
1 1
+H2
-X1.B
-X1.S
3
3
4 6 7 1 7 6 1
-XMSP1a
6
7
4
-S3.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
4
4
=K
-A4
+K2
-F20
WH 1.5Q
*
WH 1.5Q 9
BISCHOFSHOFEN
Kl.15
LIEBHERR
E
A
BU
15A
-E.9
GND
-A4.X44
-R20
-L20
5
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
6
6
AND REAR ; HOOTER

-K5a
+K1
H2
H1
0
-K5a.X
-M2
WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT

+K1
WH 1.5Q
I
-K5a.X
-M2.X1
ws-bl WH 1.5Q 6 3 WH 1.5Q

86
31b
6
3 2
31b
4
4 2
H1
15
*
/30.A6
bl
H2
*
53
+K
-Splice.X9
3 5 WH 1.5Q
15
-XMSP6a
+K2
7
7
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
31
-XMSP6a
S
+K2
-M2.X2
1
5 4
BK 1.5Q sw 1 4
10
8
1
2
31
2 1
M
WH 1.5Q
sw-bl
1
53a
1 WH 1.5Q
0
WH 1.5Q
SIDE:
DATE:
-M4
+K1
-XMSP6a
+K2
*
-M4.X
-M4.X
BK 1.5Q WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q

M
-
+
5
2
2 1
1
29
H2
H1
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
=K
-A4
+K2
=K
+K4
/111.D3
-A18
-V59
-M3
+K2
ab:
GND
85
86
-A4.X49
CAN:
-A18.X1
ws-bl WH 1.5Q
A
bis: 0
2
2
X1 12
4
12 12
31b
A18.PWM3
OUTLET A3
-K.1
WINDSCREEN WIPER
-M3.X
-A4.X49
87
30
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
bl WH 1.5Q
-XMSP6a
-M3.X
3
sw 3 1
53
BK 1.5Q
*
87a
=K
2
+K4
/111.D3
7
31
2
-K8
M
-M3.X
sw-bl
-A18.X2
CAN:
1
1
53a
A
X2 1
1
A18.PWM4
OUTLET A4
-F18
H1
-E.7
-A4.X44
3
3
WH 1.5Q
-A18 WASHING PUMP REAR
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
Kl.15
E
*
RD
10A
GND
WH 1.5Q
-R18
-L18
4
4
0
-M9
+K4
-XMSP6a
+K2
-M9.X
-M9.X
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
BISCHOFSHOFEN
M
LIEBHERR
+
1
2
2 1
1
H2
H1
5
5
=K
-A4
+K2
=K
-M17
+K3
GND
85
86
-A4.X53
ws-bl WH 1.5Q 15
/29.D7
4
4
31b
6
6
-M17.X
-A4.X54
87
30
bl WH 1.5Q 8 8 WH 1.5Q
-XMSP7b
-M17.X
3
sw 3 12
53
BK 1.5Q
87a
4
31
2
-X22b.B
-X22b.S
+K
=K
0
-K8a
M
-M17.X
sw-bl WH 1.5Q 9 9 WH 1.5Q

1
1
53a
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR + ROOF

=K
-X22b.B
-X22b.S
-F18a
+K7
-A4.X54
11 Kl.15
E
A
RD
10A
GND
7
7
-R18a
-L18a
SIDE:
DATE:
30
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
WH 1.5Q
-A4.X58
5
A -A4 A
=K WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT
+K2
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
1169 00090 01 00 003
E1 E2 E1 E2
oder 30 86 oder
30 86
93011361_003
Kl. 30 KL. 15 Kl. 30 KL. 15

-F31A -K31A -F31B
-K31B
93011361
-V16
B 10A 10A B
E1 A E2 E1 A E2 E1 A E2 E1 A E2 -V17
RD 87a 87 85 RD
A A 87a 87 85
-R31A -R31B
GND GND
-L31A -L31B
GND GND
C C
-A18.X2
5
X2 5
A18.PWM8
=K -A4.X46 -A4.X46 -A4.X46 -A4.X46
8
A
Verb. -X46/8
Verb. -X46/4
+K4
-A18 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
/111.E3 OUTLET A8
CAN:
ELECTRIC KEYPAD +K4 +K4
-X22a.B -X22a.B
4
3
1
1
-X22a.S -X22a.S
4
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
D D
forbidden.
-E10.X -E10a..X -X85.B -E11.X -E11a.X -X85.B
3
1
1
1 1 -X85.S 1 1 -X85.S
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
3
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
-E10 -E10a -E11 -E11a
H1 H1
-E10b.X -E11b.X
1
2 H2 2 2 H2 2
1 1
-E10.X -E10a..X -E11.X -E11a.X

2
-E10b -E11b
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
E E
2 2
-E10b.X -E11b.X
2
+K +K
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
-XMSP7a 5 -XMSP7a 6 -XMSP7a 7 -XMSP7a 8
4
-X85.S -X85.S
-X85.B -X85.B
2
4
OPTION
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
WORKING PROJECTOR
UP DRIVING LIGHT
F -XMSP6.18 1 -XMSP6.18 2 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT CAB SIDE: 31 120
XENON WORKING PROJECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
=K
/111.E3
+K4
-A18
1
1
WORKING
-A18.X2
CAN:
A
X2 6
6 1
A18.PWM9
OUTLET A9
PROJECTOR
=K
+K4
-X95
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
REAR
WH 1.5Q
=K
-A4
+K2
WH 1.5Q
+K4
-S217
SIGNAL BACKWARDS /26.A8
ab:
-Splice.X100
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
bis: 0
2
2
/26.A8
10A
-F32A
RD
2 1 0
+K
=K
-X3.B.25
-S217.X1
Für Stufe 3B WH 1.5Q
*
1
1 1 Kl. 30
-S217.X1
AHS WH 1.5Q
Kl. 30
E1
A4.X55/7 > F25 /34.E1

E1 A E2
5
3
5 3
WH 1.5Q
A4.X44/5 -OLE23 Verb. 1
oder
9
A
9 10
10
=K+K4-S217.X2:9
Kl. 15
GND
-S217.X2
-S217.X2
E2
E1 A E2
KL. 15
3
3
1
BK 1.5Q
-R32A
-L32A
=K
+K2
-XMSP6.31
-K32A
-E16
-XMSP1a
+H2
87a
-E16.X
-E16.X
-X16.S
-X16.B
-X16.B
-X16.S
-X1.B
-X1.S
+H
BK 2Q BK 2Q WH 2Q
+H WH 2Q WH 2Q 5
2
2
2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11
87
30
4
4
-G.5
-A4.X46
H2
-X1.S
WH 2Q 6
12
85
86
GND
-G.6
-A4.X46
BISCHOFSHOFEN
-V18
LIEBHERR
10A
RD
-F32B
5
5
Kl. 30
Kl. 30
E1
E1 A E2
oder
Kl. 15
WORKING PROJECTOR REAR AM REAR
GND
E2
E1 A E2
KL. 15
-R32B
-L32B
6
6
-E17
+H1
-XMSP1a
+H2
WORKING PROJECTOR REAR REAR

-E17.X
-E17.X
-X16.S
-X16.B
-X16.B
-X16.S
-X1.B
-X1.S
+H
+H
BK 2Q BK 2Q WH 2Q WH 2Q WH 2Q 9
1
3
2
4 4 2 1 3 3 13 13
-K32B
-G.9
-A4.X46
H2
87a
-X1.S
-V32C
WH 2Q 10
7
7
14
87
30
-A4.X46
-G.10
-U.8
-A4.X58
8
85
86
GND
-V19
SIDE:
DATE:
-OLE3 Verb.
1
32
8
8
=K+K2-A4.X58:7
WH 1.5Q
08.05.2014 08:25
/33.A7
X58
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+K2
-A4.X58
WH 1.5Q
U7
-A4
A =K WORKING PROJECTOR REAR AM CAB ROOF A
+K2
X58
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
/32.C8
-V33C
1169 00090 01 00 003
E1 E2 E1 E2
oder 30 86 oder
Kl. 30 KL. 15 Kl. 30 KL. 15
-K33A
93011361_003
-F33A -F33B
-V20
10A 10A 30 86
93011361
B RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 B
87a 87 85
A A -K33B
-V21
-R33A GND -R33B
87a 87 85
-L33A -L33B
GND
GND GND
C C
-A4.X46 -A4.X46 -A4.X46 -A4.X46

WH 2.5Q 1
WH 2.5Q 11
WH 2.5Q 2
WH 2.5Q 12
-G.1 -G.2 -G.11 -G.12

+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4

10
-X22a.B -X22a.B -X22a.B -X22a.B
7
9
WORKING PROJECTOR -X22a.S -X22a.S WORKING PROJECTOR WORKING PROJECTOR -X22a.S -X22a.S WORKING PROJECTOR
7
10
SIMPLE DOUBLE SIMPLE DOUBLE
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
=K =K
+K +K +K +K
D -X26.B -X27.B -X28.B -X29.B D
1
1
-X26.S -X27.S -X26a.S -X28.S -X29.S -X28a.S
1
1
SW 1.5Q
+K3 +K3
forbidden.
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
-E12.X -E12a.X -E12.b.X -E13.X -E13a.X -E13.b.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
H1 H1
-E12 -E12a -E12.b -E13 -E13a -E13.b

H2 H2
2 2 2 2 2 2
E -E12.X -E12a.X -E12.b.X -E13.X -E13a.X -E13.b.X E
2
2
SW 1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
+K +K3 +K +K +K3
2
2
-X26.S -X27.S -X26a.S -X28.S -X29.S -X28a.S
-X26.B -X27.B -X28.B -X29.B
2
2
=K =K
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
+K +K +K +K
F -XMSP7a 3 -XMSP7a 4 -XMSP7a 1 -XMSP7a 2 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR WORKING PROJECTOR REAR CAB SIDE: 33 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
CAN:
A ELECTRIC KEYPAD /111.D3 OUTLET A5 A
CAN: -A18 REAR WINDOW HEATER
/111.D3 OUTLET A2 +K4 A
-A18 BEACONLIGHT =K A18.PWM5
+K4 A OPTION BACK-UP ALARM X2 2
=K A18.PWM2 WH 1.5Q
OPTICAL OPTIONAL REVERSINGACTIVE -A18.X2
2
X1 11
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A18.X1
11
-H.4
93011361_003
12
-A4.X47 -A4.X53
4
RD 1.5Q BK 1.5Q *
RD 1Q
93011361
B B
-A4
-L.12
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2
+K2
12
-A4.X50
10
-A4.X50.12a -S212.X1 -S212.X2 +K2
3
1
3 10 -XMSP6e 1
-A4 E =K 30 86 E =K 30 86
=K +K2 +A4
-S212a
Kl. 30
+K2 -S212 -K10 -K10a

+K4 2 1 0 -F74 15A -F74a 10A
BU -V57 BU
1 5 9
0
V57â
E 30 86 87a 87 85 87a 87 85
-S212.X1 -S212.X2
9
A GND A
GND
-K9 -R74 -R74a
C -F25 10A C
RD -V58 -L74 -L74a
87a 87 85
A GND
-R25 GND GND
-L25
WH 1.5Q
-A4.X47 -A4.X47 -A4.X53
8
-H.1 -H.2
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
GND =K =K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-A4.X50 -A4.X50 RD 1.5Q +K4

9
10
-A4.X55 -A4.X55
7
D -X22a.B D
6
+K2
7
=K =K =K -X22a.S -X22b.S
6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6 +K6 -X22b.B

35
36
7
+K3
forbidden.
-X2.S -X2.S -Splice;.X11WH 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X2.B
35
36
2.5Q
=K+K4-S212.X2:9
2.5Q
+K6 +K6
+K4
15
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X1.S -X22a.B
5
-X22a.S
5
WH 1.5Q
-R6a.X -R6b.X -R12.X1 -R12a.X1
1
RD 1.5Q
1 1 +K2 1 +K3 1
X1.37
X1.37
+K3 +K3 -R12 H1 -R12a

1
-H22.X1
1
E -R6a -R6b E
1
-OLE4 Verb.
/26.A8
/26.A8
2 2 2 2
-H22
M -R6a.X -R6b.X -R12.X2 -R12a.X2
1
2
2
AHS
REVERSING LIGHT
BK 1.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
2
/32.E2
-H22.X2
1
BK 1.5Q
-Splice.X12BK 2.5Q
+K3 +K +K2
-XMSP7b 2
OPTION MIRROR HEATING -XMSP7b 5 -XMSP6c 1 3 -XMSP7b
F RD 1.5Q F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR BEACONLIGHT ; MIRROR- AND SIDE: 34 120
REAR WINDOW HEATER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RD 2.5Q RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K =K
+K2 +K2 -T1.X
4
A A
1
-C.7 -O.5 -S.9 -S.5
BK 2.5Q
-A4.X42 -A4.X53 -A4.X56 -A4.X56 4 1
5
+ -
24V H1
-A4 -A4 -A4 +K2 H2
=K =K =K -T1 +K2
12V
Kl. 30
-XMSP6a 4
+K2 +K2 +K2 0 + - + -
1169 00090 01 00 003
3 2 6 5
E E E -T1.X
5
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
30 86
93011361_003
=K =K =K =K
-F30 15A -F75 10A -F76 10A
BU RD RD
-K12
WH 1.5Q
93011361
B B
-V3
A 0 A A
-R30 /22.B8 -R75 -R76
F8 - Kl.58 87a 87 85
-L30 -L75 -L76
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND GND GND
+K4 +K4
12
11
-X22b.S -X22a.B
C -A4.X55 -A4.X53 -A4.X56 -A4.X56 -X22b.B -X22a.S C
11
12
-R.6 * -O.3 -S.7
+K2 -S.3
+K2 +K4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q RD 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
3
-XMSP6a
+K2
-A3.X1
4
7
8
7 4 8
=K IGN + -
D +K3 1 D
-A3 R A D I O
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-W1
LS re v LS li v LS re h LS li h +K3
forbidden.
3 4 5 6 1 2 7 8
-A3.X2
1
3
8
BK 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
BK 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
=K =K
-X70.X1 -X70.X2
2
1
E +K4 +K3 +K3 E

BK 0.75Q
-X71 1 2 +K5 1 2 H1 -B11.RR.X2 -B11.RL.X1
1
-X70
BK 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
+ - + - -B11.FR.X2 -B11.FL.X1
1
H2 1
1 2 + -
2 + -
RD <> BN-RD 0 =K
0
ELECTRICAL SOCKET 12V BK <> BN -B11.RR +K3
-B11.FRH1 +K3
+K3 -B11.RL
+K3 H2 -B11.FL
=K 0
0
- + 2
- + 2 1
CIGARETTE- 1
-B11.RR.X1 -B11.RL.X2
1
-B11.FR.X1 -B11.FL.X2
1
1
LIGHTER
24V
+K3 +K3
F =K =K F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR CIGARETTE LIGHTER ; ELECTRICAL SOCKET 12V ; RADIO ; SIDE: 35 120
LOUDSPEAKER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTION
HORN OPERATION ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH
AM LH CONTROL LEVER
A OPT1
A
sw4
OPT3
sw5
OPT2
sw3
1169 00090 01 00 003
OUTPUT-MODULE 2
+K
CAN: >-Splice;.X9
/105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG2 (Bank1) X
25
-A17b
93011361_003
OPTIONS
+H3 5
QWadOutOption >-X1.S
=H
93011361
A17b.PWM2 -X1.S.25a
1
B X1
B
+K
WH 1.5Q
-A17b.X1
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H3
=H +K
WH 1.5Q -Splice.X.261
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
3
2
4
>-K5a.X *
+K 3 2 5 4
1
-X261.B -X1.B.25a
1
H1 I 86 15 S
-X261.S >-X1.B -A4 H2
WH 1.5Q
25
1
Kl.15
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
G
=K
1 WH 1.5Q
+K2 +K1
C >-K5a 31b 31 C
WH 1.5Q
6 1
0
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E
>-K5a.X
1
>-B10.X1
>-F20 15A
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
1
+H BU
H1 +K2
86 87 87a >-B10
H2 >-XMSP6a 10
A
0 >-R20
2
-K261 >-B10.X2 >-L20
1
BK 1.5Q
+K2 +H
85 30 =K
GND
D > D
*
>-A4.X44
9
BK 1.5Q
-E.9
forbidden.
>-S3.X2
+H2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K 5 >-XMSP1a
>-S3
+K2.RH
+K1
+K *
1
2
1
4
1
-X261.S >-M2.X1 >-M2.X2 >-M4.X
1/7
1
=K
1
4 3 1 1
H
-X261.B +K2.
2
01 + H1
ws-bl
sw-bl
-F261 31b 53 53a
bl
HOOTER M H2
53c +K1
BK 1.5Q
E 10A E
7/7 6/7
RD 2 WH 1.5Q +K1 >-M4

01 6
>-M2 M 0 -
53b
wash 2
sw
=H WH 1.5Q H1 31 >-M4.X
2
H2
7
+H3 2
WH 1.5Q
47
-A17b.X1 1
J 53
2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
0J1
X1 47 WH 1.5Q
=K 7
=H A17b.GND_PWM2
7
>-S3.X1
+K2 WH 1.5Q
+H3 D
-KL.15.Xd
15
6
31b
-A17b GND OPTIONS WH 6Q

1 WH 1.5Q
/105.C5 EARTH 4 +K2 +K2
4
F CAN: >-XMSP6a 8 >-XMSP6a 5 F

OUTPUT-MODULE 2
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR HORN OPERATION PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH SIDE: 36 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+K1
A13
-A4 CAN BUS 3

=K
1169 00090 01 00 003
MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE
Kl. 15
+K2 CAN: CAN:
/99.C1 /99.C1
-A15 -A15
93011361_003
CAN LOW 3 CAN HIGH 3

E +K2 A +K2 A
=K =K
93011361
A15.CAN3L A15.CAN3H
B .CAN.X 2 .CAN.X 7
B
-F10 3A
-A15.CAN.X -A15.CAN.X
7
LBN
-A13a.X
1
2
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
A
-R10
-L10
+K1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-A13b.X
=K
WH 1Q
13
14
-A11.X1 -A11.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1
9
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
GND
X1 8 X1 9 X1 13 X1 14
F.11 A11.CAN_Low A11.CAN_RES. A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
=K
-A4.X45
11
C * +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A C

-A11 CAN_Low -A11 CAN_Abschlusswid. -A21 CAN1_Low INPUT -A21 CAN1_High INPUT
/112.E4 CAN_Low /112.E4 MATCHING RESISTOR /113.C2 CAN1_Low /113.C2 CAN1_High
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

MAIN-KEY BOARD MAIN-KEY BOARD HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
GNWH 0.23
GN 0.23
OGWH 0.23
OG 0.23
MAIN-KEY BOARD MAIN-KEY BOARD HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/112.D4 CAN_Low /112.D4 CAN_High /113.C2 CAN1_Low OUT /113.C2 CAN1_High OUT
-A11 CAN_Low -A11 CAN_High CAN1_Low OUT CAN1_High OUT
+K4 A +K4 A A A
A11.CAN_Low A11.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
-W156.WL0013:SH1
SY332
X1 4 X1 3 X1 16 X1 17
-A11.X1 -A11.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1
16
17
D D
+K4 +K4
=K =K
-LAN3.X
forbidden.
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
=K
+K
6
1
7
8
-A19.X1 -A19.X1 -A19.X1 -A19.X1
4
8
3
BK 1Q
X1 8 X1 7 X1 4 X1 3
A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High

+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
E -A19 CAN_Low -A19 CAN_High -A19 CAN_Low -A19 CAN_High E
Kl.15
/115.D4 CAN_Low /115.D4 CAN_High /115.C4 CAN_Low /115.C4 CAN_High

CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OPTIONS KEY BOARD OPTIONS KEY BOARD OPTIONS KEY BOARD OPTIONS KEY BOARD
/81.C2
-A19.X2
8
3
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
RD 1Q
=K BU 1Q
LAN 3
+K2
1 -XMSP6c.
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR DISPLAY UNIT SIDE: 37 120
CAN BUS 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

WH 1Q CAN: CAN:
/99.C1 /99.C1
-A15 CAN LOW 1 -A15 CAN HIGH 1
48
49
A -A780.X2 -A780.X2 +K2 A +K2 A A
X2 48 X2 49 =K A15.CAN1L =K A15.CAN1H
=M A702.I_S_TERM2B =M A702.I_S_TERM2A .CAN.X 4 .CAN.X 5
+M CAN0 +M CAN0 -A15.CAN.X -A15.CAN.X
5
-A780 CAN -A780 CAN
/110.C4 MATCHING RESISTOR /110.C4 MATCHING RESISTOR =K =K
1169 00090 01 00 003
CAN: CAN:
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
DCU17 DCU17
93011361_003
WH 1Q
93011361
B B
46
47
-A780.X2 -A780.X2
38
39
X2 46 X2 47 -X1.S -X1.S
=M A702.I_S_TERM1B =M A702.I_S_TERM1A -X1.B -X1.B -A16bX1.43.57 -A16bX1.43.57
38
39
2
+M CAN0 +M CAN0
-A780 CAN -A780 CAN
/110.C4 MATCHING RESISTOR /110.C4 MATCHING RESISTOR
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
CAN: CAN:
DCU17 DCU17
CAN BUS 1
WH 1Q =H
+H3
48
43
44
44
58
58
C -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 C
DCU17 DCU17 X2 48 X2 43 X1 44 X1 58 X1 44 X1 58
CAN: CAN: =M A700.CAN1_RES =M A700.CAN1_L A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High =H A16c.CAN_Low =H A16c.CAN_High
CAN1 CAN1 D D
/110.C4 LOW /110.C4 HIGH +M +M +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3

-A780 CAN -A780 CAN -A700 CAN1 -A700 CAN1 -A17a CAN LOW -A17a CAN HIGH -A16c CAN LOW -A16c CAN HIGH
+M CAN0 +M CAN0 MATCHING RESISTOR LOW /104.C5 CAN LOW /104.D5 CAN HIGH /102.C5 CAN LOW /102.D5 CAN HIGH
=M =M /108.B6 CAN: /108.B6 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
A702.B_D_CANL0 A702.B_D_CANH0
X2 15 X2 14 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3
-A780.X2 -A780.X2 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3
15
14
/108.B6 CAN: /108.F2 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

LOW HIGH /104.C5 CAN LOW /104.D5 CAN HIGH /102.C5 CAN LOW /102.D5 CAN HIGH
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
-A700 CAN1 -A700 CAN1 -A17a CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A17a CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE -A16c CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A16c CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE
+M CAN1 +M CAN1 +H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3
D =M A700.CAN1_L =M A700.CAN1_H A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High =H A16c.CAN_Low =H A16c.CAN_High
D
X2 44 X2 39 X1 43 X1 57 X1 43 X1 57
-A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1
44
39
43
57
43
57
forbidden.
16
-A700A.X1 -A700A.X1
4
+M +H3
X1 4 X1 16 =M =H
A700.CAN2_L A700.CAN2_H
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
=M =M
+M CAN2 +M CAN2
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
-A700 CAN4 -A700 CAN4
LOW /107.C2 HIGH
/107.B2 CAN: CAN:

LIDEC1 LIDEC1
=H
E +H3 +H3 E
43
44
57
58
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1.44 -XA16a.X1.58
1
X1 43 X1 57 X1 44 X1 58
A16a.CAN_Low A16a.CAN_High A16a.CAN_Low A16a.CAN_High
+H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3
-A16a CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A16a CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE -A16a CAN LOW -A16a CAN HIGH
/100.C5 CAN LOW /100.D5 CAN HIGH /100.C5 CAN LOW /100.D5 CAN HIGH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR CAN BUS 1 SIDE: 38 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
WH 1Q
1169 00090 01 00 003
29
43
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 29 X1 43 X1
A17c.CAN_Res A17c.CAN_Low
93011361_003
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: =H =H

/101.C5 CAN LOW /101.D5 CAN HIGH /101.C5 CAN LOW /101.D5 CAN HIGH +H3 D +H3
-A16b -A16b -A16b CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A16b CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE RESERVE CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE
93011361
CAN LOW CAN HIGH -A17c -A17c

B +K2 D +K2 +K2 D +K2 CAN END /106.E2 CAN LOW /106.C5 B
A16b.CAN_Low A16b.CAN_High A16b.CAN_Low A16b.CAN_High CAN: CAN:
X1 44 X1 58 X1 43 X1 57 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3
-A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3
44
58
43
57
CAN: CAN:
-A17b..X1.43.57 -A17b..X1.43.57 CAN HIGH /106.D5 CAN LOW /106.C5
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
1
2
CAN HIGH -A17c CAN LOW -A17c
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
+H3 D +H3
A17c.CAN_High =H A17c =H
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
58 X1 44 X1
6
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
58
44
.CAN.X 3 .CAN.X 6
=K A15.CAN2L =K A15.CAN2H
C C
58
59
+K2 A +K2 A
-X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B
58
59
/99.C1 /99.C1
CAN: CAN:
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
44
58
-A16d.X1 -A16d.X1
X1 44 X1 58 CAN BUS 2
=H A16d.CAN_Low =H A16d.CAN_High
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
+H3 D +H3
-A16d CAN LOW -A16d CAN HIGH
/103.C5 CAN LOW /103.D5 CAN HIGH
CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4
D INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4
D
44
58
CAN: CAN: -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
/103.C5 CAN LOW /103.D5 CAN HIGH X1 44 X1 58
forbidden.
-A16d CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A16d CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE A17b A17b.CAN_High
+H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3
=H =H -A17b.X1.43a
1
A16d.CAN_Low A16d.CAN_High -A17b CAN LOW -A17b CAN HIGH
X1 43 X1 57 /105.C5 CAN LOW /105.D5 CAN HIGH =H
-A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 CAN: CAN: +H3
43
57
57
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 -A17b.X1
X1 57
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
CAN: CAN: =H A17b.CAN_High

BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
/105.C5 CAN LOW /105.E2 CAN END +H3

E -A17b CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A17b CAN-END > PIN 43 -A17b CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE E
+H3 D +H3 /105.D5 CAN HIGH

A17b.CAN_Low A17b.CAN_Res CAN:
X1 43 X1 29 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
43
29
WH 1.5Q
-A17b.X1.44 -A17b.X1.58
1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR CAN BUS 2 SIDE: 39 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY ELECTRIC KEYPAD SUPPLY MAIN-KEY BOARD

A A
-A4
=K
+K2
Kl. 15
/28.A5 F07 Kl.30

1169 00090 01 00 003
-F71 10A
93011361_003
RD
93011361
-XMSP6b 1
B A B
Kl.30
+K2
-R71 3
-XMSP6b
-L71 +K2
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND
* -A4.X42 * -A4.X42
4
-C.4 -C.6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
-A11.X1 -A11.X1
2
1
-A18.X1 -A18.X1 -A18.X1
2
5
1
X1 1 X1 2
X1 1 X1 5 X1 2 =K A11.Kl15 =K A11.GND
=K A18.Kl15 =K A18.Kl30 =K A18.GND +K4 A +K4 A
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A -A11 +24V -A11 SUPPLY EARTH

-A18 INFORMATION INPUT -A18 SUPPLY -A18 SUPPLY EARTH /112.D4 SUPPLY /112.D4 SUPPLY EARTH
/111.C3 INFORMATION INPUT /111.C3 SUPPLY /111.C3 SUPPLY EARTH CAN: CAN:
CAN: CAN: CAN: MAIN-KEY BOARD MAIN-KEY BOARD
ELECTRIC KEYPAD ELECTRIC KEYPAD ELECTRIC KEYPAD
D D
SUPPLY OPTION KEYPAD
forbidden.
/51.B6
-XMSP6c 6
+K2
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
-A19.X1 -A19.X1 -A19.X1

2
5
1
X1 1 X1 5 X1 2
A19.Kl15 A19.Kl15 A19.GND
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
-A19 INFORMATION INPUT -A19 SUPPLY Kl. 15 -A19 SUPPLY EARTH
/115.C4 INFORMATION INPUT /115.D4 SUPPLY /115.C4 SUPPLY EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN:
F OPTIONS KEY BOARD OPTIONS KEY BOARD OPTIONS KEY BOARD F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY KEYPADS SIDE: 40 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY INPUT MODULE 2 SUPPLY INPUT MODULE 1

A A
-A4 -A4
=K =K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2 +K2
1169 00090 01 00 003
E E E
93011361_003
-F43 5A -F45 10A -F44 10A

VI RD RD
93011361
B B
A A A
-R43 -R45 -R44
-L43 -L45 -L44
GND GND GND

/42.C2
C C
-A4.X56 -A4.X44 -A4.X40
11
12
5
+K2
-S.12 -E.11 A.5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Verb. -OLE 7
41
+K -XMSP6b 8 -XMSP6b 6 -XMSP1a 6 -X1.S -XMSP1a 7
1
D -Splice..X1 D
WH 1.5Q +K2 +K2 +H2 -X1.B +H2
41
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=K+K6-X2.S:33
forbidden.
40
-X1.S
-X1.B
40
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
31
31
30
30
16
16
-A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1
2
2
E X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 E
A16b.24V_logic A16b.GND_logic A16b.24V A16b.GND A16a.24V_logic A16a.GND_logic A16a.24V A16a.GND

+K2 A +K2 A +K2 +K2 +H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3
-A16b SUPPLY LOGICAL PART -A16b GND LOGICAL PART -A16b SUPPLY 24V -A16b SUPPLY EARTH -A16a SUPPLY LOGICAL PART -A16a SUPPLY EARTH -A16a V-Batt 24V -A16a SUPPLY EARTH
/101.C2 SUPPLY 24V LOGICAL PART /101.D2 EARTH LOGICAL PART /101.E2 SUPPLY 24V /101.E2 EARTH /100.C2 SUPPLY 24V LOGICAL PART /100.D2 EARTH LOGICAL PART /100.E2 SUPPLY 24V /100.E2 EARTH
A4.X56.12
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1
/77.B1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY INPUT MODULE 1 AND 2 SIDE: 41 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE1

A A
-A4
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2
Kl. 15
1169 00090 01 00 003
E E
E
93011361_003
-F47 10A -F48 10A

-F43 5A RD RD
93011361
VI
B B
A A
A
-R43 -R47 -R48
-L43 -L47 -L48
/41.B1
GND GND GND
C C
-A4.X56 -A4.X44 -A4.X44
11
10
+K2 -S.11 -E.8 -E.10
+K2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-Splice.X2 WH 1.5Q Splice.X2.F43 KL. 15

/44.C2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Verb. -A4.X56/11
42
43
44
-X1.S -XMSP1a 8 -X1.S -XMSP1a 9 -X1.S -XMSP1a 10
-X1.B +H2 -X1.B +H2 -X1.B +H2
42
43
44
D D
1
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
=K+K6-X2.S:64
16
15
17
2
3
1
X1 2 X1 16 X1 1 X1 3 X1 15 X1 17
A17a.24V_logic A17a.GND_logic A17a.24V_B1 A17a.GND A17a.24V_B2 A17a.GND

+H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
E -A17a V-Batt 24V LOGIC -A17a EARTH LOGICAL PART -A17a V-Batt 24V BANK 1 -A17a SUPPLY EARTH -A17a SUPPLY 24V BANK 2 -A17a SUPPLY EARTH E
/104.C1 Vcc 24V LOGICAL PART /104.D1 EARTH LOGICAL PART /104.C1 Vcc 24V BANK 1 /104.C1 EARTH /104.D1 Vcc 24V BANK 2 /104.D1 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
/75.B1
SUPPLY LOGIC SUPPLY BANK 1 SUPPLY BANK 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 1 SIDE: 42 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 1 SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2 SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2

-A4 Kl. 15 Kl. 15 -A4
=K =K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
A A
+K2 +K2
E E E E E
-F59 10A -F60 10A -F58 10A -F51 10A -F52 10A
RD RD RD RD RD
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A A A A
-R59 -R60 -R58 -R51 -R52
93011361_003
-L59 -L60 -L58 -L51 -L52

93011361
B B
GND GND GND GND GND
-A4.X43 -A4.X43 -A4.X43 -A4.X42 -A4.X42
11
4
WH 1.5Q 3
3
-D.4 -D.5 +K2 -C.3 -C.11
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q =K WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
51
45
46
50
-X1.S -X1.S
4
-X1.S -X2.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B
51
45
-X1.B -X2.B -X1.B
46
50
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6
=K
C C
32
34
32
34
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
X1 32 X1 34 X1 32 X1 34
A17b.V_DO1 A17b.V_DO2 A17a.V_DO1 A17a.V_DO2

+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3

-A17b SUPPLY DO1 -A17b SUPPLY DO2 -A17a SUPPLY DO1 -A17a SUPPLY DO2
/105.E2 Vcc DIGITALAUSGANG1 /105.E2 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 2 /104.E1 Vcc DIGITALAUSGANG1 /104.E1 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 2
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
WH 1.5Q
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/105.E2 DIGITALAUSGANG1 /105.F2 DIGTAL OUTPUT 2 /104.E1 DIGITALAUSGANG1 /104.F1 DIGTAL OUTPUT 2
-A17b 2. AST PUMP 1 > M1/28 -A17b 2. AST TRANSMISSION > M1/14 -A17a 2. AST > M 3/28 -A17a 2.AST PUMP 2 > M 2/14
D +H3 QBdrFnrP1SwOff +H3 QBdrTraGSecSwOff +H3 QBadJoySafetyOff +H3 QBdrFnrP2SwOff D
A17b.DO1 A17b.DO2 A17a.DO1 A17a.DO2
X1 33 X1 35 X1 33 X1 35
forbidden.
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
33
35
33
35
WH 1.5Q
+H3
-X94.B
WH 1.5Q
1
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q -X94.S
1
-XMSP1b 1 -XMSP1b 2 -XMSP1b 7 -XMSP1b 8

BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
28
26
28
26
12
14
12
14
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
X1 28 X1 26 X1 12 X1 14 X1 28 X1 26 X1 12 X1 14
A17a.24V_B4 A17a.GND A17a.GND A17a.24V_B3 A17b.24V_B4 A17b.GND A17b.GND A17b.24V_B3
28
+H3 +H3 +H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 -A17c.X1 +H3 A +H3 A
-A17a V-Batt 24V Bk 4 - M 2/33 -A17a SUPPLY EARTH -A17a SUPPLY EARTH -A17a V-Batt 24V Bk 3 - M 2/35 -A17b V-Batt 24V Bk 4 -A17b SUPPLY EARTH X1 28 -A17b SUPPLY EARTH -A17b V-Batt 24V BK 3 > 1/35
/104.E1 Vcc 24V BANK 4 /104.E1 EARTH /104.C1 EARTH /104.D1 Vcc 24V BANK 3 /105.E2 Vcc 24V BANK 4 /105.E2 EARTH =H A17c.24V_B4 /105.C2 EARTH /105.D2 Vcc 24V BANK 3
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: +H3 CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 -A17c V-BATT BK 4 < M1 < 33 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
/106.E2 Vcc 24V BANK 4
SUPPLY BANK 4 SUPPLY BANK 3 SUPPLY BANK 4 CAN: SUPPLY BANK 3
OUTPUT MODULE 3
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 1 AND 2 SIDE: 43 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2
-A4
A =K A
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2
E E
1169 00090 01 00 003
-F55 10A -F56 10A

RD RD
93011361_003
A A
93011361
B -R55 -R56 B
-L55 -L56
GND GND
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2
-A4.X40 -A4.X43
12
6
/42.C3
C -A.12 +K2 -D.6 C

=K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Splice.X2.F43 KL. 15
-XMSP1b 4 -XMSP1b 5 -XMSP1b 6

+H2 +H2 +H2
48
49
-X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B
48
49
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
16
15
17
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
2
3
1
X1 2 X1 16 X1 1 X1 3 X1 15 X1 17
A17b.24V_logic A17b.GND_logic A17b.24V_B1 A17b.GND A17b.24V_B2 A17b.GND

+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
E -A17b V-Batt 24V LOGICAL PART -A17b EARTH LOGICAL PART -A17b V-Batt 24V BANK 1 -A17b SUPPLY EARTH -A17b V-Batt 24V BANK 2 -A17b SUPPLY EARTH E
/105.C2 Vcc 24V LOGICAL PART /105.D2 EARTH LOGICAL PART /105.C2 Vcc 24V BANK 1 /105.C2 EARTH /105.D2 Vcc 24V BANK 2 /105.D2 EARTH
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
SUPPLY LOGIC SUPPLY BANK 1 SUPPLY BANK 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 2 SIDE: 44 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE2

SUPPLY MASTER MODULE
-A4 Kl. 15 Kl. 15 LAN 1
=K
A A
+K2
E E
-A.4
-A4.X40
4
-F61 10A -F62 10A
RD RD
-A4
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 30
-R61 -R62 +K2
93011361_003
-L61 -L62
E E
93011361
B B
GND GND
5A -F54 10A -F35

HBR RD
-A4.X43 -A4.X42
10
5
+K2
-D.10 -C.5
A A
=K
-R54 -R35
-L54 -L35
GND GND
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X.LAN1
+K2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C C
RXD+
TXD+
RXD-
TXD-
-A4.X42
8
-C.8
-XMSP6b 9 -XMSP6b 10
53
52
-X1.S -X1.S +K2 +K2
SY323
-X1.B -X1.B
53
52
OGWH 0.23
OG 0.23
GNWH 0.23
GN 0.23
D D
RD 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E E
-X60b
RXD+
TXD+
RXD-
TXD-
-A15.X -A15.X -A15.X -A15.X
2
5
6
1
6
1
7
8
+K2
.PWR.X 1 .PWR.X 5 6 .PWR.X 2 .PWR.X
36
38
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 =K A15.GND =K A15.Shield A15.VBat =K A15.DIGIN0 =K

X1 36 X1 38 +K2 A +K2 A A +K2 A +K2 H1
A17b.V_DO3 A17b -A15 EARTH -A15 HOUSING MASTER Kl. 30 -A15 Kl. 15 -A15 H2
+H3 +H3 /99.B1 /99.C1 /99.C1 /99.B1 H3
-A17b V-Batt DO3 -A17b V-Batt D04 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/105.F2 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 3 /105.F2 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 4 MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE
CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2
ETHERNET
F DIAGNOSTIC PLUG F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR OUTPUT MODULE 2; BACK-UP ALARM SIDE: 45 120
AND CAN BE SWITCHED OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=K
/48.A8
+K2
-KL.30a
1
RD 6Q
A =K A
WH 1.5Q
+K2
-A4.X40.3a
Verb. -zu A4.X40.3

-A4
=K
SUPPLY LIDEC1 -A4.X40
3
+K2.RH
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A4 =K 1 2
+K2.RH 1A
37
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 30
Kl. 30
-X1.S -F216a
93011361_003
+K2 -F216
1
-X1.B 5A +-K2.RH
37
E E E LBN 2 =K
93011361
1
B B
RD 1.5Q
*
=K+K-Splice.X216
-F36 40A -F24 10A -F38 5A
OG RD LBN
A A A
-R36 -R24 -R38 =K
-A700B.X2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K3 11 21
-L36 -L24 -L38 X2 2 /108.B2
-S216
A700.DI_KL15 12 22
+M KL15
-A700 IGNITION
WH 1.5Q
GND GND GND
WH 2.5Q
SIGNAL
C LIDEC1 C
-A4.X40 -A4.X40 -A4.X41 -A4
1
2
=K
WH 2.5Q
+K2.RH
30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K
2 -XMSP6c 3 -XMSP6c 4 -XMSP6c +K2
-K216
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
0 15 31 87a 87 =K
* +K
-Splice.X216
=K WH 1.5Q =K =K
D +K2 +K3 +K D
-XMSP6.30 -S1.X.5b -S1.X.5a 1/1
1
1
1
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
21
24
54
55
56
57
-V102
+K
=K
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
21
54
55
24
56
57
+K6 WH 1.5Q
=K
+K =K+-K2.RH-F216a:1 WH 1.5Q
1
-R220
5
10 5 6 8 9
WH 2.5Q
E 2 E
58 15 15 50a 50a
+K4 P 0 12
-S1
61
60
57
58
30 30
-A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2
4
WH 1.5Q
1 2
X2 60 /108.C6 X2 57 /108.C6 X2 61 /108.D6 X2 58 /108.C6 X2 4 /108.B2 X2 3 /108.B2
-S1.X2 -S1.X3
1
A700.PS1 A700.PGND A700.PS1 A700.PGND A700.PS2 A700.PGND RD 2.5Q
+M KL30b +M GND +M KL30b +M GND +M KL30b +M GND
-A700 -A700 -A700 -A700 -A700 -A700 -A4.X56 -A4.X57
3
PERFORMANCE PART PERFORMANCE PART PERFORMANCE PART PERFORMANCE PART ELECTRONICS ELECTRONICS -S.4 -T.3
SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH
/23.A3
F LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 -A4 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR MOTOR CONTROL AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT SIDE: 46 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1

EARTH TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE 2 TEMPERATURE 3 SENSOR
/107.C2 /107.D2 /107.D2 /107.E2 /107.B6
A PARTICLE FILTER DOC INPUT DPF INPUT DPF OUTLET WATER A
-A700 -A700 -A700 -A700 -A700
GND 0-50k 0-50k 0-50k 0-50k
+M +M +M +M +M
A700.GND A700.TI1 A700.TI2 A700.TI3 A700.TI6
=M =M =M =M =M
X1 15 X1 24 X1 28 X1 32 X1 44
-A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1
15
24
28
32
44
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
BK 1Q
B B
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
2
-B710.X
-B722.X 2
1
C 2/3 -B723.X -B724.X -B725.X BK C
2 1 1 1
+M +M +M Q
+M
ᑑ
IP °C °C °C
KWA
-B722 -B723 -B724 -B725
+ s +M R
2 2 2 -B710
3 1 12K
3/3 1/3 -B723.X -B724.X -B725.X
2
-B722.X BK
1
-B710.X
1
D D
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
forbidden.
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
E E
31
23
27
43
13
14
-A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1 -A700A.X1

X1 13 X1 14 X1 23 X1 27 X1 31 X1 43
=M A700.VCC2 =M A700.AI5V4 =M A700.GND =M A700.GND =M A700.GND =M A700.GND
+M Ubat +M 0-5V +M GND +M GND +M GND +M GND
-A700 PARTICLE FILTER -A700 PARTICLE FILTER -A700 PARTICLE FILTER -A700 PARTICLE FILTER -A700 PARTICLE FILTER -A700 WATER
/107.C2 /107.C2 /107.D2 /107.D2 /107.E2 /107.B6
SUPPLY SIGNAL EARTH EARTH EARTH EARTH
LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TEMPERATURE SENSOR WATER DETECTOR SIDE: 47 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY DCU17
/46.A8
A -A4 A
=K
KL.30
KL.15
+K2
E E
-F77 5A -F78 1A
1169 00090 01 00 003
LBN BK
A A
93011361_003
-R77 -R78
93011361
-L77 -L78
B B
GND GND
1/1 -X59a.S
-A4.X59 -A4.X59
+K2
* *
=K
-A4.X59
6
C C
RD 2.5Q
1 -XMSP6d 2 -XMSP6d 4 -XMSP6d 3 -XMSP6d -XMSP6d 5

+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2

RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
10
2
4
3
9
1
-X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S -X3.S
-X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B -X3.B
1
10
D D
forbidden.
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
-A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2 2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2
4
3
5
1
E X2 1 X2 3 2X2 X2 4 X2 5 E
=M A702.G_G_BAT =M A702.G_G_BAT =M A702.G_G_BAT =M A702.G_G_BAT =M A702.G_G_BAT

+M 31 +M 31 +M 31 +M 31 +M 31
-A780 EARTH -A780 EARTH -A780 EARTH -A780 EARTH -A780 EARTH
/110.B4 /110.B4 /110.B4 /110.B4 /110.B4
DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17
52
-A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2
6
X2 6 /110.B4 X2 8 X2 7 X2 9 9 X2 52
=M A702.V_V_BAT =M A702.V_V_BAT =M A702.V_V_BAT =M A702.V_V_BAT =M A702.I_S_T15
+M 30 +M 30 +M 30 +M 30 +M 15
-A780 SUPPLY -A780 SUPPLY -A780 SUPPLY -A780 SUPPLY -A780 SUPPLY
/110.B4 /110.B4 /110.B4 /110.C4
F DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SUPPLY DCU17 SIDE: 48 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17

SHUT OFF VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE PRESSURE 2 PRESSURE 2 PRESSURE 2 TEMPERATURE
/109.C2 /109.D2 /109.B2 /109.B2 /109.C2 /109.C2
VALVE VALVE FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL
-A780 -A780 -A780 -A780 -A780 -A780
HIGH LOW 5V SIGNAL GND SIGNAL
+M +M +M +M +M +M
A A702.0_T_SOFFH A702.0_T_SOFFL A702.V_V_5VFLPS2 A702.I_A_FLPS2 A702.G_R_FLPS2 A702.I_A_FTS A
=M =M =M =M =M =M
X1 31 X1 11 X1 23 X1 22 X1 21 X1 80
-A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1
31
21
11
23
22
80
DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17 DCU17
DOSIERUNG DOSIERUNG PRESSURE 1 PRESSURE 1 PRESSURE 1
/109.C2 /109.C2 /109.B2 /109.B2 /109.B2
VALVE VALVE FUEL FUEL FUEL
-A780 -A780 -A780 -A780 -A780
1169 00090 01 00 003
HIGH LOW 5V SIGNAL GND

+M +M +M +M +M
A702.0_T_HCINJH A702.0_T_HCINJL A702.V_V_5VFLPS1 A702.I_A_FLPS1 A702.G_R_FLPS1
=M =M =M =M =M
X1 30 X1 10 X1 43 X1 42 X1 41
93011361_003
-A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1 -A780.X1
41
30
10
43
42
93011361
B B
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
BK 1Q
BU 1Q
C C
+M
10
11
-X715
4
3
9
1
D D
forbidden.
E E
DEPATRONIC
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR INTERFACE DEPATRONIC SIDE: 49 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
=K
-A4
+K2
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
-A4.X59
WH 1Q
7
BK 1Q 8
85
86
KL.30
-A4.X59
30
87a
3
3
0
-K700
-F79
=K
-A4.X56
+K2
WH 1.5Q
6
E
BK 1.5Q 6
7,5A
4
4
GND
AGR1
+K2
-R79
-L79
-X710
+M
-X3.B
-X3.S
-XMSP6d
WH 1Q
1 BK 1Q 11 11
1 12
12 12 12
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
WH 1.5Q
3 BK 1.5Q 13 13
3 10
-F80
10 14 14
=K
-A4.X56
+K2
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
7
E
4 9
4 BK 1.5Q 15 15 BK 1.5Q 8
9 16 16
7,5A
GND
AGR2
WH 1.5Q
5 17 17
5
5
BK 1.5Q
5 8
-R80
-L80
-XMSP6d
8 18 18
WH 1.5Q
6 7
6 BK 1.5Q 19 19
7 20 20
-F81
-A4.X59
WH 1.5Q
8
E
BK 1.5Q 2
DK
7,5A
GND
-R81
-L81
-XMSP6d
6
6
-F82
=K
-A4.X56
+K2
WH 1.5Q
9
E
BK 1.5Q 10
10A
GND
LAMBDA
-R82
-L82
-XMSP6d
INTERFACE ACTUATORS SENSORS ENGINE

+M
-A700
7
7
1A
BK
F700
-A700B.X2
WH 1.5Q
0-33V
E
A
2 38
2
LIDEC1
A700.AI33V1
11
HEATER FLANGE 1
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
X2 38 /108.E2
SIDE:
DATE:
50
+M
-A700
-K04
+H5
-R701
+M
8
8
RD 25Q
1
3
=M
+M
-A700B.X2
BK 1.5Q
(HS)
17
LIDEC1
30.2 50
CONTROL
30.1 31
A700.DO1
+H2
INPUT MODULE 1
HEATER FLANGE 1
X2 17 /62.C2
-XMSP1b
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A4
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2
A A
/23.B2
.F15.1 E E
-F15 10A -F9 10A

/23.C3 RD RD
.F15.2
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A
/40.E3
.F15.3 -R15 -R9
93011361_003
-L15 -L9
Kl.15
93011361
B B
GND GND
-A4.X44 -A4.X45 -A4.X45 -F.10
10
-E.4 -F.9
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2
WH 1Q
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 9 /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 10 /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 5 /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 6 /101.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 9 /101.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 10 /101.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 11
-A16a CONTROL LEVER FORWARD 1 -A16aCONTROL LEVER BACKWARDS 1 -A16b CONTROL LEVER FORWARD -A16bCONTROL LEVER BACKWARDS -A16b CONTROL LEVER OPTION -A16b CONTROL LEVER OPTION -A16b CONTROL LEVER OPTION
C +H3 IWdrFnrForKey1 +H3 IWdrFnrBackKey1 +K2 IWdrFnrForKey2 +K2 IWdrFnrBackKey2 +K2 IWdrTraGKickDown +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp2 +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp3 C
A16a.UI9 A16a.UI10 A16b.UI5 A16b.UI6 A16b.UI9 A16b.UI10 A16b.UI11
X1 8 X1 9 X1 18 X1 19 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 5 -XMSP6c -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1

8
18
19
10
WH 1Q
+K2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K
-Splice.X3
WH 1Q
+K6 +K6
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
22
23
-X1.B -X1.B
D D
-X1.S -X1.S
22
23
-A16b.X1.9a -A16b.X2.9+10b -A16b.X2.9+10b -A16b.X1.10a
1
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
2
WH 1Q +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
forbidden.
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
10
-S222.X1 -S222.X2
6
5 6 10
-S222
1 0
E S2.2 +K4 E
1 7 2 8 9
S2.4
10
12
11
-S2.X
4
9
1
-S222.X1 -S222.X2
9
4 2 5 3 1 6 8 7 9 10 11 12 S2.3
H1 V N R
+K4
H2
-S2
COMFORT CONTROL ÜBER 1 <> 5
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
3 CONTROL CIRCUIT ÜBER 1<> 5 AND 6 <> 2
-S2.1 -S2.2 -S2.3 -S2.4 INFO ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS!
LH CONTROL LEVER V-N-R AND OPTIONS

A4.X44/5 < -OLE5 Verb. 1 =K+K4-S222.X2:9
F =K+K4-S222.X2:10 F
XMSP6a < -OLE6 Verb. 1
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR LH-CONTROL LEVER SIDE: 51 120
SWITCH COMFORT CONTROL ; 3 AND 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTION PROPORTIONAL CONTROL 3. AND 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT

A SUPPLY 24V UNIVERSAL INPUT 1 EARTH SUPPLY 5V UNIVERSAL INPUT 4 UNIVERSAL INPUT 3 UNIVERSAL INPUT 11 EARTH A
-A16d1 Vcc GRIP SENSOR -A16d1 GRIP SENSOR -A16d1 GND GRIP SENSOR -A16d1 Vcc CONTROL LEVER -A16d1 CONTROL 5V -A16d1 SENSOR 1 -A16d1 SENSOR 2 -A16d1 GND CONTROL LEVER
+H3 +H3 IWadPUProxSw +H3 +H3 D +H3 IWadIsSupply5V +H3 IWadPUDir1 +H3 IWadPUDir2 +H3
A16d.24V V A16d.UI1 A16d.GND A16d.5V A16d.UI4 A16d.UI3 A16d.UI11 A16d.GND
X1 36 X1 4 X1 59 X1 50 X1 7 X1 6 X1 10 X1 54
-A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1
36
59
50
10
54
1169 00090 01 00 003

CAN: CAN:
UNIVERSAL INPUT 2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 9
-A16d1 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT ACTIVE-A16d1
93011361_003
OPTION
+H3 IWadPUButton1 +H3 IWadPUButton2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
93011361
A16d.UI2 A16d.UI9
B X1 5 X1 8
B
-A16d1.X1 -A16d1.X1
8
+K
-Splice.X70
C 2 2 C
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
-A4
=K
+K2 Kl. 15
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
/6.B2 F15.1 E
F15
10A 1
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
/6.C3 F15.2 RD
FUNCTION F-N-R F15.3

A
GND
D D
-A4.X44 SW1
-E.4
4
7
6
forbidden.
1
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 -S2a.X2
=H+H/48.C2 ANALOGUE Universale=H+H/48.C2 ANALOGUE Universale
-A16a BEDINHEBEL VOR1 -A16a BEDINHEBEL RÜCK1
/50.D2 ANALOGUE Universale
-A16b BEDINHEBEL VOR2
/50.D2 ANALOGUE Universale
-A16b BEDINHEBEL RÜCK2
4 2 5 3 1 7 9 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 SENSOR
+H3 +H3 +K2 +K2 V N R
A16a.UI9
X1 8
A16a.UI10
X1 9
A16b.UI5
X1 18
A16b.UI6
X1 19
+K4 1. AND 2.
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -S2a
WH 1Q
+H3 +H3 +K2 +K2

WH 1Q
WH 1Q
-S2a.1
H1
Vcc 24V
S 0 - 20mA
NC NO
GND
H2
+K6 +K6 H3
SW1
COM
-S2a.2 F-N-R GRIP SENSOR
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
-X1.B -X1.B
E E
-X1.S -X1.S
C
+K6 +K6
WH 1Q -S2a.B1
GND
GND
Vcc 5V
Vcc 5V
Out
Out
WH 1Q
-S2a.B2 -S2a.B3
Kap. SENSOR Hall SENSORS + SW1

-S2.X1 Speisung 24V Speisung 5V
U low (V) U mid (V) U high (V)
Schaltzustand OFF 1,4....1,6mA NOT ACTUATED SENSOR 1 0,505 2,52 4,54
Schaltzustand ON 2,9....3,6mA ACTUATED SENSOR 2 0,556 2,521 4,539
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR EP 3. AND 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT SIDE: 52 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4

/103.F2 SUPPLY 24V /103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 1 /103.D5 EARTH /103.C5 SUPPLY 5V /103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 11 /103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 3 /103.D5 EARTH
A -A16d Vcc GRIP SENSOR -A16d GRIP SENSOR -A16d GND GRIP SENSOR -A16d Vcc CONTROL LEVER -A16d SENSOR 2 -A16d SENSOR 1 -A16d GND CONTROL LEVER A
+H3 +H3 IWadPUProxSw +H3 +H3 D +H3 IWadPUDir2 +H3 IWadPUDir1 +H3
=H A16d.24V V =H A16d.UI1 =H A16d.GND =H A16d.5V =H A16d.UI11 =H A16d.UI3 =H A16d.GND
X1 36 X1 4 X1 59 X1 50 X1 10 X1 6 X1 54
-A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1
36
59
50
10
54
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
1169 00090 01 00 003
=H =H =H =H =H =H =H
INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4 INPUTMODUL 4

93011361_003
CAN: CAN: CAN:
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
1Q
/103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 4 /103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 9 /103.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 2
-A16d -A16d -A16d
BK
93011361
CONTROL 5V OPTION 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT ACTIVE

B +H3 IWadIsSupply5V +H3 IWadPUButton2 +H3 IWadPUButton1
B
WH 1Q
=H A16d.UI4 =H A16d.UI9 =H A16d.UI2
X1 7 X1 8 X1 5
-A16d.X1 -A16d.X1 -A16d.X1
5
+H3 +H3 +H3
+K =K =H =H =H
+K
-X100.B +K
1
-X100.B +K
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
-X100.B -Splice.X90
3
-X100.S WH 1Q
-X100.S
1
-X100.S
3
-A4
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
WH 1Q
+K2
/17.B2 F15.1 E E
C -F15 10A -F9 10A C
BK 1Q
/17.C3 RD RD
F15.2
A A
/32.E3
F15.3 -R15 -R9

-L15 -L9
Kl.15.14
GND GND
-A4.X44 -A4.X45 -A4.X45-F.10

4
10
-E.4 -F.9
INPUT MODUL 1 INPUT MODUL 1 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2
+K
WH 1Q

/67.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 9 /67.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 10 /68.D2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 5 /68.D2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 6 /68.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 9 /68.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 10 /68.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 11
-A16a BEDIENHEBEL VORWÄRTS 1 -A16a BEDIENHEBEL RÜCKWÄRTS 1 -A16b BEDIENHEBEL VORWÄRTS -A16b BEDIENHEBEL RÜCKWÄRTS -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION
-X100.B
9
+H3 IWdrFnrForKey1 +H3 IWdrFnrBackKey1 +K2 IWdrFnrForKey2 +K2 IWdrFnrBackKey2 +K2 IWdrTraGKickDown +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp2 +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp3
X1 8 X1 9 X1 18 X1 19 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 5 -XMSP6c -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
-X100.S
8
18
19
10
WH 1Q
+K2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
9
+K
-Splice.X3
WH 1Q
+K S2b.B5
+K6 +K6 S2b.B2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
22
23
-X1.B -X1.B
-X1.S -X1.S
22
23
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
D WH 1Q D
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
S2b.B4 S2b.B3
forbidden.
10
11
12
-S2.X
4
7
1
4 2 5 3 1 6 8 7 9 10 11 12
S2b.3
S2b.2
-S2b.X1049 -S2b.X51
4
3
6
2
3
1
1
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6
=K V N R
E +K E
-S2b
-S2b.1 -S2b.2 -S2b.3

Vcc 24V
S 0 - 20mA
GND
S2b.1
C
-S2b.B1 V-N-R
GND
GND
Vcc 5V
Vcc 5V
GND
GND
Vcc 5V
Vcc 5V
Out
Out
Out
Out
S2b.B1
-S2b.B2 -S2b.B3 -S2b.B4 -S2b.B5
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR MINI JOYSTICK SIDE: 53 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A4
=K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2
A A
/18.B2 F15.1 E E
-F15 10A -F9 10A

/18.C3 RD RD
F15.2
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A
/33.E3
F15.3 -R15 -R9
93011361_003
-L15 -L9
93011361
Kl.15.14
B B
GND GND
-A4.X44 -A4.X45 -A4.X45

-F.10
10
-E.4 -F.9
INPUT MODUL 1 INPUT MODUL 1 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2
/71.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 9 /71.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 10 /72.D2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 5 /72.D2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 6 /72.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 9 /72.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 10 /72.C2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 11
WH 1Q
-A16a BEDIENHEBEL VORWÄRTS 1 -A16aBEDIENHEBEL RÜCKWÄRTS 1 -A16b BEDIENHEBEL VORWÄRTS -A16b BEDIENHEBEL RÜCKWÄRTS -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION -A16b BEDIENHEBEL OPTION
+H3 IWdrFnrForKey1 +H3 IWdrFnrBackKey1 +K2 IWdrFnrForKey2 +K2 IWdrFnrBackKey2 +K2 IWdrTraGKickDown +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp2 +K2 IWmaRockerSwOp3
X1 8 X1 9 X1 18 X1 19 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10
C C
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
8
18
19
10
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K
WH 1Q
-Splice.X3
+K6 +K6 WH 1Q
22
23
-X1.B -X1.B
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
-X1.S -X1.S
22
23
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
10
12
11
D D
7
-S2.X
9
-S2.S:X
11
4
10
12
+K
forbidden.
=K
S2c.4
S2c.2
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
WH 0.34Q
S2c.1
S2c.3
E E
=K =K
+K +K
-S2c.X1 -S2c.X2
4
4
5
6
1
3
1
4 2 5 3 1 2 1 3 4 5 6
=K
V N R
+K
-S2c
S2c.1 S2c.2 S2c.3 S2c.4
F OPERATING FUCTIONS V-N-R AND OPTIONS F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR OPERATING FUCTIONS SIDE: 54 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
+H3
-A16c
=H
/102.C1
CAN:
-A16c.X1
4 4 WH 1Q
A
X1 10
3
3
10
RESERVE
A16c.UI11
UNIVERSAL INPUT 11
INPUT MODULE 3
+H3
-A16a
/100.D2
=H
CAN:
-A16a.X1
2 2 WH 1Q
+K
LFD
-S2d
X1 19
19
A16a.UI6
IWweCmfRdCntSw
4
4
UNIVERSAL INPUT 6
INPUT MODULE 1
V N R
-S2d.X
BK 1Q
4
4
BK 1Q
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
2
2
BK 1Q
5
5
BK 1Q
=K
-A16b
/101.C2
+K2
3
3
BK 1Q
1
1
5
5
CAN:
-A16b.X1
6
WH 1Q
X1 11
5 5 11
BUZZER
A16b.UI12
IWmaInfBuzzer
UNIVERSAL INPUT 12
INPUT MODULE 2
+H3
-A16c
=H
/102.C1
CAN:
-A16c.X1
3 3 WH 1Q
A
6
6
X1 9
9
A16c.UI10
RESERVE
UNIVERSAL INPUT 10
INPUT MODULE 3
V-N-R JOYSTICK STEERING
1 1 WH 1Q
=K+K-X102.B:1 1 Verb. -A4.X44.4 F15
+K
7
7
-X102.S
-X102.B
SIDE:
DATE:
-S2d.X
+K
=K
=K
+K
-X102.S
BK 1Q
6 BK 1Q 6
7 BK 1Q 7
8 BK 1Q 8
55
9 BK 1Q 9
10 BK 1Q 10
8
8
11 GNYE 1Q 11
12 12
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUTPUT MODULE 3
OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 CAN:
A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: PWM-Ausgang1 (Bank1) A
/106.C2 PWM-AUSGANG2 (Bank1) /106.C2 PWM-AUSGANG4 (Bank1) /106.C2 PWM-AUSGANG3 (Bank1) /106.D2 PWM-AUSGANG5 (Bank2) -A17c1 Vcc CUTOFF LIGHTING
-A17c 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 -A17c 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 -A17c 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 -A17c 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 +H3 A
+H3 QWadPUOutDir1C3 +H3 QWadPUOutDir2C3 +H3 QWadPUOutDir1C4 +H3 QWadPUOutDir2C4 A17c.PWM1
=H A17c.PWM2 =H A17c.PWM4 =H A17c.PWM3 =H A17c.PWM5 X1 4
X1 5 X1 7 X1 6 X1 18
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1

5
18
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
WH 1.5Q
=H =H =H =H
SUPPLY ELECTRIC KEYPAD
93011361_003
93011361
B -A4 B
=K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K2
SUPPLY MAIN KEYPAD

+K6
Kl. 15
32
-X2.B2
E
-X2.S
32
F71 +K6
10A =K
RD
A
WH 1.5Q
C GND C
-Y11a.X -Y11b.X -Y12a.X -Y12b.X

1
1
* -A4.X42 * -A4.X42
6
1 1 1 1
+V1 +V1 +V1 +V1 -C.4 -C.6
12
-Y11a -Y11b -Y12a -Y12b -A4.X48 -A4.X48
8
WH 1.5Q
0 0 0 0
SUPPLY OPTIONS/AIR CONDITIONING KEYPAD

2 2 2 2
-I.12
-I.8
-Y11a.X -Y11b.X -Y12b.X -A4
2
2
+V1 =K
+K2
-A18.X1.1b
1
+K4 30 86
+K2
D -K246 D
-V48
+K4 0
forbidden.
-A18.X1.1a
1
87a 87 85
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-A18.X1
1
X1 1 -V36 -V37
A18.Kl15 GND
+K4
WH 1.5Q
-A18 INFORMATION INPUT MP MP
/52.C3 INFORMATION INPUT
-I.10
-I.11
CAN:
ELECTRIES-KEY BOARD
-A4.X48
10
E E
=H =H =H =H
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
47
49
48
50
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1

X1 47 X1 49 X1 48 X1 50
=H A17c.GND_PWM2 =H A17c.GND_PWM4 =H A17c.GND_PWM3 =H A17c.GND_PWM9
+H3 D +H3 D +H3 D +H3 D
-A17c 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 -A17c 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 -A17c 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 -A17c 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 OPTION AUTOMATIC LIGHTING
/106.C5 EARTH /106.C5 EARTH /106.C5 EARTH /106.C5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CUTOFF (ABA)
OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT SIDE: 56 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/100.F2 SUPPLY 24V /100.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 8 /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 7 /101.E2 SUPPLY 24V /100.F2 SUPPLY 24V /100.E2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 16 /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 8 /101.F2 SUPPLY 24V
A -A16a Vcc INCH PEDAL -A16a INCH PEDAL -A16b INCH PEDAL -A16b Vcc INCH PEDAL -A16a Vcc SPEED-PEDAL -A16a SPEED-PEDAL -A16b SPEED-PEDAL -A16b Vcc SPEED-PEDAL A
+H3 +H3 IWdrPmpInchPos1 +K2 IWdrPmpInchPos2 +K2 +H3 +H3 IWdrThrThrottle1 +K2 IWdrThrThrottle2 +K2
A16a.24V A16a.UI8 A16b.UI7 A16b.24V A16a.24V A16a.UI16 A16b.UI8 A16b.24V
X1 35 X1 21 X1 20 X1 34 X1 39 X1 25 X1 21 X1 35
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
21
21
35
20
34
39
25
35
1169 00090 01 00 003
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
93011361_003
93011361
B 1 3 1 3 B
+K6 +K6
12
14
15
11
-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
-X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S
11
12
14
15
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
2 2
C C
-R1.X -R5.X
4
4
3
6
1
1
1 4 3 6 1 4 3 6
+ signal signal + + signal signal +

H1 H1
4 - 20mA 4 - 20mA 4 - 20mA 4 - 20mA
+K6 A A H2 +K6 A A H2
-R1 ° °
-R5 ° °
- 0°-360° 0°-360° - - 0°-360° 0°-360° -

2 5 2 5
-R1.X -R5.X
2
5
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
D D
2=K 2 =K
forbidden.
+K6 +K6
13
16
-X2.S -X2.S
-X2.B -X2.B
13
16
+K6 +K6
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
E 1 3 1 3 E
63
62
-A16a.X1 -A16b.X1
67
63
X1 63 X1 62 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1
A16a.GND A16b.GND X1 67 X1 63
+H3 +K2 A16a.GND A16b.GND
-A16a GND INCH PEDAL -A16b GND INCH PEDAL +H3 +K2
/100.D5 EARTH /101.D5 EARTH -A16a GND SPEED-PEDAL -A16b GND SPEED-PEDAL
CAN: CAN: /100.E5 EARTH /101.D5 EARTH
INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2 CAN: CAN:
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR ANGLE SENSOR INCH-/SPEED-PEDAL SIDE: 57 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
A /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG12 (Bank3) /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG10 (Bank3) /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG11 (Bank3) /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG9 (Bank3) /105.C2 PWM-OUTLET 1 (Bank1) /104.D1 PWM-AUSGANG13 (Bank4) /104.D1 PWM-AUSGANG14 (Bank4) A
-A17a MODULATION -A17a TRAVEL RANGE 2 -A17a TRAVEL RANGE 3 -A17a TRAVEL RANGE 1 -A17b OVERSPEED PROTECTION -A17a HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 -A17a HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2
+H3 QWdrTraGearMod +H3 QWdrTraGear2 +H3 QWdrTraGear3 +H3 QWdrTraGear1 +H3 QWdrAbrBrake +H3 QWdrHmoMot1Vol +H3 QWdrHmoMot2Vol
A17a.PWM12 A17a.PWM10 A17a.PWM11 A17a.PWM9 A17b.PWM1 A17a.PWM13 A17a.PWM14
X1 11 X1 9 X1 10 X1 8 X1 4 X1 22 X1 23
-A17b.X1
11
10
22
23
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
-Y6.X
C
A
D
B
A B C D -Y16.X -YEP1.DT -YEP2.DT
1
=F
1 1 1
+F3 -MO1 -Y6.2 -Y6.3 -Y6.1 H1 +H +F3 +F3

-Y6 -Y16 -YEP1 H1 -YEP2
0
2 2 2
G -Y16.X -YEP1.DT -YEP2.DT
2
E F H
-Y6.X
H
E
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1.5Q BK
forbidden.
E E
51
46
53
52
50
64
65
-A17b.X1
X1 53 X1 51 X1 52 X1 50 X1 46 X1 64 X1 65
A17a.GND_PWM12 A17a.GND_PWM10 A17a.GND_PWM11 A17a.GND_PWM9 A17b.GND_PWM1 A17a.GND_PWM13 A17a.GND_PWM14
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 D +H3 D +H3 +H3
-A17a GND MODULATION -A17a GND TRAVEL RANGE 2 -A17a GND TRAVEL RANGE 3 -A17a GND TRAVEL RANGE 1 -A17b OVERSPEED PROTECTION -A17a GND HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 -A17a GND HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2
/104.D5 EARTH /104.C5 EARTH /104.C5 EARTH /104.C5 EARTH /105.C5 EARTH /104.E5 EARTH /104.E5 EARTH
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TRAVEL RANGES ; SWIVEL ANGLE HYDRO MOTORS SIDE: 58 120
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
A /104.E1 PWM-AUSGANG15 (Bank4) /104.E1 PWM-AUSGANG16 (Bank4) /105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG9 (Bank3) /105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG10 (Bank3) /105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG3 (Bank1) /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 2 /104.D1 PWM-AUSGANG7 (Bank2) A
-A17a PUMP 1 FORWARD -A17a PUMP 1 BACKWARDS -A17b PUMP 2 FORWARD -A17b PUMP 2 BACKWARDS -A17b SWIVEL ANGLE PUMP 1 -A16aHIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP -A17a BUZZER
+H3 QWdrFnrP1For +H3 QWdrFnrP1Back +H3 QWdrFnrP2For +H3 QWdrFnrP2Back +H3 QWdrPmpFnrP1Vol +H3 IWdrPmpSensHV +H3 QWmaInfBuzzer
A17a.PWM15 A17a.PWM16 A17b.PWM9 A17b.PWM10 A17b.PWM3 A16a.UI2 A17a.PWM7
X1 24 X1 25 X1 8 X1 9 X1 6 X1 5 X1 20
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A16a.X1
24
25
20
1169 00090 01 00 003
WH 1Q
93011361_003
93011361
B B
+K6
26
-X1.B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-Y15.XS -X1.S
26
1
BU 1Q
+H
=H
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
1
C C
=H
+H
-Y15.XB
1
-Y2.DT -Y3.DT -Y2a.DT -Y3a.DT -Y15.X -B45.X
1
1
=H B -H40.X1
L566 - L580
1
+H 1 +H 1 +H 1 +H 1 +H 1 H1
-Y2 H1 -Y3 -Y2a H1 -Y3a -Y15 s + H1

+H4 P 3 +K2
0 0 0 0 0 I -H40 H2
-B45
2 2 2 2 2 + -
0
-Y2.DT -Y3.DT -Y2a.DT -Y3a.DT -Y15.X -Y15.XB -H40.X2
1
C A
2
2
+H -B45.X
=H
BK 1.5Q
BK 1Q
D D
1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=H
forbidden.
RD 1Q
+H
=K
2
BK 1.5Q
-Y15.XS
+K6
20
-X2.S
-X2.B
20
BK 1Q
E E
41
51
48
66
67
50
62
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A16a.X1
X1 66 X1 67 X1 50 X1 51 X1 48 X1 41 X1 62
A17a.GND_PWM15 A17a.GNDPWM16 A17b.GND_PWM9 A17b.GND_PWM10 A17b.GND_PWM3 A16a.24V A17a.GND_PWM7
+H3 +H3 +H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3 D +H3
-A17a PUMP 1 FORWARD -A17aPUMP 1 BACKWARDS -A17b GND PUMP 2 FORWARD -A17b GND PUMP 2 BACKWARDS -A17b GND PUMP 1 Vcc
-A16a HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP -A17a GND BUZZER
/104.E5 EARTH /104.E5 EARTH /105.C5 EARTH /105.C5 EARTH /105.C5 EARTH /100.C5 SUPPLY 24V /104.D5 EARTH
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR TRAVEL DIRECTIONS ; HYDRAULIC PUMP ; BUZZER ; SIDE: 59 120
PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=K
+K2
-KL.15y
WH 6Q OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1
1
CAN: CAN: CAN:
A INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG3 (Bank1) /104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG4 (Bank1) /104.D1 PWM-AUSGANG5 (Bank2) A
INPUT MODUL 1
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: -A17a BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG -A17a LIFT KICK-OUT -A17a FLOAT POSITION
/100.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 5 /67.D2 UNIVERSALEINGANG 5 /100.F2 SUPPLY 24V /100.F2 SUPPLY 24V +H3 QWweCmfBckRtOut +H3 QWweCmfLftOffOut +H3 QWweCmfFloatOut
-A16a FLOAT POSITION -A16a SCHWIMMSTELLUNG -A16a Vcc BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG -A16a Vcc LIFT KICK-OUT A17a.PWM3 A17a.PWM4 A17a.PWM5
+H3 IWweCmfFloatSw +H3 IWweCmfFloatSw +H3 +H3 =K 1 X1 6 X1 7 X1 18
A16a.UI5 A16a.UI5 A16a.24V A16a.24V +K2
18
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 18 X1 18 X1 36 X1 38 -F308
-A16a.X1
18
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 10A
18
36
38
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 2*
WH 1Q
93011361_003
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K6
27
93011361
B -X1.B B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6
-X1.S
27
27
WH 1Q
-X1.B +K6
1
WH 1Q
36
34
35
-X1.S -B17.X -X1.B
27
-B32.X
1
-B17.B -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
36
34
35
-B32a.X +V
WH 1Q
1
-S58.X1 -S58.X2
9
1
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
1 9
WH 1.5Q
1 0
+K4
-S58
3
1
-B32.X -B32b.X -X33.X
1
C C
1
-B15.X -B17.X_1 5 10 1 2 3
1 1 +K
+K4 H1 +K4 + + -S58.X1 -S58.X2 H1
10
H1 Y9 Y17 Y18
+V3 +V -X33
-B32 P H2 -B32 P H2 H1 H1 H2
-B15 -B17 0 4 5 6
H2 H2
-X33.X
6
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-B32.X -B32b.X
2
2
Ö 2 - Ö 2 -
-B15.X 3 -B17.X_1 3
2
3
WH 1.5Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
D D
2
-B32a.X
-B32.X
2
forbidden.
+V -Y62.X
31
33
32
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
-B17.B -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
3
+K 1
WH 1Q
-B17.X -Y62. -X1.B
31
33
32
2
3
X 0
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
-A4.X45
7
* 2
-A4.X45
7
* -Y62.X
2
-A4
-A4
66
64
=K -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1
=K X1 66 X1 64
+K2
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
E +K2 A16a.GND A16a.GND
BK 1.5Q
E E E
+H3 +H3
-F11 -A16a GND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG -A16a GND LIFT KICK-OUT
-F11 10A 10A /100.E5 EARTH /100.E5 EARTH
RD RD
CAN: CAN:
48
49
60
10
11
A -A16a.X1 INPUT MODULE 1 -A16a.X1 INPUT MODULE 1

A X1 11 X1 10 X1 48 X1 49 X1 60
-R11
-R11
A16a.UI12 A16a.UI11 =K A17a.GND_PWM3 A17a.GND_PWM4 A17a.GND_PWM5
Kl. 15
-L11
Kl. 15
-L11 +H3 IWweCmfBckRtSw +H3 IWweCmfLftOffSw +K2 +H3 D +H3 D +H3

-A16a BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG -A16a LIFT KICK-OUT -XMSP6g 1 -A17a GND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG -A17a GND LIFT KICK-OUT -A17a GND FLOAT POSITION
/100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 12 /100.C2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 11 /104.C5 EARTH /104.C5 EARTH /104.D5 EARTH
GND
GND CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
F INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR FLOAT POSITION ; BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG SIDE: 60 120
LIFT KICK-OUT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUTPUT MODUL 1 OUTPUT MODUL 1 OUTPUT MODUL 1
A
OPTION CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER CAN: CAN: CAN:
/97.C1 PWM-AUSGANG3 (Bank1)/97.C1 PWM-AUSGANG4 (Bank1) /97.D1 PWM-AUSGANG5 (Bank2) A
-A17a SCHAUFELRÜCKFÜHRUNG-A17a HUBENDABSCHALTUNG -A17a SCHWIMMSTELLUNG
+H3 QWweCmfBckRtOut +H3 QWweCmfLftOffOut +H3 QWweCmfFloatOut
WH 1Q WH 1Q
A17a.PWM3 A17a.PWM4 A17a.PWM5
X1 6 X1 7 X1 18
18
1169 00090 01 00 003
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
93011361_003
+K2
-A17a.X1.6a
1
-KL.15.Xe
93011361
1 +H3
B B
2 +K6
36
34
35
-XMSP201 -X1.B
WH 6Q
BK 1Q
+K2 -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
36
34
35
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
=K =K
WH 1.5Q
+K2.RH +K2.RH
OPTION
3
1
-B213.X BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER -X33.X
1
-S213.X1 -S213.X2 =V +
9
1
* PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH AM LH CONTROL LEVER 1 2 3

C 1 1 9 30 85
+V2
BN
+K H1 C
-X33 Y9 Y17 Y18
+K2 1 0 +K2 -B213 H2
+V1 -K213 0 4 5 6
-F213
BK BU
-S213
7,5A S -X33.X
HBR 0 2 - 3
6
1
2 -B213.X -B213.X OPT1
3
sw4
5 10 87a 87 86 +V1 1
OPT3
-S213.X1 -S213.X2 sw5 -Y9a
5
10
OPT2
* sw3
BK 1Q
0
2
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
2
=K
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
-XMSP201 -XMSP201
1 +K2 4
D D
33
31
32
WH 1Q
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S

-X1.B
forbidden.
33
31
32
BK 1.5Q
WH 1Q WH 1Q WH 1Q
+H3
-A17a.X1.48a
1
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
-Y68.JPT
1
E +V1 1 E
-Y68
48
49
60
0 X1 48 X1 49 X1 60
2
A17a.GND_PWM3 A17a.GND_PWM4 A17a.GND_PWM5
-Y68.JPT
2
+H3 D +H3 D +H3

-A17a GND SCHAUFELRÜCKFÜHRUNG -A17a GND HUBENDABSCHALTUNG -A17a GND SCHWIMMSTELLUNG
BK 1Q
/97.C5 MASSE /97.C5 MASSE /97.D5 MASSE

CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT MODUL 1 OUTPUT MODUL 1 OUTPUT MODUL 1
=K
+K2
-XMSP201 3
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR CUTOFF TILT CYLINDER SIDE: 61 120
BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG ÜBER PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A4 Kl. 15
A OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 =K A
CAN: CAN: CAN: +K2
E
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG11 (Bank3) /105.C2 PWM-AUSGANG12 (Bank3) /105.F2 DIGTAL OUTPUT 4
-A17b ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 -A17b ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 -A17b BACK UP ALARM
+H3 QWadAddEquip1 +H3 QWadAddEquip2 +H3 QBmaInfBackAlarm
-S43.X1 -S43.X2 -F22 7,5A
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
A17b.PWM11 A17b.PWM12 A17b.DO4 RD
X1 10
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 11 5 9
X1 39
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 +K4
11
10
-A17b.X1
39
0 1
A
-S43
R -R22
WH 1.5Q
93011361_003
WH 1.5Q
*
-A4.X51 -A4.X51
6
-L22
7 1 10
93011361
B B
WH 1.5Q
-S43.X1 -S43.X2 -A4
10
GND =K
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1.5Q WH
-A4.X44 =K 30 86
5
=K +K2 * +A4
+K6 1 -XMSP6d1 -K241
22
=K -X2.S
+K6 0
21
-X2.B
22
V51
-X2.S +K6 87a 87 85
-X2.B
21
WH 1.5Q
+K6
70
C GND -X1.S C
-X1.B
70
-Y11.JPT -Y12.JPT -B16.X
1
1
1 -B16a.X1
-B16b.X
1
1 1
+V +V
1
-Y11 H1 -Y12 +H5 +H5
0 0 -B16 +H5 -A4.X51
WH 1.5Q 3
2 2
WH 1.5Q
B16
-Y11.JPT -Y12.JPT
2
2 +H5
Verb. -OLE9
-B16.X
2
-B16a.X1 2
-B16b.X
2
-B12.X
2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
2
D D
1
P H2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-B12 H1
+H3
forbidden.
=K =K
1.5Q BK
=K+K4-S43.X2:9
+K4 +K4 -B12.X
1
9
-E200.X -E201.X -E202.X
9
* *
1 =K 1 =K 1
+K4 +K4 +K4
WH 1.5Q
-E200 -E201 -E202
29
-X1.S
2 2 2 -X1.B
29
-E200.X * -E201.X * -E202.X
10
10
10
E +K4 +K4 E
20
=K =K -X1.B
B12.1
52
53
54
-A17b.X1 -A17b.X1 -A17b.X1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-X1.S
20
X1 52 X1 53 X1 54
A17b.GND_PWM11 A17b.GND_PWM12 A17b.GND_DO4
/26.E1
+H3 +H3 +H3
-A17bGND ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 -A17bGND ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 -A17b GND BACK UP ALARM
/105.C5 EARTH /105.D5 EARTH /105.D5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: +K2
STOP LIGHT
OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 OUTPUT-MODULE 2 -XMSP6a 9
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1;2;3 AND 4 SIDE: 62 120
QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=K
+K
-Kl.15.Xc
1
WH 6Q
A A
-S23.X1 -S23.X2
9
=K 3 9
=K +K3 1 0 2
OUTPUT MODULE 1 +K2.R.H. -S23 0 > 1 OPEN QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE
WH 1.5Q
CAN: 0 > 2 CLOSING QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE
1169 00090 01 00 003
/104.C1 PWM-AUSGANG2 (Bank1)

-A17aWORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT =K 1 1 7 10
+H3 QWweBloOut +K2.RH -S23.X1 -S23.X2
10
93011361_003
BK 1.5Q
A17a.PWM2 -F238
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X1 5 10A
RD 2
93011361
B 5 -XMSP6.25 B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
* *
-A4.X54 -A4.X54 -A4.X54
5
1
-XMSP6.25 3 -XMSP6.25 4
-Splice.Y14.1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q =K
+K2 2 2 2
+K6 *
68
-X1.B 87a 87 85 87a 87 85

-V200 -V201 -V202
-X1.S 1 1 1
0 0
WH 1.5Q 68
C C
-K231 -K232
+K +K
86 * 86
=K 30 -A4.X54 -A4.X54 -A4.X54 =K 30
9
* * *
-Y14X =K
1
30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
86 INPUT MODULE 2
+H 1 +K WH 1.5Q CAN:
-Y14 -K233 /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 14

0 -A16b QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE
2 0 +K6 +K6 +K2 IWadQuickChange
63
66
-Y14X 85 87 87a -X1.S -X1.S =K A16b.UI14
2
BK 1.5Q
* -X1.B -X1.B X1 23
63
66
+K6 +K6 -A16b.X1
23
D D
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
69
forbidden.
-X1.S -Y53a.X
1
WH 1.5Q
-Y53.X +K2
1
-X1.B =V 1
69
10
+K6 =V 1 +V -A4.X54
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+V -Y53a DRUCK
-Y53
2 =K
-Splice.Y14.2 2 +K2
-Y53a.X
2
-Y53.X 1
2
-V203
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
2
47
64
67
-X1.B -X1.B
X1 47 -X1.S -X1.S
64
67
A17a.GND_PWM2 +K6 +K6
D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H3 -A4.X54
6
GND
-A17a WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT
/104.C5 EARTH
CAN: -XMSP6.25 1 -XMSP6.25 2
OUTPUT MODULE 1 WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
F WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE SIDE: 63 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
/65.E8
A HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A
-A4 /113.B2 SWITCH HIGH- VACUUM /113.C2 Kompressorkupplung /113.D2 SENSOR_Aussentemp /113.D2 SENSOR_Aussentemp /113.D2 SUN SENSOR+ /113.D2 SUN SENSOR-
-A21 SWITCH HIGH- VACUUM -A21 -A21 SENSOR_Aussentemp -A21 SENSOR_Aussentemp -A21 -A21
Kl.15
=K Kompressorkupplung SUN SENSOR+ SUN SENSOR-
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
+K2
A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 5 X1 10 X1 27 X1 26 X1 29 X1 28
-A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1
10
27
26
29
28
E E
WH 2.5Q
93011361_003
WH 1Q
-F19A 20A -F19 10A
93011361
B GE RD B
RD 0.75Q
BU 0.75Q
61
60
A A -X1.S -X1.S
WH 1.5Q
-R19A -R19
-X1.B -X1.B
61
60
-L19A -L19
WH 2.5Q
WH 1Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
GND GND
-B27.X +K4 +K4
6
C 3 1 =K -X22b.S -X22b.S C
+H L N H H1 +K6 -X22b.B -X22b.B
6
1
-A4.X41 -A4.X45 -B27 H2 -X2.S
5
12
P
2 18bar
+K2 * -XMSP6a -X2.B
1
-B.5 -F.12
+K2
4 2
GN 0.75Q
YE 0.75Q
-B27.X
2
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
+K6 +K6 -B39.X
1
forbidden.
62
53
-X1.B -X2.B -B42.X
1
-XB39
1
-X1.S -X2.S 1 1
+K1
WH 0.75Q
62
53
+K6 +K6 H1 H1
°C -B42
=K -B39 H2 H2
WH 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
H3
2 2
2
-XB39
-B42.X
2
-B39.X
2
F19 Kl. 15.Kl. 15
-A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1

2
3
1
F19 Kl. 15.Kl. 15
E E
-Y22.X
1
X1 1 X1 3 X1 2
A21.Kl30 A21.Kl15 A21.GND 1
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +M H1
CLAMP 30 CLAMP 15 SUPPLY EARTH
Kl.15
-A21 -A21 -A21 -Y22

/113.B2 SUPPLY /113.B2 CLAMP 15 /113.B2 SUPPLY EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN:
/64.E4

HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
/64.E3
/65.E2
OPTION AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ; SIDE: 64 120
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ; SUN SENSOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
/113.C2
+K4
-A21
CAN:
-A21.X1
WH 1.5Q
A
X1 8
8
A21.PME
Ventilator_Innenr.
Ventilator_Innenr.2 +
WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
=K
-A4
+K2
-F13
*
WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q 2
/64.E4
E
Kl.15
Kl. 15
+K2
BU
15A
GND
-A4.X56
-R13
-L13
3
3
=K
-A4
+K2
-V32
0
0
-M13
MP
-K244
+H
4
4
-I.1
87a
-M13.X
-M13.X
=K
7
+K6
-X2.B
-X2.S
-A4.X48
BK 2.5Q WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q 2 -I.2
-
+
2
2 1 50 50 -I.3 3
1
87
30
*
MP
+H2
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
-A4.X48
-V33
-XMSP1c
4
-I.4
85
86
GND
-A4.X48
-V50
5
5
WH 2.5Q
6
6
=K
-A4
+K2
-V34
0
0
-M13a
MP
-K245
+H
-I.7
87a
-M13a.X
-M13a.X
=K
8
+K6
-X2.B
-X2.S
-A4.X48
VENTILATOR CONDENSER INTEGRATED
BK 2.5Q WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q 5 -I.5

M
-
+
2 1 51 51 -I.9 9
1
87
30
MP
+H2
-A4.X48
H1
-V35
-XMSP1c
7
7
6
-I.6
85
86
GND
-A4.X48
-V49
SIDE:
DATE:
WH 2.5Q
/64.A4
Kl.15
65
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
1169 00090 01 00 003
FAN EARTH LOGIC DIAGNOSIS SENSOR 1+ SENSOR 1 SENSOR 2+ SENSOR 2

-A21a 24V -A21a FAN -A21a OUTLET 0-10V -A21a FAN -A21a ICING -A21a ICING -A21a ICING -A21a ICING
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
93011361_003
A21a.28 A21a.42 A21a.2 A21a.16 A21a.35 A21a.36 A21a.37 A21a.38

X2 28 X2 42 X2 2 X2 16 X2 35 X2 36 X2 37 X2 38
93011361
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2

28
42
16
35
36
37
38
B B
BK 2.5Q
BN 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
GE 1Q
WH 1Q
C C
D D
1 1
forbidden.
+K4 +K4
-B26 °C -B26a °C
-M5.X
2
6
1
H1 H1
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2
H1
+K4 H2
E -M5 M E
FAN MOTOR
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR FAN MOTOR AND SIDE: 66 120
SENSOR ICE UP PROTECTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
EARTH REFERENCE OUTPUT ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION EARTH REFERENCE OUTPUT ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION
-A21a VMC1 -A21a VOLTAGE -A21a VMC1 -A21a VMC2 -A21a VOLTAGE -A21a VMC2
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
1169 00090 01 00 003
A21a.6 A21a.5 A21a.4 A21a.11 A21a.10 A21a.9

X2 6 X2 5 X2 4 X2 11 X2 10 X2 9
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
11
6
10
9
93011361_003
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
93011361
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

B SENSING CLOCKWISE ROTATION SENSING CLOCKWISE ROTATION
B
-A21a POTENTIOMETER -A21a VMC1 -A21a POTENTIOMETER -A21a VMC2
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
A21a.7 A21a.3 A21a.12 A21a.8
X2 7 X2 3 X2 12 X2 8
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
7
12
8
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C C
D D
forbidden.
-M11.X -M14.X
4
4
3
6
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
+K4 H1 +K4 H1
-M11 M -M14 M
WATER VALVE VMC1 RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP VMC2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR WATER VALVE VMC1 SIDE: 67 120
RECIRCULATED AIR FLAP VMC2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
EARTH REFERENCE OUTPUT ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION EARTH REFERENCE OUTPUT ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION
-A21a VMC3 -A21a VOLTAGE -A21a VMC3 -A21a VMC4 -A21a VOLTAGE -A21a VMC4
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A A A A A
A21a.20 A21a.19 A21a.18 A21a.25 A21a.24 A21a.23
X2 20 X2 19 X2 18 X2 25 X2 24 X2 23
93011361_003
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2

20
19
18
25
24
23
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
93011361
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

B SENSING CLOCKWISE ROTATION SENSING CLOCKWISE ROTATION
B
-A21a POTENTIOMETER -A21a VMC3 -A21a POTENTIOMETER -A21a VMC4
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
A21a.21 A21a.17 A21a.26 A21a.22
X2 21 X2 17 X2 26 X2 22
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
21
17
26
22
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C C
D D
forbidden.
-M15.X
2
4
3
6
1
-M16.X
4
3
6
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
+K4 H1 +K4 H1
-M15 M -M16 M
FOOT FLAP VMC3 MIDDLE FLAP VMC4
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR FOOT FLAP VMC3 SIDE: 68 120
MIDDLE FLAP VMC4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMHEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
EARTH REFERENCE OUTPUT ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION INTERIOR TEMPERATURE INTERIOR TEMPERATURE /114.C5 OUTFLOW TEMPERATURE /114.D5 OUTFLOW TEMPERATURE
-A21a VMC5 -A21a VOLTAGE -A21a VMC5
-A21aAUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING -A21aAUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING -A21aAUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING -A21aAUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
1169 00090 01 00 003
A21a.33 A21a.32 A21a.31 A21a.39 A21a.40 A21a.27 A21a.41

X2 33 X2 32 X2 31 X2 39 X2 40 X2 27 X2 41
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
41
39
40
27
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
31
33
32
93011361_003
+K4
HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM =K
93011361
B CAN: CAN: B
SENSING CLOCKWISE ROTATION
-A21a POTENTIOMETER -A21a VMC5
+K4 A +K4 A
A21a.34 A21a.30
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X2 34 X2 30
-A21a.X2 -A21a.X2
34
30
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C +K4 C
2
1
-X75.S
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
-X75.B
1
2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
D D
forbidden.
-M17.X 1 1
2
4
3
6
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 H1 +K4 H1 +K4
-B40 °C -B41 °C
E E
2 2
+K4 H1
-M17 M
HEAD FLAP VMC5

OPTION AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR HEAD FLAP VMC5 SIDE: 69 120
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
WH 1Q
51
47
-A700B.X2 -A700B.X2
X2 51 X2 47 DCU17 DCU17
A =M A700.CAN3_L =M A700.CAN3_RES CAN: CAN: DCU17 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 LIDEC1 A
+M CAN3 +M CAN3 /110.D4 HIGH /110.D4 LOW EARTH RECEIVE EMIT
/110.D4
-A700 CAN -A700 CAN -A780 CAN -A780 CAN ISOKO DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS
-A780 -A700 -A700 -A700
LOW MATCHING RESISTOR +M CAN1 +M CAN1 RS232 RS232 RS232
/108.C6 /108.B6 +M +M +M +M
CAN: CAN: =M A702.B_D_CANH1 =M A702.B_D_CANL1 A702.B_D_ISOKO A700.GND A700.RS232_R A700.RS232_T
=M =M =M =M
LIDEC1 LIDEC1 X2 11 X2 12 X2 45 X2 34 /108.E2 X2 36 /108.E2 X2 35 /108.E2
1169 00090 01 00 003
LIDEC1 LIDEC1 -A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A780.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2 -A700B.X2
11
12
45
34
36
35
/108.C6 CAN: /108.C6 CAN: +M +M
LOW HIGH =M =M
-A700 -A700
93011361_003
CAN CAN
+M CAN3 +M CAN3
=M =M
93011361
A700.CAN3_L A700.CAN3_H
B X2 52 X2 55
B
WH 1Q
-A700B.X2 -A700B.X2
52
55
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
+M
-Splice.X25 RD 1.5Q
+M
-Splice.X26 BU 1.5Q
C C
D D
forbidden.
+M
G
C
A
H
D
B
E
F
I
-X60a
H1
E *9 E
F
DIAGNOSTIC PLUG DIESEL ENGINE F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR DIAGNOSTIC PLUG MOTOR CONTROL SIDE: 70 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2
A OUTPUT MODULE 1 /100.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 7 /104.F1 DIGTAL OUTPUT 4 /104.F1 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 4 /100.D5 FREQUENZEINGANG 2 /100.D5 FREQUENZEINGANG 1 /101.D5 FREQUENZEINGANG 1 A
CAN: -A16aHIGH PRESSURE 2 TRAVEL PUMP -A17a AUSSPEISVENTIL -A17a Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 4 -A16a OUTPUT SPEED -A16a rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 -A16b rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2
/104.C1 PWM-OUTLET 1 (Bank1) +H3 IWdrPmpSensHB +H3 QBadBackLOptFl +H3 +H3 IDmaInfGndSpS +H3 IDdrHmoMot1Speed +K2 IDdrHmoMot2Speed
-A17a PARKING BRAKE =H A16a.UI7 =H A17a.DO4 =H A17a.V_DO4 A16a.FI2 A16a.FI1 A16b.FI1
+H3 QWdrFnrParkB X1 20 X1 39 X1 38 X1 56 X1 55 X1 55
A17a.PWM1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1
20
56
55
55
39
38
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 4 +H3
=H
4
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
1
93011361_003
WH 1.5Q
93011361
BU 1Q
B =K B
WH 1.5Q
+K6
17
-X2.S
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
-X2.B
17
RD 1Q
2
+K6
10
-X2.B
C -X2.S =F C
10
-B48.X -Y69.X +F3
1
-Y10.JPT B -B1.X -B2.X -B2a.X
1
1
+H 1
1 s -Y69 1 1 1
+K6 H1 +V1 +F3 +F3 +F3

-Y10 I P
-B48 0 -B1 H1 -B2 H1 -B2a H1
0 + 2 H2 H2 H2
0 0 0
2 C A -Y69.X 2 2 2
2
WH 1.5Q
-Y10.JPT -B48.X -B1.X -B2.X -B2a.X
2
2
A
+F3
=F
BU 1Q
D D
=K 2
BU 1Q
BK 1.5Q
+K2
forbidden.
+K6
BK 1.5Q
-A4.X43
8
RD 1Q
18
-X2.B
-X2.S
-A4 1
18
+K6
=K =K
+K2 E
BU 1Q
-F49 10A 1
RD
E =H E
BU 1Q
+H3
28
54
-A16a.X1 A
-R49
46
70
69
69
X1 28 X1 54 -A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 -A16b.X1
X1 46 =H A16a.24V =H A17a.GND_DO4 -L49 X1 70 X1 69 X1 69
A17a.GND_PWM1 +H3 +H3 A16a.GND_FI2 A16a.GND_FI1 A16b.GND_FI1
+H3 D -A16aHIGH PRESSURE 2 TRAVEL PUMP -A17a GND AUSSPEISVENTIL +H3 +H3 +K2
-A17a GND PARKING BRAKE /100.E2 SUPPLY 24V /104.D5 EARTH GND -A16a GND OUTPUT SPEED -A16a GND rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 -A16b rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1
/104.C5 EARTH CAN: CAN: /100.E5 EARTH FREQUENZEINGANG 2 /100.E5 EARTH FREQUENZEINGANG 1 /101.E5 EARTH FREQUENZEINGANG 1
Kl.15
CAN: INPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 1 INPUT MODULE 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR PARKING BRAKE ; SPEED SENSOR SIDE: 71 120
CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM GROENEVELD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE
-A4 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
=K /99.D1 /99.D1 /99.D1 /99.D1 /99.E1 /99.E1 /99.E1
Kl. 15
A -A15 -A15 -A15 -A15 -A15 -A15 -A15 A
Kl. 30
+K2 Data Terminal Read Data Carrier Detec Receive (RXD) Transmit (TXD) SIGNAL Ground (S- Request to send (R Clear to send (CTS
+K2 A +K2 A +K2 A A A A A
=K A15.DTR =K A15.DCD A15.RXD A15.TXD A15.GND A15.RTS A15.CTS
E E .COM2.X 4 .COM2.X 1 .COM2.X 2 .COM2.X 3 .COM2.X 5 .COM2.X 7 .COM2.X 8
-A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X -A15.COM2.X
1
4
8
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
-F73 3A -F26 10A
1169 00090 01 00 003
VT RD =K =K =K =K =K =K =K
A A
93011361_003
-R73 -R26
-L26
93011361
-L73
B B
GND GND
-A4.X41 -A4.X40
6
10
+K2 +K2
=K =K
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
-XMSP6c 7
C +K2 C
=K
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
BK 1Q
D D
forbidden.
=K =K =K
+K2 +K2 +K2
28
42
13
-A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1

X1 13 X1 28 X1 42
=K A30.13 =K A30.28 =K A30.42

+K2 +K2 +K2
E -A30 INPUT Kl.15 -A30 Spannungsvers Kl.30 -A30 Allgemeine EARTH E
/117.D2 IGN_IN (KL15) /117.C5 V_IN (KL30) /117.D5 GND =K =K =K =K =K =K =K

CAN: CAN: CAN: +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
20
33
34
19
-A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1 -A30.X1
6
8
LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL
X1 6 X1 5 X1 33 X1 19 X1 8 X1 34 X1 20
=K A30.6 =K A30.5 =K A30.33 =K A30.19 =K A30.8 =K A30.34 =K A30.20
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
-A30 DTR SIGNAL Maschinenst. -A30 DCD SIGNAL Maschinenst. -A30 TXT SIGNAL Maschinenst. -A30 RXD SIGNAL Maschinenst. -A30 Allgemeine EARTH -A30 CTS SIGNAL Maschinenst. -A30 RTS SIGNAL Maschinenst.
/117.C2 DTR-0 /117.C2 DCD-0 /117.C5 TXD-0 /117.D2 RXD-0 /117.C2 GND /117.D5 CTS-0 /117.D2 RTS-0
LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL LITU MODUL
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR LITU SIDE: 72 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTION WORKING BASKET

WH 1.5Q

A CAN: CAN: A
WH 1.5Q
/102.C1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 9 /102.C1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 4
-A16c WORKING BASKET INPUT 2 -A16c WORKING BASKET INPUT 1
WH 1.5Q
Kl. 15 +H3 IWadBasketMode2 +H3 IWadBasketMode1
-A4 A16c.UI9 A16c.UI4
WH 1.5Q
=K X1 8 X1 7
1169 00090 01 00 003
E -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1
7
+K2
-K208
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-F50 10A
=K
93011361_003
RD +K2.RH *
86 87 87a
+K6
93011361
+K6
B A -X2.B B
8
-X2.B
9
-R50
-X2.S -X2.S -K208
8
+K6
9
-L50
-X2.B
6
WH 1.5Q
85 30
-X2.S
6
GND +K6
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-A4.X43 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
* * =K =K =K
-S210.X1 -S210.X2 +K6 +K6 +K6 =V
5
9
1
3
1 5 9 -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S +V
1
+K4 -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X213.S
3
2 1 0
-S210 -X213.B
1
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+V
=V
3 10
WH 1.5Q
-S210.X1 -S210.X2
3
10
11
WH 1.5Q +H2
-XMSP1.e 4 12
D D
+K6 =V
-Splice.X30 +V
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
-X213.B
2
=K+K4-S210.X2:10
=K+K4-S210.X2:9
-X213.S
2
+V
1.5Q
1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=V
=K =K
+K4 +K4
WH
BK
WH 1.5Q
9
-E200.X * -E201.X * -E202.X

9
9
1 =K 1 =K 1
+K4 +K4 +K4
1
-Y65.JPT -Y66.JPT -Y67.JPT

1
1
-E200 -E201 -E202
E +V1 1 +V1 1 +V1 1 E
-OLE19 Verb.
-OLE20 Verb.
2 2 2 -Y65 -Y66 -Y67

-A16c.X1
6
-E200.X * -E201.X * -E202.X 0 0 0
10
10
10
+K4 +K4 2 2 2 X1 6
=K =K -Y65.JPT -Y66.JPT -Y67.JPT A16c.UI3
2
2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
IWadEmergStop1
BK 1.5Q
+H3
WORKING BASKET NOT OFF 1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
-A16c
/102.C1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 3
CAN:
INPUT MODULE 3
+K2
-XMSP6a 9 +H2 +H2 +H2
F -XMSP1.e 1 -XMSP1.e 2 -XMSP1.e 3 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR FUNCTION WORKING BASKET SIDE: 73 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CAN: CAN:
36
/101.E2 SUPPLY 24V /101.E2 SUPPLY 24V
X1 36 -A16b LEVEL -A16b DISTRIBUTOR
A17a.V_DO3 +K2 +K2
A +H3 A16b.24V A16b.24V A
-A4 -A17a SUPPLY DO3 X1 33 X1 32
/104.F1 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 3 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
33
32
=K
Kl. 15
CAN:
+K2
OUTPUT MODULE 1
OUTPUT MODULE 1
1169 00090 01 00 003
E CAN:
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
/104.F1 DIGTAL OUTPUT 3
-A17a Vcc CENTRAL GREASING
-F53 10A +H3
93011361_003
QBadCGrPump 1 1
RD
A17a.DO3 =K =K
+K6 +K6
93011361
X1 37
43
40
B A -X2.S -X2.S B
37
-R53
-X2.B -X2.B
43
40
-L53
RD 0.5Q
GND
RD 1Q
-A4.X41
9
+K2
-B.9 2 2
WH 1.5Q
+H5 +V1
WH 1.5Q
-X31 -X43
A
C C
BN
BN
1 4
1
+
47
H
-X1.S M -B44
H1 -B43 1 2 H1
+H5
-X1.B
47
-M6 4 3
0
S -
WH 1.5Q
2 3 3 2
BU
BU
BK
BK
-M6.X
2
-X31 -X43
B
D D
BU 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
forbidden.
2 2 2 2
BK 1.5Q
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
41
44
45
42
-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
-X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S

41
44
45
42
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K
E BU 1Q E
BK 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
1 1 1 1
40
22
60
56
59
X1 40 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1
A17a.GND_DO3 X1 22 X1 60 X1 56 X1 59
+H3 A16b.UI13 A16b.GND A16b.FI2 A16b.GND
-A17a GND CENTRAL GREASING +K2 IWadCGrLevel +K2 +K2 IDadCGrMeasure +K2
/104.F1 EARTH -A16b LEVEL -A16b GND LEVEL -A16b DISTRIBUTOR -A16b GND DISTRIBUTOR
CAN: /101.D2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 13 /101.D5 EARTH /101.D5 FREQUENZEINGANG 2 /101.D5 EARTH
OUTPUT MODULE 1 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
F INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM SIDE: 74 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/101.F2 SUPPLY 24V /101.E2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 16 /102.C1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 1 /102.E1 SUPPLY 24V
-A4 -A16b Vcc SENSOR 1 -A16b SENSOR 1 JOY. -A16c SENSOR 2 -A16c Vcc SENSOR 2
=K +K2 +K2 IWadJoyInLeft +H3 IWadJoyInRight +H3
Kl. 15
A =K A16b.24V =K A16b.UI16 =H A16c.UI1 =H A16c.24V DO1 A
+K2
X1 36 X1 25 X1 4 X1 33
E -A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1
36
25
33
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-F46 10A
RD
+K6
1169 00090 01 00 003
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
65
66
-X2.B
A
-X2.S
-R46
65
66
93011361_003
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-L46
/42.E1
93011361
B B
GND
4
5
1
-X202.S -X202.S -X202.S -X202.S
#94361
-X202.B -X202.B -X202.B -X202.B
1
2
4
5
-A4.X44 +K2 +K2
12
+K2
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
=K
-B202.X -B202.X
5
1
-XMSP6.10 1 -XMSP6.10 2 1 2 5
4
+K2 +K2 + signal signal

+
OG
RD
WH
GY
=K =K =K
+K4
WH 1.5Q
C C
-B202
WH 1.5Q
B_JOYSTICK
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BN
BK
- -
3 6
-B202.X -B202.X
6
+K4 +K4
=K =K =K =K
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
61
64
63
62
D -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S D

-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
61
64
63
62
-X202.B -X202.B
6
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
forbidden.
=K =K =K =K -X202.S -X202.S
6
+K2 +K2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K6
BK 1.5Q
67
-X2.S
-X2.B
67
E E
BK 1.5Q
=H =H =H =H
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
31
30
16
-A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1

2
67
67
X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 -A16b.X1 -A16c.X1
=H A16c.24V_logic =H A16c.GND_logic =H A16c.24V =H A16c.GND X1 67 X1 67
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 =K A16b.GND =H A16c.GND
-A16c SUPPLY LOGICAL PART -A16c SUPPLY EARTH -A16c SUPPLY 24V -A16c SUPPLY EARTH +K2 +H3
/102.C1 SUPPLY 24V LOGICAL PART /102.D1 EARTH LOGICAL PART /102.E1 SUPPLY 24V /102.E1 EARTH -A16b SIGNAL JOYSTICK STEERING -A16c GND SENSOR 2
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: /101.E5 EARTH /102.E5 EARTH
INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3 CAN: CAN:
F INPUT MODULE 2 INPUT MODULE 3 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR JOYSTICK STEERING SIDE: 75 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CAN: CAN: OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3
/102.F1 SUPPLY 24V /102.F1 SUPPLY 24V CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
-A16c 24V Joystickaktivierung -A16c 24V Joystick ARMREST /106.D2 PWM-AUSGANG13 (Bank4) /106.D2 PWM-AUSGANG14 (Bank4) /106.E2 PWM-AUSGANG16 (Bank4) /106.D2 PWM-AUSGANG15 (Bank4)
+H3 +H3 -A17c JOYSTICK STEERING LEFT -A17c JOYSTICK STEERING RIGHT -A17cSAVEYTY JOYSTICK STEERING -A17c GEROTOR STEERING
A =H A16c.24V V =H A16c.24V +H3 QWadJoyOutLeft +H3 QWadJoyOutRight +H3 QWadJoyValveOff +H3 QWadGerotorOn A
X1 36 X1 37 =H A17c.PWM13 =H A17c.PWM14 =H A17c.PWM16 =H A17c.PWM15
-A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 X1 22 X1 23 X1 25 X1 24
36
37
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
22
23
25
24
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1169 00090 01 00 003
+K6 +K6
60
68
-X2.B -X2.B
93011361_003
-X2.S -X2.S
60
68
93011361
B WH 1.5Q B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
7
9
-X202.S -X202.S
-X202.B -X202.B
7
9
+K2 +K2
BK 1Q
C BK 1Q C
1 =H =H =H =H
-B202.X -B200.X +H3 +H3 +H3 +H
7
7
1
+ -Y51.AF2 -Y52.AF2 -Y64.X -Y63.X
1
+K4 BN
1 1 1 1
+K4 =H =H =H =H
-B202
-B200 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H
-Y51 -Y52 -Y64 -Y63
BK BU
8 S 2 - 3
-B202.X -B200.X -B200.X 2 2 2 2
8
-Y51.AF2 -Y52.AF2 -Y64.X -Y63.X
2
BK 1Q
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H

BK 1Q
BK 1Q
=H =H =H =H
D +K2 D
10
11
-X202.B -X202.B -X202.B

8
-X202.S -X202.S -X202.S

forbidden.
11
8
10
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
59
69
70
-X2.S -X2.S -X2.S

-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B

59
69
70
+K6 +K6 +K6

WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
22
23
65
64
65
67
66
-A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 -A16c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
X1 22 X1 23 X1 65 X1 64 X1 65 X1 67 X1 66
=H A16c.UI13 =H A16c.UI14 =H A16c.GND =H A17c.GND_PWM13 =H A17c.GND_PWM14 =H A17c.GNDPWM16 =H A17c.GND_PWM15
+H3 IWadJoyGroper +H3 IWadJoyArmbar +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
-A16c ACTIVE -A16c ARMREST -A16c GND ARMREST -A17c RESERVE -A17c RESERVE -A17c RESERVE -A17c RESERVE
/102.D1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 13 /102.D1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 14 /102.E5 EARTH /106.D5 EARTH /106.E5 EARTH /106.E5 EARTH /106.E5 EARTH
F INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3 INPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR JOYSTICK STEERING SIDE: 76 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 3 SUPPLY OUTPUT MODULE 3

A -A4 -A4 A
=K =K
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
Kl. 15
+K2 +K2
E E
1169 00090 01 00 003
E E
-F65 10A -F66 10A

-F63 10A -F64 10A RD RD
93011361_003
/41.F1
RD RD
A A
93011361
B A A -R65 -R66 B
-R63 -R64
A4.X56.12
-L65 -L66
-L63 -L64
GND GND
GND GND
-A4.X41 -A4.X41 -A4.X40 -A4.X40
11
8
10
6
+K2 +K2 -X2.B +K2 +K2
32
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K =K +K6 =K =K
WH 1.5Q
=K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
1 -XMSP1d 2 -XMSP1d 3 -XMSP1d 4 -XMSP1d 5 -XMSP1d

+H2 +H2 +H2 +H2 +H2
=K =K =K =K =K
WH 1.5Q
=H =H =H =H =H
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
31
28
29
33
30
-X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S
-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
33
28
29
30
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K
D D
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
=H
+H3
-A17c.X1
4
X1 4
=H A17c.PWM1
QWadSwEKeybOff
+H3
15
14
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
2
-A17c CUTOFF LIGHTING

X1 2 X1 1 X1 15 /106.C2 PWM-OUTLET 1 (Bank1) X1 14
E =H A17c.24V_logic =H A17c.24V_B1 =H A17c.24V_B2 CAN: =H A17c.24V_B3 E
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A OUTPUT MODULE 3 +H3 A

-A17c V-Batt 24V LOGICAL PART -A17c V-Batt 24V BANK 1 -A17c SUPPLY BANK 2 -A17c SUPPLY BANK 3
/106.C2 Vcc 24V LOGICAL PART /106.B2 Vcc 24V BANK 1 /106.D2 Vcc 24V BANK 2 /106.D2 Vcc 24V BANK 3
26
16
17
12
-A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1 -A17c.X1
3
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

OUTPUT MODULE 3 X1 16 OUTPUT MODULE 3 X1 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 X1 17 OUTPUT MODULE 3 X1 12 X1 26
=H A17c.GND_logic =H A17c.GND =H A17c.GND =H A17c.GND =H A17c.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3
-A17c EARTH LOGICAL PART -A17c SUPPLY EARTH -A17c SUPPLY EARTH -A17c SUPPLY EARTH -A17c SUPPLY EARTH
/106.D2 EARTH LOGICAL PART /106.C2 EARTH /106.D2 EARTH /106.C2 EARTH /106.E2 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR VCC OUTPUT MODULE 3 SIDE: 77 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
1
=K
+K2
-Kl.30.Xg
3
3
-XMSP6.26
+K2
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
=K+K-K12a:86 1 Verb. -OLE24
2
85
86
87
30
4
4
RD 6Q
87a
+K
=K
-K12a
BISCHOFSHOFEN
WH 1.5Q
LIEBHERR
10A
WH 1.5Q
-F277
RD
+K2.R.H.
0 6002499
0
=K
-X325
+K3
=K
WH 1.5Q
-T2
+K2
1
-T2.X
+
BK 1.5Q
15A
-F276
BU
+K2.R.H.
2 3
-T2.X
RD 2.5Q
24V
+
2
4
1
2 4
5
5
10A
RD
-F278
+K2.R.H
+
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q BK 2.5Q

12V
1
2
-
3 6 1
-
BK 1.5Q
5
4 5
6
6
RADIO PREPARATION LIEBHERR WHEEL LOADER
7
7
-XMSP6.26
+K2
1
SIDE:
DATE:
78
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/80.F3 CAN-IMMOBILISER /80.F3 CAN-IMMOBILISER

CAN LOW CAN HIGH
-A9 -A9
-R120
+K4 +K4
+K4
=K
A =K 4
=K 5 A
=K+K-Splice.X25 =K+K-Splice.X26
1
2
4/5 5/5
-A9.X 120 Ohm -A9.X
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
+K1 -Splice.X25 -Splice.X26
A13
1169 00090 01 00 003
CAN BUS 3
Kl. 15
-A4
93011361_003
=K MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL

+K2 CAN: CAN:
93011361
B /53.C1 /53.C1 B
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
E +K2 A +K2 A
=K A15.CAN3L =K A15.CAN3H
.CAN.X 2 .CAN.X 7
-F10 5A
7
LBN
-A13a.X
1
2
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
A
-R10
-L10 =K =K
=K
+K1
-A13b.X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+K4 +K4
13
14
-A11.X1
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
7
GND
-A11.X1.8 -A21.X1 -A21.X1
C X1 8 X1 7 X1 13 X1 14 C
F.11 A11.CAN_Low =K A11.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
-A4.X45
11
A +K4 A A A
+K4 +K4 +K4

CAN_High
-A11 CAN_Low -A11 -A21 CAN1_Low INPUT -A21 CAN1_High INPUT

/65.E4 CAN_Low /112.D4 CAN_High /66.C2 CAN1_Low /66.C2 CAN1_High
GNWH 0.23
GN 0.23
OGWH 0.23
OG 0.23
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

WH 1Q
HAUPT-TASTATUR MAIN-KEY BOARD HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE

HAUPT-TASTATUR HAUPT-TASTATUR HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE

CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/65.D4 CAN_Low /65.D4 CAN_High /66.C2 CAN1_Low OUT /66.C2 CAN1_High OUT
-A11 CAN_Low -A11 CAN_High CAN1_Low OUT CAN1_High OUT
+K4 A +K4 A A A
A11.CAN_Low A11.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
SY332
-W156.WL0013:SH1
D X1 4 X1 3 X1 16 X1 17 D
-A11.X1 -A11.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1
16
17
-LAN3.X
+K4 +K4
=K =K
forbidden.
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
=K
+K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
-A19.X1 -A19.X1 -A19.X1 -A19.X1

X1 8 X1 7 X1 4 X1 3
A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
E -A19 CAN_Low -A19 CAN_High -A19 CAN_Low -A19 CAN_High E
/68.D4 CAN_Low /68.D4 CAN_High /68.C4 CAN_Low /68.C4 CAN_High

CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OPTIONS TASTATUR OPTIONS TASTATUR OPTIONS TASTATUR OPTIONS TASTATUR
-A19.X2
8
3
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
LAN 3
+K2
F
-XMSP6c 8
F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER SIDE: 79 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-A4
=K
+K2
Kl. 15
1169 00090 01 00 003
Kl. 30
E
93011361_003
E
93011361
B -F70 3A -F26 10A B

VT RD
A A
-R97 -R26
-L97 -L26
GND GND
-A4.X43 -A4.X40
12
9
-XMSP6.27 1 +K2 +K2
C +K2 =K =K C
=K
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
D D
-A9.X -A9.X -A9.X

forbidden.
1/5 2/5 3/5

1 2 3
=K =K =K
+K4 +K4 +K4
-A9 GND -A9 Vcc Kl. 15 -A9 Vcc Kl. 30
/80.F3 /80.F3 /80.F3
CAN-IMMOBILISER CAN-IMMOBILISER CAN-IMMOBILISER
E E
=K 10663904
+K4
Modul Nr.:
-A9 Modulname: CAN-IMMOBILISER
ADRESS SHEET EA ᔠ 1 ᔠ 2 PLUG Pin
/80.E3 GND MASSE A9.X 1
/80.E4 Vcc Kl. 15 KLEMME 15 A9.X 2
/80.E5 Vcc Kl. 30 KLEMME 30 A9.X 3
/79.A3 CAN LOW CAN BUS A9.X 4
/79.A5 CAN HIGH CAN BUS A9.X 5
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER SIDE: 80 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
=K
+K2
-A4
-F10
=K
-A50.X3a
+K2
WH 1Q 11 Kl. 15
/37.E1
8
A
E
1 BK 1Q
ab:
5A
2
LBN
GND
bis: 0
2
2
=K
1
2
6
+K2
=K
-A4.X45
+K2
-LAN2
-R10
-L10
-XMSP6c
TXD-
RXD-
TXD+
RXD+
1
=K
-KL.15
+K2
OG 0.23
OGWH 0.23
GN 0.23
GNWH 0.23
3
3
=K
+K2
-A50
=K
-A4
=K
=K
=K
2
+K2
+K2
=K3
+K2
6
+K2
1
+K2.RH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B
Y-CON
=K
-XMSP6
+K2
=K
GY
2A
=K
-A50.X3
-F10a
+K2
+K2..RH
2
BK 1.5Q
Y-CON
RJ45 Koppler
1
1
-A50 RJ45 2 WH 1.5Q WH 6Q
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B
1
2
B
A
+K2
TXD-
6 RXD-
TXD+
RXD+
-A50.X2
-A50.X2
4
4
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
OG 0.23
OGWH 0.23
GNWH 0.23
RD 0.23
BK 0.23
=H
+H
-B50.X1
-B50
+H
=H
5
5
TX+
A
RX+
X1 A B
B
GND
C
INPUT
TX-
D
ETHERNET
RX-
E
+28V
C D E F
RX+
A
TX+
X2 A B
B
GND
C
OUTLET
6
6
RX-
ETHERNET
D
TX-
CAMERA
E
KAMERA
+28V
C D E F
ETHERNET
F
-B50.X2
=H
+H
BK
RD
GN
OGWH
GNWH
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
7
7
+28V
TX-
RX-
KAMERA
ETHERNET
GND
OUTLET
ETHERNET
TX+
RX+
F E D C B A X2
SIDE:
DATE:
=K
+K
-B51.X1
+28V
F
RX-
E
TX-
D
81
INPUT
GND
C
ETHERNET
RX+
B
8
8
TX+
A
F E D C B A X1
+K
=K
-B51
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
3
3
MONITOR
-OLE29 Verb.
-OLE28 Verb.
1
1
4
4
=K
-A4
+K2
OG
BISCHOFSHOFEN
WH
LIEBHERR
-F73
PK
RD Kl. 15
1
ELECTRONICS
E
BN
+K2
3A
VT
BK
GND
+K2
-A4.X41.6
-R82
-L98
5
5
-XMSP6.21
REAR AREA MONITORING
CAMERA
6
6
REAR AREA MONITORING ÜBER MONITOR AND CAMERA
REAR AREA MONITORING

ÜBER MONITOR AND CAMERA
7
7
SIDE:
DATE:
82
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
-S15
+H5
-XMSP4.1a
+M
=M
1/1
=K
ab:
+K2
-A4
BK 70Q
bis: 0
2
2
2
1
BK 70Q
+H
-XMSP4.1
Kl. 30
Kl. 15
-G1
+B
1
100A
-F01
+H5
-Kl.30.X
-X4.B
-X4.S
+K6
RD 25Q RD 25Q
-K01
-
+
2
1 1
1
-Kl.15.X
87
30
1 +K6
-X4.B
-X4.S
1
BK 25Q BK 25Q
2 2
85
86
RD 25Q
=K
3
3
+K2
-G2
+1
1 -XMSP6.2
BK 70Q
-V1
-XMSP12
BK 25Q
-
+*
-XMSP4.3
+H5
GND
-F29
1
-XMSP1
+H2
A
E
-V2
BK 25Q
MP
WH
25A
BK 70Q
GND
RD 70Q
-M1
+M
-R29
-L29
4
4
1 -XMSP4.2
+H5
RD 50Q
BK 25Q
M
1
31
1/1
+M
=M
BISCHOFSHOFEN
50
+H5
-F03
200A
LIEBHERR
30-M1.30
1
2
RD 25Q
+H
-F02
100A
5
5
+H2
1
2
6
-XMSP1c
-G3
+M
RD 25Q
RD 6Q
3
RD
10A
-F07
+H5
=H
W
z
BK 2.5Q
EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V
B+
2
1
B-
D+
6
6
BK 70Q
RD 70Q
EXTERNAL STARTING CABLE 24V
7
7
-X80
+H
+H
-X80.X2
=H
-
KL.31
-X80.X1
1/1
+
KL.30
SIDE:
DATE:
83
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
WH 1Q
/26.C7
=K
-XMSP6.y
+K2
BK 1Q
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
=K
-A4
+K2
=K
-F23
+K"
WH 1Q 1 Kl. 15
E
=K
+K2
VI
3
3
3A
GND
-A4.X41
=K
+K2
3
2
1
-X200
4
4
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
5
5
6
6
REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR
7
7
SIDE:
DATE:
84
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
ab:
bis: 0
2
2
1
=K
-Kl.30.Xa
+K2
=K
3
3
-A4
RD 6Q
20A
+K2.RH.
YE
-F208
1
2
0
=K
-A4
+K2
-K227
=K2
+K2:RH
4
4
RD 2.5Q
87a
=M
+M
-R10
-R10.X
+K
-X92.B
-X92.S
WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q
87
30
1
1 1 1
-F14
BISCHOFSHOFEN
85
86
-X91.B
LIEBHERR
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q 1 Kl. 15
2
E
2 2 2 1
-X91.S 1/1
1
+K2
RD
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
10A
GND
3
-A4.X44
3 3 3
2
=K
+K
BK 2.5Q BK 2.5Q
T ON +5° - 0°: OFF +10°

4
4 4 4
=K
+K
5
5
-XMSP6.19
-X91a.B
1
-X91a.S 1/1
WH 1.5Q
1.5Q WH
6
6
FUEL PREHEATING
-K228a
87a
30
87
*
86
85
BK 1.5Q
OPTION DBW 2010
7
7
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
SIDE:
DATE:
85
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F8 10A Kl. 58 A4.X57/4

PRESELECTOR CLOCK
-A4
A =K -A4 A
+K2 E
=K
E
120 min +K2
-F39 5A -F40 20A
BN YE
Verb. -OLE15
P
1169 00090 01 00 003
A A
-R39 -R40
-L39 -L40
93011361_003
-X4
1
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
+K4
1
93011361
GND GND
B B
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
RD 1Q
=K+K4-X4:1
-A4.X41
4
-A4.X41
7
RD 1Q =K+K4-X4:11 1 Verb. -OLE14 =K =K
WH 2Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
+K2 +K2
-XMSP6.16 2 -XMSP6.16 3
C C
RD,RD 2.5Q,2.5Q RD 2.5Q =K+K2-A4.X52:7 1 Verb. -OLE16

-A4.X52 -A4.X52
8
-XMSP6.16 4 BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q

Kl. 30 +K2
-A4
BK 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
=K
E
+K2
X2/1
85 87 87a
D -F42 10A -M15.X D
=B+B2-OLE22:1
RD WH 2.5Q
1
-V46 -K243 +
forbidden.
A +B2 M
-R42 -B.X6 +H1
4
3
5
6
1
86 30
-M15
-L42
WH 2.5Q
0 -
1
-A.X1
DBW 2010
+B2
2
-M15.X
-OLE17 Verb.
2
GND
2 BK 1.5Q
1 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
-A4.X41 -A4.X52
12
+K2
-C.X1
E E
1 OR =K+K2-OLE17:1
-OLE22 Verb. 1
NOZZLE STICK PREHEATER SIGNAL fix =K
WITH CABLE (OR )CONNECT! +K4
+B2
-X5
-A21.X1
4
-OLE18 Verb. 1 =B+B2-X5:1 RD 1.5Q X1 4
BK 1.5Q 1 A21.PME
=K
WH 1.5Q 2 +K4
3 -A21 AUXILIARY HEATER
BK 1.5Q /46.B2 AUXILIARY HEATER
-X223.B
4 CAN:
+K2
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q PLUG CONNECTION

+K2 BK 1.5Q 1 FUEL PREHEATING
F -XMSP6.16 1 2 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR AUXILIARY HEATER DBW 2010 SIDE: 86 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
/113.B2
+K4
-A21
+K4
-X9
WH 2Q
CAN:
-A21.X1
WH 1Q 1
X1 4
4 2
A21.PME
1
BK 1Q
AUXILIARY HEATER
AUXILIARY HEATER
P
+K
=K
120 min
WH 1Q
-XMSP6.15
ab:
8
bis: 0
2
2
RD 1Q
2
BK 1Q 11
12
PRESELECTOR CLOCK
+K
=K
-XMSP6.15
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
3
3
WH 1Q
WH 2Q
RD 1Q
4
4
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
=K
-A4
+K2
-F39
4
E
5
5
Kl. 30
+K2
5A
BN
GND
-A4.X41
-R39
-L39
+K
=K
-X8.ST2
+B2
=B
-X90.B
-X90.S
1 1 1
3 2 2
4 3 3
6
6
=K
+K
-XMSP6.15
Kl.58 F8 10A Kl. 58 A4.X57/4

/22.E7
3
9 4 4
THERMO 90 ST
12 5 5
AUXILIARY HEATER THERMO 90 ST
7
7
RD 2.5Q
=K
-A4
+K2
SIDE:
DATE:
-F40
7
E
A
Kl. 30
+K2
YE
87
20A
GND
-A4.X41
8
8
-R40
-L40
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTION ELECTRICAL SOCKET EXTERNAL OPTION GEROTOR STEERING

OUTPUT-MODULE 2
OPTION KEY-OPERATED SWITCH
-30.Xc
A CAN: INPUT MODULE 3 A
1
PWM-AUSGANG15 (Bank4) CAN:
-A17b1 GEROTOR STEERING /102.D1 UNIVERSAL INPUT 6
+H3 QWadGerotorOn -A16c KEY-OPERATED SWITCH
A17b.PWM15 +H3 IWadKeySwitch
RD 6Q
X1 24 =H A16c.UI6
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A17b1.X1 X1 19
24
-A16c.X1
19
+H3
93011361_003
=H
93011361
B 1 B
WH 1.5Q
+K2
WH 1Q
-F255
20A
YE 2
RD 2.5Q
C 22 14 C
=K
-Y63.JPT
1
+K4 0 1
1
-S56
+H3
-Y63
21 13
2
58
-Y63.JPT
2
=H
+H2
-X72
D D
WH 1Q
BK 1.5Q
54 31
forbidden.
BK 2.5Q
=H
+H3
34
E -A16c.X1 E
66
-A17b1.X1 X1 34
X1 66 =H A16c.24V
A17b.GND_PWM15 +H3
=K +H3 -A16c Vcc KEY-OPERATED SWITCH
+K2 -A17b1 GND GEROTOR STEERING /102.E1 SUPPLY 24V
-XMSP6.23 1 EARTH CAN:
CAN: INPUT MODULE 3
OUTPUT-MODULE 2
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GEROTOR STEERING ELECTRICAL SOCKET EXTERNAL SIDE: 88 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
-B12
+H3
1
1
-B12.X
-B12.X
-SPLICE.X8
+H4
WH 1.5Q 1.5Q
WHB12.1.13 /46.E8
2
1
2 1
H2
H1
WH 1.5Q
0
-E1
+B1
ab:
-H17
bis: 0
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
Kl.49.1
2
2
/28.E5
5
1
WH 1.5Q
-H20
-XMSP1b
2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
9
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aL.2
4*
/21.E6
-E6
H1
H3
H2
-H52
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
7
6
10
3
3
-XMSP1c
+H2
7
6
-H53
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
2
H3
H2
H1
3
-E7
1.5Q
WH Kl.58aR.2
*
/21.E6
4
BK 1.5Q
1
WH 1.5Q
-H21
5
1
4
4
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
Kl.49.3 /28.E7
-H18
0
-E5
+B2
WH 1.5Q
/98.F2
-SPLICE.X7
+H4
BISCHOFSHOFEN
WH 1.5Q
LIEBHERR
+K
=K
-A17b.X1
+H3
-X717.S
=H
+H3
-Splice.X12
=H
CAN:
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q 1

-15.Xf. 1
2
X1 37
37
=H
A17b.DO3
+H3
-A17b REVERSING LIGHT
DIGTAL OUTPUT 3
+H3 QBmaInfBackLight
OUTPUT-MODULE 2
5
5
-A17b.X1.37.
+H3
+H3
=H
=H
1.5Q
=K
=K
+K2
-X718.B
-X718.S
+K2
-X717.B
-X717.S
WH 1.5Q WH
3 3 1 1
WH 1.5Q
WH 6Q
6
6
=K
85
86
+K4
-A4.X52.
UP HECKTEIL
6
BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL
10A
=K
-F229
RD
+K2
87
30
WH 1.5Q 1 3 WH 1.5Q
1
=K
=K
87a
+K4
+K4
-A4.X52.
-A4.X52.
=K
0
+K2
-K228.
7
7
=K
=K
+K2
-X718.B
-X718.S
+K2
WH 1.5Q
2 2
SIDE:
DATE:
-H22a.
=H
+H1
=K
+K2
-XMSP1
=K
=K
+K2
-X718.B
-X718.S
+K2
-H22a..X2
=H
=H
+H1
-H22a..X1
+H1
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
89
M
1
1
1 1 1 1
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
-B12
+H3
1
1
-B12.X
-B12.X
-SPLICE.X8
+H4
WH 1.5Q 1.5Q
WHB12.1.13 /46.E8
2
1
2 1
H2
H1
WH 1.5Q
0
-E1
+B1
ab:
-H17
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
Kl.49.1
bis: 0
2
2
/28.E5
5
1
WH 1.5Q
-H20
-XMSP1b
2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
9
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aL.2
4*
/21.E6
-E6
H1
H3
H2
-H52
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
7
6
10
3
3
-XMSP1c
+H2
7
6
-H53
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
2
H3
H2
H1
3
-E7
1.5Q
WH Kl.58aR.2
*
/21.E6
4
BK 1.5Q
1
WH 1.5Q
-H21
5
1
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
Kl.49.3
4
4
/28.E7
-H18
0
-E5
+B2
WH 1.5Q
-SPLICE.X7
+H4
/98.F2
BISCHOFSHOFEN
WH 1.5Q
LIEBHERR
-A17b.X1
-A17b.X1.37.S
CAN:
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q

X1 37
37
+H
=H
A17b.DO3
-A17b REVERSING LIGHT
DIGTAL OUTPUT 3
+H3 QBmaInfBackLight
=H
OUTPUT-MODULE 2
5
5
+H
-Splice.X300
-A17b.X1.37.B
-E300
0
ws br gn ge
WH 1.5Q
=K
=K
+K
-XMSP6.30
2 3
+K6
86
85
1
1
3
-X306.B
-X306.S
2
+K2.RH
-E300.X WH 1.5Q BK 1.5Q

1
+H WH 1Q C C
3A
-F300
+K2
VI
BK 1Q
87
30
WH 1Q WH 6Q
1
WH 1Q
*
87a
6
6
=K
0
+K2
-K300
RFWE OPTICAL
=H
+H
FLASHING WARNING LIGHT
-E301
+K2
0
ws br gn ge
-KL.15.Xj
WH 1Q
1 2 3
1
3
-E301.X
-S300
+K2
+H
-Splice.X301
7
7
WH 1Q
2 1 0
-S300.X1
=K
+K
-XMSP6.30
+K6
-X306.B
-X306.S
-Splice.X302
BK 1Q BK 1Q BK 1Q
1
A A 1
-S300.X1
-Splice.X303
WH 1Q WH 1Q WH 1Q WH 1Q
3
5
B B 3 5
*
=H BK 1Q WH 1Q
SIDE:
DATE:
9
+H 10 9
10
+K
=K
-E302
0
-S300.X2
-S300.X2
ws br gn ge
90
-XMSP6.30
8
8
1 2 3
1
3
-E302.X WH 1Q
+H
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
=K
+K2
-A4
/83.F3
>-A9
+K
=K
>-F70
2/5
>-A9.X
WH 1Q 12 Kl. 15
2
A
E
=K
+K2
3A
VT
Vcc Kl. 15
GND
>-A4.X43
CAN-WEGFAHRSPERRE
12
>-R97
>-L97
ab:
+K2
bis: 0
2
2
-A4.X43/12
3
3
WH 1.5Q
=V
-X277
+V1
54
58
31
HELLA
LBH ID 6200003
8JB 001 9333-001
4
4
-S277
+K4
0 1
=V
-X277
+V1
-S277.X1
BISCHOFSHOFEN
LIEBHERR
-S277.X1
5
WH 1.5Q 5
1
1
54
9
10 9
10
58
31
-S277.X2
-S277.X2
=K
-XMSP6.32
+K2
5
5
BK 1.5Q
1
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q =K+K4-S277.X2:10
=K+K4-S277.X2:9
1
1
6
6
SWEEPER OPERATION
Verb. -OLE 277.2
Verb. -OLE.277.1
7
7
SIDE:
DATE:
>-E200
+K4
=K
+K2
-A4
>-XMSP6a
+K2
>-E200.X
>-E200.X
BK 1.5Q
9
2
1
10 9
*
91
>-F22
8
8
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q WH 1.5Q 5

A
E
Kl. 15
RD
10A
GND
>-X1.B
>-X1.S
=K
BREMSLICHT /25.D1 B12.1.13 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q

20 20
>-A4.X44
>-R22
>-L22
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CAN: CAN:
/54.C1 /54.C1
CAN HIGH 1 -A15 CAN LOW 1 -A15
A +K2 A +K2
A =K =K A
A15.CAN1H A15.CAN1L
5 .CAN.X 4 .CAN.X
4
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
=K X
39
38
1169 00090 01 00 003
-X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B
39
38
93011361_003
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
93011361
B B
58
44
-A17a.X1.44.58 -A17a.X1.44.58 =K
2
+H +H +K2
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
-KL.15.Xh
1
-A25.X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
+K1 X1 4 X1 58
WH 6Q
=K A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High
+H3 D +H3
-A17a CAN LOW -A17a CAN HIGH +V1 +V1
/59.C5 CAN LOW /59.D5 CAN HIGH -A23.X2 -A23.X2
8
CAN: CAN: X2 7 X2 8 -A4
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 A23.CAN_H1 A23.CAN_L1
C =V =V =K C
OUTPUT MODULE 1 OUTPUT MODULE 1 A A
+V1 +V1 +K2.RH
CAN: CAN: CAN HIGH 1 CAN LOW 1
-A23 -A23
/59.C5 CAN LOW /59.D5 CAN HIGH CAN HIGH 1 CAN LOW 1
-A17a CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A17a CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE
CAN: CAN: 1
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
+H3 D +H3
LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM
A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High
BU
BU
RD
RD
RD
BK
LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM -F28a

X1 43 X1 57
CAN: CAN: HB
43
57
CAN HIGH 2 CAN LOW 2 7,5A 2 1 -XMSP6.
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
-A23 CAN HIGH 2 -A23 CAN LOW 2 * +K
+V1 A +V1 A =K
=V A23.CAN_H2 =V A23.CAN_L2
44
58
-A16a.X1 -A16a.X1 X2 5 X2 6
D D
-A23.X2 -A23.X2
6
X1 44 X1 58
A16a.CAN_Low A16a.CAN_High +V1 +V1
+H3 D +H3
forbidden.
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
-A16a CAN LOW -A16a CAN HIGH
/55.C5 CAN LOW /55.D5 CAN HIGH
CAN: CAN:
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=K +H +H
+K CAN BUS 1 -A17a.X1.58 -A17a.X1.44
1
2 -XMSP6.
=V =V
+V1 +V1
-A23.X2 -A23.X2
2
1
E E
X2 1 X2 2
=V A23.+UB =V A23.GND
+V1 A +V1 A
-A15.COM1.X -A15.COM1.X -A15.COM1.X -A15.COM1.X -A15.COM1.X
2
4
3
-A23 Vcc pBase -A23 EARTH pBase

.COM1.X 2 .COM1.X 3 .COM1.X 4 .COM1.X 5 .COM1.X 1 Vcc pBase EARTH pBase
=K A15.RXD =K A15.TXD =K A15.DTR =K A15.GND =K A15.DCD CAN: CAN:
+K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM
-A15 Receive (RXD) -A15 Transmit (TXD) -A15 Data Derminal Read -A15 SIGNAL Ground (S- -A15 Data Carrier Detec
/99.D1 /99.D1 /99.D1 /99.D1 /99.C1
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE MASTER MODULE
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR WEIGHING DEVICE LIEBHERR SIDE: 92 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM
CAN: CAN:
A Vcc SENSOR 1 Vcc SENSOR 2 A
-A23 Vcc SENSOR 1 -A23 Vcc SENSOR 2
+V1 A +V1 A
=V A23.V+ =V A23.V+
X1 5 X1 8
-A23.X1 -A23.X1
5
8
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
DIAGNOSSE
-A24.X -X61
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
+K1 +K1
BU 1.5Q
=K =K
C C
WH 0.75Q
RD 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BN BN
+ + +K
=V =V -R121 1
120 Ohm
BN BN
+V +V
-B51 -B52
-Splice.X44 BU 0.5Q
BK BU BK BU
2
- S - S -Splice.X41 BU 0.5Q
BK BU BK BU -Splice.X42 WH 0.75Q
RD 1.5Q -Splice.X43 RD 0.5Q
-Splice.X40 RD 0.5Q
D D
forbidden.
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
E E
10
12
11
-A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1 -A23.X1
4
2
6
X1 4 X1 6 X1 7 X1 9 X1 1 X1 11 X1 10 X1 2 X1 12
=V A23.GND =V A23.N1 =V A23.N2 =V A23.GND =V A23.VOUT+ =V A23.CAN_H =V A23.+UB =V A23.VOUT- =V A23.CAN_L
+V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A +V1 A
-A23 GND SENSOR 1 -A23 SIGNAL SENSOR 1 -A23 GND SENSOR 2 -A23 SIGNAL SENSOR 2 -A23 Vcc pMini -A23 CAN_High pMini -A23 Vcc DIAGNOSIS -A23 GND pMini/DIAGNOSIS -A23 CAN_Low pMini
GND SENSOR 1 SIGNAL SENSOR 1 GND SENSOR 2 SIGNAL SENSOR 2 SUPPLY Eichdisplay CAN_High pMini Vcc pMini EARTH Eichdisplay/&#292 CAN_Low pMini
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM LH WIEGESYSTEM
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
A23.X2 A23.X1
C C
=V
+V1
-A23
Phys. Addr. TYP BLATT BESCHREIBUNG STECKER PIN

A23.VOUT+ A Vcc pMini SUPPLY Eichdisplay X1 1

A23.VOUT- A GND pMini/DIAGNOSIS EARTH Eichdisplay/&#292 X1 2
A23.n.c. A RESERVE RESERVE X1 3
A23.GND A GND SENSOR 1 GND SENSOR 1 X1 4
D A23.V+ A Vcc SENSOR 1 Vcc SENSOR 1 X1 5 D

A23.N1 A SIGNAL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL SENSOR 1 X1 6
forbidden.
A23.N2 A GND SENSOR 2 GND SENSOR 2 X1 7

A23.V+ A Vcc SENSOR 2 Vcc SENSOR 2 X1 8
A23.GND A SIGNAL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL SENSOR 2 X1 9
A23.+UB A Vcc DIAGNOSIS Vcc pMini X1 10
A23.CAN_H A CAN_High pMini CAN_High pMini X1 11

A23.CAN_L A CAN_Low pMini CAN_Low pMini X1 12
E E
A23.+UB A Vcc pBase Vcc pBase X2 1

A23.GND A EARTH pBase EARTH pBase X2 2
A23.n.c. A RESERVE RESERVE X2 3

A23.CAN_RES A CAN END CAN END X2 4
A23.CAN_H2 A CAN HIGH 2 CAN HIGH 2 X2 5
A23.CAN_L2 A CAN LOW 2 CAN LOW 2 X2 6
A23.CAN_H1 A CAN HIGH 1 CAN HIGH 1 X2 7
A23.CAN_L1 A CAN LOW 1 CAN LOW 1 X2 8
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
WH 2.5Q
+K6
1
WH 2.5Q
A -X1.S A
8
-X1.B
1
WH 2.5Q
10 5 6 8 9 +K2
-30.xf -30.xe OUTPUT MODULE 1
58 15 15 50a 50a CAN:
1 1
+K4 P 0 12 /93.C1 PWM-OUTLET 1 (Bank1)
RD 6Q
RD 6Q
-S1 -A17a PARKING BRAKE
+H3
1169 00090 01 00 003
24
A17a.PWM1
30 30 -A16a.X1 X1 4
=K X1 24
1 2 -A17a.X1
4
WH 1.5Q
93011361_003
-S1.X2 -S1.X3 +K2.RH A16a.UI15
1
1 1
+H3
93011361
-A16a CLAMP 50a

B B
+K2 -F212a -F212 /89.E2 UNIVERSAL INPUT 15
3
-A4.X56 -S.4 -A4.X57.3.Ba -T.3 -A4.X57 10A 10A CAN:
RD
Verb. -A4.X57.3.S
X57.3 2 RD 2 INPUT MODULE 1
1
-A4 -Kl.15.X -Y10.JPT
=K 1 -Y10.JPT.S
1
+K2 E
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
Kl. 15
-F29 25A
30 86 WH
1
-V1
-K01 A
5
1
-R29 +H4 0 1 11 43 21
=H+H4-S223.X:3
C -S223 C
87 85
-L29 12 44 22
6
Kl. 30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=H
GND +H
-Splice.X15 WH 1.5Q
-Kl.30.X 1 GND -V2
-XMSP12
1 WH 1.5Q
=K
BK,BK 25Q,25Q
MP
*
RD 25Q
BK 25Q
2 4 -H41.X1 -V110.X1
1
+ 1 +K6
+K2 3
-Y10.JPT.B
1
-H41
BK 25Q
BK 25Q
-S223a -
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6 1
D 0 -V110 -Y10 D
-H41.X2
1
1
+K2
BK 1.5Q
+K2 +K2 +H2 * +H5 1 3
0
-V110.X2 1/1 2
-XMSP6.2 11 -XMSP6.1 -XMSP1 1 -XMSP4.2 1
forbidden.
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1 -Y10.JPT.B
2
+H5 +K2 +K6
-F01 -XMSP13 1
BK 1.5Q
100A
=H+H5-S223a:1
2
1
1
1 -XMSP4.1 =H
BK 70Q
+H RD 25Q
+H5
2
-B16a -Y10.JPT.S
-Y10.JPT
2
+ +*
E 2 E
+B +B1
1
1.5Q
BK 1.5Q 2
-G1 -G2 -A4.X57.3.Sa Verb.
1
BK
46
+H5
-S15 - -
-A17a.X1
X1 46
1 -XMSP5 A17a.GND_PWM1
2
+H3
-A17a GND PARKING BRAKE
RD 70Q /93.C5 EARTH
BK 70Q -A4.X57.3.B CAN:
+K2 OUTPUT MODULE 1
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR STEEL MILL OPERATION SIDE: 95 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
+K2
=K
-A4
1
1
=K
+K4
/102.D3
>-V59
>-M3
+K2
GND
85
86
>-A18.X1
CAN:
ws-bl 12 WH 1.5Q
4
12
X1 12
31b
=K
>
A18.PWM3
-K.12
-K.1
=K
>-A4.X49
30
>-M3.X
bl
>-A4.X49
ELEKTRIKTASTATUR
>-XMSP6a
+K2
>-M3.X
sw
3
BK 1.5Q 3 1
53
87 87a
2
=K
+K4
AUSGANG A3 /102.D3
7
2
31
M
* >-M3.X
>-K8
sw-bl
>-A18.X2
CAN:
1
1 WH 1.5Q
53a
ab:
A
X2 1
bis: 0
2
2
A18.PWM4
>-F18
AUSGANG A4
-E.7
>-A4.X44
WH 1.5Q
>-A18 SCHEIBENWISCHER >-A18 WASCHPUMPE HINTEN
Kl.15
A
E
7
ELEKTRIKTASTATUR
*
RD
1 Verb. -OLE.20
10A
GND
=K+K2-A4.X53:11
0
>-M9
+K4
>-R18
>-L18
>-XMSP6a
+K2
>-M9.X
>-M9.X
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
-
+
1
2
2 1
3
3
WH 1.5Q
=K
+K2
+K
=K
-F41
11 Kl. 30
E
=K
+K2
WS
20A
GND
-A4.X41
-R41
-L41
4
4
RD 2.5Q
=K
+K2
BISCHOFSHOFEN
=K
-K209
+K2
LIEBHERR
87a
=K
-A4.X53
+K2
9
7
87
30
=K
+K2
-A4.X53
=K
-A4.X53
+K2
11
5
5
85
86
GND
WH 2.5Q
6
6
BK 2.5Q
+K.
=K.
DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM

-XMSP6
7
7
SIDE:
DATE:
96
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RD 2.5Q RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K =K
BK 2.5Q
A >-T1.X A
1
-C.7 -O.5 +K2
-S.9
OUTPUT MODUL 1 =K >-A4.X42 >-A4.X53 >-A4.X56 4 1
9
7
+ -
CAN: +K2.RH
> 24V
/98.C1 PWM-Ausgang1 (Bank1) +K2
>-A17a FESTSTELLBREMSE VI 2 -A4 -A4 -A4
3A =K =K =K >-T1 +K2
+H3 A 12V
Kl. 30
-F263 +K2 +K2 0 4 >-XMSP6a
A17a.PWM1 +K2 + - + -
+K2 3 2 6 5
1169 00090 01 00 003
X1 4 E E
=K >-T1.X
2
>-A17a.X1 1
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
4 30 86 X X
93011361_003
>-F30 15A >-F75 10A

-A17a.X1b BU RD
WH 1.5Q
>-K12
93011361
WH 1.5Q
B A 0 >-V3
A B
/21.B8
>-R30 F8 - Kl.58 87a 87 85 >-R75
WH 1.5Q
>-L30 > >-L75

+H3
-Splice.X10b GND GND
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H3 +H3
2
1
>-A4.X55 >-A4.X53 >-A4.X56
6
-X 58.S -X 58.S
7
-R.6 * -O.3 -S.7
+K2
C -X58.B C
2
+H3 WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
>-Y10.JPT
1
BK 1.5Q
+K6 1
>-Y10
0 =K
2
+K2.RH *
>-Y10.JPT
-H40c.X3
2
WH 1.5Q
86 87 87a 86 87 87a
-H40c.X1
1
0 0
* +
3 +K
-K263 -K263a -H40c
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1
+K2 +K2 -
D 85 30 85 30
0 D
=K =K
24V 12V
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
BK 0.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
>-X70.X1 >-X70.X2
1
-S263.X
1
1 -X70.X1.S 1/11/1 -X70.X2.S

BK 1.5Q
+K
+K =K
E * E
-S263
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
46
>-A17a.X1
X1 46 2
-S263.X
2
A17a.GND_PWM1
D * =K
+H3 =K +K
>-A17a MASSE FESTSTELLBREMSE
+K2 -X70.X1.B -X70.X2.B
1
1
/98.C5 MASSE
-XMSP6i 1
BK 0.5Q
CAN: +K5 1 2
OUTPUT MODUL 1 >-X70 + -
STECKDOSE 12V
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR SITZGURTSCHALTER SIDE: 97 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
93011361_003
TYPE:
1
1
+H
=H
-S501
3
2
=K
-F500
+K2
4
-X500.S
-X500.B
-S501.X
-S501.X
RD 1.5Q RD 1.5Q 1 RD 6Q
2
4 1 1 1 1
=K
-X_Kl.30
+K2
7,5A
WH 1.5Q
ab:
-S500
+H2
=H
bis: 0
2
2
0/1
=K
-K500
+K2
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OFF

2
87a
-X500.S
-X500.B
-S500.X
-S500.X
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
2 1 3 3
87
30
2 -X500
WH 1.5Q
85
86
BK 1.5Q
LEVEL SWITCH TANK

=K
1 -MP12
+K2
3
3
WH 1.5Q
-X500.B
-X500.S
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
5 5
-S502
+H
=H
4
4
1
2
-S502.X
-S502.X
3,9 OHM
1 2
3
+K
BISCHOFSHOFEN
2,4 KOHM
LIEBHERR
BK 1.5Q
RD 6Q
4 6 6
WH 1.5Q
3
=K
-MP12
+K2
BK 1.5Q
4
REFUELLING PUMP
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH ON
5
5
WH 1.5Q
6
6
REFUELLING PUMP
=K
+K
+K
=K
-X500.S
-X500.B
WH 1.5Q
4 4
+H
=H
-M500.X
=K
+K2
-K501
=K
+K2
-F501
-X501.S
-X501.B
1
1 WH 2.5Q 1 1 WH 2.5Q RD 2.5Q
1
87
30
7
7
2
M 2 BK 2.5Q 2 2 BK 1.5Q
30A
86
85
=K
2 -MP12
+K2
+H
=H
BK 2.5Q
-M500
-MP12
SIDE:
DATE:
=K
+K2
3
98
8
8
08.05.2014 08:25
120
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
PME - MASTER GENERAL OUTLAY ON- AND OUTLETS

1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
=K -A15 Modul Nr.:

+K2 Modulname: PME_MASTER
93011361
B B
Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin
0 1
A15.GND /45.E3 EARTH 0 1 A15.DCD Data Carrier Detec
0 2
A15.DIGIN0 /45.E7 Kl. 15 0 2 A15.RXD Receive (RXD)
0 3
A15.DIGIN1 DIGITAL 1 0 3 A15.TXD Transmit (TXD)
0 4
A15.DIGIN2 DIGITAL 2 0 4 A15.DTR Data Derminal Read
0 5
A15.Shield /45.E4 HOUSING MASTER 0 5 A15.GND SIGNAL Ground (S-
A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 6
A15.VBat /45.E6 Kl. 30 0 6
A15.RTS Request to send (R 0 7
A15.CAN4L CAN LOW 4 0 1 8
A15.CTS Clear to send (CTS 0
A15.CAN3L /37.B6 CAN LOW 3 0 2 NOT USED 9
A15.n.c. 0
A15.CAN2L /39.C3 CAN LOW 2 0 3
C 0 4 A15.TXD + Transmit Data + 0 1 C
A15.CAN1L /38.A5 CAN LOW 1 Transmit Data -
0 5 A15.TXD - 0 2
A15.CAN1H /38.A5 CAN HIGH 1 Receive Data +
A15.RXD + 0 3
A15.CAN2H /39.C4 CAN HIGH 2 0 6

NOT USED
0 7 A15.n.c. 0 4
A15.CAN3H /37.B7 CAN HIGH 3 A15.n.c. NOT USED
0 8 0 5
A15.CAN4H CAN HIGH 4 A15.RXD - Receive Data - 0 6

A15.DCD /92.F4 Data Carrier Detec 0 1 A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 7
A15.RXD /92.F1 Receive (RXD) 0 2 A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 8

A15.TXD /92.F2 Transmit (TXD) 0 3 Transmit Data +
A15.TXD + 0 1
A15.DTR /92.F3 Data Derminal Read 0 4 Transmit Data -
A15.TXD - 0 2
A15.GND /92.F3 SIGNAL Ground (S- 0 5 Receive Data +
A15.RXD + 0 3
A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 6 NOT USED
A15.n.c. 0 4
D A15.CTS Clear to send (CTS 0 8 D
A15.RXD - Receive Data - 0 6
A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 9 NOT USED
A15.n.c. 0 7
A15.DCD /72.A4 Data Carrier Detec 0 1 NOT USED
A15.n.c. 0 8
forbidden.
A15.RXD /72.A5 Receive (RXD) 0 2

A15.TXD /72.A5 Transmit (TXD) 0 3 Transmit Data + 0 1
A15.TXD +
A15.DTR /72.A3 Data Terminal Read 0 4 Transmit Data - 0 2
A15.TXD -
A15.GND /72.A6 SIGNAL Ground (S- 0 5 Receive Data + 0 3
A15.RXD +
A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 6 NOT USED 0 4
A15.n.c.
A15.RTS /72.A7 Request to send (R 0 7 NOT USED 0 5
A15.n.c.
A15.CTS /72.A8 Clear to send (CTS 0 8 0 6

A15.RXD - Receive Data -

A15.n.c. NOT USED 0 9 0 7

A15.n.c. NOT USED
A15.DCD Data Carrier Detec 0 1
E A15.RXD Receive (RXD) 0 2 E
A15.TXD Transmit (TXD) 0 3

A15.DTR Data Derminal Read 0 4
A15.GND SIGNAL Ground (S- 0 5
A15.CTS Clear to send (CTS 0 8
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY MASTER SIDE: 99 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
A16a
1169 00090 01 00 003
INPUT MODULE 1 ON- AND OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A16a Modul Nr.: B

+H3 Modulname: PME1_EINGANGSMODUL
A16a.24V RESERVE 0 1 A16a.24V /59.F7 Vcc HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP 0 41

A16a.24V_logic /41.E5 SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 2 A16a RESERVE 0 42
A16a.GND RESERVE 0 3 A16a.CAN_Low /38.E3 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A16a.UI1 /25.A2 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK 0 4 A16a.CAN_Low /38.E5 CAN LOW 0 44
A16a.UI2 /59.A7 HIGH PRESSURE TRAVEL PUMP 0 5 A16a.GND RESERVE 0 45
A16a.UI3 /25.A3 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP 0 6 A16a.RI1 /24.A6 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE 0 46
A16a.UI4 /24.A3 BRAKE ACCUMULATOR 0 7 A16a.RI1 /24.F6 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE 0 47
C C
A16a.UI9 /51.C1 CONTROL LEVER FORWARD 1 0 8 A16a.RI2 RESERVE 0 48
A16a.UI10 /51.C2 CONTROL LEVER BACKWARDS 1 0 9 A16a.RI2 RESERVE 0 49

A16a.UI11 /60.F4 LIFT KICK-OUT 0 10 A16a.5V RESERVE 0 50

A16a.UI12 /60.F3 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG 0 11 A16a.5V RESERVE 0 51

A16a.GND RESERVE 0 12 A16a.5V RESERVE 0 52
A16a RESERVE 0 13 A16a.5V RESERVE 0 53

A16a.24V RESERVE 0 14 A16a.GND RESERVE 0 54
A16a.24V RESERVE 0 15 A16a.FI1 /71.A7 rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 0 55
A16a.GND_logic /41.E6 SUPPLY EARTH 0 16 A16a.FI2 /71.A6 OUTPUT SPEED 0 56
A16a.GND RESERVE 0 17 A16a.CAN_High /38.E4 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57

D A16a.UI5 /60.A1 FLOAT POSITION 0 18 A16a.CAN_High /38.E5 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A16a.UI6 /55.B3 LFD 0 19 A16a.GND /25.F2 GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK 0 59
A16a.UI7 /71.A3 HIGH PRESSURE 2 TRAVEL PUMP 0 20 A16a.GND /25.F3 GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP 0 60
forbidden.
A16a.UI8 /57.A2 INCH PEDAL 0 21 A16a.GND /24.F2 GND BRAKE ACCUMULATOR 0 61

A16a.UI13 /24.A5 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE 0 22 A16a.GND RESERVE 0 62
A16a.UI14 /24.A2 TANK PIPE SENSOR 0 23 A16a.GND /57.F2 GND INCH PEDAL 0 63
A16a.UI15 /22.B6 CLAMP 50a 0 24 A16a.GND /60.E5 GND LIFT KICK-OUT 0 64
A16a.UI16 /57.A6 SPEED-PEDAL 0 25 A16a.GND /24.F1 GND TANK PIPE SENSOR 0 65

A16a.GND RESERVE 0 26 A16a.GND /60.E3 GND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG 0 66

A16a RESERVE 0 27 A16a.GND /57.F6 GND SPEED-PEDAL 0 67

A16a.24V /71.F3 HIGH PRESSURE 2 TRAVEL PUMP 0 28 A16a.GND RESERVE 0 68
A16a.CAN_Res CAN END > PIN 43 0 29 A16a.GND_FI1 /71.F7 GND rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 0 69
E E
A16a.24V /41.E7 V-Batt 24V 0 30 A16a.GND_FI2 /71.F6 GND OUTPUT SPEED 0 70

A16a.GND /41.E8 SUPPLY EARTH 0 31
A16a.24V /24.F3 Vcc BRAKE ACCUMULATOR 0 32
A16a.24V /25.E3 Vcc EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK 0 33

A16a.24V /25.E4 Vcc EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP 0 34
A16a.24V /57.A1 Vcc INCH PEDAL 0 35
A16a.24V /60.A3 Vcc BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG 0 36
A16a.24V /24.A1 Vcc TANK PIPE SENSOR 0 37
A16a.24V /60.A4 Vcc LIFT KICK-OUT 0 38
A16a.24V /57.A5 Vcc SPEED-PEDAL 0 39
F A16a.GND RESERVE 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY INPUT MODULE 1 SIDE: 100 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
A16b CAB
1169 00090 01 00 003
INPUT MODULE 2 ; ON- AND OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A16b Modul Nr.: B

+K2 Modulname: PME1_EINGANGSMODUL
A16b.24V RESERVE 0 1 A16b.24V RESERVE 0 41

A16b.24V_logic /41.E1 SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 2 A16b RESERVE 0 42
A16b.GND RESERVE 0 3 A16b.CAN_Low /39.B5 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A16b.UI1 RESERVE 0 4 A16b.CAN_Low /39.B3 CAN LOW 0 44
A16b.UI2 /26.A7 HIGH BEAM 0 5 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 45
A16b.UI3 /28.A8 INDICATOR SIGNAL 0 6 A16b.RI1 RESERVE 0 46
A16b.UI4 PRESSURE COUPLING 2+1 0 7 A16b.RI1 RESERVE 0 47
C C
A16b.UI9 /51.C6 CONTROL LEVER OPTION 0 8 A16b.RI2 RESERVE 0 48
A16b.UI10 /51.C6 CONTROL LEVER OPTION 0 9 A16b.RI2 RESERVE 0 49

A16b.UI11 /51.C8 CONTROL LEVER OPTION 0 10 A16b.5V RESERVE 0 50

A16b.UI12 /55.B5 BUZZER 0 11 A16b.5V RESERVE 0 51

A16b.GND RESERVE 0 12 A16b.5V RESERVE 0 52
A16b RESERVE 0 13 A16b.5V RESERVE 0 53

A16b.24V RESERVE 0 14 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 54
A16b.24V RESERVE 0 15 A16b.FI1 /71.A8 rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 0 55
A16b.GND_logic /41.E2 GND LOGICAL PART 0 16 A16b.FI2 /74.F7 DISTRIBUTOR 0 56
A16b.GND RESERVE 0 17 A16b.CAN_High /39.B6 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57

D A16b.UI5 /51.C3 CONTROL LEVER FORWARD 0 18 A16b.CAN_High /39.B4 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A16b.UI6 /51.C4 CONTROL LEVER BACKWARDS 0 19 A16b.GND /74.F8 GND DISTRIBUTOR 0 59
A16b.UI7 /57.A3 INCH PEDAL 0 20 A16b.GND /74.F5 GND LEVEL 0 60
forbidden.
A16b.UI8 /57.A7 SPEED-PEDAL 0 21 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 61

A16b.UI13 /74.F4 LEVEL 0 22 A16b.GND /57.F3 GND INCH PEDAL 0 62
A16b.UI14 /63.D8 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE 0 23 A16b.GND /57.F7 GND SPEED-PEDAL 0 63
A16b.UI15 /25.A5 HYDRAULIKOEL VERSCHMUTZUNG 0 24 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 64
A16b.UI16 /75.A6 SENSOR 1 JOY. 0 25 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 65

A16b.GND RESERVE 0 26 A16b.GND /25.E5 RESERVE 0 66

A16b RESERVE 0 27 A16b.GND /75.F5 SIGNAL JOYSTICK STEERING 0 67

A16b.24V RESERVE 0 28 A16b.GND RESERVE 0 68
A16b.CAN_Res CAN END > PIN 43 0 29 A16b.GND_FI1 /71.F8 rpm HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 0 69
E E
A16b.24V /41.E3 SUPPLY 24V 0 30 A16b.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70

A16b.GND /41.E4 SUPPLY EARTH 0 31
A16b.24V /74.A7 DISTRIBUTOR 0 32
A16b.24V /74.A4 LEVEL 0 33

A16b.24V /57.A4 Vcc INCH PEDAL 0 34
A16b.24V /57.A8 Vcc SPEED-PEDAL 0 35
A16b.24V /75.A5 Vcc SENSOR 1 0 36
A16b.24V PRESSURE COUPLING 2+1 0 37
A16b.24V RESERVE 0 38
A16b.24V RESERVE 0 39
F A16b.GND RESERVE 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A16c
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
INPUT MODULE 3 ON- / OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A16c Modul Nr.: B

A16c.24V RESERVE 0 1 A16c.24V RESERVE 0 41

A16c.24V_logic /75.F1 SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 2 A16c RESERVE 0 42
A16c.GND RESERVE 0 3 A16c.CAN_Low /38.D7 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A16c.UI1 /75.A7 SENSOR 2 0 4 A16c.CAN_Low /38.C7 CAN LOW 0 44
A16c.UI2 PRESSURE STEERING 0 5 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 45
A16c.UI3 /73.F7 WORKING BASKET NOT OFF 1 0 6 A16c.RI1 RESERVE 0 46
A16c.UI4 /73.A3 WORKING BASKET INPUT 1 0 7 A16c.RI1 RESERVE 0 47
C C
A16c.UI9 /73.A2 WORKING BASKET INPUT 2 0 8 A16c.RI2 RESERVE 0 48
A16c.UI10 /55.B6 RESERVE 0 9 A16c.RI2 RESERVE 0 49

A16c.UI11 /55.B3 RESERVE 0 10 A16c.5V RESERVE 0 50

A16c.UI12 RESERVE 0 11 A16c.5V RESERVE 0 51

A16c.GND RESERVE 0 12 A16c.5V RESERVE 0 52
A16c RESERVE 0 13 A16c.5V RESERVE 0 53

A16c.24V RESERVE 0 14 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 54
A16c.24V RESERVE 0 15 A16c.FI1 RESERVE 0 55
A16c.GND_logic /75.F2 SUPPLY EARTH 0 16 A16c.FI2 RESERVE 0 56
A16c.GND RESERVE 0 17 A16c.CAN_High /38.D8 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57

D A16c.UI5 RESERVE 0 18 A16c.CAN_High /38.C8 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A16c.UI6 /88.A7 KEY-OPERATED SWITCH 0 19 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 59
A16c.UI7 RESERVE 0 20 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 60
forbidden.
A16c.UI8 RESERVE 0 21 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 61

A16c.UI13 /76.F1 ACTIVE 0 22 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 62
A16c.UI14 /76.F2 ARMREST 0 23 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 63
A16c.UI15 RESERVE 0 24 A16c.GND GND PRESSURE STEERING 0 64
A16c.UI16 WORKING BASKET NOT OFF 2 0 25 A16c.GND /76.F3 GND ARMREST 0 65

A16c.GND SUPPLY EARTH 0 26 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 66

A16c RESERVE 0 27 A16c.GND /75.F7 GND SENSOR 2 0 67

A16c.24V RESERVE 0 28 A16c.GND RESERVE 0 68
A16c.CAN_Res CAN-END > PIN 43 0 29 A16c.GND_FI1 RESERVE 0 69
E E
A16c.24V /75.F3 SUPPLY 24V 0 30 A16c.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70

A16c.GND /75.F4 SUPPLY EARTH 0 31
A16c.24V V_DO1 Vbatt SUPPLY DO1 0 32
A16c.24V DO1 /75.A7 Vcc SENSOR 2 0 33

A16c.24V /88.E7 Vcc KEY-OPERATED SWITCH 0 34
A16c.24V RESERVE 0 35
A16c.24V V /76.A1 24V Joystickaktivierung 0 36
A16c.24V /76.A2 24V Joystick ARMREST 0 37
A16c.24V Vcc PRESSURE STEERING 0 38
A16c.24V RESERVE 0 39
F A16c.GND RESERVE 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
A16d
1169 00090 01 00 003
INPUT MODULE 4 ON- / OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A16d Modul Nr.: B

A16d.24V RESERVE 0 1 A16d.24V RESERVE 0 41

A16d.24V_logic SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 2 A16d RESERVE 0 42
A16d.GND RESERVE 0 3 A16d.CAN_Low /39.D1 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A16d.UI1 /53.A4 GRIP SENSOR 0 4 A16d.CAN_Low /39.D1 CAN LOW 0 44
A16d.UI2 /53.B7 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT ACTIVE 0 5 A16d.GND RESERVE 0 45
A16d.UI3 /53.A7 SENSOR 1 0 6 A16d.RI1 RESERVE 0 46
A16d.UI4 /53.B6 CONTROL 5V 0 7 A16d.RI1 RESERVE 0 47
C C
A16d.UI9 /53.B7 OPTION 0 8 A16d.RI2 RESERVE 0 48
A16d.UI10 RESERVE 0 9 A16d.RI2 RESERVE 0 49

A16d.UI11 /53.A6 SENSOR 2 0 10 A16d.5V /53.A5 Vcc CONTROL LEVER 0 50

A16d.UI12 RESERVE 0 11 A16d.5V RESERVE 0 51

A16d.GND RESERVE 0 12 A16d.5V RESERVE 0 52
A16d RESERVE 0 13 A16d.5V RESERVE 0 53

A16d.24V RESERVE 0 14 A16d.GND /53.A8 GND CONTROL LEVER 0 54
A16d.24V RESERVE 0 15 A16d.FI1 RESERVE 0 55
A16d.GND_logic SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 16 A16d.FI2 RESERVE 0 56
A16d.GND RESERVE 0 17 A16d.CAN_High /39.D2 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57

D A16d.UI5 RESERVE 0 18 A16d.CAN_High /39.D2 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A16d.UI6 RESERVE 0 19 A16d.GND /53.A4 GND GRIP SENSOR 0 59
A16d.UI7 RESERVE 0 20 A16d.GND RESERVE 0 60
forbidden.


A16d.GND SUPPLY EARTH 0 26 A16d.GND RESERVE 0 66

A16d RESERVE 0 27 A16d.GND RESERVE 0 67

A16d.24V RESERVE 0 28 A16d.GND RESERVE 0 68
A16d.CAN_Res CAN END > PIN 43 0 29 A16d.GND_FI1 RESERVE 0 69
E E
A16d.24V SUPPLY 0 30 A16d.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70

A16d.GND SUPPLY EARTH 0 31
A16d.24V V_DO1 SUPPLY DO1 0 32
A16d.24V DO1 RESERVE 0 33

A16d.24V RESERVE 0 34
A16d.24V V /53.A3 Vcc GRIP SENSOR 0 36
F A16d.GND RESERVE 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
A17a
1169 00090 01 00 003
OUTPUT MODULE 1 ON- / OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A17a Modul Nr.: B

+H3 Modulname: PME1_AUSGANGSMODUL
A17a.24V_B1 /42.E4 V-Batt 24V BANK 1 0 1 A17a.24V RESERVE 0 41

A17a.24V_logic /42.E1 V-Batt 24V LOGIC 0 2 A17a.24V RESERVE 0 42
A17a.GND /42.E5 SUPPLY EARTH 0 3 A17a.CAN_Low /38.D5 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A17a.PWM1 /71.A1 PARKING BRAKE 0 4 A17a.CAN_Low /38.C5 CAN LOW 0 44
A17a.PWM2 /63.B1 WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT 0 5 A17a.GND_DO2 RESERVE 0 45
A17a.PWM3 /60.A6 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG 0 6 A17a.GND_PWM1 /71.F1 GND PARKING BRAKE 0 46
A17a.PWM4 /60.A7 LIFT KICK-OUT 0 7 A17a.GND_PWM2 /63.F1 GND WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT 0 47
C C
A17a.PWM9 /58.A4 TRAVEL RANGE 1 0 8 A17a.GND_PWM3 /60.F6 GND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG 0 48
A17a.PWM10 /58.A2 TRAVEL RANGE 2 0 9 A17a.GND_PWM4 /60.F7 GND LIFT KICK-OUT 0 49

A17a.PWM11 /58.A3 TRAVEL RANGE 3 0 10 A17a.GND_PWM9 /58.F4 GND TRAVEL RANGE 1 0 50

A17a.PWM12 /58.A1 MODULATION 0 11 A17a.GND_PWM10 /58.F2 GND TRAVEL RANGE 2 0 51

A17a.GND /43.E3 SUPPLY EARTH 0 12 A17a.GND_PWM11 /58.F3 GND TRAVEL RANGE 3 0 52
A17a.24V_logic RESERVE 0 13 A17a.GND_PWM12 /58.F1 GND MODULATION 0 53

A17a.24V_B3 /43.E4 V-Batt 24V Bk 3 - M 2/35 0 14 A17a.GND_DO4 /71.F4 GND AUSSPEISVENTIL 0 54
A17a.24V_B2 /42.E7 SUPPLY 24V BANK 2 0 15 A17a.FI1 RESERVE 0 55
A17a.GND_logic /42.E2 EARTH LOGICAL PART 0 16 A17a.FI2 RESERVE 0 56
A17a.GND /42.E7 SUPPLY EARTH 0 17 A17a.CAN_High /38.D5 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57
D A17a.PWM5 /60.A8 FLOAT POSITION 0 18 A17a.CAN_High /38.C5 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A17a.PWM6 /24.A7 VENTILATOR 0 19 A17a.GND RESERVE 0 59
A17a.PWM7 /59.A8 BUZZER 0 20 A17a.GND_PWM5 /60.F8 GND FLOAT POSITION 0 60
forbidden.
A17a.PWM8 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 Qmax 0 21 A17a.GND_PWM6 /24.F7 GND VENTILATOR 0 61

A17a.PWM13 /58.A6 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 0 22 A17a.GND_PWM7 /59.F8 GND BUZZER 0 62
A17a.PWM14 /58.A7 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 0 23 A17a.GND_PWM8 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 Qmax 0 63
A17a.PWM15 /59.A1 PUMP 1 FORWARD 0 24 A17a.GND_PWM13 /58.F6 GND HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 0 64
A17a.PWM16 /59.A2 PUMP 1 BACKWARDS 0 25 A17a.GND_PWM14 /58.F7 GND HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 0 65

A17a.GND /43.E2 SUPPLY EARTH 0 26 A17a.GND_PWM15 /59.F1 PUMP 1 FORWARD 0 66

A17a.GND_logic RESERVE 0 27 A17a.GNDPWM16 /59.F2 PUMP 1 BACKWARDS 0 67

A17a.24V_B4 /43.E1 V-Batt 24V Bk 4 - M 2/33 0 28 A17a.GND RESERVE 0 68
A17a.CAN_Res CAN-END>PIN 43 0 29 A17a.GND_FI1 RESERVE 0 69
E E
A17a.24V RESERVE 0 30 A17a.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70

A17a.GND_DO1 RESERVE 0 31
A17a.V_DO1 /43.C5 SUPPLY DO1 0 32
A17a.DO1 /43.D5 2. AST > M 3/28 0 33

A17a.V_DO2 /43.C8 SUPPLY DO2 0 34
A17a.DO2 /43.D8 2.AST PUMP 2 > M 2/14 0 35
A17a.V_DO3 /74.A3 SUPPLY DO3 0 36
A17a.DO3 /74.B3 Vcc CENTRAL GREASING 0 37
A17a.V_DO4 /71.A5 Vcc DIGTAL OUTPUT 4 0 38
A17a.DO4 /71.A4 AUSSPEISVENTIL 0 39
F A17a.GND_DO3 /74.F3 GND CENTRAL GREASING 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY OUTPUT MODULE 1 SIDE: 104 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
A17b
1169 00090 01 00 003
OUTPUT MODULE 2 ON- / OUTLETS

93011361_003
93011361
B -A17b Modul Nr.: B

+H3 Modulname: PME1_AUSGANGSMODUL
A17b.24V_B1 /44.E4 V-Batt 24V BANK 1 0 1 A17b.24V RESERVE 0 41

A17b.24V_logic /44.E1 V-Batt 24V LOGICAL PART 0 2 A17b.24V RESERVE 0 42
A17b.GND /44.E5 SUPPLY EARTH 0 3 A17b.CAN_Low /39.E5 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A17b.PWM1 /58.A5 OVERSPEED PROTECTION 0 4 A17b /39.E5 CAN LOW 0 44
A17b.PWM2 /36.B1 OPTIONS 0 5 A17b.GND_DO2 RESERVE 0 45
A17b.PWM3 /59.A5 SWIVEL ANGLE PUMP 1 0 6 A17b.GND_PWM1 /58.F5 OVERSPEED PROTECTION 0 46
A17b.PWM4 SWIVEL ANGLE PUMP 2 0 7 A17b.GND_PWM2 /36.F1 GND OPTIONS 0 47
C C
A17b.PWM9 /59.A3 PUMP 2 FORWARD 0 8 A17b.GND_PWM3 /59.F5 GND PUMP 1 0 48
A17b.PWM10 /59.A4 PUMP 2 BACKWARDS 0 9 A17b.GND_PWM4 GND PUMP 2 0 49

A17b.PWM11 /62.A1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 0 10 A17b.GND_PWM9 /59.F3 GND PUMP 2 FORWARD 0 50

A17b.PWM12 /62.A2 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 0 11 A17b.GND_PWM10 /59.F4 GND PUMP 2 BACKWARDS 0 51

A17b.GND /43.E7 SUPPLY EARTH 0 12 A17b.GND_PWM11 /62.F1 GND ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 0 52
A17b.24V_logic RESERVE 0 13 A17b.GND_PWM12 /62.F2 GND ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 0 53

A17b.24V_B3 /43.E8 V-Batt 24V BK 3 > 1/35 0 14 A17b.GND_DO4 /62.F3 GND BACK UP ALARM 0 54
A17b.24V_B2 /44.E7 V-Batt 24V BANK 2 0 15 A17b.FI1 RESERVE 0 55
A17b.GND_logic /44.E2 EARTH LOGICAL PART 0 16 A17b.FI2 RESERVE 0 56
A17b.GND /44.E7 SUPPLY EARTH 0 17 A17b.CAN_High /39.E7 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57
D A17b.PWM5 /25.A1 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP 0 18 A17b.CAN_High /39.E6 CAN HIGH 0 58 D
A17b.PWM6 /24.A8 FAN REVERSAL 0 19 A17b.GND RESERVE 0 59
A17b.PWM7 /25.A6 LFD 0 20 A17b.GND_PWM5 /25.F1 GND EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP 0 60
forbidden.
A17b.PWM8 /25.A8 LFD / FLOAT POSITION 0 21 A17b.GND_PWM6 /24.F8 GND FAN REVERSAL 0 61
A17b.PWM13 RESERVE 0 22 A17b.GND_PWM7 /25.F6 GND LFD 0 62
A17b.PWM14 RESERVE 0 23 A17b.GND_PWM8 /25.E8 LFD / FLOAT POSITION 0 63
A17b.PWM15 VERSCHMUTZUNGSSENSOR 0 24 A17b.GND_PWM13 JOYSTICK STEERING LEFT 0 64
A17b.PWM16 RESERVE 0 25 A17b.GND_PWM14 JOYSTICK STEERING RIGHT 0 65

A17b.GND /43.E5 SUPPLY EARTH 0 26 A17b.GND_PWM15 VERSCHMUTZUNGSSENSOR 0 66

A17b.GND_logic RESERVE 0 27 A17b.GNDPWM16 SAFETY JOYSTICK STEERING 0 67

A17b.24V_B4 /43.E5 V-Batt 24V Bk 4 0 28 A17b.GND RESERVE 0 68
A17b.CAN_Res /39.E6 CAN-END > PIN 43 0 29 A17b.GND_FI1 RESERVE 0 69
E E
A17b.24V RESERVE 0 30 A17b.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70

A17b.GND_DO1 RESERVE 0 31
A17b.V_DO1 /43.C1 SUPPLY DO1 0 32
A17b.DO1 /43.D1 2. AST PUMP 1 > M1/28 0 33

A17b.V_DO2 /43.C4 SUPPLY DO2 0 34
A17b.DO2 /43.D4 2. AST TRANSMISSION > M1/14 0 35
A17b.V_DO3 /45.F1 V-Batt DO3 0 36
A17b.DO3 /26.B8 REVERSING LIGHT 0 37
A17b /45.F2 V-Batt D04 0 38
A17b.DO4 /62.A3 BACK UP ALARM 0 39
F A17b.GND_DO3 RESERVE 0 40 F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A17c A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
=H -A17c Modul Nr.:

OUTPUT MODULE 3
93011361
B +H3 Modulname: PME1_AUSGANGSMODUL B
A17c.24V_B1 /77.E2 V-Batt 24V BANK 1 0 1 A17c.24V RESERVE 0 41

A17c.24V_logic /77.E1 V-Batt 24V LOGICAL PART 0 2 A17c.24V RESERVE 0 42
A17c.GND /77.F3 SUPPLY EARTH 0 3 A17c.CAN_Low /39.B8 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A17c.PWM1 /77.E5 CUTOFF LIGHTING 0 4 A17c /39.B8 CAN LOW 0 44
A17c.PWM2 /56.A1 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 0 5 A17c.GND_DO2 RESERVE 0 45
A17c.PWM3 /56.A3 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 0 6 A17c.GND_PWM1 CUTOFF LIGHTING 0 46
A17c.PWM4 /56.A2 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 0 7 A17c.GND_PWM2 /56.F1 3. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 0 47
A17c.PWM9 RESERVE 0 8 A17c.GND_PWM3 /56.F3 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV1 0 48
C C

A17c.PWM12 RESERVE 0 11 A17c.GND_PWM10 RESERVE 0 51

A17c.GND /77.F6 SUPPLY EARTH 0 12 A17c.GND_PWM11 RESERVE 0 52

A17c.24V_logic RESERVE 0 13 A17c.GND_PWM12 RESERVE 0 53
A17c.24V_B3 /77.E6 SUPPLY BANK 3 0 14 A17c.GND_DO4 RESERVE 0 54

A17c.24V_B2 /77.E4 SUPPLY BANK 2 0 15 A17c.FI1 RESERVE 0 55
A17c.GND_logic /77.F2 EARTH LOGICAL PART 0 16 A17c.FI2 RESERVE 0 56
A17c.GND /77.F4 SUPPLY EARTH 0 17 A17c.CAN_High CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57
A17c.PWM5 /56.A4 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 0 18 A17c.CAN_High /39.B7 CAN HIGH 0 58
D A17c.PWM6 RESERVE 0 19 A17c.GND RESERVE 0 59 D
A17c.PWM7 RESERVE 0 20 A17c.GND_PWM5 4. CONTROL CIRCUIT EP-MV2 0 60
A17c.PWM8 RESERVE 0 21 A17c.GND_PWM6 RESERVE 0 61
forbidden.
A17c.PWM13 /76.A5 JOYSTICK STEERING LEFT 0 22 A17c.GND_PWM7 RESERVE 0 62

A17c.PWM14 /76.A6 JOYSTICK STEERING RIGHT 0 23 A17c.GND_PWM8 RESERVE 0 63
A17c.PWM15 /76.A8 GEROTOR STEERING 0 24 A17c.GND_PWM13 /76.F5 RESERVE 0 64
A17c.PWM16 /76.A7 SAVEYTY JOYSTICK STEERING 0 25 A17c.GND_PWM14 /76.F6 RESERVE 0 65

A17c.GND /77.F8 SUPPLY EARTH 0 26 A17c.GND_PWM15 /76.F8 RESERVE 0 66
A17c.GND_logic RESERVE 0 27 A17c.GNDPWM16 /76.F7 RESERVE 0 67

A17c.24V_B4 /43.F6 V-BATT BK 4 < M1 < 33 0 28 A17c.GND RESERVE 0 68

A17c.CAN_Res /39.B7 RESERVE 0 29 A17c.GND_FI1 RESERVE 0 69
A17c.24V RESERVE 0 30 A17c.GND_FI2 RESERVE 0 70
E E
A17c.GND_DO1 RESERVE 0 31
A17c.V_DO1 SUPPLY DO1 0 32
A17c.DO1 RESERVE 0 33
A17c SUPPLY D04 0 38
A17c.GND_DO3 RESERVE 0 40
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A LSB:
A
=M
+M ADR:
-A700 CAN:
A
TYPE SHEET PLUG FAN TYP SHEET PLUG FAN
Phys. Addr. CUSTOMERS Phys. Addr. CUSTOMERS
REVER E REVER
1169 00090 01 00 003
A700.VCC1 Ubat COOLING WATER LEVEL SUPPLY X1 1 A700.GND GND /47.F7 WATER EARTH X1 43
A700.AI5V1 0-5V COOLING WATER LEVEL SIGNAL X1 2 A700.TI6 0-50k /47.A7 WATER SENSOR X1 44
A700.GND GND COOLING WATER LEVEL EARTH X1 3 A700.DO4 (HS) VENTILATION FLAP SELECTION X1 45
93011361_003
A700.CAN2_L CAN2 /38.E1 CAN4 LOW X1 4 Axx.N.C. X1 46

93011361
B A700.VCC1 Ubat X1 5 A700.GND GND BATTERY EARTH X1 47 B

A700.AI5V2 0-5V X1 6 A700.TI7 0-50k BATTERY TEMPERATURE X1 48
A700.GND GND X1 7 Axx.N.C. X1 49
A700.CAN2_L CAN2 CAN4 LOW X1 8 Axx.N.C. X1 50
A700.VCC2 Ubat X1 9 Axx.LAMBDA-UN X1 51
A700.AI5V3 0-5V X1 10 Axx.LAMBDA-VM X1 52
A700 GND X1 11 Axx.N.C. X1 53
A700.CAN2_RES CAN2 CAN4 MATCHING RESISTOR X1 12 Axx.N.C. X1 54
A700.VCC2 Ubat /47.F1 PARTICLE FILTER SUPPLY X1 13 Axx.LAMBDA-IP X1 55
A700.AI5V4 0-5V /47.F2 PARTICLE FILTER SIGNAL X1 14 Axx.LAMBDA-IA X1 56
C A700.GND GND /47.A2 PARTICLE FILTER EARTH X1 15 A700.PGDM GND EARTH VENTILATOR X1 57 C
A700.CAN2_H CAN2 /38.E2 CAN4 HIGH X1 16 A700.PGND GND X1 58
A700.P_UBAT4 Ubat /25.A4 AIR FILTER VACUUM X1 17 Axx.N.C. X1 59

A700.AI33V4 0-33V /25.E4 AIR FILTER VACUUM X1 18 A700.PWM1_CFB 0-1kHz SUPPLY VENTILATOR X1 60
Axx.N.C. X1 19 A700.PWM2_CFB 0-1kHz X1 61

A700.CAN2_H CAN2 CAN4 HIGH X1 20 Axx.LAMBDA-HEAT X1 62
Axx.N.C. X1 21
Axx.DI1 X1 22
A700.GND GND /47.F4 PARTICLE FILTER EARTH X1 23
A700.TI1 0-50k /47.A4 DOC INPUT TEMPERATURE X1 24
D Axx.N.C. X1 25 D
Axx.N.C. X1 26
forbidden.
A700.TI2 0-50k /47.A5 DPF INPUT TEMPERATURE 2 X1 28

Axx.N.C. X1 29
Axx.N.C. X1 30
A700.TI3 0-50k /47.A6 DPF OUTLET TEMPERATURE 3 X1 32
Axx.N.C. X1 33
Axx.N.C. X1 34
E A700.GND GND HYDRAULIC OIL EARTH X1 35 E
A700.TI4 0-50k HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE X1 36

Axx.N.C. X1 37
Axx.N.C. X1 38
A700.GND GND UMGEBUNG EARTH X1 39
A700.TI5 0-50k UMGEBUNG TEMPERATURE X1 40
A700.DO3 (HS) ENGINE BRAKE SELECTION X1 41
Axx.N.C. X1 42
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY MOTOR CONTROL SIDE: 107 120
VEHICLE SIDE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M LSB:
ADR: B
+M
-A700 CAN:

1169 00090 01 00 003

REVER E REVER
A700.DO1L (LS) PREHEAT SELECTION X2 1 A700.CAN1_L CAN1 /38.C4 CAN1 LOW X2 43
93011361_003
A700.DI_KL15 KL15 /46.C6 IGNITION SIGNAL X2 2 A700.CAN1_L CAN1 /38.D3 CAN1 LOW X2 44
A700.PGND GND /46.F6 ELECTRONICS EARTH X2 3 Axx.N.C. X2 45
93011361
B B
A700.PS2 KL30b /46.F5 ELECTRONICS SUPPLY X2 4 Axx.P_UBAT3 /24.A4 X2 46
A700.DO2L (LS) LADEZUSTAND (D+) SELECTION X2 5 A700.CAN3_RES CAN3 /70.A2 CAN MATCHING RESISTOR X2 47
A700.GND (LS) SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 1 EARTH X2 6 A700.CAN1_RES CAN1 /38.C3 CAN1 MATCHING RESISTOR X2 48
A700.UAI1 (LS) SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 1 SIGNAL X2 7 Axx.N.C. X2 49
A700.P_UBAT1 Ubat SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 1 SUPPLY X2 8 Axx.AI33V3 /24.E4 X2 50
A700.DO3L (LS) EMERGENCY OPERATION SELECTION X2 9 A700.CAN3_L CAN3 /70.A1 CAN LOW X2 51
A700.GND SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 2 EARTH X2 10 A700.CAN3_L CAN3 /70.B1 CAN LOW X2 52
A700.UAI2 AI SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 2 SIGNAL X2 11 Axx.N.C. X2 53
A700.P_UBAT2 Ubat SPEED-PEDAL CHANNEL 2 SUPPLY X2 12 Axx.N.C. X2 54
A700.DO4L (LS) MIL SELECTION X2 13 A700.CAN3_H CAN3 /70.B2 CAN HIGH X2 55
C C
Axx.GND X2 14 A700.CAN3_H CAN3 CAN HIGH X2 56
Axx.AI5V5 X2 15 A700.PGND GND /46.F2 PERFORMANCE PART EARTH X2 57
Axx.VCC3 X2 16 A700.PGND GND /46.F4 PERFORMANCE PART EARTH X2 58

A700.DO1 (HS) /22.B6 HEATER FLANGE 1 SELECTION X2 17 Axx.N.C. X2 59
Axx.GND X2 18 A700.PS1 KL30b /46.F1 PERFORMANCE PART SUPPLY X2 60

Axx.AI5V6 X2 19 A700.PS1 KL30b /46.F3 PERFORMANCE PART SUPPLY X2 61

Axx.VCC3 X2 20 Axx.N.C. X2 62
A700.DO2 (HS) HEATER FLANGE 2 SELECTION X2 21
Axx.N.C. X2 22
A700.DI3 DI X2 23
D D
A700.DI2 DI ENGINE STARTING SIGNAL X2 24
Axx.N.C. X2 25
forbidden.
A700.DI6 DI NOT OFF SIGNAL X2 26

A700.DI5 DI X2 27
A700.DI4 DI X2 28
Axx.N.C. X2 29
A700.GND GND EARTH X2 30
A700.LSB LSB SIGNAL X2 31

A700.LSB_V LSB SUPPLY X2 32

Axx.N.C. X2 33
E E
A700.GND RS232 /70.A7 DIAGNOSIS EARTH X2 34

A700.RS232_T RS232 /70.A8 DIAGNOSIS EMIT X2 35
A700.RS232_R RS232 /70.A7 DIAGNOSIS RECEIVE X2 36
Axx.N.C. X2 37
A700.AI33V1 0-33V /50.C7 HEATER FLANGE 1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT X2 38
A700.CAN1_H CAN1 /38.D4 CAN1 HIGH X2 39
A700.CAN1_H CAN1 CAN1 HIGH X2 40
Axx.N.C. X2 41
A700.AI33V2 0-33V HEATER FLANGE 2 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT X2 42
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY MOTOR CONTROL SIDE: 108 120
DRIVER'S SIDE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M LSB:
+M ADR:
-A780 CAN:

1169 00090 01 00 003

REVER E REVER
A702.V_V_5VPFDP X1 63 A702.I_A_CATTS5 X1 57
93011361_003
A702.I_A_PFDP X1 62 A702.G_R_CATTS5 X1 56
A702.G_R_PFDP X1 61 A702.V_V_5VACTO1 X1 20
93011361
B B
A702.V_V_5VFLPS1 5V /49.A3 FUEL PRESSURE 1 X1 43 A702.I_A_ACTO1 X1 77
A702.I_A_FLPS1 SIGNAL /49.A4 FUEL PRESSURE 1 X1 42 A702.G_R_ACTO1 X1 76
A702.G_R_FLPS1 GND /49.A5 FUEL PRESSURE 1 X1 41 A702.I_A_RESO2 X1 39
A702.V_V_5VFLPS2 5V /49.A5 FUEL PRESSURE 2 X1 23 A702.G_R_RESO2 X1 38
A702.I_A_FLPS2 SIGNAL /49.A6 FUEL PRESSURE 2 X1 22 A702.I_F_RESO1 X1 50
A702.G_R_FLPS2 GND /49.A7 FUEL PRESSURE 2 X1 21 A702.G_R_DFO1 X1 69
A702.I_A_FTS SIGNAL /49.A8 FUEL TEMPERATURE X1 80 A702.I_F_RESO2 X1 51
A702.G_R_FTS GND FUEL TEMPERATURE X1 81 A702.G_R_DFO2 X1 49
A702.I_A_CATTS3 X1 75 A702.I_T_RES X1 71
A702.G_R_CATTS3 X1 74 A702.O_V_HO1 X1 27
C C
A702.I_A_CATTS4 X1 35 A702.O_S_HO1 X1 45
A702.G_R_CATTS4 X1 36 A702.O_T_AUX1 X1 14
A702.0_T_HCINJH HIGH /49.A1 VALVE DOSIERUNG X1 30 A702.I_A_AUX1 X1 83

A702.0_T_HCINJL LOW /49.A2 VALVE DOSIERUNG X1 10 A702.O_T_AUX2 X1 13
A702.0_T_SOFFH HIGH /49.A2 VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE X1 31 A702.I_A_AUX2 X1 82

A702.0_T_SOFFL LOW /49.A3 VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE X1 11 A702.O_T_AUX3 X1 15

A702.V_V_5VRALS X1 40 A702.I_A_AUX3 X1 64
A702.I_A_RALS X1 59 A702.I_T_RES X1 1
A702.G_R_RALS X1 58 A702.I_T_RES X1 2
A702.I_A_TRATS X1 79 A702.I_T_RES X1 48
D D
A702.G_R_TRATS X1 78
A702.O_V_RATH X1 8
forbidden.
A702.O_S_RATH X1 85
A702.O_T_RAMVH X1 32
A702.O_T_RAMVL X1 12
A702.O_V_SMH X1 5
A702.O_S_SMH X1 3
A702.O_V_RAPMP X1 46
A702.O_T_RAPMP X1 24
A702.G_G_RAPMP X1 26
E E
A702.O_V_RARV X1 86
A702.O_S_RARV X1 65
A702.V_V_5VPRAS X1 19
A702.I_A_PRAS X1 17
A702.G_R_PRAS X1 18
A702.I_A_CATTS1 X1 33 CAN
A702.G_R_CATTS1 X1 34
A702.I_A_CATTS2 X1 55
A702.G_R_CATTS2 X1 54
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR DCU17 SIDE: 109 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M LSB:
+M ADR:
-A780 CAN:
TYPE SHEET PLUG FAN

Phys. Addr. CUSTOMERS
1169 00090 01 00 003
REVER
A702.G_G_BAT 31 /48.E2 EARTH X2 1
A702.G_G_BAT 31 /48.E4 EARTH X2 2
93011361_003
A702.G_G_BAT 31 /48.E3 EARTH X2 3

93011361
A702.G_G_BAT 31 /48.E6 EARTH X2 4

B B
A702.G_G_BAT 31 /48.E8 EARTH X2 5
A702.V_V_BAT 30 /48.F2 SUPPLY X2 6
A702.I_S_T15 15 /48.F7 SUPPLY X2 52
A702.O_V_HHRLY X2 30
A702.O_S_HHRLY X2 41
A702.B_D_CANH0 CAN0 CAN HIGH X2 25
A702.B_D_CANH0 CAN0 /38.C2 CAN HIGH X2 14
C C
A702.I_S_TERM1A CAN0 /38.B2 CAN MATCHING RESISTOR X2 47
A702.I_S_TERM1B CAN0 /38.B1 MATCHING RESISTOR X2 46
A702.I_S_TERM2A CAN0 /38.A2 CAN MATCHING RESISTOR X2 49

A702.I_S_TERM2B CAN0 /38.A1 CAN MATCHING RESISTOR X2 48

A702.B_D_CANL0 CAN0 /38.C1 CAN LOW X2 15
A702.B_D_CANL0 CAN0 CAN LOW X2 26

A702.B_D_CANH1 CAN1 /70.A3 CAN HIGH X2 11
A702.B_D_CANL1 CAN1 /70.A4 CAN LOW X2 12
A702.B_D_ISOKO /70.A5 ISOKO X2 45
D D
forbidden.
E E
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR DCU17 SIDE: 110 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
93011361_003
93011361
B B
=K
+K4
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
-A18
A18.Kl15 A /40.D2 INFORMATION INPUT INFORMATION INPUT X1 1

A18.GND A /40.D4 SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH X1 2
A18.CAN_High A CAN_High CAN_High X1 3
A18.CAN_Low A CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 4
C C
A18.Kl30 A /40.D3 SUPPLY SUPPLY X1 5
A18.Flasher A /28.A7 HAZARD WARNING LIGHT FLASHING SPEED INPUT X1 6
A18.CAN_High A CAN_High CAN_High X1 7

A18.CAN_Low A CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 8

A18.CAN_RES. A CAN_RES. MATCHING RESISTOR X1 9
A18.PWM1 A /28.A1 HAZARD WARNING LIGHT OUTLET A1 X1 10
A18.PWM2 A /34.A2 BEACONLIGHT OUTLET A2 X1 11
A18.PWM3 A /30.A2 WINDSCREEN WIPER OUTLET A3 X1 12
D D
A18.PWM4 A /30.A2 WASHING PUMP REAR OUTLET A4 X2 1
A18.PWM5 A /34.A6 REAR WINDOW HEATER OUTLET A5 X2 2
forbidden.
A18.PWM6 A /23.A7 PARKING LIGHT OUTLET A6 X2 3

A18.PWM7 A /26.D1 LOW BEAM OUTLET A7 X2 4
A18.PWM8 A /31.C1 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT
OUTLET A8 X2 5
A18.PWM9 A /32.E1 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR
OUTLET A9 X2 6
ELECTRIC KEYPAD
E E
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY ELECTRIC KEYPAD SIDE: 111 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
C C
=K
MAIN KEYPAD
+K4
-A11

A11.Kl15 A /40.D5 +24V SUPPLY X1 1

A11.GND A /40.D7 SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH X1 2
A11.CAN_High A /37.D5 CAN_High CAN_High X1 3
A11.CAN_Low A /37.D4 CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 4
D D
A11.Kl15 A -24V SUPPLY X1 5
A11.GND A SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH X1 6
forbidden.
A11.CAN_High A /79.C5 CAN_High CAN_High X1 7

A11.CAN_Low A /37.C4 CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 8
A11.CAN_RES. A /37.C5 CAN_Abschlusswid. MATCHING RESISTOR X1 9
A11.Res. A RESERVE RESERVE X1 10

A11.Res. A RESERVE RESERVE X1 11
E A11.Res. A RESERVE RESERVE X1 12 E
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY MAIN KEYPAD SIDE: 112 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM VEHICLE SIDE
-A21 Modul Nr.:

+K4 Modulname: HEIZ-KLIMA
1169 00090 01 00 003
Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin

93011361_003
A21.Kl30 /64.E1 CLAMP 30 0 1

93011361
B A21.GND /64.E3 SUPPLY EARTH 0 2 B

A21.Kl15 /64.E2 CLAMP 15 0 3
A21.PME /87.F1 AUXILIARY HEATER 0 4
A21.PME /64.A3 SWITCH HIGH- VACUUM 0 5
A21.PME SWITCH MEDIUM PRESSURE 0 6
A21.PME PROTECTIVE VENTILATION on 0 7
A21.PME /65.E1 Ventilator_Innenr. 0 8
A21.PME Ventilator_Innenr. 0 9
A21.PME /64.A4 Kompressorkupplung 0 10
A21.RxD RxD 0 11
A21.TxD TxD 0 12
A21.CAN1 /37.C6 CAN1_Low INPUT 0 13
C C
A21.CAN1 /37.C7 CAN1_High INPUT 0 14
A21.CAN1 CAN1_Res 0 15
A21.CAN1 /37.D6 CAN1_Low OUT 0 16

A21.CAN1 /37.D7 CAN1_High OUT 0 17

A21.PME SENSOR_Innenr.2 - 0 18
A21.PME SENSOR_Innenr.2 + 0 19
A21.PME SENSOR_Innenr.1 - 0 20
A21.PME SENSOR_Innenr.1 + 0 21
A21.PME Programmierpin 0 22
A21.CAN2 CAN2_Low 0 23
A21.CAN2 CAN2_High 0 24
D D
A21. Res. 0 25
A21.PME /64.A6 SENSOR_Aussentemp 0 26
forbidden.
A21.PME /64.A5 SENSOR_Aussentemp 0 27

A21.PME /64.A8 SUN SENSOR- 0 28
A21.PME /64.A7 SUN SENSOR+ 0 29
0 30
0 31
0 32
0 33
0 34
0 35
E E
0 36
0 37
0 38
0 39
0 40
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SIDE: 113 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SYSTEM SIDE

93011361
B B
-A21a Modul Nr.:

+K4 Modulname: HEIZ-KLIMA-ANLAGENSEITIG
A21a.1 NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 1 A21a.25 /68.A5 VMC4 EARTH 25

A21a.2 /66.B3 OUTLET 0-10V LOGIC 2 A21a.26 /68.B6 POTENTIOMETER SENSING 26
A21a.3 /67.B3 VMC1 CLOCKWISE ROTATION 3 A21a.27 /69.A6 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING OUTFLOW TEMPERATURE 27
C C
A21a.4 /67.A3 VMC1 ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION 4 A21a.28 /66.B1 24V FAN 28
A21a.5 /67.A2 VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT 5 A21a.29 NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 29
A21a.6 /67.A1 VMC1 EARTH 6 A21a.30 /69.B3 VMC5 CLOCKWISE ROTATION 30

A21a.7 /67.B2 POTENTIOMETER SENSING 7 A21a.31 /69.A3 VMC5 ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION 31

A21a.8 /67.B7 VMC2 CLOCKWISE ROTATION 8 A21a.32 /69.A2 VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT 32
A21a.9 /67.A7 VMC2 ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION 9 A21a.33 /69.A1 VMC5 EARTH 33

A21a.10 /67.A6 VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT 10 A21a.34 /69.B1 POTENTIOMETER SENSING 34
A21a.11 /67.A5 VMC2 EARTH 11 A21a.35 /66.B5 ICING SENSOR 1+ 35
A21a.12 /67.B6 POTENTIOMETER SENSING 12 A21a.36 /66.B6 ICING SENSOR 1 36
A21a.13 NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 13 A21a.37 /66.B7 ICING SENSOR 2+ 37
A21a.14 NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 14 A21a.38 /66.B8 ICING SENSOR 2 38
D A21a.15 NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 15 A21a.39 /69.A4 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING INTERIOR TEMPERATURE 39 D
A21a.16 /66.B4 FAN DIAGNOSIS 16 A21a.40 /69.A5 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING INTERIOR TEMPERATURE 40
A21a.41 /69.A7 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING OUTFLOW TEMPERATURE 41
forbidden.
A21a.17 /68.B3 VMC3 CLOCKWISE ROTATION 17

A21a.42 /66.B2 FAN EARTH 42
A21a.18 /68.A3 VMC3 ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION 18
A21a.19 /68.A2 VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT 19
A21a.20 /68.A1 VMC3 EARTH 20
A21a.21 /68.B2 POTENTIOMETER SENSING 21
A21a.22 /68.B7 VMC4 CLOCKWISE ROTATION 22
A21a.23 /68.A7 VMC4 ANTICLOCKWISE ROTATION 23

A21a.24 /68.A6 VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT 24
E E
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY HEAT- / AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SIDE: 114 120
SYSTEM SIDE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
+K4
OPTION KEYPAD
-A19

C C
A19.Kl15 A /40.F2 INFORMATION INPUT INFORMATION INPUT X1 1
A19.GND A /40.F4 SUPPLY EARTH SUPPLY EARTH X1 2
A19.CAN_High A /37.E7 CAN_High CAN_High X1 3

A19.CAN_Low A /37.E6 CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 4

A19.Kl15 A /40.F3 SUPPLY Kl. 15 SUPPLY X1 5

A19.c. A n.c n.c X1 6
A19.CAN_High A /37.E5 CAN_High CAN_High X1 7

D A19.CAN_Low A /37.E4 CAN_Low CAN_Low X1 8 D
A19.CAN_RES. A CAN_RES. MATCHING RESISTOR X1 9
A19.PWM1 A n.c. n.c. X1 10
forbidden.
A19.PWM2 A n.c. n.c. X1 11

A19.PWM3 A n.c. n.c. X1 12
A19.PWM4 A n.c. n.c. X2 1


E E

F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY OPTION KEYPAD SIDE: 115 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
TEXT: BLACK RAL 9005

BASE: WHITE RAL 9002
MATERIAL: ADHESIVE FOIL nach DELIVERY INSTRUCTION

1169 00090 01 00 003
DELIVERY INSTRUCTION 10020148

93011361_003
DIMENSIONS: 240 mal 130

93011361
B ID 93024901
B
ZNG 1169 67390 01 00 100
240mm
F1 10A F31a 10A F14 15A F45 10A F56 10A F67 10A F27 10A
... WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT FUEL PREHEATING INPUT MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 - BANK 2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 PROFILE LIGHT/
.................................. Vcc K11/50, Y50, Y20, Y21 Vcc DO 1 PARKING LIGHT
F2 7,5A F31b 10A F15 10A F46 10A F57 10A F68 10A F28 10A
C HIGH BEAM LEFT WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT LH CONTROL LEVER V-N-R INPUT MODULE 3 ... OUTPUT MODULE 3 WEIGHING DEVICE
C
Erreg. G3, SIMULATION D+ Vcc JOYSTICK STEERING ... Vcc DO 2 ...
F3 7,5A F32a 10A F18 10A F47 10A F58 10A F69 10A F30 15A
HIGH BEAM RIGHT WORKING PROJECTOR LEFT Scheibenwischanlage REAR OUTPUT MODULE 1 - BANK 1 OUTPUT MODULE 2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 Vcc VOLTAGE CONVERTER
REAR HATCH STAUBFILTERÜBERDRUCK Y10, Y14, Y9, Y17 BANK 4 Vcc DO 3 (RADIO, 12V Steckd.)
F4 7,5A F32b 10A F19 10A F48 10A F59 10A F70 10A F34 20A
LOW BEAM LEFT WORKING PROJECTOR RIGHT HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
OUTPUT
Kl.15
MODULE 1 - BANK 2 OUTPUT MODULE 2 - DO 1 OUTPUT MODULE 3 REFUELLING PUMP
REAR HATCH Y18, Y13, H40, Y57* OPM1 YEP1,YEP2,Y2,Y3 Vcc DO 4
F5 7,5A F33a 10A F20 15A F49 10A F60 10A F71 10A F35 10A
LOW BEAM RIGHT WORKING PROJECTOR LEFT* WIPER-, WASHING PUMP- Vcc DO4 OUTPUT MODULE 2 - DO 2 Vcc KEYPADS Kl.15 Vcc MASTER Kl.30
CAB ROOF vorne; HORN DISCHARGE VALVE OPM1 MO1, Y6.1.2.3
F6 3A F33b 10A F21 10A F50 10A F61 10A F72 F38 5A
BEGRENZUNGS- / PARKING LIGHT WORKING PROJECTOR RIGHT* LOW BEAM WORKING BASKET OUTPUT MODULE 2 - DO 3 Separ - 40°C Kältebetrieb LH - LIDEC 1
LEFT CAB ROOF HIGH BEAM ... E1, E5 Rückfahrscheinw. ... Vcc CONTROLLER
130mm
D F7 3A F29 25A F9 10A F22 7,5A F51 10A F62 10A F73 3A F39 5A D
Zündstartschloßentlastun.
BEGRENZUNGS- / PARKING LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH LH CONTROL
SWITCHLEVER
LIGHTING OUTPUT MODULE 1 - DO 1 OUTPUT MODULE 2 - DO 4 Vcc LITU Uhr AUXILIARY HEATER
RIGHT AIR CON-/OPTION KEYPAD STOP LIGHT OUTPUT MODULE 3 - Y51, Y52B16 Back-up ALARM ....
F07b 10A F18a 10A F10 5A F23 3A F52 10A F63 10A F74 15A F40 20A
forbidden.
FLASH FUNCTION WIPER DACHFENSTER DISPLAY UNIT PARTICLE FILTER OUTPUT MODULE 1 - DO 2 OUTPUT MODULE 3 REAR WINDOW HEATER VCC AUXILIARY HEATER Kl.30
....... ... OPM2 - Y2a,Y3a,Y11,Y12
REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR Vcc BANK 1 MIRROR HEATING ...
F8 15A F74a10A F11 10A F24 10A F53 10A F64 10A F19a 20A F41 20A
COMPRESSOR SEAT*, (RADIO) DACHSCHEIBENHEIZUNG PRESSURE SWITCH IGNITION ON OUTPUT MODULE 1 - DO 3 OUTPUT MODULE 3 HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
STAUBFILTERÜBERDRUCKA.
Kl. 30
CIGARETTE LIGHTER (X70) ....... B32, B28, B3, B3a ENGINE ECU Y62 Zentralschmiera. LH Vcc BANK 2 ...
F8A 10A F75 10A F12 10A F43 5A F54 5A F65 10A F25 10A F42 10A
INDOOR LIGHTING RADIO Kl.58 GROENEVELD Zentralsch. Logic INPUT 1+2 Kl. 15 MASTER OUTPUT MODULE 3 BEACONLIGHT NOZZLE STICK PREHEATER
Uhr AUXILIARY HEATER 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET ... Logic OUTPUT 1 + 2 ... Vcc BANK 3 ...
F13 15A F44 10A F55 10A F66 10A F26 10A
F76 10A
RADIO
M11 VENTILATOR CONDENSER
B32, B28, B3, B3a
INPUT MODULE 1
Vcc
OUTPUT MODULE 2 - BANK 1 OUTPUT MODULE 3
Y16, Y53, Y15, Y15a Vcc BANK 4
Vcc LITU
....
KL. 30
......
E E
S1 F79 7,5A F80 .... F77 5A F78 1A F36 40A

eAGR1 ........... Vcc DCU17 Vcc DCU17 A14.B1 LH - LIDEC 1
... ... ....... ....... A14.B2 LH - LIDEC 1
LED - TEST F82 10A F83 ......... F81 7,5A F37
...
NOX; LAMDA ......... WIRELESS PREPARATION
KL. 15 ... 93024901_100
... ....... .......
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY PROTECTIVE FOIL SIDE: 116 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
93011361
B B
=K -A30 Modul Nr.:

+K2 Modulname: LITU_GRUNDGERÄT
A30.1 Vers. von Satmodul VSAT (IN) 1 A30.25 CAN Low 1 CANL1 25
A30.2 Kl15 für Satmodul IGN_OUT (KL15) 2 A30.26 CAN Low 2 CANL2 26
A30.3 NOT verwendet - 3 A30.27 NOT verwendet - 27
A30.4 NOT verwendet - 4 A30.28 /72.E2 Spannungsvers Kl.30 V_IN (KL30) 28
C C
A30.5 /72.F4 DCD SIGNAL Maschinenst. DCD-0 5 A30.29 Allgemeine EARTH GND 29
A30.6 /72.F3 DTR SIGNAL Maschinenst. DTR-0 6 A30.30 TXT Satmodul TXD-3 30
A30.7 NOT verwendet - 7 A30.31 CTS Satmodul CTS-3 31

A30.8 /72.F6 Allgemeine EARTH GND 8 A30.32 TXT Powermanagement TXD-5 (STATUS) 32
A30.9 SPEED DIESEL ENGINE F_IN 9 A30.33 /72.F5 TXT SIGNAL Maschinenst. TXD-0 33
A30.10 Allgemeine EARTH GND 10 A30.34 /72.F7 CTS SIGNAL Maschinenst. CTS-0 34
A30.11 NOT verwendet - 11 A30.35 DIGITAL Eingang1 DIN1 35
A30.12 CAN Abschlusswiderst CAN_TERM 12 A30.36 Allgemeine EARTH GND 36
A30.13 /72.E1 INPUT Kl.15 IGN_IN (KL15) 13 A30.37 ANALOG Eingang1 AIN1 37
A30.14 Schaltausgang 3A D_OUT 14 A30.38 Allgemeine EARTH GND 38
A30.15 OUTLET Kl.30 V_OUT (KL30) 15 A30.39 CAN High 1 CANH1 39
D A30.16 RXD Satmodul RXD-3 16 A30.40 CAN High 2 CANH2 40 D
A30.41 Allgemeine EARTH GND 41
A30.17 RTS Satmodul RTS-3 17
A30.42 /72.E2 Allgemeine EARTH GND 42
forbidden.
A30.18 RXT Powermanagement RXD-5 (STATUR) 18

A30.19 /72.F5 RXD SIGNAL Maschinenst. RXD-0 19
A30.20 /72.F8 RTS SIGNAL Maschinenst. RTS-0 20
A30.21 DIGITAL Eingang2 DIN2 21
A30.23 ANALOG Eingang2 AIN2 23

E E
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR GENERAL OUTLAY LITU SIDE: 117 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+K2
-A4.Kl.15
A A
1
* CAN:
Versorgung 24V
INPUT MASSE
A16z.24V A16z.UI / PWM / FI A16z.GND

1169 00090 01 00 003
-A16z.24V -A16z.UI/PWM/FI -A16z.GND
1
WH 6Q
WH 6Q
+H +H +H
93011361_003
93011361
B B
-A4
=K
+K2.RH
1 1
-F211 -F212
5A 10A
LBN 2 RD 2
C C
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
-XMSP6z 1 -XMSP6z 2
+H +H
+H
-X100
C
A
B
D D
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
31
30
16
-A16z.X1 -A16z.X1 -A16z.X1 -A16z.X1

2
E E
X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31
A16z.24V_logic A16z.GND_logic A16z.24V A16z.GND
+H +H +H +H
-A16z SUPPLY LOGICAL PART -A16z SUPPLY EARTH -A16zV-Batt 24V (PRESSURE HVB) MG -A16z SUPPLY EARTH
/120.B1 SUPPLY 24V LOGICAL PART /120.D1 EARTH LOGICAL PART /120.E1 SUPPLY 24V /120.E1 EARTH A
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: + signal s s
WH
4 - 20mA
GN
MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z UP IP
s
- -
°
+ + +
- 0°-360°
F F
TYPE: ab:
bis: 0 LIEBHERR DISCHARGE VALVE A16z SIDE: 118 120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CAN BUS 1 CAN BUS 2 CAN BUS 3 CAN BUS 4

MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL MASTER MODUL
A CAN: CAN: A
/54.C1 /54.C1 /54.C1 /54.C1 /54.C1 /54.C1 /48.C1 /48.C1
-A15 CAN LOW 1 -A15 CAN HIGH 1 -A15 CAN LOW 2 -A15 CAN HIGH 2 -A15 CAN LOW 3 -A15 CAN HIGH 3 -A15 CAN HIGH 4 -A15 CAN LOW 4
+K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A
=K A15.CAN1L =K A15.CAN1H =K A15.CAN2L =K A15.CAN2H =K A15.CAN3L =K A15.CAN3H =K A15.CAN4H =K A15.CAN4L
.CAN.X 4 .CAN.X 5 .CAN.X 3 .CAN.X 6 .CAN.X 2 .CAN.X 7 .CAN.X 8 .CAN.X 1
1169 00090 01 00 003
-A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB -A16z.CAN.XB
1
4
8
+K +K +K +K +K +K +K +K
=K =K =K =K =K =K =K =K
93011361_003
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
93011361
B B
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BU 1.5Q
=H =H
+H +H
44
58
-A16z.X1 -A16z.X1
44 X1 58 X1
A16z.CAN_Low =H A16z.CAN_High =H
+H +H
CAN LOW -A16z CAN HIGH -A16z
C CAN LOW /120.C5 CAN HIGH /120.D5 C
CAN: CAN:
MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z
=K =K
MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z MESSMODUL A16z +K +K
1
CAN: CAN: CAN: -A16z.CAN.XS -A16z.CAN.XS
1
CAN LOW /120.C5 CAN HIGH /120.D5 /120.E1 CAN MATCHING RESISTOR -A15.CAN.X -A15.CAN.X
8
=K =K CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE -A16z CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE -A16z -A16z CAN END > PIN 43 +K2 +K2
+K +K +H +H +H =K =K
4
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
-A16z.CAN.XS -A16z.CAN.XS A16z.CAN_Low =H A16z.CAN_High =H =H A16z.CAN_Res
-A15.CAN.X -A15.CAN.X 43 X1 57 X1 X1 29
4
-A16z.X1 -A16z.X1 -A16z.X1

43
57
29
=K =K +H +H +H
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
D D
=H =H =H -Splice..X10 -Splice..X11
CAN1_H.24
CAN1_L.24
BU 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
forbidden.
-A16z.X1a.43
1
38
39
+H
-X1.S -X1.S =H WH 1Q =K =K
-X1.B -X1.B =K =K CAN ABSCHLUSS +K +K
58
59
38
39
7
+K +K L528 - L542 -A16z.CAN.XS -A16z.CAN.XS
-X1.S -X1.S
/32.D7
/32.D8
-A16z.CAN.XS -A16z.CAN.XS
SIEHE MONTAGE-
7
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
ANWEISUNG! -X1.B -X1.B
58
59
3
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
1Q BU
1Q RD
E E
44
58
18
13
14
44
58
9
-A16b.X1 -A16b.X1 -A21.X1 -A21.X1 -A25.X1 -A25.X1
X1 44 X1 58 X1 44 X1 58 X1 13 X1 14 X1 18 X1 9
A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High A16b.CAN_Low A16b.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1 =F A25.CAN1_H =F A25.CAN1_L
+H3 D +H3 +K2 D +K2 +K4 A +K4 A +F3 A +F3 A
-A17a CAN LOW -A17a CAN HIGH -A16b CAN LOW -A16b CAN HIGH -A21 CAN1_Low INPUT -A21 CAN1_High INPUT -A25 CAN1_H -A25 CAN1_L
/59.C5 CAN LOW /59.D5 CAN HIGH /56.C5 CAN LOW /56.D5 CAN HIGH /67.C2 CAN1_Low /67.C2 CAN1_High /63.E2 CAN VERBINDUNG MASCHINE /63.D2 CAN VERBINDUNG MASCHINE
OUTPUT MODUL 1 OUTPUT MODUL 1 INPUT MODUL 2 INPUT MODUL 2 HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ-/KLIMAANLAGE GETRIEBE GETRIEBE
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1169 00090 01 00 003
93011361_003
=H -A16z Modul Nr.:

+H Modulname: PME1_EINGANGSMODUL
93011361
B B
A16z.24V (RESERVE) PRESSURE HZST 0 1 A16z.24V Vcc 24V (VOLUMENSTROM APU) 0 41

A16z.24V_logic /118.E1 SUPPLY LOGICAL PART 0 2 A16z Vcc 24V MODULE (VOLUMENSTROM LPU) 0 42
A16z.GND RESERVE 0 3 A16z.CAN_Low /119.C3 CAN LOW > CAN RESERVE 0 43
A16z.UI1 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE SENSOR HVF MG) 0 4 A16z.CAN_Low /119.C3 CAN LOW 0 44
A16z.UI2 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE SENSOR HVB MG) 0 5 A16z.GND RESERVE (PRESSURE LZ, B, R) 0 45
A16z.UI3 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE APU) 0 6 A16z.RI1 OHM (TEMP FLOW) 0 46
A16z.UI4 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE LPU) 0 7 A16z.RI1 OHM (TEMP FLOW) 0 47
A16z.UI9 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE SENSOR KZST) 0 8 A16z.RI2 OHM 0 48
C C
A16z.UI10 4 - 20mA (POS HUB) 0 9 A16z.RI2 OHM 0 49
A16z.UI11 4 - 20mA (POS KIPP) 0 10 A16z.5V Vcc 5V 0 50
A16z.UI12 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE SENSOR HZB) 0 11 A16z.5V Vcc 5V 0 51

A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE BRAKE) 0 12 A16z.5V Vcc 5V 0 52

A16z RESERVE 0 13 A16z.5V Vcc 5V 0 53

A16z.24V RESERVE (POS HUB) 0 14 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE APU) 0 54
A16z.24V RESERVE (POS KIPP) 0 15 A16z.FI1 Zähler (VOLUMENSTROM APU) 0 55

A16z.GND_logic /118.E2 SUPPLY EARTH 0 16 A16z.FI2 Zähler (VOLUMENSTROM LPU) 0 56
A16z.GND RESERVE (POS HUB) 0 17 A16z.CAN_High /119.C4 CAN HIGH > CAN RESERVE 0 57
A16z.UI5 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE VENTILATOR) 0 18 A16z.CAN_High /119.C4 CAN HIGH 0 58
A16z.UI6 4 - 20mA (CURRENT LIMA) 0 19 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE KZST) 0 59
D A16z.UI7 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE BEMSE) 0 20 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE HZB) 0 60 D
A16z.UI8 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE LZ, B, L) 0 21 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE KZB) 0 61
A16z.UI13 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE SENSOR KZB) 0 22 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE HZST) 0 62
forbidden.
A16z.UI14 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE LZ, B, R) 0 23 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE VENTILATOR) 0 63

A16z.UI15 4 - 20mA (PRESSURE HZST) 0 24 A16z.GND GND (CURRENT LIMA) 0 64
A16z.UI16 4 - 20mA (RESERVE) 0 25 A16z.GND GND (CURRENT LIMA) 0 65

A16z.GND GND (POS KIPP) 0 26 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE HVF MG) 0 66
A16z GND 0 27 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE HVB MG) 0 67
A16z.24V V-Batt 24V (PRESSURE HZB) 0 28 A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE LPU) 0 68

A16z.CAN_Res /119.C5 CAN END > PIN 43 0 29 A16z.GND_FI1 GND Zähler (VOLUMENSTROM APU) 0 69
A16z.24V /118.E3 V-Batt 24V (PRESSURE HVB) MG 0 30 A16z.GND_FI2 GND Zähler (VOLUMENSTROM LPU) 0 70
A16z.GND /118.E4 SUPPLY EARTH 0 31
E E
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE KZB) 0 32
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE KZST) 0 33

A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE APU) 0 34
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE LPU) 0 35
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE VENTILATOR) 0 36
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (CURRENT LIMM) 0 37
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE BRAKE) 0 38
A16z.24V Vcc 24V (PRESSURE HVF MG) 0 39
A16z.GND GND (PRESSURE LZ, B, L) 0 40
F F
TYPE: ab:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung, tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure MOTOR_SPL
Zustand
Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltes to third parties without express authority is strictly
series
E³
© LIEBHERR MACHINES BULLE SA © LIEBHERR MACHINES BULLE SA 10138288 10138286
Änderung
1
1
Datum
Name
Bearb.
Datum
Datum
Ausgabe
2
2
lbhlas1
lmbknh1
06.09.2012
30.09.2013 13:11
3
3
Liebherr
Machines Bulle SA
4
4
5
5
ENGINE
D936 A7
10138288
10138286
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
6
6
SPS 10138285_100
Ident.-Nr.
Zeich-Nr.
7
7
WITH ENGINE ELECTRICS
10138286
96 012 9306 90
Ort
ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Anlage
+M
=M
101
8
8
von
AZF
1 Blatt
22
Format DIN A3
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANLASSER /9
A A
BMK-VERZEICHNIS /21
BMK-VERZEICHNIS /22
10138286
DOSIEREINHEIT /11
DREHZAHLGEBER PHASENGEBER /15
EINBAULAGE ELEKTRISCHE BAUTEILE /3
EINSPRITZDÜSEN ZYL. 1-3 /17
MOTOR_SPL
B EINSPRITZDÜSEN ZYL. 4-6 /18 B

HEIZFLANSCH MIT MASSE /19
10138288
HOCHDRUCKPUMPE VCV-PCV /16

HOCHDRUCKVERDICHTERTEMPERATUR /14
INTERCOOLERTEMPERATURGEBER /14
KRAFTSTOFFDRUCKGEBER /12
KRAFTSTOFFTEMPERATURGEBER /13
KÜHLWASSERTEMPERATURGEBER /13
C C
LADELUFTDRUCKGEBER /12
LADELUFTTEMPERATURGEBER /14
© LIEBHERR MACHINES BULLE SA
LICHTMASCHINE /9
MOTOR ÜBERSICHT /4
MOTORSTEUERGERÄT LIDEC C-CODIERUNG /5
MOTORSTEUERGERÄT LIDEC C-CODIERUNG /7
MOTORSTEUERGERÄT LIDEC D-CODIERUNG /6
forbidden.
D D
MOTORSTEUERGERÄT LIDEC D-CODIERUNG /8
ÖLDRUCKGEBER /12
RAILDRUCKGEBER /15
SCHALTPLAN ELEKTRIK /1
SCHNITTSTELLE CAN-AKTOREN /10
WASTEGATE-REGELVENTIL /16
ZEICHENERKLÄRUNG /20
E E
F E³
series
F
Bearb. lmbknh1 Anlage =M Format DIN A3

Datum 06.09.2012 Liebherr ா Ident.-Nr. 10138286 Ort +M AZF
Ausgabe lbhlas1 Blatt 2
Machines Bulle SA Zeich-Nr. 96 012 9306 90 101
Zustand Änderung Datum Name Datum 30.09.2013 13:11 von 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INSTALLED ON EQUIPMENT ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
THROTTLE VALVE
LAMBDA NOx SENSOR
MOTOR SIDE MASCHINE SIDE
NOZZLE CYL.5 NOZZLE CYL.3 NOZZLE CYL.1 -B709
-M712 -B726 /13.B4
/10.B5 NOZZLE CYL.6 NOZZLE CYL.4 NOZZLE CYL. 2
A /10.B1 A
-Y735 -Y733 -Y731 CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR -A700
INTERCOOLERTEMPERATURE -Y736 /18.B5 -Y734 /17.B7 -Y732 /17.B2 /7.B1
10138286
SENSOR /18.B7 /18.B2 /17.B5

-B707
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
DC BA
-B718 /14.B2 -B702
/14.B4 /12.B4 HEAT FLANGE WITH GROUND
WL745 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR -E703

MOTOR_SPL
EXHAUST RETURN FLOW /19.B5

B -B718.S 1 B
-B703
*2/2 2 /12.B7
10138288
-M710
/10.B3
WL746
-M712.1 -F700.X -F705.X
A PAT A PAT
CODE-B
WASTE-GATE CONTROL VALVE
C -Y705 C
/16.B7
-X724.S
*3/3
-X706.S 1 4
*4/4 2 3
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
-B708
/13.B2
ALTERNATOR
forbidden.
D D
𑰗 SENSOR -G700
PHASE SENSOR /9.B3
-B734
/14.B7
-B713
𑰚 /15.B7 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
-B719 -B701
/10.B6 30 -X701.S -X720.S /12.B2
2 1 2 1
31 50 *2/2 *2/2
SPEED SENSOR
-M700
E /9.B5 E
STARTER
-B711 METERING UNIT
/15.B4
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
-A781
HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP VCV HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP PCV -B704 7 6 7 6
/11.C1
/15.B2
-X700.S -X710.S -X715.S
2 1
*2/2 *12/12 *12/12
-Y707
-Y703 /16.B4
F E³
series
/16.B2 12
CODE A
1 12 1
CODE B F

Datum 06.09.2012 Liebherr INSTALLATION PLACE ELECTRIC COMPONENTS Ident.-Nr. 10138286 Ort +M AZF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NOZZLE CYL.5 NOZZLE CYL.3 NOZZLE CYL.1 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT

NOZZLE CYL.6 NOZZLE CYL.4 NOZZLE CYL. 2
-Y735 -Y733 -Y731

/18.B5 /17.B7 /17.B2 MOTOR SIDE MASCHINE SIDE
A -Y736 -Y734 -Y732 A
/18.B7 /18.B2 /17.B5
-X700.B
10138286
*2/2
-A700
/7.B1
D C B A -X700.B
2
1
SPEED SENSOR
-X700.S
2
W700 -X700.S
2 1
*2/2
HEAT FLANGE WITH GROUND INTERFACE CAN-ACTUATORS
MOTOR_SPL
-B711 PHASE SENSOR

B /15.B5 B
-X710.S
7 6
10138288
-X710.S
-B713 *12/12 *12
/15.B7 -E703
/19.B5 12 1
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
CODE A
-B701
/12.B2 TERMINATING RESISTOR 120Ω -X701.B
-X724.S
-X724.B
-X706.S 1 4 *2/2
2 1
THROTTLE VALVE *4/4
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 2 3
-M712.X 2 3 -M712.S 2 3
-M712.S
-M712.X
4 4
-X724.S
*4/4 1 *4/4 1
*3/3 *3 *3
C -B702 C
*4
-M712
2
1
/12.B5 -X706.S -X701.S
/10.B5
*4 *4 -X706.B -X701.B
1
WL746
*4
2
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR
-X706.B
INTERFACE METERING UNIT *4/4 -X701.S

-B703 4 1 2 1
METERING UNIT
-X715.S
/12.B7 *2/2
WL700
7 6 3 2
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR -A781 WL750 -X715.S

/11.C1 *12 *12/12 WL702
-B708 12 1
/13.B2
CODE B
forbidden.
LAMBDA NOx SENSOR

D D
-X720.S
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
WL701
-B726
-B709 /10.B1 -X720.S
2 1
/13.B5 *2/2 *2
EXHAUST RETURN FLOW
CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
-B707 -M710 30
/14.B2 /10.B3
10217486 / 503
ALTERNATOR 31 50
𑰚 -M700
-G700
INTERCOOLERTEMPERATURE SENSOR -B718.X 1

-B718.S
-B718.X
*2/2 2 /9.B3 /9.B5

E -B719 E
WL745 /10.B6
-B718 CODE 1 STARTER
CONNECTOR REP. KIT: 10142916
/14.B5 *2 *2 11067153 / 502
WL720
WL725
-B718.S 1 HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP VCV
*2/2 2 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP PCV
WASTE-GATE CONTROL VALVE
-B704 -XMSP700 -XMSP7001
𑰗 SENSOR -Y705 /15.B2 -Y703 /9.C4 /9.C6
/16.B7 -Y707
/16.B2 /16.B4
-B734
/14.B7
F E³
series
F

Datum 06.09.2012 Liebherr ENGINE OVERVIEW Ident.-Nr. 10138286 Ort +M AZF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT

LSB:
ADR:
-A700 LMB ECU_LIDEC1_MOTOR_LMB CAN:
A TYPE SHEET CONNECTO PIN TYP SHEET CONNECTO PIN A

Phys. Addr. DESCRIPTION Phys. Addr. DESCRIPTION
R E R
A700.VCC4 /12.E3 OIL PRESSURE SUPPLY (5V) X3 9 A700.AI33V5 /9.E2 LIMA1_D+ UBat X3 35
10138286
A700.AI5V7 /12.E2 OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL (0.5-4.5V) X3 10 A700.AO /9.E3 RESERVE NC X3 57

A700.GND /12.E1 OIL PRESSURE GND X3 11 A700.AI33V7 /9.E4 LIMA1_B+ UBat X3 12
A700.VCC4 /12.E7 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SUPPLY (5V) X3 13 A700.P_UBAT6 RESERVE NC X3 47
A700.AI5V8 /12.E7 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL (0.5-4.5V) X3 14 A700.AI33V6 RESERVE NC X3 43
A700.GND /12.E6 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE GND X3 15 A700.AO RESERVE NC X3 60
A700.VCC5 /12.E5 FUEL PRESSURE 1 SUPPLY (5V) X3 17 A700.FI1 RESERVE NC X3 53
MOTOR_SPL
A700.AI5V9 /12.E4 FUEL PRESSURE 1 SIGNAL (0.5-4.5V) X3 18 A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 49

B B
A700.GND /12.E4 FUEL PRESSURE 1 GND X3 19 A700.PWM3CFB /16.E7 WASTEGATE1-REGELV. PWM (+) X3 48
10138288
A700.VCC5 RESERVE NC X3 21 A700.PGND /16.E6 WASTEGATE1-REGELV. GND X3 44

A700.AI5V10 RESERVE NC X3 22 A700.PWM4CFB RESERVE NC X3 56
A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 23 A700.PGND RESERVE NC X3 52
A700.VCC6 /15.E3 RAILDRUCK 1 SUPPLY (5V) X3 25 A700.PWM6CFB RESERVE NC X3 61
A700.AI5V11 /15.E1 RAILDRUCK 1 SIGNAL (0.5-4.5V) X3 26 A700.PGND RESERVE NC X3 58
A700.GND /15.E2 RAILDRUCK 1 GND X3 27 A700.FI2 RESERVE NC X3 54
A700.VCC6 RESERVE NC X3 29 A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 50
A700.AI5V12 RESERVE NC X3 30 A700.PWM1H-H /16.E2 HIGH-PRESSURE PWM-H (+) X3 28
A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 31 A700.PWM1H-L /16.E2 HIGH-PRESSURE PWM-L (-) X3 32

C C
A700.TI8 /14.E5 INTERCOOLER TEMP. SIGNAL (0-5V) X3 33 A700.PWM2H-H /16.E4 HIGH-PRESSURE PWM-H (+) X3 36
A700.GND /14.E4 INTERCOOLER TEMP. GND X3 34 A700.PWM2H-L /16.E5 HIGH-PRESSURE PWM-L (-) X3 40
A700.TI9 /14.E2 CHARGE AIR SIGNAL (0-5V) X3 37
10678454 / 507
A700.GND /14.E2 CHARGE AIR GND X3 38 CONNECTOR REP. KIT: 10136392

A700.TI10 /13.E5 FUEL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL (0-5V) X3 41
A700.GND /13.E4 FUEL TEMPERATURE GND X3 42
A700.TI11 /13.E2 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL (0-5V) X3 45
A700.GND /13.E2 COOLANT TEMPERATURE GND X3 46 1 4
A700.PWM5CFB /10.E3 RELAISANSTEUERUNG ACTIVATION (UBat) X3 62 5 8
9 12
forbidden.
A700.PGND /10.E3 RELAISANSTEUERUNG GND X3 59 13 16

D D
A700.VDD2 RESERVE NC X3 1 17 20
21 24
A700.SPEED2 RESERVE NC X3 2 25 28
29 32
A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 3 -A700C.X3
33 36
*62/62 37 40
A700.VCC6 RESERVE NC X3 24
41 44
A700.FI3 RESERVE NC X3 20
45 48
A700.GND RESERVE NC X3 16 49 52
53 56
A700.FO_REF RESERVE NC X3 5 57 59
A700.FO RESERVE NC X3 6 60 62
A700.FO_GND RESERVE NC X3 7
A700.CAN120_1 RESERVE NC X3 51
E E
A700.CAN120_2 RESERVE NC X3 55
A700.CAN2.HIGH /10.E5 ENGINE CAN-BUS CAN2 HIGH X3 8
A700.CAN2.LOW /10.E4 ENGINE CAN-BUS CAN2 LOW X3 4
A700.P_UBAT5 /9.E2 RESERVE NC X3 39 CODE C
F E³
series
F

Datum 06.09.2012 Liebherr ENGINE CONTROL UNIT LIDEC Ident.-Nr. 10138286 Ort +M AZF
Zustand Änderung Datum Name Datum 30.09.2013 13:11
Machines Bulle SA C- CODING Zeich-Nr. 96 012 9306 90 101 von 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT

LSB:
ADR:
-A700 LMB ECU_LIDEC1_MOTOR_LMB CAN:
A TYPE SHEET CONNECTO PIN TYP SHEET CONNECTO PIN A

Phys. Addr. DESCRIPTION Phys. Addr. DESCRIPTION
R E R
A700.VCC7 RESERVE NC X4 44 A700.INJ7 RESERVE NC X4 5
10138286
A700.A15V13 RESERVE NC X4 40 A700.INJD RESERVE NC X4 8

A700.GND RESERVE NC X4 36 A700.INJ8 RESERVE NC X4 1
A700.VCC8 RESERVE NC X4 41 A700.INJD RESERVE NC X4 4
A700.AI5V14 RESERVE NC X4 39 A700.NC NC NC X4 2
A700.GND RESERVE GND X4 33 A700.NC NC NC X4 3
A700.VCC8 /10.E7 LMS1_REF SUPPLY 5V X4 42 A700.NC NC NC X4 6
MOTOR_SPL
A700.GND /10.E6 LMS1_GND GND X4 34 A700.NC NC NC X4 7

B B
A700.VCC7 RESERVE NC X4 43 A700.NC NC NC X4 10
10138288
A700.GND RESERVE NC X4 35 A700.NC NC NC X4 11

A700.TI12 /14.E7 HOCHDRUCKVERD. T1 SIGNAL (0-5V) X4 45 A700.NC NC NC X4 18
A700.GND /14.E6 HOCHDRUCKVERD. T1 GND X4 46 A700.NC NC NC X4 19
A700.TI13 RESERVE NC X4 49 A700.NC NC NC X4 22
A700.GND RESERVE NC X4 50 A700.NC NC NC X4 23
A700.TI14 /13.E7 RESERVE NC X4 53 A700.NC NC NC X4 26
A700.TI14_GND /13.E6 RESERVE NC X4 54 A700.NC NC NC X4 27

C C
A700.VDD1 /15.E5 SPEED1_REF SUPPLY 12V X4 56 A700.NC NC NC X4 30
A700.SPEED1 /15.E4 SPEED1 SIGNAL X4 52 A700.NC NC NC X4 31

A700.GND /15.E4 SPEED1_GND GND X4 48
10678455 / 501
A700.VDD3 /15.E7 PHASE_REF SUPPLY 12V X4 55 CONNECTOR REP. KIT: 10136379

A700.INDEX /15.E7 PHASE SIGNAL X4 51
A700.GND /15.E6 PHASE_GND GND X4 47
A700.PWM3H-H RESERVE NC X4 58
A700.PWM3H-L RESERVE NC X4 61 1 4
A700.PWM4H-H RESERVE NC X4 57 5 8
9 12
forbidden.
A700.PWM4H-L RESERVE NC X4 60 13 16
D D
A700.AI33V8 RESERVE NC X4 59 17 20
21 24
A700.DOP /9.E6 STARTER_50 ACTIVATION X4 62 25 28
29 32
A700.INJ1 /17.E2 INJECTOR PWM (GND) X4 29 -A700D.X4
33 36
*62/62 37 40
A700.INJA /17.E2 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 32
41 44
A700.INJ2 /18.E6 INJECTOR PWM (GND) X4 25

45 48
A700.INJA /18.E7 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 28 49 52
53 56
A700.INJ3 /18.E4 INJECTOR PWM (GND) X4 21 57 59
A700.INJB /18.E5 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 24 60 62

A700.INJB /17.E5 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 20

E E
A700.INJC /17.E7 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 16
A700.INJC /18.E2 INJECTOR PWM (+) X4 12 CODE D
F E³
series
F

Datum 06.09.2012 Liebherr ENGINE CONTROL UNIT LIDEC Ident.-Nr. 10138286 Ort +M AZF
Zustand Änderung Datum Name Datum 30.09.2013 13:11
Machines Bulle SA D-CODING Zeich-Nr. 96 012 9306 90 101 von 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
Zustand
series
E³
Änderung
1
1
Datum
-A700
.X3
Name
1
VDD2 (12V; 50mA)
VDD3
VDD1
2
SPEED2
A70xD.X4
Bearb.
Datum
Datum
GND
Ausgabe
4
CAN2.LOW
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
/10.E5 CAN2_L
5
FO REF
LMB ECU_LIDEC1_MOTOR_LMB
2
2
lbhlas1
FO
lmbknh1
7
FO GND
06.09.2012
8
CAN2.HIGH
/10.E5 CAN2_H
30.09.2013 13:11
VCC4 (5V; 25mA)
/12.E3
AI5V7 (0...5V)
/12.E2
GND
/12.E2
AI33V7 (0...33V)
/9.E4
VCC4 (5V; 25mA)
/12.E8
AI5V8 (0...5V)
/12.E7
GND
/12.E6
3
3
GND
VCC5 (5V; 25mA)
/12.E5
Liebherr
AI5V9 (0...5V)
/12.E5
Machines Bulle SA
GND
/12.E4
FI3
VCC5 (5V; 25mA)
AI5V10
/16.E7
/16.E7
/16.E5
/16.E4
/16.E3
/16.E2
/9.E4
/10.E5
/10.E5
GND
VCC6 (5V; 25mA)
VCC6 (5V; 25mA)
/15.E3
4
4
AI5V11 (0...5V)
/10.E4
/10.E3
/9.E2
/9.E3
/15.E2
/12.E4
/12.E6
/12.E2 /15.E2
-A700C.X3
GND
/15.E2
PWM1H-H
/16.E2
VCC6 (5V; 25mA)
8
4
16
12
AI5V12 (0...5V)
59
56
36
24
62
52
32
28
20
44
48
40
GND
PWM1H-L
/16.E3
TI8
/14.E5
CODE C
GND
1
9
5
17
13
57
53
37
33
29
25
60
49 /14.E4
45
21
41
AI33V5 (0...33V)
/9.E3
5
5
PWM2H-H
/16.E4
TI9
/14.E3
GND
/14.E2
P UBAT5 (UBatt; 150mA)
/9.E2
/13.E2
/13.E4
/14.E2
/14.E4
/15.E2
/12.E5
/12.E7
/12.E2
PWM2H-L
C- CODING
/16.E5
TI10
/13.E5
GND
/13.E4
/9.E3
/13.E3
/13.E5
/14.E3
/14.E5
/15.E3
/12.E5
/12.E8
/12.E3
AI33V6 (0...33V)
ENGINE CONNECTOR ECU LIDEC 1 LMB, CONNECTOR X3
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT LIDEC

PGND
/16.E7
TI11
/13.E3
6
6
GND
/13.E2
P UBAT6 (UBatt; 150mA)
PWM3CFB (2A)
/16.E7
GND
GND
CAN120_1
PGND
FI1
120R
Ident.-Nr.
Zeich-Nr.
FI2
CAN120_2
7
7
PWM4CFB (2A)
AO (5mA)
/9.E3
PGND
10138286
PGND
/10.E3
AO (5mA)
PWM6CFB (2A)
96 012 9306 90
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
PWM5CFB (2A)
/10.E4
Ort
Anlage
+M
=M
101
8
8
von
AZF
7 Blatt
22
Format DIN A3
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
Zustand
series
E³
Änderung
1
1
Datum
-A700
.X4
Name
1
INJ8
2
NC
Bearb.
Datum
3
Datum
NC
Ausgabe
4
INJD
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
5
INJ7
LMB ECU_LIDEC1_MOTOR_LMB
2
2
lbhlas1
NC
lmbknh1
7
NC
06.09.2012
8
INJD
30.09.2013 13:11
INJ6
/18.E2

LIEBHERR l576 1169 Wheel Loader PDF Free

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LIEBHERR l576 1169 Wheel Loader PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

en Service manual

Contact Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

Notes for users

This is the warning symbol. It warns you of poten-

DANGER Indicates a hazardous situation that will immedi-

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation that may lead to

ATTENTION Indicates a hazardous situation that may lead to

This symbol means: Carry out a task.

This symbol means: Requirements must be fulfilled.

This symbol means: Results of a task.

- This symbol indicates a list.

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

010 Introduction 010-1

010.1.17.2 Preventing injuries 010-13

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

010.2.1 Special tools in general 010-16

010.4.4 Putting back into service 010-41

020 Technical data 020-1

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

020.1.1 Complete machine with bucket (Z lift arms)

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

020.4.9 Z kinematics and industrial lift arms lift cylinder

020.8.1 Service brake hydro accumulator

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

020.9 Electrical system 020-25

020.13 Working attachment 020-33

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030 Maintenance 030-1

030.3.3.4 Flow improvers at low temperatures 030-19

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.3.5.1 General recommendations 030-21

030.4 Maintenance tasks 030-34

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.4.2.3 Turning off the battery main switch

030.4.4.8 Changing the engine oil separator filter insert

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.4.4.12 Draining off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter

030.4.5.4 Changing the coolant

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.4.6.4 Changing the hydraulic tank return suction filter

030.4.10.2 Changing the transmission oil

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.4.11.3 Checking the cardan shafts

030.4.14.4 Checking the condition and function of the safety belt

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.4.15 Lubrication system 030-134

030.6.5 Working hydraulics 030-150

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.6.6.9 Service code M2080 - check hydraulic oil contamina-

030.6.10.1 Control valve block shift pressure

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

030.6.11.3 Formatting the display unit and reinstalling the soft-

040 Drive group 040-1

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

050 Cooling system 050-1

060 Working hydraulics 060-1

copyright © Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH 2015

060.6.4 Hydro accumulator unit

070 Travel hydraulics 070-1

080 Hydraulic components 080-1